IADC Deepwater Well Control Guidelines

Welt

Planning

Well Control Procedures

Equipment

Emergency Respons.e

Published

by
of
Drilling

International

Association

Contractors

P0
Houston Texas

Box

4287

77210-4287

USA

Phone Fax
Internet

11281-579-7171

1/281-578-0589
http//iadc.org

First

Edition

Dctober Second
Third
Copyttght

1998

Printing
--

May 1999
Supplement
on
ot DrJPng

Printing 1998

2002

Includes
Assoclof

2000

nlernatlonsl
All

Contractors

rghts

resErvet

599938517

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-OO8001

12

FOREWORD
This guide
is

designed of
the

to

aid
It

the
is

drilling

industry

in

conducting and

operations
the

in

the

deepwater

areas

world

based
this

on the experience manual cannot

basis

study of
all

contributors that

who worked
arise
it is

on

this to

project give
the

While
drilling

cover

the

problems
future

may

intended

industry

on which

to

build

deepwater techniques

operations
dealing

Industry

must be aware
operations

of

the

rapidly

evolving

technology

and

with deepwater

This Gulf

document
of

is

intended
since the

for

worldwide and

use although
contractors

many
active

examples
there

are

based most

on of

the the

Mexico
and

operators

provided

experience

expertise

for this

project

In

an

effort

to

ensure
the

that

these as

Guidelines formed

continue

to

evolve
to

as

technology review

and

experience

advance

TADC

Revision

Committee
via the

comments web at

from industry

Please submit your

comments

electronically

worldwide

http

//iadc.org/deepwater.htm

ALL

LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL RULES STATE AND FEDERAL MAY BE NOW IN EFFECT OR WHICH OR RESTRICTIONS MANUAL OVER THE SUGGESTIONS IN THIS TAKE PRECEDENCE PROMULGATED MLVIMUAI OR TO ESTABLISH ARB1TRARY NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED PROCEDURES NO OPERATING M4XIMUM STANDARDS OF DRILLING SAFETY PRECAUTION OR PROGRAM SET FORTH iN THIS SUGGESTED METHOD PRACTICE TO ESTABLISH LEGAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT OR GUIDE SHALL BE DEEMED OF CONDUCT OR OF WHICH LEGAL STANDARD LEGAL DUTY THE VIOLATiON CONSTITUTE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY LEGAL DUTY THE VIOLA T1ON OF WHICH WOULD
APPLICABLE REGULATIONS

DEGREE/N
NEITHER

ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING

OF DRILLING COP/TRACTORS THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION JADC EMPLOYEES OF IADC NOR ANY PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF EITHER MAKES ANY TO THE EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION iN OR USEFULNESS OF THE INFORM4 TION CONTAINED ACCURACY COMPLETENESS TO THE USE OF OR OR ASSUMES ANY LIABILITY WITH RESPECT THESE MATERIALS FROM THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION FOR ANY ANT ALL DAMAGES RESULTING MATERLILS OR ASSUMES ANY IN THESE APPARATUS METHOD OR PROCESS OF ANY 1NPORMA APPARATUS METHOD WITH RESPECT TO THE USE TION LIABILITY ON THIRD PARTY OR PROCESS DISCLOSED IN TM/S REPORT WHiCH MAY iNFRINGE
RIGHTS

599938518

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800113

ChairmansRemarks
would
project control Operators involvement
like to

thank deserves

the

International for

Association recognizing
this the

of

Drilling

Contractors needs
also

for

sponsoring deepwater
the

this

TAUC
and

crediting

industrys

regarding
like this to

well

for

enthusiastically for their

supporting support

work

would

thank

Offshore
the

Committee of
several

of

and

assistance

with

project

through

of

their

members

Much

of

the

success

of

the

Task
of
the

Force
Steering

can

be

attributed

to

the

hard

work
of

of

the

Steering

Committee
unselfishly

The
of

members

Committee
gained one of

gave

not only
their points

their in

time our

but

also

their

experience these

and

knowledge has been

through high of

years of

industry career
tt

Working
is

closely

with

individuals that

the

my

industry

with

my

sincerest

thanks

acknowledge

the

members

the

Steering

Committee

Stanley Christman
Curtis Earl

Exxon Upstream
Cherokee

Development

Co

Weddle

Engineering Americas

Robinson

BHP
Diamond

Petroleum

James Allen Donald

Metcalf
Kelly

Newfield

Exploration
Drilling

Offshore Service
State

Howard

Minerals

Management

U.S

Dept

of

Interior

Adam

Bourgoyne

Louisiana

University

Steve Kropla

IADC
work on
were

The

five

Subcommittee

Chairmen must be recognized

the

for their

this

project

They

at the

coal face

in getting

work done

Marcel

Robichaux
Drilling

Conoco Company
Offshore Energy

Well Well
Drilling

Planning Control

Suboon-imittee

Mike Briggs
David

Noble Bruce

Procedures

Subcommittee

Diamond
lailiburton

Equipment

Subcommittee Subcommittee

Donald Shaeklcford
Richard

Services

Emergency Response
Training

DeBuys WCS-Well
and
the

Control

School

Subcommittee

Each Those

of

the

aothors are

subcommittee
true to

members
this project

are

recognized
it

at the

beginning

of each
that truly

chapter
requires

Chapters

body of
all

and

is

their

contribution to this

acknowledgement would

Thanks

of

you

for

your

work and dedication

Task

Force

also
it

like into

to

thank coherent

Tern

Smith our
that
is

Technical
in this

Writer

for

taking

our

product

and

organizing

the

work

presented

volume

My

thanks

to

Beverly

Wilborn

and

meetings

preparing

my

presentations

and

Kim Meulenberg me on keeping

my

secretaries

for

organizing

the

schedule

Finally

thanks
for

Dickerson

and Offshore Drilling Inc my employer Diamond work this the time arid resources to on allowing me project
to

our

President

Larry

MR

Plaisance 1998

October

599938519

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800114

Deepwater Well Control Guidelines

Document

Map

Document
Deepwater
five

Map
Con
trot

Well

Guidelines

Guidelines

contains

chapters

Document

slructure

Well Well

Planning Control Procedures

Equipment Emergency Navigating each chapter

Training

Response

Chapter

Beginning

List Table List List

of Terms of of of

and

Definitions

if

applicable

Contents

Figures Tables

if if

applicable applicable

Chapter

ClosIng

List

of

References

all

references

used

in the

chapter

Index Cross-references Cross-references These

arc are to contain

provided
direct

throughout readers
to

each
areas

chapter of
the

intended which

other

Guidelines

related

infonnation

Example

cros s-reference

See

also

Well Planning Control

1.2 Shallow

Water

Flow

Guidelines

Numbering

system

The chapter
in

number precedes
as
in

all

numbered items contained

example items from

the

chapter

the

following

Chapter

Section

Main
Topic

seclicn

1.2
1.2.1

Figure

1-1

Table Page
Index

1-1

Subtopcc

1.2.1.1

number page number

1-1
1.1

D98

Edition

nith

2000

Supplement

Deepwar

W81l

Contro

Guidinss

599938520

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800115

Deepwater Well Control Guidelines

General Table
of

Contents

DEUwATER WELL CONTROL GuIDELINES GENERa TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER

WELL PLANnNG

WELLHEAD

STRUCTURAL

STRING DESIGN GUIDELINES

1.2

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

GUDELINES

1.3

DRILLING

FLUID

CoNsIDETIoNs

1.4

HIDRATES

.5

DRILL

STEM TESTING

1.6

DEEPwATER

REGuLATORY

GUIDELINES

CHAPTER

WELL

CONTROL

PROCEDURES

2.1

KIcK PREVENTION

DETECTION

2.2

SHUT-IN

2.3

CIRCULATING

TO KLL

24
2.5

PREvENTING

LOST

RETURNS

AND UNDERGROUND

BLOWOUTS

BOP
GAS

CLEANCUT

TRAPPED

GAS

2.6

IN

RISER

RISER DIvERTER

2.7

HYDRATE

PREVENTION/REMOVAL

2.8

WELL CONTROL PRIOR TO BOP INSTALLATION/SHALLOW

WATER FLOW

98

Edition

with

2000

SjppIenent

Deapwathr

WeH

Control

Guldeltnas

599938521

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800116

2.9

PLuG AND

AaNDON
WEATHER EDDY CURRENT GUIDELINES

2.10

INTERMITTENT

SEVERE

2.11

DP EMERGENCY DISCONNECT

CONSIDERATIONS

212 UNpLANNED

DISCONNECTS

CHAPTER

EQuiPMENT

_______

3.1

SOP ARRANGEMENT
CHOKE MANIFOLD

FOR DEEPWATER

OPERATIONS

3.2

CONSIDERATIONS

3.3

DwAit
DwATER
Rsf

RISER CONSIDERATIONS

3.4

DIvERTING

CONSIDERATIONS

3.5

GAS CONSIDERATIONS

36
3.7

DEEPwATER

CONTROL SYSTEMS

CONSIDETIoNs

PIvcrnivE

MAINTENANCE

CONSIOEIwIONS

3.8

RISER RECOIL CONSIDERATIONS

3.9

ROV

INTERVENTIONS

CoNSIDFTIONS

CIIAPmR4

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

4.1

INTRODUCTION

TO EMERGENCY RESPONSE

4.2

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

PLANS

1998

Sdltion

wIth

2000

Supplement

DeQpwater

Wed

Control

OuLdlnee

599938522

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800117

Deepwater Well Control Guidelines

General Table of Contents

4.3

VTICAL

INTERVENTION

4.4

Ro

POSITIONING

AND SURVEYING

FOR RELIEF

WELLS

4.5

DmMiC
SPILt

KILL

CONSIDERATIONS

4.6

CONTROL

5.1

DEEPWATER WELL CONTROL TRAINING

OVERVIEW

5.2

DEEPWATER WELL CONTROL CURRICULUM

CONSIDERATIONS

5.3

DawTER

WELL CONTROL SIMuTOR REQUIREMENTS

54

DEwPR

PRACTICAL WELl.

CONTROL

TRAINING

GUIDELINES

1998

Edition

with

2000 Supplement

Deepwater

Well

CorImF

Guellnes
UI

599938523

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-OO8001 18

5993852

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800119

59938525

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800

120

599938526

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800121

Well Planning

Chapter

Well Planning

Well Planning
Marcel
Rofiichaux

Subcommittee
Conoco Resources
Inc

Chairman
Vastar Esrep Forrest

John

Barker

Inc

7ransocean
Consulting Exploration

Connie

Goers

.1

Connor

Jim MetcalfJohn
Charlie Theriot

New/kid

Shaughnessy Marathon
Oil

Amoco Company

199B

dltkrn

wIth

2000

Supplenlcnt

DeapwaterWI

Control

GLAldefines

599938527

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800122

APD BML COE

DOPS

Application

icr

Permit

to

Drill

alow mudline Corps

of Engineers global positioning systeni

Differential

D000
DP

Development Dynamical Deepwater

Equivalent Environmental Fracture

Operations positioned Operations circulating

Coordination

Document

DWOP ECD
EPA FPP

Plan density

Protection

Agency

propagation

pressure

GA
GOM
GRA LCM
LMFIP

Guide
Gulf of

and

assist

Mexico
re-entry assist

Guidelineless Lost circulation

material
riser

Lower

marine
while

package

LWD MMS MODU

Logging
Minerals Mobile
Military

drilling

Management
offshore
drilling

Service
unit

MWA
NPDES
NIL

warning

area Discharge Elimination

National Notice Oil-base to

Pollution

System

Lessees

OEM OCS
POE

mud
nental shelf

Outer
Plan

cent

Gulf

of

Mexico

of Exploration while
drilling

PWD RMS SSM SWF USCG

Pressure

Root-mean-square
Synthetic-base

mud
flew

Shallow water
United States

Coast Guard

WBM

Water-base

mud

599938528

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800123

Well Planning
Table
of

Contents

CHAPTER

WELL PLANNING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.1

WELLHEAD
1.1.1

STRUCTURAL

STRING DESIGN GUIDELINES

1-I

SUMMARY
TERMINOLOGY

i_i

1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4

1-2 1-4 1-5

1-6 1-6

WELLHEACANGLE
STRUCTURAL
Bending
Lateral

STRING DESIGN
and
axial loading

1.1.41
1.1.4.2 1.1.4.3 1.1.4.4 1.1.4.5

loading

Wellhead
Soil Axial

and

BOP
below

stickup the

1-8 1-8

strength loading

mudline

1-12

.1.5

WELLHEAD AND STRUCTURAL

DESIGNCRITERIA
Engineering Properties
of

STRING DESIGN GUIDELINES

1-12 1-13

1.1.6
1.1.6.1 1.1.6.2

Line

Pipe

1-15
1-21

Weld-on Subsea

connectors wellheads and wellhead connectors

1.16.3 1.1.7 1.1.8

1.1.8.1 1.1.8.2 1.1.8.3

1-24 1-25 1-25

CONDUCTOR

CASING CONSIDERATIONS

TOPHOLECASINGPCINTS
Structural

casing

setting

depths

1-25 1-26 1-27 1-28

Load bearing capacity

Bending
load rating

1.18.4 1.1.9
1.1.9.1 1.1.9.2 1.1.9.3

Connectors

CONDUCTOR SETTING DEPTH

Pilotholes
Kill Kill

2C

1-30 1-30

mud mud

weight weight

volumes

1-30
1-31

12

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

1.2i
.2.2

GUIDELINES

1-33 1-33

SUMMARY
GEOPHYSICAL PREDICTION GRADIENT PREDICTION
..........................

1-36 1-37 1-36

1-41

12.3 12.4
1.2.41
1.2.4.2

PORE PRESSURE/FRACTURE
DRILLING
Setting

TECHNIQUES
and cementing

FOR

SWF
in

INTERVALS

casing design

SWF

zone

Deepwater cementing
Meohariioal shut
off

parameters

1-42 1-46

12.4.3

devices

1998

Enttlon

1th

2000

Supplement

DeepwOtorWoII

control

Suldelrnes

599938529

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800124

Well Planning
Table
of

Contents

1.2.5

REMEDIAL

OPERATIONS

AND

PA

CONCERNS

1-75

1.3

DRILUNO

FLUID

CONSIDERATIONS

1-76 1-76

1.3.1

SuMMARY PORE PRESSURWFRACTURE

Thin
Riser

1.3.2
1.3.2.1 1.3.2.2

GRADIENT-Low

EFFECTIVE

STRESS

1-76 1-76 1-77

margins Margin
fracture

1.32.3

Losses

propagation

1-79 1-79

132.4
13.2.5
1.3.2.6 1.3.2.7 1.3.2.6 1.3.2.9

Ballooning Equivalent
circulating densities

1-81 1-81

Gas

solubility lesting

OBM/SBM
with

Leak-off Fluid

OBM/SBM

vs

WBM

1-81

compressibility

OBM/SBM

1-82
1-83

Downhole

measurements
CAPACITIES for

PWD

1.3.3
1.3.3.1

SToRAGE
Brine

ON Rio

1-83 1-83 1-83 1-84

Riser storage

1.33.2
1.3.3.3 1.3.3.4 1.3.3.5 1.3.3.6 1.3.3.7

emergency disconnect storage salt saturated systems

storage discharge
regulations with for

Base

oil

OBM1SBM
Planned Weighted
Barite
Kill

1-84 1-85
flow rate
offsite.............................
kill

disconnect systems

OBM/SBM
and

shallow water
capacities

1-85 1-85 1-86 1-87 1-88 1-90

storage/mixing

1.33.6
1.3.3.9

weight

mud

built

on

rig

or

delivered from
with

LCM

effectiveness/considerations
rite

OBMfSOM

...........

13.3.1
.3.4

OGunk squeezes/ba Uiuzltin

Discharge Allowable

plugs

OBMISBM
environmental/regulatory
brine

1.34.1
1.3.4.2

impact

1-90 1-90

weights

hydrate

control

1.3.5 1.35.1
1.3.5.2

OPERATIONAL
Solubility

CONSIDERATIONS

FOR USING

OSM/SEM

......................

1-90 1-90
1-91 1-91

Compressibility Flow checks

135.3
1.35.4 13.5.5
1.3.5.6

Margins Temperature
stability

191
1-92 1-92 1-93

Mud
Kick

properties detection

13.5.7 1.3.6
1.3.6.1 1.3.6.2

GENERAL
Hydrate

CONSIDERATIONS
prevention

1-95
1-95 1-96 1-97

Bariteplugs Spacers

1.36.3
1.3.6.4

LCM

formulations

1-100

1q98

EdFtin

with

200U

Suppemcnt

DeepwerICnlro1

GuidSirtes

lv

599938530

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800125

Well Planning
Table of Contents

1.4

HYDRATES

1-102 1-102

14.1
1.4.2
1.4.2.1 1.4.2.2 1.4.2.3

SUMMARY
REQUIREMENTS
Effects Effects Effects of of of

FOR HYDRATE

FORMA1ION

1-102
1-103 1-104 1-105 1-108

temperature
specific gravity

supercooling

1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5

1.4.5.1

PEE-PLANNING MnHANOLIrIJECTION
INI-IIE1TION

1-110
1-110
inhibitors

Thermodynamic
Kinetic inhibitors

1-110 1-111 1-117

1.452
1.4.6
1.4.6.1 1.4.6.2

PoTENTIAL
Shallow Hydrate

PROBLEMS
gas Invades

BOP

stack

connector
or

1.117 equipment 1-120 1-122 1-123

formation

inside

welibore

SOP

1.4.7 1.4.6 1.4.9

DEFENsE
HEATGENERATI0I4SYSTEMS REMEDIATION
GUIDELINES

FOR HYDRATE

OCCURRENCE

1-124

1.5

DRILLSTEMTESTJNG

1-125
1-125

1.5.1

SUMMARY
CoNSIDERATIONS
Unique
test string
IN

1.5.2

FLOATING TESTING
equipment speed

PLANNING

1-126
1-126 1-129

152.1
1.5.2.2

Disconnect

and

shut-in

1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5

HYDrmiNHIBrrIoN

1-130

FRING VS

BARGING

PRODUcEO

OIL

1-132

REcOMMENDED

PRECAUTIONS

1-133

1.6

DEEPWATER REGULATORY SUMMARY

DIFFERENcES BETWEEN

GUIDELINES

1-135

1.6.1

1-135

1.6.2

DEEPWATER AND SHALLOW WATER OPERATIONS

1-136

.6.3 1.6.3.1 1.6.3.2 1.6.3.3 1.6.3.4 1.6.3.5

CONcERNS
High

AND

SPECIAL

CONSIDERxnoNs
survey
reports

1-139 1-139 1-139 1-140

resolution

geophysical

3-Dselsmicsurveys

Ordnance areas
Applications
Relief wells for permit to
drill

1-140 1-140

1999

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deewster

Well

Control

Guidelines 1-v

599938531

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800126

Well Planning
Table
of

Contents

1.8.3.6 1.6.3.7 1.6.3.8

Financial

responsibility well tests

1-140 1-141 Plans

plan

Extended

Deepwater Operations
Reservoir development OCompletion Production operations operations

1-141 1-142 1-143 1-143 1-143

1.8.39
1.6.3.1 1.6.3.11

1.6.3.l2Abandonment 1.6.4
1.6.4.1 1.6.4.2

REGULATORY
Establishing

PROCESS
qualifications

1-144
1-145 1-148

Bonding

1.6.5
1.6.5.1 1.6.5.2 1.6.5.3

LEASEACOUISITI0N Leasesale
Purchase through assignment

1-146
1-146 1-147 1-147 1-147

Farm-in agreement

16.5.4 1.6.6 1.6.61 16.5.2

1.6.6.3

Lease

Stipulations

SP1LLPREPAREDNESS
Liabllity/COFR

1-148
1-146

Response

plan

requirements

1-149 1-149

Miscellaneous

OCS
GENERAL

plans

1.6.7
1.6.7.1 1.6.7.2

EPA NPDES
Coverage
Annual

PERMIT

0MG

290000

COVERAGE

1-151 1-151 1-151

reporting reporting

16.1.3 1.6.6
1.6.8.1 1.6.8.2

Non-compliance

1-152

EXPLORATION
Plan
of

OPERATIONS

1-154
1-154

Exploration for

POE
to
Drill

Application

Permit

APD

1-155 1-156

1.6.83
1.6.8.4 1.6.8.5

Sundry Well
Flare

Notices Reports Requests

Summary
and Burn

1-156 1-158 1-156 Coordination

1.6.9
1.6.9.1 1.6.9.2

DEVELOPMENT

OPERATIONS
Operations

Development Reservoir Development Plan

Document

0000

1-158 1-157

1.6.10

DEEPWATER OPERATIONS

PLANS

1-158 1458
1-158 1-159

1.6.1O.lconceptual 1.6.10.2Preliminary 16.1O3Final 1.6.11 TYPICAL

DEPARTURES/ALTERMMIVE

COMPLIANCE

FOR DEEPWATER 1-162

PROJECTS

1995

Edition

with

2000

Supprnent

Deepwater

Well

Cnfrol

GuIdelines

IM

599938532

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800127

Well Planning
Table
of

Contents

REFERENCES

1-163

INDEX

1166

1998

EdObn

with

2000

Suppement

DeepwawrwI

Control

Guidetries 1-vu

599938533

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800128

Well Planning
Table
of

Contents

LIST OF TABLES

Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table

1111-4 11-6 1-7 1-8 1-9

Factors influencing

bending

and

axial

loading

1-6

API Line Pipe Tolerances API Line Pipe Grades

Selected Selected Selected standard
line large

1-16 1-17
line

and

non-API

pipe dimensions

1-la
1-21

pipe performance connector

properties properties

engineering

1-23 1-98

Displacing Displacing

WBM

with completion

fluid fluid

QBM/SBM

with completion

1-99 1-101

Example

LCM

formulations hydrate
inhibitors solutions at for

1-10
1-Il

Common
Densities

thermodynamic of sodium

i-ill

chloride

NaCl

68F
Projects

1-115 1-162

1-12 Typical

Departures/Alternative

Compliance

Deepwater

LIST OF F1Gums

___
deepwater deepwater
soil

____________
1-10

Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure

1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9

Typical Typical

0DM GOM

shear

strength stringy calculated

structural

bending

vs

depth

1-11

SWF

SW
SWF

Concept Concept Concept Concept

30

ROV valves 20 w/ 18-3/4 HP housing 30 20 w/ 18 3/4 HP and 20 casing packer 20 w/ 18 3/4 HP hsg 16 and 20 casing 3Q1t
w/

1-48 1-50 packer 1-52 1-54 1-56

SWF SWF
SWF SWF

ConceptS
Concept Concept
Seal

30 24 20 30 24 20

wI 18-3/4 w/ w/
18-3/4 18-3/4

HP HP

hsg hsg valve on

3024

201

HPhsgw/ROV
18-3/4

24

hsg.1-58

36930 26/24 20

w/

HP hsg w/

18-3/4

30
1-60

Housing
Figure 1-10

SW

ConceptS
stab

36 28
into

2011

w/

20

bmi csg hgr and packoff

and
stab

18-3/4

HP
1-62

hsg run and

Figure
1-11

20

hgc

SWF

Concept

36 26

w/

26 20

bml csg

Iigr

packnff
into

20
hgr
off

201

bml
1-64

Figure

1-12

18-3/4 csg hgr and packoff 10 3611 Concept

HP hsg
w/

run and

20
shut

SW

26

18-3/4

HP hsg w/

sleeve

on

36
1-66

hsg Figure 1-13

SWF
3/411

Concept

Ii

36 30 26 20
stab into

w/

20

bml csg hgr and packoffs

181-68

FTP

hag

run and

20
w/

hgr 18-3/4

Figure 1-14

SWF
hog

Concept 18-3/4

12

38 38

2611 to

201

HP hog w/
201 csg Super

shutoff

sleeve

on

38
1-71

or

tieback

20

sub-mudline

hgr option
Wellhead

Figure 1-15

SWF

Concept and

13

2611

201

w/

18-3/4

hsg w/ nested
1-73

housings Figure

ROV
of

valve seawater temperature

as

1-16 Relationship
the

average

function

of water

depth

in

Gulf

of

Mexico

1-103

1908 1-vu

Ed Won

sith

2000

Supplement

UeepwaleflWlI

Contr

Ouloelines

599938534

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800129

Well Planning
Table of Contents

Figure Figure Figure Figure

1-17
1-18

The

general

principle typical

of

the

effect

of gas composition
test

on hydrate formation 1-104

1-105 experiment of 1-107

Results of

hydrate Thermodynamic temperature suppression

1-19 Schematic 1-20 Degree

of constant-volume

ramping
as

of hydrate temperature

function

NaCI
1-112

concentration Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure

1-21 Inhibition

by weight

percent caused by
glycol for four

of hydratc formation

1-113 rrmd systems hydrate

stability
1-

1-22 Comparison
1-23 Effect

of gas hydrate formation and

points
salt

14

of gas gravity inud weight hydrate hydrate

seal seal

content

on

I-I 16

1-24 Elastomer 1-25

1-118 1-119

Mud mat

1998

edtion

wth

2005

Suppement

Daapwator

Well

Centrol

Gulsehnea
1-Ix

599938535

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800130

Well Planning
Welihead
Structural String

Design

Guidelines

.1

Wdllhead
Guidelines
The following
topics

Structural String Design

are

covered

in this

segment

Key Topic
Mechanical
strength design considerations

Related

Specific

Points

subsea weliheads
structural casing strings

Recommended
angles Hydraulic

welihead/risar

angle

differential

welihead and
axial

connectors load design

design

considerations of

Bending
structural

considerations

casing

Desncdteaforswcturalcasg
Operational considerations setting strings depths of

conductor
designs conductor setting Engineering properties tubulars

and

surface

casing

Typical casing

deepwaler

COM

shallow

and

surface

casing

depths

and

connections
string

used

Weld-on
Advertised

tubular

connector

selection

consideralions of selected

for shallow

casing

engineering

properties

weld-

on
Engineering characteristics selected selected tubulars
drilling

connectors

I-low

to in

calculate
oil

engineering

properties

ot

line

pipe

equipment

used

wells

1.1.1

Summary
following and
guidelines structural as are string

Conservative approach

design

The

suggested designs
Failures

for

deepwater
the

wellhead

using
in the

Gulf of

of
the

Mexico
structural

GOM
string

an and

exampla welihead

design
to

have

proven
design

be

very
is

expensive encouraged

and Sound

very

conservative

approach should be

engineering
the

judgment used be
the for

used

when

determining
safety

worst case should

in

design

purposes

Appropriate
the risks

factors

included worst

considering case design

and

uncertainties

assumptions

508

EdiSon

with

2000

Supplomsnt

Oeepwaher

Well

control

Guidelines f-I

599938536

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800131

Well Planning
Wellhead
Structural String

Design

Guidelines

1.1.2

Terminology
for

The following
since differences

terminology between
often

casing

strings

will

be

used and

operating

companies

geographic

regions

exist

Structural

The

first

string

set

is

typically

30

in or 36

in been

00

Since

the

mid-1980s
jetting
is

this

casing with an

has

generally
bit

installed

by

to

depth not on

internal

or jet

head

This

string

typically installed

cemented
top

low pressure welihead

string

housing
structure

is

the

of

this

with

re-entry also feet

permanent
mat
installed

guide on

base
this

Many
string

operators about 14

use below

mud
the

wellhead

Ljseof

mud mat
Recently base

some
the the

operators

have
is

omitted with on

the

permanent
rig

guide

when

mud mat mud mat

it

used
rest

moored

operations
Prior to the

Typically

will

the

mudline
casing

l980s most deepwater

by cementing
in

well
drilled

structural hole

was

installed

using

temporary

guide

base

Placement

of the

jet

bit

The

structural

string feet

can

be
the

jetted

in

the

GUM

to

depths with
jetting If

of

about

200

below
to the

mud
the

line

BML
internal

few
bit

problems relative than very

special

related to the

placement of

of

the

bottom
feet

structural

casing
is

more

about
careful

201

BML
of
as

structural the gel jet bit

penetration
is

desired with

placement such

required

along

procedures

pills

and

use of

mud motors

Structural

string installed
ft

While 320

the feet

structural

normally 200-250

string

has

been
the

jetted

to

as the

much

as

BML

of

penetration
is

below
install

miidline

normal
feet

industry structural

practice

to

about

200-250

of

easing

Due

to

its

large

size for

this string

is

generally

built

to

line

pipe

specifications

wall

thickness

and

grade

API
either

Spec fication threaded

or

for

Line

Pipe Weld-on
are

connectors

squnch

type

generally

used

1998
1-2

Ediiitn

with

2000

Supplement

DeepwaterVWll

control

Gukielines

599938537

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800132

Well Planning
Wellhead
Structural

StrinDeign

Guidelines

Conductor

In set

the

kite

990s

many
In

GUM
the

operators began mudline

this Just string

using above

string

800-1000

feet

below

shallow

water
the

flow zones

most cases
about 80

structural

casing

feet

below

the

was hung-off in low pressure

wellhead

housing

Conductor
at

typically
ft
lfl

set

The

function

of

this

8OO-1OOO

string

is

to

protect

the

shallow

unconsolidated without cemented

potential

formations This
special string

while
is

drilling

deeper 20 in
to

with

nr
is

riser with
for

typically

OD
the

and

cement water
is

developsd from
variable

mitigate

the

shallow
string

flow

behind from of

string to

The

use of

this

highly
the

operator

operator
potential

depending problems and

on

presence operational

shallow

flow

other

considerations

Due
pipe

to

its

large

size

this for

string

is

generally and

also

built

to

line

specifications either

wall

thickness
or

grade
are

Weld-on
generally

connectors

threaded

squnch

type

used

RIser and
Installation

BOP
high conductor

pressure wellhead
string rigs

is is

installed definition riser

on
the are

the

top

of

the

and
foil

this

by

first

string

on

which

the

BOPs
and

and

installed

The
drilling

installation

of

the

riser

BOPs

permits
to the

deeper rig

with

drilling

fluid

and

cuttings

returns

Surface

This most
the

string

is

usually

13-3/S at

or

16

in

0.13

and

is

set

in

deepwater
Tf

wells

depths
is

of

1500-3000
string
is

feet usually

below
set as

mudline
liner

in 013
to the

used

the

due

wellhead

and

cementing

ECD

considerations

1098

Edition

Ih

2000

Supplement

Deepweter

Well

Control

Guidelines i-a

599938538

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800133

Well Planning
Welihead Angle

1.1.3

WellheadAngle
16Q
joint establishes drilling limit

The API
for to the flex the

of two
is

degrees

of

subsea angle
the will

BOP

stack

This
the

interpreted

mean

differential

between joint

30
this

stack
limit

and
wear

structural in the wail

easing and

and

flex

Beyond

BOPs

he

at

an unacceptable

rate

two degree
not be extendini
in

limit

may
time

suitable

for

In

practice limit that

at

least liberal lcd will

one
for

major

drilling

contractor

has found
in

driiIin

this

too
it

extended

drilling

time

deepwater

deapwater

and

has

to

expensive
drill

30

repairs This periods

company
if

specifies

they

not

for

extended

the

flex

joint/BOP
the

differential

angle

exceeds one

one-half degree

and/or

wellhead

angle

exceeds

degree

Check
hushing

weilbead
for

wear Regardless joint

it is

of

the

wear

angle

between
that for the

the

HOPs

and

the

flex

reconmiended and
if

wellhead
at least

wear every

frequently

bushing four

be

retrieved or

monitored

wear
are

weeks

sooner

wear

indicators

observed

Tool

joint

hardbandlng Special
string attention joint tool

should hardbanding

be

placed
materials

on
as

selection

of

drill

well

Gyroscopie

mullishot
It is

also

recommended
angle be

that

uney
of wellhead angle
level at

gyroscopic
the basis

multishot

survey
the

used
after not

for

of determining Relying on

the wellhead

installation

bullseye

indicators

may

be

sufficiently

accurate

Some
feet

operators

run multishot intervals schedule and

the the in to the

gyroscopic
structural the

surveys and

on

20-30
riser

survey
periodic the

drilling

on

cheek
flex

differential

angle

between operators system ever

BOPs
used
to

joint

Some
global the

deepwater
positioning rigs location

have

differential

DGPS
subsea

accurately

monitor

diverter

Stiff

mooring

system

All

deepwater well

operations angles very between

are the

especially

sensitive the flex

to

excessive

301s
system

and
will

joint

Maintaining excessive
rig

stiff

mooring
to

help prevent and

current

offsets

due

wind

waves

changes

ia Eathonv4th
14

2000

Sopplsment

Deepwater

Well

Control

GuideSnoc

599938539

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800134

Well Planning
Wellhead Angle

Acoustic
positioning

well

The

acoustic

well

positioning

system
drilling

should
in

also

be

kept

functional

and

calibrated

when

deepwater

Excessive
lead to

welihead

and

well

angle

at

the

mudline

can

also riser

problems

while
after
tall

reconnecting
riser

the lower marine

package

LIMRP
by
the

disconnect lower
stack

The long moment

ann

created

the

BOP
in

and
or

soft

soil

just

below

mudline
can

combined with

degree

two

of well

inclination in

result string

very high bending

the

and

deflections

the

structural

when

LMRP

is

reconnected

set-

down

weight

1L4
High bonding
at

Structural

String

Design
levels the in the structural in

and set-down
In

defiections

deepwater be

well

the

stress

string

can

significantly location

higher than with

the

stress rig

level

shallow

water

even

same

type

Subsea may

completion systems higher Generally

calculated the structural string
is

designed
riser
is

to to

withstand
the for

all

production
require

loads
drilling

imparted

by
Ef

the

wellhead
future

design

loads

during

operations from

well
or other

kept

subsea completion design be

TLP
those

production during

system

loads higher than

expected

drilling

may

required

Load

sharing between and

string

structural

The conservative
has
the

approach
to

is

to

select

structural

casing

that

conductor not occur

may

capacity
limits

maintain subjected
to

material

stress

within
axial

allowable loading

when

both
the

bending
well In

and

expected
the

while of between not

in the

drilling

without eases and

considering sharing conductor

significant strings

strength loads

inner
the

strings

many
siring to

axial

structural

string

may

be

achieved

due
length

possible
the

differences the

uncemented

of of

two
inner

Also

bending
is

strength

contribution

the
it

ccnductor
function

casing of the

usually

relatively the

small

because

is

fourth

power of

diameter

--

1993

EdItion

with

2000

5uppment

Deowater

Wl

Control

GuidelInes i-C

599938540

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800135

Well Planning
Structural String

Design

1.14.1

Bending

and

axial

loading

Bending design and

and of
the

axial

loading

are

the

primary

considerations

in

structural

casing
will

The magnitude
on
these

of

bending

axial

loads

expected

depend

factors

Factors

and
Lateral loads loading at
flex

Axial

Lo$dlng due
to riser

Bend

joint

Walihead
nudline
Soil

and

SOP
below

stickup

above

the

strength

the angle

mudhne wtt
affect
vertical

BOP and welUad

loading

and

bending

.VeightofBOP
Axial

loadIng

Vertical loads

ceding

at

flex

joint

duo

to

rJsor

SOP

weight

buoyed
casing weight axial

VeIlbead TabletFntnra
influencing

and

buoyed

bending

and

loadiag

Each

of

these

items

will

be

discussed

in

the

following

section

11.4.2

Lateral

loading

To
large

keep

the

riser axial

straight load
is

and

prevent
at

it

from
rig

buckling by
the riser

vertical

applied

the

tensioner

system

Riser tensioner

system

The amount of
buoyed
the

tension

that riser

must
the

be

pulled

is

esual

to

the

weight
in

of

the

differential

weight

between of

mud

the top

riser

and
the

seawater stack

and

some

amount

overpull

at

the

of

flOP

Axial

overpull

The

axial

overpuli
flex

at

the

top into

of
the

the

flOPs

is

transmitted top

through

the

joint flex

and
joint

LMRP
riser

at the at the

of

the to the

BOP
about

stack
ten

The
degrees

permits
the

bending and

angles top of

between

flOPs

998
1-6

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Doopwater

WI

conrol

GuidoiLnes

599938541

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800136

Well Planning
Structural String

Design

If

the

welihead were zero

were only

perfectly vertical

vertical tension

and

the

flex

joint

angle

component and
to the

no
the

horizontal

component would be introduced

never occurs
load situations

top of
rig

BOPs

This

on
will

dcepwater be introduced
as

and the
flex

significant joint

horizontal special

at

during

such

during an
rig or

emergency mooring

disconnect
failure

with

on

dynamic moored rig

positioned

Since
date

most with

deepwater
different

wells

may

be

re-entered

at

fUture

type rig should

both be

moored and
considered

dynamic when

positioned developing

operations
the

design

worst case

Tension

at

the

flex Joint

The amount of
on
the

tension

desired the

at

the

flex

joint

will the

depend

type

of

rig and

characteristics

of

LMRP
only
the

connector

For
axial

example
load
is is

connector above
certain

will certain

disconnect value and

when
bending

the

moment

below

value

OP

rig

emergency

riser

disconnect

For

dynamic

positioned be

ng

emergency before

riser the

disconnect following

operations conditions

must occur

complete

the

load

and bending and and

stroke

limits

of

the

LMRP

connector

arc

reaehed
the angle

cf the

telescopic

joint

are

reached

minimum
connector case and/or
related

axial

load
the

is

required

to

permit

the

LMRP
of worst
analysis these rig

to

lift-off loads

lower be

BOPs
which

Estimates
riser

lateral riser

can

obtained

from

disconnect

analysis

considers

issues

As
and
joint

lower shear

flex joint

bends

due

to as

lateral the

loading

moment
in the in flex the

force

are

introduced
loads

elastomer be

strains

These design

should

included

structural

casing

flex

joint

typically side

accommodates
of
its

angles and

up can

to

10

degrees

on

either

axial

center

have

1995 EdsIon

With

2000

sippemeflt

Deepwater

Neil

Control

fluidelina

593938542

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800137

Well Planning truuraI

String

Design

stiffness

of about
load

20-25

kip-ft kips

per degree on

of angle
flex joint

change

and During

shear

of 3-5

depending
such casing on
the soil flex as

angle

design
the

environment
structural

during

an emergency

disconnect
several

and and

SOPs
casing
is

may
the

deflect

degrees

depending from
flex

stiffness

The

moment
between

introduced
the

joint

difference

lower
the

joint

angle

and

the

structural/POP

angle times

flex joint

stiffness

1.1.4.3

rVellheadandBOP

stickup

The
large

total

height on

from
the

the

mudline of
the
ft

to

the

flex

joint

has
to the

impact

amount

bending low
the

imparted pressure
visible

structural

casing
is

Typically about and 14

wellhead
to

housing
insure cuttings

located access

above

mudline with

ROV

camera

visibility

even

some

build-up

Flex

joint

height

Typically weilhead

the

POP
of 64

stack to
ft

is

about
flex

50

ft

tall

from
results to

the in the

lower
total visible

connector

the

joint
flex

This

moment
rnudline

arm

from

the

joint

Flex

joint

distance

to

LMRP

The

distance variable

from

the

flex rig to

joint rig

to

the will at

LMRP
havc
this will

connector an impact

is

highly
the

from

and

on

bending

moment
an

expected

connector disconnect
axial load

As
only
are

discussed

above

LMRP
bending

connector

when
within

the

combined
limits

moment

and

certain

1.1.4.4

SU

strength

below

the

mudline

If

the

soil

just

below
the
is

the

mudline and
calculate

were

extremely
stick

strong

such would
the

as

granite
all

wellhead
to the

BOP
the

up

distance stress in

be

that

needed

bending simple

structural

casing could
load

at
be
at

mudline
to flex

cantilever

beam equation
the horizontal

used
the soil

model
joint

stress

resulting

from length

and
are

stick-up

Uowever
gradually

deepwater
increase

strengths

very

low

and

in strength

with

depth

1998
i-a

Edition

wttlt2tQt

supplement

Deepwatec

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938543

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800138

Well Planning
Structural String

Design

In

many
for

cases
structural
it is

site

specific

soil

boring

is

obtained boring
is

and not
the

used

casing

design
to get

When
better

soil

performed shallow
Bit

possible

understanding by performing
that

of

below

mudline

soil

strength
it

bit 26
inch will
is

set-down

test

set-down
bit stop

test From experience 5000

lb

is

known

with

set-down
the

weight mudline

penetrating

below
lb/It

with pumps off when soil strength

approximately

150

Generally
will static

soft as

clays

found

near

the

mudline
pile

in
is

deepwater
subject to

behave

plastic lateral

material

when

or cyclic

loading

Behavior

of soft

clay

near mudline

As
the

the soil

structural

string

is

Laterally

loaded and
the the in

it

will

deflect

as
its

develops
stress

more
cavity

resistance will

pipe
side the

increases

bending
soil
is

form
the loads pile

on

of

the

pile

as

displaced

away
loads

from cycle
as the

pile

direction result the

of
in

loading
increased

Subsequent bending

may
moves
If

then through

slack

zone occur

created

by

previous loading
casing strings just 1-1

excessive and

deflections

wear of
will typical

below on
the

in the

subsea page

wellhead
reflects

occur

Figure
soil

following

GUM

shear strengths

The

lateral

resistance to

of

pile

does
is

not

increase

in to

simple
the

proportion
soil

loading
to the

The problem
string

then
in

how

relate

resistance

deflection

cyclic

loading

condition

sa

seine

v4th

2000

Supplsment

DeepwerWdl

Control

Guidelines 1-9

599938544

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800139

Well Planning
Structural String

DesIgn

TYPIOAL
Soil

0CM DEPWATER
Shear
Strength

Exctudos

areas not

of rapid

cpcsitlon

he
100

aedinenlo

rrmatIy compacted

sos
-i

U.S

Nan

SoftCkym4a100

L05d

fir

ncfnr

rwlomg

prelclIUn

psi/fl

.5

300

4.00

Soil

ShearSlraagth

Rips/sq

It

Figure

1-1

Typical

GOM

dccpwater

soil

shear

strength

EdUon
1-10

with

2000

Suppement

DsepwatervUetl

Control

lurdetlnes

599938545

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-IN V-OO800 140

Well Planning
Structural String

Design

Modeling
to lateral

soil resIstance

To

accurately

model

the

casing program

bending
is

and

soil

interface are

Ioas and

problem
commercially

computer available
resistance

needed
programs

Many
bending

bending

The computer
to lateral

generally as

model
series

the

soil

loads and
1-2

of nonlinear loading

springs

Figure
for

below shows
deepwater

typical

bending
string

calculated

GOM

structural

TypLcaL

GOM
Structural

Oeepwater
String

Calcutated

Bendtng

vs

Depth

Bonding

Moment

or

Bending

Stress

flaure

1-2

TypIcal bending

GOM
vs

cleapwater

structural

string

calculated

depth

iSGe

Edition

wth

2000

Suppmcnt

Deepwatsr

Well

Control

Sidelines 1ti

599938546

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800141

Well Planning
Design
Criteria

11.4.5

Axial loading

Vertical loading

The

total

loading of
stress the

or

stress to

in

the

structural axiaL less

string

is

composed
stresses

due

bending
riser

and

stresses

Axial buoyed casing

are

rcsuit

of

tension weight

BOP
buoyed

weight weight

subsea conductor

wellhead
or

buoyed

and

surface

1.1.5

Wellbead Guidelines

and

Structural

String

Design

The
by

axial-

capacity of
that the the

the skin soil

structural friction

casing

can
is

be

estimated
to the

assuming
strength

adhesion

equal
the

shear

of
is

and

integrating

along is

length

End hearing

not included

The equation

EQUATION
Estimating capacity
structural of the axial

gOD JZ cdz
the casing

Where

axial

capacity

of

the

structural

casing

kips

reduction

factor

which

depends

on

the

disturbance during

jetting

OD

outside

diameter of

the

structural

casing

ft

length

of

structural
ft

casing

below

the

mudlinc
soil

shear strength

kip/ft

The

reduction
the

factor

will

depend
structural

on

the

disturbance
If the as

during

installation in

of
the

the

casing

casing low
as

was
0.25

jetted

place

reduction

factor If

may bc
is

Beck
to

and

Jackson
soil

1991
installation

care

taken be
as

during high
as

jetting

minimize time

disturbance

may
should

0.50

With

after

increase

and

approach

unity

after

several

weeks

1993
1-12

Edftiort

with

2000

sppIement

neepwa

VII

Cnntrol

Gukielines

599938547

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800142

Welt

Planning
Criteria

Design

Mud

mats

are

commonly
about housing

used

in

GOM
feet

operations

and
the

arc

typically

installed

fourteen

below

low

pressure wellhead

Mud

mats

in

IheGOM

The support capacity

this

ot

mud mat

can

be

calculated

with

EQUATiON
Mud
mat support
capacity

equation

footprint

area of

mud mat

ft2

SS

23 approximate

Where

mudmat SS
soil

support capacity

kips

strength

lb/ft2

typical

value

for

GOM

about

75

lb/ftt

Mud
and

mat dimensions
16 axial
ft

capacity about

by 16 50
kips

ft

square
axial

mud mat
capacity 20
kips

can

be

expected
10
ft

to

provide
ft

of

while

by

12

mud

mat

will

give only

about

of capacity

Many
of

operators use
to stop the

mud
the

mats

more

as

positive

indicator the

when
hits

jetting

structural as

easing an
axial

when
load

mud

mat

inudline

than

carrying

member
Mud

mats

with tight well

templates and spacing

Mud
well

mats

are

usually adjacent
is

very wells

large
if

and

can
or

interfere tight

with

placement

of

template

mudhne
are not

spacing

planned recovery

Generally of
the

mud

mats and

retrievable

without

wellhead

structural

casing

1.1.6

Design

Criteria

structural

string

can

be

thought

of

as

pile

similar

to

those

used
in

on

steel

jacketed
for

platform of
fixed

Recommendations
offshore platforms

made
pile

API RI 2A

design be used

foundations

should

for

structural

casing

API

Recommended

Practice

2A

1998

Ed

lion

alit

2000

Suppbnient

Deepwtsr

Well

coflroE

2uldehnes
1-la

599938548

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800143

WeD
Design

PlannIng
CrIteria

The

above
for

mentioned both
axially

RP
loaded
cyclic

includes
piles

recommended
piles subject to

procedures
lateral

and

loading
safety

Static factor

and

loading included

casts
in

with

an

appropriate analysis

should

be

the design

APJ

RP 2A stroctural member design

API RP 2A recommends
piles
stresses

that

structural

members
bending

including and
thai-i

be

designed This
criteria

considering
is

both

axial just

considered
in

more rigorous
string

considering

bending

stresses

structural

The AISC

following

equation
for

is

recommended
the for

by

the

APT

and and

Specification Structural

Design
Buildings

Fabrication

Erection of

Steel

girication and
Erection
Steel for of Structural

f/FFy
Where

Al

Buildings

fa

computed

axial

stress

psi

lb

computed bending
yield stress

stress

psi

Fy

of

steel

psi

F8

factor tension

of safety and
0.9

recommend
for

0.8

for axial

bending

The depth
are at

below mudline

at

which

the

combined
at the

stresses

maximum moment

are

usually

located

maximum

bending

With

the

bending
the stress

moment
in

for

the

design casing due

worst
to

case

calculated can be

the

structural

bending

calculated

EQUATION
stress easing
in structural

due

to

bending

Where

1998
1-14

Edition

with

2000 Supplement

DeepwaterWail

CrnoI

thildeilnea

599938549

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800144

Well Planning
Design
Criteria

Es

bending

stress

psi

bending

moment

ft-lb

01

outside

diameter of

the

tube

in

moment

of

inertia

of

the

tube

in4

rf640D4-lD4
if
nominal
inside

diameter

in

With

the

axial

load due
to

calculated
the axial

the

axial

stress

in

the

structural

easing

load can

be calculated

EQUATION
Es

axial

stress

in

structural axial load

FdA

easing

due

to

Where

Es

axial

stress

in the

tube

psi

Pa

axial

load

in

casing

lb

cross
in2

sectional

area

of

the

tube

nominal

ID

/1.61

Engineering

Properties

of Line Pipe

Burst

Using
the

the

Barlow equation
of tube
is

found

in

API
the

Specification

50
wail tube
the

burst

dependent
strength

on

wall

thickness

thickness

tolerance

yield

and

diameter of
Specification

API
allows

Bulletin

50

For
thickness

casing

API

5CT

12.5% wall

tolerance

1958

Edition

wIth

2000

Supplement

DapwaterVlI

Control

tBuId9lrs
1-15

599938550

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800145

Well Planning
Line Pipe Properties

The wall thickness 5L

for line

tolerance

specified

in size

API
of

Specification the

pipe

is

dependent
or

on

the

pipe

type

manufacture
larger line

seamless

welded

and

grade

For 20 is

in and

pipe

the

API wall

thickness

tolerance

API Line Pipe

Outskle diameter

Tulw1ncas
thickness tolerance percent

and

type

of pipe

LwalI

--

._LPLQ.Ak
larger larger

JGradeX42toXSO
-8 -10

20 20

Ln

and and

welded seamless

-10

1-12.5

Table

1-2

API

Line

Pipe Tolerances

1958

EdiSon

with

2000

Supplemsnt

Degpwster

Wet

Cortol

Guldet

nec

599938551

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800146

Well Planning
Line Pipe Properties

API
line

Specification

SL
and

specifies

the

tensile

requirements
standard
line

for pipe

pipe yield and

yield

ultimate

strength

The

grades

strengths

are

API Line

PIM

Grades
YEeId Strength psfl

--

----I35300
.-

-.---j----..--

47ooo
46000 52000 66000 60000 65000 70000 80000

X46 X52 X55 x60 X66 X7O X80

Table

1-3

API

Line

Pipe

Grades

There

are

other for

differences

between
line

the

manufacturing

specifications

casing
for line to

and SO

pipe For example

material

APT

casing

specifications

grade does

has
It is

hardness generally
line

specifications

while
not

pipe on

not

recommended
generally

weld

casing

while

pipe and very

has welded
for

connections
line

Welding
pipe

procedures
are

requirements

higher grade
special

grade
controls

demanding and

require

engineering

Like

casing

line

pipe

is

manufactured Table

in

standard
the

outside

diameters and page

includes in

wall

thicknesses

1-4 on
line

following

selected

standard

pipe

dimensions

included dimonsions

API

Specification

5L

and

some

non-A

Since than foot

line

pipe
the

is

manufactured
is

to

different

specification

casing than

tube

referenced
for the

by

different wall

weight thickness

per
as

casing

even

same

casing

1908

Ethtlon

wIth

2000

SuppJement

Deepwntei-

We13

control

Guietnas

147

599938552

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800147

C-

-Il

Ph

I-

.as.aa
710
CD
ill

a0000000000
710
CD NJ Ii CD NJ CD

aOOoOOOOOa..a.aOCoOOOOo
00
10 Ci -a

wn

-U

00 MM
cc
CD

00

to

NNNNN
-400 a-aoCDaaNoCDCDa00NN-.s0010aa0JflfloQ..a-aNNNNN
01 01 to -4 CD 01 Is -a cm
71

N..aa

-4 ci Co cc Co co Ut Co -4 -a QQ cc -a CD

-a

-a

-a

cc

cm

co -a

-4

-C

ca -a

0010
010
-a -a

-a -a

CDt-

Ci

50
CD hi

-a

a-i-a9pp9p

CD

-bbcocmcm--ia

Cit

I-

OP

CD

Cr

Cr Cr to CD 1% 17 CO

UI

CD

Ut

CT

00

.. t4

CD

ci

Cr ci

cr

..a

CD

CD

CD

CD

CD

cit

CD

CD

.a

Ii

Is

PaPPPPPPaNcs
oNNNN a4CaNNNNNN aCNNNNNNN -aaa.a.a NUl OON CrcOCoinothaaNaaO0atoWCDa-aa10-010CDN--a 0-4 Mo
hi -5 Is Cr Is CD -a 13 -a -o CD CD Oi oi CD
CO

it To Ti To

vi
--0

CIOC 00Na00N-aUtthCDhiaOCaN-aCic71o01ONaOaN-aCP0aN oacrNocmCMr000tDUNociCrN000000IN0aUNoocau

Ci

7i0 MOO N0oiUiN0

-101
cT

CO

CO

Ut 13 -4

01UlNUbooacooCrcmncoNN-a-aNa
CD ta co

0-4CD0000OOOCiCDOIsfliSa
00 to

CD

CD

co

cn

Cr

Ca

Cit

Ut

in
CD

-aa 00

Pt -a Ci
CO

Ca

ci

0DC

-aOOOONa.aOO0O thbbbbCrNO0a00Na00ocmcmNbNthN00cD0CDN OOU100IDN ooUtOinCDNUtoCDNaflthaNa0aNoO01001CDNth0aN-.Cn

00000cmciiN00000CDChN0CDthN0000N0CDCrN0000000CrN00CnN0
in at in in in Ui cc CC CC cm cc
ta

Ca

ui

cit

To

to

cc Ca

07171

cc
1-o

Cr

cc

Cr

di

cca

Ut

00 toaoa0I--CDNnN-ar-

CD

N$rPP 000
.a

CD Ui

at

-1

th

LU LU

GD

Cn

Well Planning
Line Pipe Properties

The

following
internal

example
yield

shows

how
burst

to for

calculate

the

minimum
line

pressure in wall

20

in seamless
lbsJft

pipe with

0.625

thickness

129.33

and

X56 grade

EQUATION
minimum
pressure seamless 129.33
P1

internal for

yield

Vp

COD

20 in pipe

line

lb/if

X56

Where

minimum minimum
factor

internal

pressure

burst

psi

wall

thickness

tolerance

reduction

Vp

minimum
nominal

yield

strength

psi

wall thickness

in

OD
For 20 in

outside diameter

in

129.33

lbs/ft

X56

grade

with

0.625

in

wall

seamless

0.90112560000.625/20

Pt

3150 3220

psi

welded

pipe

would have

0.92 and

Pt

psi

Collapse

Collapse equations used

in
oil

rating

of
in

line

pipe

can

be

calculated

from
line

included wells
is is

API

Bulletin

5C3
wall

Most

pipc

large

00

with
the

large

thickness
is

The
in

OD/t
elastic

ratio

usually or

high and

casing
collapse

usually region

an of

collapse

transition

applicability

lasic

collapse and collapse

Thinner
collapse
is

wall

transition

higher

ODIt
the

line

pipe

that

falls

in the rating

elastic

pressure region

will

have

collapse yield in the

which
of
the

not dependent Ovality of

on

minimum
line

strength elastic

steel

large

pipe

collapse

1998

Edition

with

2000

Supplefliani

Deepweter

WIl

Control

GuideIinc
1-19

599938554

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800149

Well Planning
Line

Pipe Properties

pressure region be checked due

for to

is

also

critical

factor
collapse

The

line

pipe should of
the

ovality the

or

the

rating

pipe

reduced

ovality

Ovality factor

is

critical All collapse ratings will

should impact
the

also

be

adjusted

due

to

axial

tension which
line

applicable

collapse

region of normally
the

pipe

The
based

collapse

rating

of
wall

tube

is

calculated

on

the nominal

thickness of

tube

Tension/Compression

The pipe body

by
the

strength

of

line

pipe

is

normally

calculated

product
the

of

the

nominal
yield

pipe
strength

body
of
to

cross-sectional the steel the

area

and

minimum
rating

The
as

compression
in

of

tube

is

assumed

be

same

tension

Nominal
is

wall

thickness

rather to

than

minimum
line

wall

thickness

generally ratings

used

calculate

pipe

tension/compression

Bending

For

structural

casing

bending
yield

is

primary of

design tube

consideration can be
calculated

The bending
with
this

strength

circular

equation

bending
of

yield

strength

Bending

rating

ft-lbs

OD/2i

/12

circular

tube

where

yield

strength

of

the

tube

psi

OD

outside diameter of

the

tube

in

moment ID
inside

of

inertia

in4

lt/640D44D4

diameter

in

aoa Eaten
1-20

wRh

2000

Stpplerneni

osapwatr

was

cantroF

GuIdeIinaa

599938555

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800150

Well Planning
Line Pipe Properties

For and
yield

30 in OD tube with example X52 grade would have 3.95

strength the

1.5

in

wall
ft-lbs

thickness

million

bending
1-5

assuming
calculated

no

axial

stresses
yield

Table of

below pipe

includes

bending

strengths

line

commonly

used

in structural

strings

Gra9e

Gradu
631Ft

X42

OradeX$2
3611

3radexte
c4lopee ewding p5
i018-lbs

513

20

wI TNOnM

W3i9H/
4634

nr
9en4Er 359l6_ sIron$

Ci634 46rd62
sSerSi

eC
twde0 9ndIr
191

are
lvr6Id65 51

4u8
8t1563 0144165

Cctaps

weeea
p4

n3th

Ibsifi

l554

545

12

36

p8

tea

flo 23
fl

-Th
141

fi fi

-Th ti2 -Th

fl4

42

asasflS
38

fi fi

3i
2447 440
II 141 291 347

251

4038

-t

fl

268
59

42

2692

1148
141

665

71
2477
221 3963

98

460

fiS
3466

fl

2152

4954

4139 3571

fl
291 3.636 4.254 6.2

Thm
4463

an
zn6
rio
11.11 332

9.99

fl54

-m
177
281

Ts
-i

film

ras

T943
5.247 6.293

357 91
14.544 42

fli7

a2as

5031

1.664

fl

5C

Tble

1-

Selected

line

pipe

performance

properties

6.2

We

id-on

connectors

Connectors be squnch

are joint

usually
or

welded

on

line

pipe and
all

can

either

threaded
seals

types
rather

Almost
than

weld-on
to

connectors
seals for

use

resilient

metal

metal

connection

sealing

Squnch
con

joint

type Generally manufacturing

in

nectors

squnch

joint

type and
as

connectors
result

have lower

looser ratings

tolerances internal

have

bending

and

pressure

Some
strengths

connectors which

are will

available

in the

range of

of
The

steel

yield

impact

rating

c.onnector

1996

Edlten

with

2000 Supplement

Deepwstaz

WsIl

Coriirol

Guidelines 1-21

599938556

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800151

Well Planning
Connectors

Many
rating

commercially and they

are burst

available rating less

connectors than
the

have
line

bending tube
La

pipe

which

welded

well combination strength

engineered of Table
line 1-6

design pipe on and

the

will

result

in

the

proper pipe
the

connector following of
several

mechanical page
lists

engineering
available

characteristics line pipe

commercially
that the rated
if

weld-on

connectors connector loading

Note

performance
it is

properties to

of

must be decreased
i.e concurrent

subject

combined

axial

tension

and

bending

All connector
the respective

properties

listed

in

Table

1-6

are

specified

in

manufacturers

catalogues

1998 EdiSon
1-22

with

2000

Suppment

Deapwater

Well

Contol

Guidelines

599938557

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800152

Well Planning
Connectors
Wall Manufacturers Bending

RatedJjj
Pressure
psi ITvrie

Size
Manufacturer Model

thickness in

Tension

io ft-s
ST
6.7

to

lbs

Systems Systems
ill

XLW
XLC-l-lS

9.77

Threaded Threaded 7500 Threaded Threaded Threaded

Full bore Flush Flush

ID ID

Quip Quip Systems

D-90 H-90

ri

MT MT

00 00

5.2

6000

XLC RL-4R3
ALT-2 0-60 HD-90 H-GO HF-90

Flush

00 510

alto etco
iii

10

3900 5050

Threaded Squnch Threaded Squri8h Threaded

Full bore Flush

QuJp Quip Quip

MT MT

5000 500 5200 1500 1500

3D

if il

rilQi
ru

Quip Quip

P00-90
NF-60

Squnch
Sguiich

Flush

00

hi

100

Full bore

Systems
iii

XLW
H-90 ALT-2 RL-4 RL-4R5 0-90

Threaded

Full bore

ID

Quip

MT/UT

4.440

6700 3000 5000 5000 9300

Threaded Squrich Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Near Near

Flush flush flush

co cc to Quip Systems Quip Quip wuip Quip

MT

00 00
ID

XLC
H-SO 0-80 NS-S0

00

iSOOISousch

MT/UT

hreded Near nusn iLl

MT
tSOO1Sgunch

Quip to

W90 MT/UT
RL-43 tL-IS
0.8

._Z
7EOOIThreaded educed
uuibore

CD
ID

from

RL-4S

Systems Dub

XLW
a-sc 3osa KLF

1.a MT/UT

Ti
t4

f2IThreaded 3000 5200 6480 Squnch Threaded Threaded

iij

vad n1
FlushUD

nhnIArI

ID

490 MT/CT
Quip Co Systems Quip Co Quip N-SO ALT-2 MT/UI

SO7SjThreaded 4OSOIThreaded itooaiauncti

uS

XLW
S-GO

fore

ILl

MT/CT

an SSOOlThreaded

F860 RL-4 L-i

MTQ

0.

Put bore

10

Co to uuio Quip Systems

Th.s

Th
OJ1
0.70

I-

4100tThresed ThbOlThreaded SGOOlThreaded Reduced

rorru

RL-4S RL-45

L4G
IS-O -eo MT/UT
0.8 0.5
1-

00

from

000Sgunth

4fThreaded
2lThresded
no Rush

0.527

00

ID

Note

Capacity Advertsad

at yield at

of

econeclor
burst of

under

sin9ie

load

condItions

safety

fector

Included

100%

ppe

body

Tabh
1998
with

1-6

Selected

large

connector

engineering

properties

ssiticn

2000

Spperreri

DeeDwater

Well

Control

Guidelines 1-29

599938558

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800153

Well Planning
Connectors

Safety

factor

and

It

is

also

recommended
properties in safety service factor

that since
all it

safety
is

factor

be

applied to

to

the

con

nector

properties

connectors connector Without connectors

strength

not

recommended
to
its

stress

the only

way
safety being

yield
is

strength due
its

the

margin
greater

to

the

ultimate

strength

than

yield

1.1.6.3

Subsea

we/Thead.t

and weE/head

connectors

Standard
million in

subsea
ft-Lbs in

wellheads bending and

are
as

rated

between
as

2.5

and

3.0 lbs offer

much

seven

million

tension

Most

subsea

welihead

manufacturers ratings

wellhead

systems

with higher bending

For most wall

waRhead
of

systems
the

bending high

toads

are

governed
at

by
the

thickness
to the

pressure design of

housing

connection tow

BOPs

and

the

how

the

high and
the

pressure

weliheads system

interact will

together

Typically

standard

wellhead

have

high pressure housing

03
Obtaining higher bending

of about

27 in

To

obtain
is

the

higher

bendmg
as

the as

high pressure housing 30

OD

increased
to

to

much

in

and

the

high
is

pressure
strengtheneth

low pressure wellhead

housing

interface

Deepwater
rating

bending Bending million wellhead

rigidly lock rating ft-lbs

has
for

been very

increased

to

as

much

as

seven

deepwater
also offer

applications provisions
to the that

Most
will

manufacturers
the
is

high pressure housing done

to mitigate the the

low

pressure cm due
the to

housing
surface

This casing induced

affect

of

fatigue

oust under
vibration

high pressure housing by high

currents

vortex
the

caused

impacting

drilling

riser

The bending
the axial

strength

of welihead
the are internal limited

connectors pressure
in

depends

upon

load

and

Most

standard
to rated

wellhead 3000-4000
for

connectors
kip-ft

bending

strength

Several loads

vendors

offer

connectors
rated to

higher

bending
in

including

one

seven

million

ft-lbs

bending

1995
1-24

EdiSon

ith

2000 Suppkment

Deepwster

Well

control

GuidSinas

599938559

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800154

Well Planning
Top
Hole Casing Points

1.1.7

Conductor

Casing Considerations
is

Conductor

easing
riser are

generally

run

in

open

water
factor

before

the
it

BOPs
is

and

installed for the

As an added
top 200-300
ft

of safety conductor

common
to

practice

of

the

casing

have

an

increased
stresses

bending
to

strength

to

accommodate
with
the

running
string

and

help share

bending

structural

Washing-down
conductor
string

If to

it

becomes
the

necessary
string in

to the

wash-down
low

the

conductor
the

casing
axial

land

pressure
the

housing wellhead
the

stress

in

the

string

above

subsea
to

should above

always
the

be

positive

upward
seawater

force from

keep

casing

wdllhead

in

the

buckling

1.1.8

Top Hole Casing Points

depths

1.1.8.1

Structural

casing

setting

Overview

This

is

the

first

string

of easing
easing
is

run
to

It

is

usually

JOt
for

or

36
20

The
loads

objective to

of

the

provide
the the

support of can

future

be

applied be

particularly until

weight cement

the

which

must

supported

provide

additional

support

The
length

easing
to

is

run

with

the to

guidebase any
drilling

and on
its

mud mat
seafloor nid
soil

The
It is

run

is

set prior into the

the

usually running
inside soil

pushed
string

seafloor

by

weight out

the

while

mud
length

motor
to

circulates

from by

the

casing
or area

The

run can

be

determined

borings

experience

Setting

short

length

may
length

not support
to the

the

required depth
is

loads

and

getting

longer

proper
it

may

be
to

difficult

When
The

running

longer and

length
the soil

necessary

do

excessive

reciprocation holding

strength

may
soil
is

be an

damaged unknown

capability

of

damaged

1958

Edition

with

2000

Supplrntnt

Deepwater

Well

Control

GuIdelJnee 1-25

599938560

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800155

Well Planning
Top Hole Casing Points

The below

following

important

points

are

discussed

in

detail

Load

bearing load

capacity rating

Bending
Drill

ahead

tools

Jetting

casing

Connectors

1.18.2

Load

bearing capacity

The

load bearing of 80

capacity

can

be

calculated

assuming

the

strength the

psf lbs per square 10 psf each

foot
foot

at the

mud

line

and

capacity

increases

of penetration

EQUATIONS
Load bearing capacity
pies

Example
200 of

exam

30

conductor

is

set

below

the

mud

line

Area

of Pipe

circumference

it

it30/21122001

1571

sq

feet

Bearing

S0ysf 200110

80

1080

psf

Thus Load
Capacity

1571

sq

feet

1080

psf

1696700

lbs

Example 150 of

36

conductor

is

set

below

the

mud

line

Area

of Pipe

circumference

2rtrL27c436/2/12l50l4i4sqfeet
Bearing 80 nsf

150 10

80

830

psI

Thus

Load

Capacity

1414

sq

feet

830 paf

173620

lbs

9D8
i-za

EdHion

wIth

2001

Suppbment

Deepwater

wei

connol

GudeIInes

599938561

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800156

Well Planning
Top Hole
Casing Points

1.1.8.3

Bending

load rcalng

Bending

load

rating the

is

the
is

stiffness set

of

the

conductor below
are

easing
the

This assumes
line to be

casing

deep

enough following

mud

rigidLy

fixed

The

sample

calculations

Bending

Load

compares

to

Bending

Stress

90%

of Yield

Bending

Stress

______

MKY

Where
lvi

Bending Radius

moment
of tube

ft-lbs

Moment
ir

of

Inertia

OIY

IDO/64

Example

The Rating

of

301

inch

waLl

60

ksi

pipe

is

as

follows

Bending

Stress

OCksi

0.90 2.5/2
/l

2.33164

54000

lbs/in2

0.47074
ft

1.25

2928000

ft-lbs

Example

36

1-3/4-in

wall

60

ksi

pipe
lbs/in 1.Sft 1.336

SOksi 090
312

it

2.7Q8t1
ii

54000

ft4

6928000

ft-lbs

Joe

E7iiion

with

2000

Supplement

Deopwetar

Wall

Control

GuIdaFrme

21

599938562

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800157

Well Planning
Top Hole Casing Points

Weight 0.81211 casing

of

the

20
or

Casing

The
0.6251
lbs

casing

is

usually

1694Ift string lbs

wall
would

129Vft

wall
in air or

1500 170000

of
in

weigh

195000

seawater

Drill

Ahead

Touts

Drill

ahead

tools the

are

designed

to

allow

the

drill

string

to
it

be has can
to

released

from
the

structural setting

pipe running depth This

tools
bit

once

reached then
the

desired
to
drill

The
eliminates

and

BELA
trip

be

used

ahead
are

round

surface

The

tools

often

catmactuated

Jetting easing

At

least

one

operator used
circulating

to

jet

the

structural

casing

into

place weight weight

by use of
rings of
if

jet

head and off

and

large

doughnut
the

The

doughnuts
to

BUA
it

simulated

the

20
the

be

hung

in the

structural

casing
to

Thus
safely

the

easing

held

the

doughnuts

could

be expected

support

20
of
this

The

disadvantages

method
the

were

the

difficulty drilled

handling ahead

the doughnuts
tripping

and
for

hole could

not be

without

drilling

assembly

11.8.4

Connectors

Generally

threaded
is

connection
to

is

welded
the so

on

to

the

tube of
the

The
tube

connector

designed have and

exceed

capacity
that

The connectors
with
jetting

flush

UT

they do

not

interfere

disturb

bearing

capacity

Flush

OD internal

upset

The
have

connectors
the required

are

internally

upset

That

necessary

to

bending

strength

The
need

connectors
for spares turn

are

non-cross
the

threadable pipe vendor

to

eliminate

the

of

big

on

board
5/8

They turn

have This

minimum

make up

one

takes

1998
1-28

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwaterweti

Control

Guidetinee

599938563

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800158

Well Planning
Top Hole
Casing Points

makes

the

pipe

easier

te

make
to

up
it

and

minimizes

the

amount of equipment

needed

run

CasIng
upipin

Installed

box

down

The casmg
are for installed

is

usually

box

up/pin

down
have

Anti-rotation

keys

after

make up The casing

running
that

usually to

has
cut

pad eyes
at the

handling

and

be

off

rntary

Casing

can
for

be

run with door

handling
elevators to

tool

similar

to

safety

damp
industry that lock

side

shoulder squnch

out

on The

has

moved

away

from

type

connector

stab had was run pin up/box down because the quick Motion that was not was ring pre-loaded possible

box-to-pin

due

to

the

lock

ring

Thus

fatigue

was

problem

Casing because and

the

is

not
the

welded
difficulty that

as

is

done

with jack-up on
are floating

drive

pipe
rig

of

welding

moving
cost

fact

connectors

more

effective

19S8

Edition

v.4th

2000

SppIemeni

Deepwathr

Well

Confrol

Ouiderires 1-29

599938564

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800159

Well Planning
Conductor
Setting

Depth

1.1.9

Conductor

Setting

Depth

20

Overview
Drilling returns riserless to the

with This hole

section
is

seafloor

drilled the

riserless setting

with

returns

to

the

seafloor
to

Traditionally
drilling

depth chosen

was
to

chosen above
require

prior

beginning
that

and

was

be
or

any any

formation

could

contain
to

hydrocarbons
get

mud
the

weight
fracture

The

goal was

casing

to

depth
the

where

gradient
the

would

allow and

increasing riser

mud

weight

once

subsea

BOP

marine

were

run

Drilling

with

mud allows
Drilling point this interval
is

with
the

mud

is

deeper

casIng

becoming more common

but
it

The mud
the to

lost

to

seafloor

does
are

allow

pushing
points

casing consider

point

deeper

The following

additional

1.1.9.1

Pilot

holes

Dynamic
perform

This
kill

is

smaller be necessary
for

diameter
to areas
it

hole

easier

to

9-7Th

or

8l/2
They

than
are

in

smaller hole

would

run of
will

the

conductor pore
to

casing

recommended
in the
kill

unknown
be
easier

pressure because perform

smaller
will

hole

dynamic
event

and

require

smaller

kill

mud

volumes
is

in the

that

pore pressure

greater

than

seawater

encountered

1.1.9.2

Kill

mud

weight

volumes

weIght mud volume 200% open hole plus 100% eased hole
Kill

It

is

necessary on boord
hole

tO

have

the

appropriate
riserless for

volume of

kill

weight

mud
the the

when

drilling

volume of 200% of out and Some

up with

open cased went

volume volume
less

allows
is

wash

100%
operators the the

of

hole with

recommended volume
allows
greater

who

mud

ended

well

flowing while
in

The

smaller
kill

hole

maximizing flow
will will also

flow
cut

spoiting
if

mud
is

The

minimize
get as

weight

the

hole
as

flowing

and

touch

dynamic

assistance

possible

995 51500
1-30

MIS 2000

8uppment

Deepweter

Well

Core

GHdehnes

599938565

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800160

Well Planning
Conductor
Setting

Depth

KU
It is

mud
that

weight

recommended
pore

potential 9.3
is

flowing

sand

be and

assumed
that 9.5

seawater
typically 9.5

and

kill

mud

to

have

pressure of on bottom
the if the

ppg

equivalent
It is

must exceed
to

ppg
sand

equivalent could

desired

unlikely
to the

that

ppg

achieve

exceed

9.3

ppg

due of

limited

control

overburden

Thus
can
Kill

combination
9.5

seawater
the

and

kill

mud

weight

exceed

ppg

it

is

likely

hole can

be

controlled

mud

example

calculations

Example

5000
9.5

water

depth

1500

of

20
0.052

to

set

ppz

0.052

6500

KMW
6.5008.6 1500

1500

8.6

052

5000

KMW 9.5 KMW

0.052

0052

5.000

0.052

12.5

ppg

Exam 7000
LCMW

pie

water

depth

200
8.200

of

20

to

set

95

0.052

8.6

0.052

7000

1200 1475

0052

ppg

Example

2000

water

depth

1500 3.500
1500

of

20

to

set

KMW KMW

95

0.052

8.5

0.052

2000

0.052

10.7

ppg

Drilling

Fluid

Seawater

Seawater
interval assist

is

the

most

common
gel

fluid are

used

to

drill

this to

High
cleaning

viscosity the

sweeps

pumped

regularly

hole

990

Edithn

with

2000

Supplsment

Dsepwater

Wet

Control

Guldolinec 1-31

599938566

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800161

Well Pianifing
Conductor
Setting

Depth

Drilling Fluid

Mud
of using
line
is

The
below

practice the

mud

to

get

20
The

to

greater

depth
in

mud

increasing
setting

resulting

increase

leak off deeper

contributes

to

each

additional requires

casing
that

string large

than of

otherwise

possible

This
greater

volume
hold

mud
are

be

available
to

than

most

rigs

can

Barges

available

store

mud

Connectors Flush upsets

or

ID

external

Connectors

for the

20

conductor

are

the

same

as

those

for

30 an

36

with

exception

of being
flush

flush

ID and
not

having

external

upset
strings

Having The

the

ID does
eases

restrict

future side

casing dour

external

upset

running

with

elevators

1528
1-32

saition

sith

2000

Supplemeth

Deepwatet

WaS

Cortot

Cindelines

599938567

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800162

Well Planning
Shallow Water Flow Control

1.2

Shallow Water Flow Control

Guidelines
See
also

Well Prior

Control
to

Pro cedures

2.8

Well

Control

ROP

Jnstailadon/SWF

The

shallow

water

flow

SWF

guidelines

include

the

following

areas

Geophysical
Pore pressure

prediction

and

fracture

gradient

prediction

Drilling

techniques tectuiques shut off devices

Cementing Mechanical Remedial

operations

and

concerns

1.2.1

Summary
Gulf and of have water
to

In

the

Mexico
resulted

deepwater
in are costly

area

shallow
control

water

flows

exist

well

problems
flows
or

Shallow
returns

flows
seafloor in the

uncontrolled from

water
natural

with

the

resulting

induced

overpressures

shallow

tophole

section

Narrow

margin

between

pore pressures and

fracture

They
from
are

exist

in feet

water
to

depths
11

greater

than
the

500

ft

in the

interval

pressures

200

2000
but

below

mudline Overpressures
usually Shallow of
the in the 9.3 are

marginally ppg

greater

than can
to

hydrostatic

94

range
or the

be
stop

higher because
fracture

flows

difficult

impossible pore

narrow

margin

between

pressures

and

pressures

is

Types

of

SWF

include

induced
the

fractures

induced of

storage

SWF

geopressured sands can

the

sands

and

transmission

geopressured sands

through

cement from

channels
different

The

geopressured

originate

several

mechanisms including

following

loading sand gas

salt

by

rapid

sedimentation

collapse charging tectonics

The most

likely

cause

is

rapid

sedimentation

1998

Edlilin

wIth

2000

stppkmell

Deapwater

Well

Conirol

Guidelines

599938568

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800163

Well Planning
Shallow Water Flow Control

The

flows

appear
areas

widely and
in the

scattered

in the

Gulf
in

of

Mexico
any
will

deepwater deepwater have

seem

possible

virtually
all

region

GOM
and

However

not

sites

overpressured has

sands compiled of

SWF

potential

The Deepstar
on

Consortium along with on

detailed

information These
are

SWF
for

maps
compact

occurrences disk

available

purchase

In

attempts

to the

extend casing

casing
setting
ft

points

in

crder

to

reach pushed This

well
to

total

depth

depths
the

have

been

approximately
section
is

2000

below

inudlinc

hole
this clean to

normally problem

drilled

riserless

While

drilling to the

section
cuttings

the

can

occur
forces

after

sweeps allow

reduce

hydrostatic

and

zone

flow

In

these

cases
to

placement
off

of

kill

mud
and

in

the

open
is

hole

is

required

shut

the

flow

drilling

normally

ceased

Cementing phase

transition

reduces forces

Problems conductor
transition

with
string

SWF
and

can

also

occur

after the

running
is in

the the the

hydrostatic

cementing

When
forces

cement reduced

phase

hydrostatic the

are

and

acne

flows
in

disturbing

cement flow not

to

before
the

it

can

set

up

This

results at this

an

uncontrolled
is

seafloor
as

Rcmcdiation
the

point
disturbs

usually the

successful the

operation

usually

area

arid

makes

prohlem

worse

Consequences

of uncontrolled

shallow

water

include

seafloor location

mound

crater

or subsidence

compromising

seafloor

loss of well

support

and

buckling

of

structural
in

casing of well

compromised
control

wellbore

integrity resulting

loss

abandonment
drilling millions

of well project delays

and

of

days

to

months

of dollars

of

incremental

expense
this

Guidelines

to

help the

contend

with

problem

include

discussions of

following

geophysical

predictioa

958
1-34

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwatar

wsi

control

Guidelines

599938569

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800164

Well Planning
Shallow

Water Flow

Control

drilling pore

techniques

pressure

and

fracture

gradient

prediction

ceinenEing

techniques shut off devices

mechanical These

issues

are

addressed

below

as

well

as

remedial For

operations detailed
in

and

plug and

abandonment concerns
on
this at the topic arc

more

information complete Section

list

references

included
the

the

of

references

end

of

Welt

Planning

Further Information sources the Well Section

identified at the
in

CD-ROM
of
data

is

available

through wells

Deepstar water

whtch flow

includes
incidents

References

end

from be

over

seventy on
the

Shallow

Planning

can

captured

web at

www.gonirrnms.gov/hometig/offshore/safetv/wtrflow.html

Shallow
at

water

flow

area

504-736-2947
are

SWF
available

maps are available Forum was held on

from
in

the

Mlv
and

June

1998

proceedings

CD-ROM

by contacting

Energy 4800

Research

Clearing Forest

House

BRCH

Research

Di
77381

The Woodlands Or c-mailing

TX

parkman6iicrch.org

esa Edion

aith

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Wsil

Control

Oulde4irs
f-35

599938570

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800165

Well Planning
Shallow Water

Flow Control

1.2.2

Geophysical
whether be very

Prediction

Predicting proven
predict to the are

SWFs
of

will

exist

at

given

location exist

has
to the

difficult

Several but

techniques

presence

sands

predicting
is

whether

sands

sufficiently

geopressured

difficult

When

applied

to the

Sand
of

formations and can

interpretation resolution

high lowstands

are

regularly identified to

deposited

during

sea

level

geophysical

be

by
the

the

seismic

stratigraphic

survey
rniit

records
stratlgraphy

method
resolution stratigraphy

When

applied

interpretation

of

high

sequence

geophysical permits sands seismic

survey and This

records

sequence
potential

identificatIon

identification

mapping of
interpretation

potential

shallow flow
seals

shallow involve hazard

is

flow
all

and data

seals

should shallow
this

sands

and

available

including

213

arid

3D

seismic data

Special processing

of

data

required

One method suggested

for

SWF

potential

is

as

follows

Calculate seismic paleo

than site If the

the

shallowest
to the

sedimentation
available

rate

by

correlation If the

shallowest

offset
is

data 500
the
ft

shallow

sedimentation
at the

rate

less

per

million

years have

planned

drilling

sands
is

should higher

no 500

significant
ft

pressure years

rate the

than
the

per

million

treat

sands below

seal

as

pressured

Alberty

1997

Seismic
tied
In

data

should

be Seismic data should

the

be

tied

to

to

any area

well

control In

any be

well

control

in

the

area slump

the

general

focus
usually uses

should have

on

channel
probability

and of

features

which method

the highest amplitude

sand
key

One

RMS

maps

between

sequence edge high

boundaries

detection resolution

maps

time and horizon slices and various method would be to obtain Another
hazard surveys but
this
is

3D

shallow

very

costly

Once
locations

the

sand can

prone be be

facies

have
to

been avoid

mapped
the features to

well
or the

possibly

adjusted

casing

programs

can

modified

When

drilling

1998 i-se

Ecfltlon

th2Oac

Supprrent

Osapwater

WPI

Confro

OukJeiIns

599938571

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800166

Well Planning

SWF
casing

Pore

Pressure/Fracture

Gradient

Prediction

point

real

time be

logging
to the

which
the

drilling

LWD
is

correlations penetrated correlations

should
prior to

made

ensure casing

flow

zone These

not

reaching

point

LWD
devices

include

gamma
data

ray

resistivity

and

pressure

white

drilling helpful as

PWD
as

Pressure

whiie

drilling io

PWO

devices
in

indicate

prove
pressure the

they

indicate

increases

bottorahole by

increases

bottombole

pressure as start to flow

SWF

the zones engineer

start to

flow Onsite

zones

interpretation
is

drilling

and

geoscience

personnel

highly

recommended

1.2.3 Proper

Pore

Pressure/Fracture

Gradient

Prediction

mud

weight welibore while

minimizes
fractures

Induced and

The

key

to

successfully

drilling

through

SWF
minimize while

sections

is

proper

determination Proper and

to 0.3

of

fracture

gradients will

and

pore

storage

effects

pressures
fractures hydrostatic least

mud

weight
storage

induced

maintaining hydrostatic the flow to control

welibore
control the

effects
It is

maintaining with
at

flow
between

ppg

margin

common to drill mud weight and

fracture

gradient

Precise

pressure

prediction

is

difficult

due

to

the

unconsolidated
variances exist

nature between
offset nature thin

of

these

shallow due
to

sediments
the
is

Large

wells well of

depositional limited

environment
the

and

information
the

due

to

exploratory

wells

drilled

Review
as

of

seismic data of

on

intervals

has been This sampling seismic

suggested
require

way
special

determining
or

pressures data of

may

processing
geological

different

equipment
data
is

Detailed
to

interpretation

required

determine which
tied to leads

whether
to

the

depositional

environment
interpretation

exists

SWF
well

potential This
data

should Outsourcing

be

offset

where be

available

interpretive

expertise

may

necessary

Pressure provided formation

testers

measurements
by open
hole

Some
testers

operators
to

have

run

open

hole

formation

pressure

pressure
for future

obtain this

accurate
collection for

pressure process
future
is

measurements
successful well and
this

may be and development

Assuming
data

data

beneficial offset drilling

can

be

very

beneficial

offset

future tools

development
in

drilling

Pressure

while

drilling

PWD
in

conjunction

with

LWD

tools

may

be

helpful

pore

pressure estimation

1998

Edition

with

eee

supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

GuicteFines 1-87

599938572

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800167

Well Planning

SWF

Drilling

Techniques

The

collection

of

fracture

gradients risk

at

easing

paints

is

beneficial

but not without

of

irreparable

damage

1.2.4

Drilling

techniques

for

SWF
in

Intervals

The

drilling to

techniques accomplish
the

discussed following

this

section

are

designed

provide

formation

evalualion

logging

over

shallow

flow

zone
select casing or point

above

shallow

flow zone zone

charging

eliminate

minimize shallow
flow properties

flow

cheek
provide

for shallow proper

mud

for

cementing
the effects

Minimize

effects

of

SWF
Applying these flow
the

techniques and

will

minimize

of

Increase
controlling

probability

of

shallow
controlling

maximize

probability

of

soccessfully

SWF

zone

Avoid
potential

drilling This
in

in
will

locations require

that

have

shallow
efthrt

flow
the

coordinated presented
in

with

gooscientist section

techniques

the

predictions

Jet

string

and

controlled

Install

jot

suing

using

controlled

jetting usually

techniques minimizes
of

Use
soil

jetting

of

drill-in

motor
as
it

assemblies reduces

disturbance

the

amount
the

seawater string

pumped
to

Some

evaluation

into driving

initial

extended depths
the diameter of the hole drilled This hole
in

Minimize

hole diameter

Minimize
for cuttings pass

will help single

removal no
pilot drill

The hole

drilling
will

of

the

i.e

also help

minimize
in to

washout removal
hole

Using

larger

pipe

will also

cuttings reduce

slightly

Minimize

circulations

enlargement Gel or

loam
to

slurry

Pump sweeps
prevent

to

clean

the

hole caused

evory

stand
cuttings

This

will

sweeps
cuttings

ensure

charging loss

of

sands

by

load
viable for

Use The

removal

low

fluid can

mud where
of The
tracers flow gel gel

economically or

sweeps
carrying tracers

consist

foam sweeps
as

slurries

better

capacity or other

along
can

with
be
at

dye
to

such by

mica

used

quanti
circulation

annular rates

rate

timing

returns

constant

956
1-36

EdiSon

with

2000

auppemesl

Deepwaer

NI

control

GuidSlnss

599938573

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800168

Well Planning

SWF
Keep
gel

Drilling

Techniques

low

fluid

loss

less
10 to

than

10

strength ready

10
in the

sec
pits

miii 30
spot
in

mm
event offset

ec/30min
YPof
the

low
10 flow

flat

FY45
The

mud

the
to

mud weight
pressure high to

should the

be

sufficient

hydrostatic but not too or

is

of

zone

with

slight

margin weak
of 80-90

cause

fracturing suggested

of method
is

formations calculation per cent

ballooning

One
the

to the to

assume

fonnation

pressure formation

of used

overburden
determine

Repeat
pore fluid

testers

have The

been

pressure loss

of

the

zone

mud

should

have low

low
gel

and
will

provide allow annular

thin for

filtercake

The

strengths
at

efficient

cement

displacement thc the

the

low

velocities use standard

open

hole
is

volume

Do

not with

Pump twice kill mud as

placement
hydration

mud

not

consistent
this

good
cause to

cement
wellbore

practices

Also
It

mud

could

problems
material

may be
maintain

necessary hydrostatic

include

loss circulation losses the

in

to

by

preventing
kill

upper

sections rate

of
tt

the
is

hole
nearly

Dynamically
impossible to

flow
ton
is

at

maximum
as annular
after is

pump
then

fast not

pressure

drop two

is

very hole

low

If the

well

deed

pumping
rarely

volumes
in

further or

pumping
rate
is

effective

change
will

density
after

pump
but

warranted

U-tubing
will

occur

shutting

down
could

pumps
give

This

help

mauntnin

hydrostatic

indications

of

continued can

flow
be
if

Qualitative
to

interpretations

of
well

prior
is

videos

used the kill

judge
pipe
is

whether
filled

the

dead
behind

Ultimately
successful

drill all

with should

seawater

annular

flow Use

cease
near the bit This selection helps
It

IWO
amount

to

correlation also

to

seismic the

for casing of

point sand
is

will

minimize
Precisa

which
desired
drill

is

penetrated

formation This can will supply sizes to holes

temperature rule out use

for

cement
tools

formulation

of

ahead

unless

vendors
drill

measurement
Typically

below
distances

motors from

in the

larger
bit

string the large

IWO
data

to

are

in in

15

range
has

Correlation

frcm

obtained that

24

proved
has with

successful

Veril5 circulation

the rate

LWD
sand

equipment
compatible

maximum
dynamic
the to should hole
kills

capability

in

pilot

holes
circulated
If

If

is

penetrated stopped

should for

be flow

clean

and

pumping

check

flow

is

encountered
flow sands flow
is

observation or

determine over

whether Charging

the

persistent to

dissipates load should

time
false

of of

due zone

cuttings

can

give

indication the

An ROY

be

monitoring

walthead

1998

EdItion

wIts

2001

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

OulcIetines

139

599938574

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800169

Welt

Planning
Drilling

SWF

Techniques

continuously intervaL radius

while
if

drilling is

throughout concern the

the

potential

Also of 300
cases casing
if

broaching should

area the

up

to In

feet

be

checked
to

by

ROV
until

some
surface

may be
is

prudent

monitor

after

set

Casing

point

The

casing

point

shouhl
to

be

as

close

as the

possible shoe

to

the

shallow

flow

zone

maximize
to

integrity prevail as

However
competent
if

consideration shoe
is

lithology

should

critical

flow

is

encountered then for spot

and heavy

the

casing

is

set

above
point help the

the to
in

flow
act

zone
as base

mud below
casing as during the welt

casing can

cement
segregation the

packer as

potential

cement

keep

flow

from
DrIlling

dislurbing

cement
through

transition

through

flow

10

If drilling

proceeds

flow zone
to reduce hole

flow

from

the

zone

zone

should

be
at

minimized
the

formation

accumulations

mudlinc
elected to
to

and
drill

enlargement
kill

Some
returns limit that
is

operators
lost

have
the

with

mud

with

at

mudline
large

prevent

water

flow and

hole

erosion The
can

volume

of weighted

mud

required

be

logistical

challenge

Cementing

pracllces

11 Use mud

production

cementing and
in

practices shallow

when cementing
flow Use zone
interval

the

strings as

above
stated

across practice

the

Spot

No
not allow

above
the the

centralizers to

Preflush

density use

should

flow

i.e

do

not

seawater during

ahead cement
reduce inner
to

of

cement
use of

maintain inner string

hydrostatic

job

The

cementing
contanlination
filled

can The
kill

volumes
string or

pumped
casing should

and
be

with well

mud
be

prevent prior to

circulation

of seawater

The 12

must
surge

dead

cementing Use
convertible
float

Reduce
shoes
if

when

running

casing

necessary
resistant

13

Use

flow

cement

slurries

as

detailed

in

cement

section

Toning

shoe

14 When
test is

testing taken

shoe
to

give

some

thought the This

test

as to to

whether
leak-off will data

the

leak-off

Taking

may
be

cause

irreparable

damage
the

practice well

dependent
offset

upon

needs

of

the

and

from

wells
operators

Reciprocating across

casing

15 Some
the

have
This but
it is

reciprocated will provide

casing for that the

place better casing

across

flow zone

flow

zone

cement hanger

displacement

ImperatIve

1998
1-40

EditIon

with

2000

Supplement

Deep

water

well

control

Guidelines

599938575

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800170

Well Planning

SWF
or

Drilling

Techniques

welihead

land

so

that

the

mechanical

seal

can

be

actuated

Well spacing

16 At

development
to

locations

well

spacing

should

be flow

maximized from
include distance

minimize exposure wells Also

from

inadvertent

adjacent

drilling
to

operations the

should time

alternate

sequencing operations

maximize
adjacent

and

between

on

wells
riser Difficulties
in

26

drift

riser

11

Some
exist
riser in

operators adjusting
to

have
the

used
density

26
of

drill

the

mud column

the the

due

the

narrow
the of

pressure fracture cuttings to

differences pressure loading This

between

pore
is

pressure

and
because

adjustment large

difficult

and

mud
water also
is

volumes
flow

It

is

also

possible

produce

shallow can

by

charging time

up and

shallow zone expense of

Breaching
this

occur

The

handling

riser

considerable

18

New
soon

technology

is

being

developed

and

should

be

tested

These

include

in-situ

polymerization to inhibit the

injection

of

monomers
stnictural

and

activators through

flow
are

and

driving with an to the

easing

SWP

zone

underwater be
use attempted

hammer
soon
activity to
is

These One
rigs

technologies suggested
drill

reported with hole

other
is

method
adjacent

of

dual

to

an

and

inject

refrigerant
until

freeze placed

the

SW
set

zone

to

eliminate

flow

cement

and

up

1.2.4.1

Setting

and cementing
of cementing

casing

in

SWE
areas

zone

Cementing

objectives

in

SWF

Ihe two follows

zones

main

objectives

in

SWF

arc

as

achieve provide

competent
structural

seal

that for

will prevent the casing

fluid

movement

support

Successful

conductor
short

casing
slurry

cementing
transition are

requires

good

mud
and

management
cement pore
slurry

times

and with of
the

mud

weights

which

compatible

formation

and

fracture

gradients

Containment
that

SWF

is

complicated
loss

by weak formations
and cement returns

can

fracture

and cause

of

mud

tSS

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwster

WeQ

contrnl

Guictehnst

14t

599938576

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800171

Well Planning

SWF

Cementing

./

24.2

Deepwater cementing
for

design

parameters

Design

parameters
free

deepwater loss

cementing rheology

include
transition

pump
time

time

water

fluid

density

compressive

strength

and

compressibility

Free water
If the

Water

Excessive

free to

cement
that

may

slurry result

has excessive
in loss

free

water
isolation

channels Free

will

lead

channeling form

may

of zonal and
the

water
in
is

may result in slurry instability into volume due to leak-off removed

leading
density pressure to the

may cause
formation
will

change

As
drop

water

pressure
influx

in

the

column
fluids
in

possibly
will

an

of
that

reservoir

Settling

cause

differentials to

may

result

insufficient

hydrostatic

maintain zone

control

Rheology
Lead
slurry friction

pressure greater than spacer

of
tall

FP

must

be

The

primary

concern

is

efficient

annular generate than

the
tail

fluid friction

FP of
less

displacement EP pressure
greater

The
than

lead the

slurry

must and
less

and
slurry

than

spacer

slurry

Transition

Time

Shortest possible
transition

slurry

time

The

slurry to as

transition

time exposure
lapse

should
to

be

kept

as

short

as
is

possible

reduce
the

flow onset
gel

Transition

time

defined
the

lime

between
internal

of hydration
strength to

until

cement

gains

sufficient

prevent

flow or influx

Fluid

mIgration
transition

possible time During through

transition the setting

time

the

shallow

flow

can

migrate

up
that

during

cement

slurry forming migration cement

hydrostatic
is

channels

destroy cement
the transition itself

integrity

Fluid the

possible during begins

to the

time and

because

column

support
fluid strength

stops

exerting

pressure

on

source
to

but

does
fluid

not

have

enough

compressive of

prevent

migration
transition

variance

few

degrees

can

adversely

affect

time

1998
1-42

EdiSon

wise

2500

supplement

Oeepwwier

Well

control

Guidelines

599938577

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800172

Well Planning

SWF
Density

Cementing Design

Parameters

The

cement
to

weight

as

well

as

spacer

weight

must
during

be
the

designed

maintain
process

hydrostatic

pressure

displacement
strength the well In

without
the

exceeding dynamic cement

the

formation of

order fluids

to

examine

results slurries

pumping
computer
that the

spacers
to
is

and

simulations fon-nation the

need
pressure
is

be

performed while

This
the

ensures

contained

acture
after the

pressure

of

formation

not

exceeded

during and

cementing

process

Compressive
Achieving compressIve blends
desired

Strength

The
cement
to

cement

must
the

strengths support

develop
for

adequate
the
life

mechanical
the

properties the

requires spedal

casrng
strength densities

of

welL

Obtaining

compressive blends
at the

needed and

requires

special

cement

lenipetatures

involved

Compressive

Cements

Compressed
slurry

gas the

in

cement

will

maintain
as the

pressure
is

in in

the the

above

pore

pressure
large

cement
gas will

transition

phase

The

volume
reductions

of

also loss

help and

compensate

for slurry

volume

due

to fluid

volumetric shrinkage

Two

major
as

cement

systems

have

been

developed

for

SWF

control

follows

Microfine provides Nitrogen

cement

in

combination
high

with

niicrospheres

lightweight

performance

cement

slurry high

foamed

cement

provides

variable

density

performance

slurry

Microfine

Cement

Microfine

cement

provides

the

following

features

Allows
enabling Provides
1-las

control
full

of the

density during times

to prevent

formation

fracture

returns

placement of
about

for

transition

30 minutes

low

fluid loss to maintain

hydrostatlo

1998

Ediflno

with

2000

Supplement

Dpwsier

WeD

Confrel

Gukietnes
1-43

599938578

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800173

Well Planning

SWF

CementIng

Provides in the

the

compressive

strengths

needed

at

low

densities

cool

temperature

environment with

Densities
tail

range

from

11.0

ppg

to

14.0

ppg
16.4

for the

lead

slurry densities

ranging from

15.2

ppg

Nitrogen

Foamed Cement
foamed cement
features

Nitrogen

provides

the

following

Allows
Provides Provides

control

of density

on

the

fly

for transition
fluid loss

times

of

about

45 minutes

control

has low
Provides ductility Nitrilied

free water superior

at

compressive
densities
in

strength cool

and improved

low

the

environment

foam

cement Additionally
nitrified possible

features
Efficient

foam
to

cement prevent

offers

the

best

mud
density

compressibility
efficient

flow

and

provides

displacement
On-the-fly control

mud

displacement

Short times Best

transition

Requirements follows

for

the

use of

nitrified

foam cement

are

as

compressibility to

possible 110W

prevent

additional expertise cryogenic higher usually

specialize

equipment

software rod

personael

fluid

on deck
pressure blends losses

friction

specialty
test

refrigerated

equipment
11.0

which

is

limited

Densities slurry the for

range
tail

from
15.2

12.5

ppg

for the
is

lead

with changed be

base
as

at

ppg
injected

The
and

density the

easily

amount

of gas the

density

can

varied
friction

throughout

column

Nitrogen

cement

has higher

pressure losses

Slag cement convert

can

drilling

mud

to

Slag

cement

has

been
uses

used
blast

by

one furnace

operator
slag to

The

slag

cement

cementing
drilling accelerators the

process

convert cheap reduces and

mud
of
cost

into

cement

in

conjunction of

with
fluids

and

thinners
fluid

Compatibility contamination

impact lower

drilling

of

cement

can

and

reduce

waste

sae 1-44

Edition

with

2051

Supplemerrh

neapwater

Well

caMror

Guidelines

599938579

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800174

Well Planning

SWF
It is

Cementing Design

Parameters

not

in

widespread

use due broad

to

failure

of technology
to variety

to

combine
drilling

simplicity fluids and

applicability cost

of

significant the

savings

Often

mud
the

contaminants

from and

formation

requIre in the

new build of
hole cement

mud
suited greatly

system

displacement
cost as

thereby
is

significantly for

reducing shallow
the

savings
the

Also

slag

not

flow

low
the

seafloor

temperatures

reduce

hydration

of

blends

In

general

all

techniques be

used

in

production
issues

casing should

cementing

should

considered
the

Other

which

be evaluated

include

following

Centralization Rotation be and/or

of

the

casing

reciprocation to the

of

the

casing

strings

may

not

feasible

due

mechanical

features

of

the

casings

hanger

mechanisms cement should

set after

Lead

the

tail until

cement
seal

thereby
is

maintaining

hydrostatic

pressure should

formed
the

High performance
interval

cement

be placed

across

flow

Cement

should

be

pumped

in place

as quickly job should

as

possible

Seawater

circulation as outlined

prior to
in

cement

be

minimized Dyes

drilling can

techniques

section as

in spacers

and cement

be

useflul

an

informationai

aid

The

ROV

should

be

used
if

to

capture

cement

samples

at

the

mudline

to determine

cement

returns

reached

mudline

and

for future

cement

volume
flushes

adjustments

Sodium
to

silicate

are

recommended

by some

vendors

improve

inter cakes

19G8

EdiSon

with

2C00

Supplement

Dspwaler1NelI

Central

GUkl5ines
1-45

599938580

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800175

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off Devices

1.2.4.3

Mechanical

s/va

off devices

Mechanical second cement

scaling

shvt

off devices

are

designed with
the
is

to

provide During and

the

mechanism along
hydrostatic

cement
reduced which

transition

pressure pressure
the

mechanical
the

devices from

SW

provide
disturbing

seal

prevents

zone

cement

Mechanical devices

shut-off

This provide
seal

mechanical
First the

control

is

usually string string across

accomplished
is

in

two

pressure
slurry

during tine

ways
by and This
to

shoe

of

the

jet

effectively the

deepened
jet string

transition

installing the

an

intermediate

between
the

casing

which

is

run

shallow

flow

zone

intermediate the to

string as the seal the

provides
jet

the

shoe shoe

integrity integrity

needed
is

seal

zone hold
to

string

not

sufficient

SWF
the string

zone

Secondly
between
is

mechanical intermediate
the

device
string

is

used
the

annulus

the

and

easing

which

rim

across

SWF

zone

There use

are

some exceptions
principles
string to will the

but

the

majority of approach
to
is

the to

systems
drive the

these jet

An

alternate sufficient

initial

depths hold

provide

fracture to

gradient 800
feet

which
below
to

the

shallow has been

test

flow
stated

zone Driving
to

inudline

be

feasible
in

According near future

Deepatar

field

will

be performed

the

Provided
that

below been
is

are

diagrams
to

of

the

mechanical shallow
the

systems

have

designed

control

flow

Each

drawing of
the

by concept summary system and advantages and disadvantages

followed

of

features

Most of few
arc

the

systems

described

below have
these

been

used

while

conceptual
to create

Any

of

combined off

additional

mechanism types can be methods of mechanical shut

Mechanical sysLems modified

strings

shut-off

be
for large

These

systems such
as

could

he and

modified

to

include on
the

larger

jet

38 42

je

strings structural

38

42

depending

deepwater

requirement

1598
1-46

Edition

with

2000 Supprrenl

Doepwtr

Well

control

GuldSlrs

599938581

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800176

Well Planning

SWF
Use
with

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

guideline

and

Most

of

these

systems

can

accommodate
Guideline and

guideline
guidelineless

and

guideiineiess

drilling

guidelineless

drilling

systems guide

systems

systems

which
require

use

base

on

the

wellhead

housing

may
are

additional

non
use These
at least

standard funnel

equipment
approach
shut-off hole

Guidelineless
easily are

systems

which

down

accommodated
evolving been highly and

mechanical

devices design vendors

latest

one

new

slim

system

has
is

Reliance on proposed recommended in order

the
to

welthead
the

review

techniques

available

riser

Most systems
and

can
to

provide provide use of

for

drilling

with
control

pin connector of
the

26

riser

hydrostatic riser

flow of
the

zone
casing

However
shoe
the

can

cause due

broaching
to cuttings the

and/or
cost

charging running be

of sands and

load and

Also

of
to

retrieving

riser

procurement

have

considered

Guide use

arid

assist

GA
frame
re-entry

refers

to

guideline
to the

systems

which

posts on

attached

weilbead

housing
refers to

Guidelineless
guidelinelesa to the

assembly which

GRA

systems housing

incorporate

fUnnel

attached

welihead

The

system

used well
will

for

particular

exploratory
individual the

or or

development development philosophy

depend

upon

the

well

location

requirements
require risk

and

operatoKs

and

will

management

Diagrams

of

several

systems

are

included

on

the

following

pages

Tsii8rmn

with

ZOCO Supplement

Orapwater

Nell

Control

OuldetLoec 1-47

599938582

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800177

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shutsoff

Devices

SHALLOW
30
w/

WATER FLOW CONTROL

20
w/ 18

ROV

valves

3/4

HP hag

18

314 30

LIP hag

ROV

valve

Shallow

Water flow

Interval

20

Seal

ROY
Elil

valve

Cement

Figure

1-3

SWF

Concept

30

w/

ItOV

valves

10

18-3/4

lIP

housing

199aEOaion1vizOoo 1-48

SppIemen1

Deepwater0Contrc4Guids1lnes

599938583

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800178

Well Planning

SWF
Concept
Jet

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

30

with

ROV
zone

valves

on

30

housing

Drill

through

riseriess

Run and cement

Allcws
shut off

20
of

across

zone

with

standard

18-3/4

HP

housing

zone

via

cement

in

30

20

annulus and

ROV

valves

Features

30

20
or guidelineless
is

Guideline
if

GA

run

valves

incorporated

in

GA

with

seal

between

GA

and

30

housing

Advantages

Standard

equipment

Disadvantages

30

shoe

integrity

is

usually

not

sufficient

to

shut-off

flow Broaching

of

30

results

1998 Edftionwith2000

Suppemaffi

DeepwatarWeI

CortoIQuieeILnas 49

599938584

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800179

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW

WATER FLOW CONTROL

183/4

301 201 w/
and
20t1

HP hsg
packer

casing

18

3/4

lisg

391t

hag

3tr

Jetted

Shallow

Water

Flow

20

Packer

Cement

Figure

t-4

SWF

Concept

30

201

w/

183/424

and

2011

casng

packer

1998 EdiFon i-ia

w8h

20D0

Supplement

Deepwater

We

ControOzdePnes

599938585

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800180

Well Planning

SWF
Concept
Jet3tY
Drill conductor

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

hole

Run and cement

above zone
control

20

across

zone

with

standard

18-3/4

HP

housing

with

20

casing

packer

Allows

of

flow

zone

with

packer

and cement

Features
30M

20
use use

Can Can

36

with

bushing

on

184/4

housing

guideline

or guidelineless

equipment

Advantages
Standard

equipment
provides

except

for
seal

20
in

packer
addition to

Packer

mechanical

cement

Disadvantages Packer
If

inflation
is

dependent on with
excess

wiper

pieg

lanthng

and

holding

pressure

packer

inflated

volume
teak

elements

will ropture
in

If

packer

checks

dont

activate

point

will exist

the

middle of

the

string

if

not

inflated

with cement Packer

can be inflated with

cement
pressure

but
until

requires

complicated sets only

interscring

assembly

Packer must
IF

hold not

minimal
design

cement

up
to control

packer

does

or

hold

rely

on cement

flow

008

Edaror

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deapwater

Wet

ConSul

Guidelines 1- 51

599938586

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800181

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

30
20
and wJ 201
iS 3/4

HP

hag

16

casing

packer

183/411

HP hag

30

hag

30

Jetted

20
Shallow

Water Flow

Interval

16

Seal

Packer

Cement

Figure

1-5

SWF

Concept

30

20

w/

183/4

HP hag

16

and

20

casing

packer

19$8EdiUonwth2OOO3uppbment 52

DeepwatrWeli

GontrolGuide4inee

599938587

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800182

WeH
SWF
Concept
Jet

Planning
Devices

Mechanical

Shut-off

30
hole

Drill conductor

Run and cement

above zone
control

20

above

zone

with

standard

t8-3/4

HP housing and 20

casing

packer

Allows

of

flow

zone

with

packer

and cement

Features
300

20
use can use

Can

36
be

with

bushing

on

18-3/4
or
in

housing 8-3l4 welihead

16
Can

set

below mudline

guideline

or guidelineless

equipment

Ad

vantages
Standard

equipment
provides
sets

except

for

20t1 in

packer
addition to

Packer
until

mechanical

seal

cement

packer

must

bold

minimal

pressure

cement
inflate

up
with

Can

packer

cement

behind wiper plug

Disadvantages Packer
Limits
It

inflation

dependent on wiper
casing strings
rely

plug

landing
total

and

holding

pressure

number
does

of
not

to reach

depth
for control

packer

hold

on cement
packoff

only with

Possible

difficulty

setting

16

flowing

sands

EdItion

1tfl

2000

Supplement

Deepwoter

Well

control

GuideUnee 1-53

599938588

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800183

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shutcif

Devices

SHALLOW
30 24

WATER FLOW CONTROL

20
wI

183/4

HP

hag

IS

3/4

HP

hsg

3chSg

24 30

svb-mudhcie

bgr

Jetted

24

Shallow

Water Flow

Interval

.1

20

Seal

Eli

Cement

FIgure

1-6

SWF

Concept

30

241

20

w/

18-3/4

HP

hsg

OH
1-54

EdISon

with

2000

Suppbment

Daepwatsr

Well

Control

Gudehnes

599938589

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800184

Well Planning

SWF
Concept
Jet
3011

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

with

landing with

shoulder sub-mudline
shoulder

Run 24

casing

hanger

to

just

above

shallow

flow

zone

Pick up hanger
Set

off landing

and cement

down hanger
test

If annulus

required

rut

20

riser

on

pin

connector and

Can

drill

through
riser if

with run

or without

pin

connector

20

riser

Retrieve

Run and cement

Allows
shut off

20
of

across

zone

with

standard

18-34 HP housing
20
annulus

zune

via

cement

in

24

and

mudline

hanger

seal

and

the

24
Features

shoe

provides

integrity to prevent

broaching

30 24
Can Can Has

24
use use

20
hanger which
lands
in

sub-mudline

shoulder

in

30

36

26

with bushing on
or guideiineless

8-3f4

housing

guideline

equipment

elastomeric

seal

on

24

hanger
reliability

Possible

24

seal

design

high

metal

to

metal

with

testing

without

riser

Advantages
Standard

equipment
to

except

for

24

sub-mudline any

equipment equipment

Option

eliminate

24

does

not

require

special

Disadvantages
Relies during Required only

on cement

to

seal

off

flow

in

20

24

annulus

cannot

maintain

control

of

flow

cement
to
lift

transition

24

hanger

off ring

during and

cementing
seal leak requires
riser

Poor

cementation and

of

30
out

24
for

annulus test

and

bit

trips

for remedial

cementation Limited Requires

clean

through
hole

bore on

30

mudline

ring

requires

hole

opening

opening

for

20

1998

Edition

with

2000

auppsnent

Despwater

Well

Centrol

Quldeilnes

155

599938590

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800185

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

30 24
20
wI

1834 HP

hsg

18

314

HP Mg

30

bsg

30

JeUrd

Shaflow

Water flow

Interval

20

LiiiiiI

Cement

Fkgur

1.7

SWt

ConceptS

30T

24

20

w/

18-34 HP

Mg

1996 1-66

Edition

with

2000

Suppmenl

DeepwatQrWll

CnniroltBUiddin

599938591

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800186

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

Concept
Jet

30t hole
with modified

Drill conductor

Run 24

casing

30
pin

housing

to

just

above

shallow

flow

zone

and cement

Drill through

with

or without

connector

and

20

riser

Rotrieve

riser

if

run

Run and cement

Allows
shut off

20
of

across

zone
via

with

standard

18-3/4

HP housing
only

zone

cement

in 21-

20

annulus

and

24

shoe

prov4es

integrity to prevent

broaching

Features

30x24x20
24
Can Can
intermediate run use
misc

wellhcad lower

housing

which housing

is

modified

30

housing

which

locks

into

30

on

standard

30

36

with

bushing

on 18-3/4

housing

guideline

or guidelineless

equipment

Advantages
Standard

equipment
to

except does

for not

24

housing any
seal

Option Does

not

run

24

require

special

equipment

not

require

sub-niudline

hanger

anangenient

Disadvantages Welihead Bending

Relies during Requires
sits

higher

than

standard

30/20
as only
in

capacity

fatigue
to

limitations seal off

only

on cement

flow

20

20 24 can 24 annulus

be

prcloadcd
maintain control

cannot

of flow

cement
hole

transition

opening

for

20

1998 Ed Won

Wa

2000

Suppemert

neapwater

WSI

Confr

Gukielinee

1-57

599938592

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800187

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

3flt

24 20
ROY

w/

18

34
24

HP
hag

hag

w/

Valve

on

183/4

HP
heg

hsg

24

ROY
30

Valve

hag

30

JctteO

Shallow

Water

Flow

interval

20

Seal

ROY
11111111

Valve

Cement

Figure

1-8

SWF

Concept

30 24

20

wf 18-3/4

HF

hag

w/

ROV

valve

me

24

hag

198
1-58

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

teepwater

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938593

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800188

Well Planning

SWF
Concept Jet3O
Drill conductor

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

hole
with modified to

Run 24
with

casing valves

ROY

connected

30 housing 24 housing
connector

to

just

above

SWF

zone

and cement

outlets

ports and

Drill

through

with

or without

pin

20

riser

Retrieve

riser

if

run

Ron and cement

Allows
provides shut off

20
of

across

zone
via

with

standard

18-34
flow

HP

housing
after

zone

ROY

vatve

in

event

cementing

and

28

shoe

integrity to prevent

broaching

Features

30 24
Has Uses Can

24
outlets

20
welihead
housing

intermediate

which

is

modified

30

housing

and

locks

into

30

housing

with

ROY
and

valves
t8-314M

standard use

30

housings
for

36
run

with modified

36

24/26

housing

with

bushing

or 18-3/4

housing

on lower

standard

30

housing

Can

use

guideline

equipment

Advantages
Standard

equipment
to not run

except does

for

24

housing any
seal special

Option Does

24

not

require

equipment

not

require

sub-mudline
control

hangar

arrangement cement
transition

Allows mechanical

ef flow

during

Disadvantages Wellhead Bending

sits

higher

than

standard

30/20u
as over only

capacity run

limitations

fatigue

20

24
during

can

be

preloaded required

on

30
with

housing

stripping

valves

abandonment

Compatibility

GRA

needs

evaluation

igsaEaltlon

slth

2000

Supplement

Depweter

Well

Control

Guidelinee

1-59

599938594

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800189

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

36130 26/24 20
w/
18

18314
Seat

HP

hsg

3/4

30

Houshig

20

183/4

HPIisg

18

3/4

HoUsing

seal

36

lisg

24
Flaw
port optional

/26sub-mudline

ltgr

24

Shallow

Water

Flow

Interval

20

Housing
Seal

seal

body

El

Cement

Figure

1-9

SWF

Concept

36f30

2/24

20

wf 18-3/4

lIP

hsg w/ 18-3/4

30

Housing SeaL

1993 1-60

EdItion

with

2000 Supplement

Doopwotor

WOO

Control

Guidelines

599938595

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-IN V-OO800 190

Well Planning

SWP

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devkes

Concept
Jet

30

or

36

with

landthg

ring

Drill conductor

hole
casing with

Run 24
Pick

or

26

sub-mudline
ring

hanger

to

just

above

shallow

flow

zone

up down

hanger

off landing

and cement

Set

hanger
test

Ilaonulus

required with

run

23

riser

on

pin

connector and

Can

drill

through
riser if

or without

pin

connector

20

riser

Retrieve

run

Run and cement 10 Allows

shut off

20

across

zone

with

18-34
seal

HP
is

housing activated

with

housing

aonulus

seal

of zone

via

housing

which

with

housing

running

tool

and

24
Features

shoe

provides

integrity to prevent

broaching

36/30 24/26
which

x26/24
Sub.-mudline could be

20
hanger

which and

lands

in ring without

in

35/BO

Could

provide

metal

to metal

seal

replaceable

testable

riser

Can

usc

guideline return

or guidelineless port

equipment hanger
to

Can pnvide

below mudline

monitor

for potential

flow

Advantages
Provides Standard

mechanical equipment
to eliminate

control except

of flow
for

24/26
not

sub-mudline
require

equipment equipment

Option

24/26

does

any

special

Disadvantages Required Poor

to
lift

24

hanger

off ring

during

cementing
seal

cementation and

of

30 x24
out

annulus

and

leak

requires

riser

and

bit

nips

for remedial

cementation

clean

for test ring

is

Limited
Requires

throughbore hole
seal

on

opening
in

for

30 mudline 20 if 24

requires

hole

opening

if

30

casing

used

used

Housing

not

replaceable

1995

Edttkn

with

2000

Soppemrnt

Oeepweterwel

Control

Gukietines

iel

599938596

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800191

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off Devices

SBALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

3tI 183/4

2W

20 w/20 HP hsg ran

bml csg and

stab

hgr
into

and

packoff

20

hgr

18

314 28

HP
hag

hag

36 hsg 20 HP hag 20
bznl

tieback

hgr

Jetted

28

/26

Shallow

Water Flow

Interval

20

Seal

Cement

Figure

f-UI

SWF
dab

ConceptS

36

2811

20 w120

bnil

cag

hgr and

packolt

IS-3/4

HP

hag

ran

and

into

20

hgr

1928 1-62

Ed6Ion

with

20D0

supplement

Deepwaler

Well

Qonfrol

Guidellrt8

599938597

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800192

Well Planning

SWF
Concept 1et36
Drill conductor hole with or without riser

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

Run 28

to

just

above

SWF

zone

and

cement

on
and

28 26

housing
riser

Drill through

with

or without

pin connector

Run and cement

Retrieve
riser if

20
used

across

zone

on mudline

hanger

with

seal

with

or without

control

Land

18-3/4
shut

housing
off

into

20

mudline
sub-mudline

hanger

with

elastomeric

seal

Allows

of

zone

via

seal

and

28

shoe

provides

integrity to

prevent

broaching

Features

36 28

x28x20
Intermediate

welihead hanger
are

housing

with seals

sub-welihead
in

landing shoulder

shoulder with riser

riser

in

28

string or metal to

Sub-rnudline metal seals

split

2O
which

lands

and

28
run

landing with

elastomerie

replaceable with

and

testable string

or without

Uses

20
and

string

20

primary

through

26

latched

to

28

intermediate

housing Can
run
test

without lands

riser into primary leak string

18-314 and Can Can

housing

and

seals

with

elastomerie

seals

and

is

retrievable

re-installable skip use

in seal

event 18-3/4 housing

28

with bushing on

guideline

or guiclelineless

equipment

Advantages
Allows High

20

to

be

run

through

flow zone annulus

of

with

or without

riser

control

reliability

on

20

28

Allows mechanical

control

flow

Disadvantages Complicated
Increased additional seals

inventory

26 riser expense if used if 26 riser used broaching

is

of

28

can occur
in

Has an

additional
trip

intermediary

seal

20
boot

string

below

18-3/4

housing

which

requires

additional Pre-loading

to set

18-3/4

housing
requires strap tool

of 18-3/4

28

run

5998

Ediflon

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Ocintrul

Guidelines 1-

ea

599938598

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800193

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

34 26
w/

26

bnl

Lag hgr and

packoff hag

20

w/

20

buil into

cag

hgr and kgr

packoti

1834 HP

ran and

stab

20

183/4

HP

bag

36 20 36 bm 26
hgr

hsg

20 HP
bud

bag bgr

tieback

hgr
36

20

bin

Jetted

26

Shallow

Waler

Flow

Interval

20

Seal Cenieii

FIgure

1-11

SWF
packnff

Concept 1S-314

36
HP

26

w/

26
and

binl csg stab

into

hgr and

packoff

20

wI

20

bail csg

hgr and

hag

run

20

bgr

1998 1-64

Edithn

with

2000

Suppkment

Dsopwater

Well

CortoF

Ouldelines

599938599

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800194

Well Planning

SWF
Concept
Jet

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

36
hole above
shallow flow

Drill conductor

Run 26
Test seal

to

just

zone

and Lement

on sub-mudline

hanger

with

seal

Drill throogh

with

or without

pin

connector

and

26

riser

Run

and

cement

20

across

zone

on

mudline

hanger

with

seal

with

or

without

riser

control
Retrieve
riser if

used
into

Land

18-314
shut

housing
off of

20

mudline

hanger

with

elastomeric

seal

Allows

zone

via

sub-mudhne

seal

and

26

shoe

provides

integrity to

prevent

broaching

10 Option

to land

20

on mudline

hanger

in

26

or

36

Features

36
which

26

20
20
hanger
with hanger string land

Submudline

and

seals riser

in

26

hanger

with

elastomeric

or metal

to metal

seals

are testable

or witheut has

26
Uses

sub-snudline
split

seal which
primary

is

testable run

and

could

be

replaceable latched seals

to

20

with

20
leak

string

through with

26

riser

36
is

housing
retrievable

18-3/4 and Uses

housing

lands

into primary

string

and

seals

elastoiueric

and

re-installable

in seal

event 8-3/4

bushing
use

attached

to standard

HP

housing

to

land

into

36

housing

Can

guideline

or guidelincless

equipmcnt

Advantages
Allows

20

to

be

run

through

flow of flow

zone

with

or without

riser

control

Allows mechanical Welihead Landing

stack

control

up minimized by

elimination running

of

21t

housing and
allow setting

20

into

36

housing

reduces

tools

26

deeper

Disadvantages

26
If

riser

expense
is

if

used
broaching of

26
an

riser

used

26

can

occur
string

Has

additional
trip

intermediate
set

seal

in

20

below

18-3/4

housing which

requires

additional Pick pick

to

8-3/4

housing on

up above
up
is

landing necessary

shoulder

26

required
is

for

cementing and

TV

packoff
without

design riser

is

used

not

and

the

packoff

replaceable

testable

1995 EaItIon1th

2000

Suppenent

DeapwaterW9IICOflUQ

Gtadallnas

1-as

599938600

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800195

Welt

Planning
Mechanical Shut-off Devices

SWF

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

36 26
wi shut

20

wI

183/4
on

HP hag
hag

off sleeve

36

18 314

HP hsg

rrr
ROVValve

36

lug
sleeve

Sliduig

OptioualROVvalve

26 36

sub-snudline

hgr

Jetted

26

Shallow

Water flow

Interval

ii

ROV
Seal

Valve

Cement

Figure

1-12

SWF

Concept

10

36 26 20

w/

IS-314

HF hag wI

shut

off sleeve

on

36

hsg

O5
1-06

Edition

with

2C00

Suppment

Dsepweter

Well

Conical

Guideines

599938601

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800196

Well Planning

SWF
Concept
Jet

Mechanical

Shut-oft

Devices

36

with

26

sub-mudhine

landing

shoulder

and

sliding

sleeve

on

36

housing

Drill conductor

hole
flow zone With sub-niudline

Run 26 above
Run

hanger
with

and

seal

20

across

zone
seals

on 18-3/4
in

housing

bushing

in

36

18-3/4
Sliding

housing
sleeve

36

housing
activated

on

36

housing

with

lS3/4k

housing

running

tool

after

cementing Allows
provides shut off

of
to

zone

via

sleeve

which

shuts

off

26

20

annulus

and

26

shoe

integrity

prevent

broaching

Option

to

replace

sleeve

with

ROV

Features
35U

26

20
hanger
operated
is

26

sub-nrndline

with valve

testable for flow

seal

metal

to metal

can

be

provided

Optional Sliding

ROV
sleeve

monitoring on

36

replaceable

Guidelineless

Can

run

16

sub-mudline

or in

18-3/4

housing

Advantages
Testable

26

sub-mudline

hanger bushing
during

Uses

standard

18-34

Hlhousingwith
of flow not

Allows mechanical Option Reduced

If

control

cement any

transition

to eliminate

26
is

does

require

additional

equipment

welihead
ball

stackup used
shallow flow pressure build-up can be

optional

valve

monitored

Disadvantages
Requires Requires special

OA
36

or

GRA

for stripping

over

sleeve

modified

housing

1995

Edsion

with

2000

Supfrement

Oegpwatar

Wall

Control

GuidaHnaa 1-67

599938602

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800197

Well Planning
SVVF Mechanical
Shut-off Devices

SHALLOW
36
183/4

WATER FLOW CONTROL

26
HP 20
wI

20

bail stab

tag hgr
Into

and

packoffs

hag

ran and

20

hgr

18

3/4

HP hag
hag

30
26

36

hag

bmlhgr

j1Jtted

Shallow

Water Flow

Interval

Shallow

Water Flow

Interval

20

Seal

E112

Cement

Figure

1-13

SWF Corupt 11
run

36 30 26
20
hgr.

20

w/

20

bail

tag hgr and

packoffa

18-3/4

HP hag

and

stab

into

G08 1-68

Edltbn

v.itb

2000

Supplement

Deapwater

Wdl

Conlnl

Gthdeliries

599938603

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800198

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

Concept Jetin36
Drill conductor

hole above
first

Run 30
Drill

to just

shallow

flow

interval

on

30

housing

and cement
and

through

Shallow run

Flow

Interval

with

or without

pin

connector

26

riser

Pull

riser

if

Run and cement

Drill

24/26

across

zone on

26

mudline
or without

hanger
riser

with

seal

through

Shallow

Flow

Interval

with

and

pin

connector housing
into

Run 20 on
rnudline hanger shut

sub-rnudline with

hanger

with seal

or

without

riser

Run

18-3/4

20

elastomeric

Allows
prevent

off

of

SWF

Interval

via

sub-mudline

seal

and

30

shoe

gives

integrity

to

broaching
shut off

10 Allows
prevent

of

interval

via

20

sub-inudline

seal

and

24

shoe

provides

integrity

to

broaching development
location

11 Used

for

Features

36 30 26

30

24

20
wellhead
housing with sub-wellhead
first

Development
intermediate

design
landing with seal

shoulder
to

sub-mudline
to

hanger and if packoff

land

24/26
is

cover
it

zone

30

sub

with

elastomeric

or

metal

metal

seal

used
seals

is

testable

arid

replaceable
elastonseric or metal
to

Sub-mudline which Uses

20

hanger with

and

in

26

sub

with

metal

seals

are testable
split

or without 201

riser string run through

20

string with

primary

26

riser

latched

to

30
is

intermediate

housing 18-3/4 and Can housing

lands into primary leak string

and

seals

with

etastemeric

seals

and

retrievable

re-insullable use guideline

in seal

event equipment

or guidelineless

Advantages
Provides four strings through through shallow flow flow interval

Allows High
riser

20

to

be

run

part of the

zone

with

or without are

riser

control and testable without

reliability

on

26

30

and

20

26

annuli

which

replaceable

Disadvantages
Increased inventory

Complicated

26

riser

expense

if

used

1998

Elbn

wilh2OCfl

SappemenI

Deepswater

Well

Conirel

Gudahnes t-aa

599938604

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800199

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off Devices

ff26
Has an

riser

is

used

broaching intermediary

of3O can occur

seal in

additional
trip

20
boot

string

below

84/4

housing

which

requires

additional Pre-loading

to

set

1834b

housirtg requirrs strap tool

fj 3/4

30

run

1058 1-70

EditIon

alth

2000

supplement

Daepwater

Wet

Control

fluIdin

599938605

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800200

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

38 2620
w/ 18 314 shut
to tieback

w/

18314
on

HP

lug

off sleeve

38

hsg or

20

sub-mudline

20

cag

hgr

option

18

3/4 38

Super

welihead

hsg

lug
Sliding sleeve

26 20
sub-mudllne

sub-niudline
ports

hgr

hgr

PC

Flow

below

26

hgr

38

Jetted

26

Shallow

Water Flow

interval

20

Seal

Cement

Figure

1-14

SWF
3/4

Concept
to

12

3826

20

w/ 18-3/4

HP 1mg wi
opflon

shut

off sleeve

on

38

bag

or 18-

tieback

IS

sub-mudline

20

esg hgr

1990

Edhion

lth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Was

Central

Guldatnes 1-71

599938606

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800201

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

Concept
Jet 381 with

26

sub-mudline
hole with

landing

shoulder

and
pin

sliding

sleeve

on

38

housing

Drill conductor

or without

riser

and

connector

Pull

riser

if

run flow zone

returns with through

Run 26 above
hanger and

sub-mudline lower
ports

hanger

and

seal

Cement

without

picking

up

taking

on

38

housing
seals
in

Run

201

across

zone on

on

t8-3/4

Super ve1lhead
activated

housing which 18-3/4

26

housing
tool
after

Sliding

sleeve

38

housing

with

housing

running

cenenting Allows
provides shut off

of zone
to

via

sliding

sleeve

which

shuts

off

26

20

aonulus

and

26

shoe

iotegrity

prevent

broaching
tieback

Alternatively with elastooneric

set

20
seals

sub-nudline and

18-314

to

20

sub-mudline

casing

hanger

Features

38 26
Can Does

26

20u housing
with high

Super wellhead sub-inudhne

bending
to

monoent and

capability re-installabie testable without

riser

hanger can be

metai

metal

Guidelinelesa use not

or guideline

application casing

20

sob-mudllne
sleeve
seal

hanger and

tieback

18-3/4

housing

with

or without

26

riser

require

20
Can

sub-mudline
run

can

be

metal

to

metal

and

re-instaliabtc

testable

without

riser

16

sub-mudline

or in

18-314

housing

Advantages
Testable

26

sub-mudline
18

hanger housing
of flow not while during

Super

wellhead

3/4

Allows mechanical Option

Picking
to

control

cement any

transition

eliminate off

26

does

require

additional eliminated

eqoipment

up

26

shouldor

cementing

Disadvantages
Requires Requires special special

38 38

guideline

or guidelincless

housing

95
1-72

Ecillion

with

2000

8uppment

Oaepwatar

Wall

Control

GukJelnes

599938607

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800202

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

SHALLOW WATER FLOW CONTROL

38 26 20
w/
18 nested

w/

18

3/4 Super Welihead

hag

housings and
to

ROY

valve

3/4

tieback or

20

sub-mudline
strinu

20

cag

hgr

option

20

singLe

183/4

Super

Welilsead

hag

20

sub

niudline

hgr

flow

ports

below 26

hog

38

Shallow

Water

Flow

Interval

ROY
SeaL

Valve

Cement

Figure

1-15

SWF ROV

Concept
valve

13

38 26

20

w/ 18-3/4

Super WelIhead

ksg

w/nested

housings

and

1998

Edithr

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

WSI

Control

Guideirles

1-73

599938608

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800203

Well Planning

SWF

Mechanical

Shut-off

Devices

Concept
Jet

38

with

26

sub-mudline
hole with

landing

shoulder

and
pin

ROY

valve

on

3W

housing

Drill

conductor

or without

riser

and

connector

Pull

riser

if

run
flow

Run

25

above
taking

zone on
through

nested

housing which
ports

seals

in

38

housing

Cement Run

returns

tower

on

38

housing
housing

20

across

zone

on

18-214

Super

wellhead

18-3/4

housing

seals

in

26

housing Allows
shut off of

zone

via

ROV

valve

26

20

annulus

and

26

shoe

provides

integrity

to prevent

broaching
set

Alternatively with elastomeric

20
seals

sub-mudline

and

tieback

18-3/4

to

20

sub-rnudline

casing

hanger

ROY
Features

valve

available

for

monitoring

38

26

20

nested

housings
with

Super wellhead
Guidelineless

housing

high bending

moment

capability

or guideline

application easing valve

Can Does

use not

20

sub-mudline
valve

hanger and
can

tieback
to

18-3/4
give

housing

with
full

or without string

26

riser

require

but

be

provided

option

to run

or monitoring

of annulus

20

sub-mudhne

seal

can

be

metal

to

metal and

re-installable

testable

without

riser

Advantages
Super welihead 18-3/4 housing
of flow during cementtransition

Allows mechanical

control

Disadvantages
Requires Requires special special
to

38 38

guideline

or guidelineless

equipment

housing would
require

Option

eliminate

26

bushing

or

dummy housing

1998 1-74

Edleon

wIth

2000

Suppla

mast

Deepwater

WI

Central

Guldonas

599938609

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800204

Well Planning

SWF

Remedial

Operations/PM

Concerns

1.2.5

Remedial

Operations
has
initiated

and

PM Concerns
pipe
it is is

Once
very flow

shallow
difficult temporarily

flow
to

behind

usually
stop the

stop and

The general approach

cement
for

to

then

long term control

SWF

behind
to

pipe

is

difficult

stop
Identification Jf

of while
to

the

flow

interval data
is

and

pressure
available or

is

important
it

legging

drilling

not

will

be

necessary
logs to

run temperature flow

interval

noise logs

thermal data has

is

decay

determine
to

However

this

very
the

difficult the

interpret reliable

and

some experience
of
prediction

may be shown
thermal

only

only

source

the

decay

log

Once

the to

interval stop

location

is

determined flow casing

kill

operations

can

proceed
this

the

flow

If the the

in

behind

pipe usualLy
of
the

requires fur

perforating

setting

an

cement
side

retainer

control

and

pumping

mud

on

back

of Stopping Locate
Perforate

the

casing

SWF
flow

flow

casing
retainer

Once
the as

the

flow

has

stopped

cement

is

pumped
been
for

to

seal

off

Set

cement
kill

annulus
diesel
oil

Various cement
right

types of cement with

set synthetic

have
fluid

used base

such
oil

Pump

mud

standard

and

angle

cement

SWF may
alternate

create

flowpath

after

However
cement

in

most
to
its

cases
size

the

annulus
requires

area

is

very

difficult

to

cementing

due any

and

high
the

placement disturbed an

rates area

Also

additional after

pumping

enlarges
the

Very often
path
as to the

cementing

flow

creates to

alternate as far

mudIine Flow
hundreds of
feet

has been from

the

found welihead

broach

several

lOGE

Edition

with

2005

sugIement

Deepwater

WeS

control

GUdelines 1-75

599938610

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800205

Well PlannIng
Drilling Fluid

Considerations

1.3

Drilling

Fluid Considerations

1.3.1

Summary
section

This

addresses
in the

issues

affecting drilling

drilling

fluids

management
including
the

deepwater

environment

following

main areas

Pore

pressure/fracture

gradient

Storage

capacities

on

the

rig

Using

oil-base

mud

vs

synthetic-base

mud

Operational

considerations

related

to drilling

fluids

1.3.2

Pore

Pressure/Fracture Stress

Gradient-Low

Effective

1.3.2.1

Thin

mcugins

thin

margin due
to

between
the

pore

pressure and

fracture

gradient

occurs

increased
greater

hydrostatic the

pressure of

when

using

mud
hydrostatic

density

than
the

density
is

seawater by
the

The
full

pressure on
drilling fluid

formation
to the

applied rig

column of

back

drilling

Frac
less

gradients than
at

much
BUlL

The

fracture
is

gradient generated

resulting

from

the

overburden
greater

of

the

corresponding depths
in

sediments seawater
in the

by

sediment below
the

densities

than
results

shallow water

hydrostatic

only

mudline This

fracture

gradient than
for

in

equivalent

mud

weight

terms
the

being mudline

much
in

less

corresponding

depths

below

shallower

water

Efforts

to

prevent

exceeding
in

the

fracture drilling

gradient

are

even

more

important
drilling

deepwater
practices

operations exceeding

The

following gradient

prevent

fracture

Control equivalent

drilling to

limit cuttings density

loading

and

increasing

circulating

sea

Etitlen

with

2000

Su ppImenl

Oeepweter

Well

Control

C3vlitelinae

176

599938611

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800206

Well Planning
Drilling Fluids

Considerations

Use

of Pressure

While and

Drilling
real

tools time of

PWD
decisions

to

monitor

downhole
Careful
trips

ECD
attention

make

to prevention

surge

pressures

during

Better Better
to

pore

pressure
arid

prediction flow

to prevent

kicks kick size

pit level

monitoring
at

ro reduce the

and

reduce

circulating operations

pressures

exposed

shoe

during

well

control

1.3.2.2

Rise-

Margin
defined
the as the additional to

riser

MW
the

margin

is

mud
compensate
in the

weight
for

added

below

mud
of

line

BML
the

differential in

pressure between
the

mud

riser

and

seawater operations water

event subsea not have

riser

disconnect
drilling to
drill

Drilling
in

with do

BOP
the

and
ability

riser

deep
riser

usually

with

margin
operations column
total

Fluid with

circulation the

during

typical

floating

drilling

drilling

riser the rig

installed

prnvides
level to the

of

drilling

fluid

from

flowline

depth

of

the

well

Drilling

subsea
drilling

operations BOP and

riser In

with Primary of well

control
is

provided
fluid

by

the

hydrostatic
is

pressure than
the

deep not
to
drill

column

of

drilling

that

greater in the to

water have
with

usually do the
ability

formation

pressures an
influx

Insufficient

pressure

wcllbore
enter the

may

allow

of

formation

fluids

riser

margin

wellbore
practices

from

permeable

formations
to

The
an

MW

and

drilling

must be managed

prevent

influx

The
the

hydrostatic

pressure of
circulating less the

the

column of

drilling

fluid also

and be sod

equivalent
at

density fracture

ECU
gradient Fracture of
or the

must of
the

maintained formations
function the

than open

the

cxpo
are

of
the

hole

gradients

of

overburden

pressures

formations

and
in
to

seawater of

column
fluids

Excessive
to the

MW

ECU
of

may

result

loss

drilling in the

formation
the

possibly

leading

reduction which
in

height

of

column
pressure

drilling

fluid

reduces
influx

the

hydrostatic parts

possibly

resulting

an

from

other

of

the

wellbore

4orrnal

formation

pressure

is

defined of
salt

as

pore

pressure

equivalent to formation

hydrostatic i.e

column
equivalent

water

Abnormal
greater

pressures

pore

pressures

1908

Edition

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Ouidetlnes

1-fl

599938612

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800207

Well Planning
Drilling Fluid

Considerations

than of

that

of

column of
and
the often at

salt

water

are

prevalent around

in the the

Gulf

Mexico

other

locations the at

world

Sometimes
normal mudline
the the in to

transition

of

formation shallow

pressure from below

the

abnormal

occurs

depth

FIML
density

Further

formation

fracture are

pressures and
as to resuit

associated

fracture

gradients

FG

low

of

low

of and

the often
in

seawater
are

contribution

overburden
geologically

deepwater

further

reduced basins

by

young

Iorniations

many

decpwater

It

riser

margin

were
In the

Gulf

of

maintained
required influx to

density

Mexico
and low

the

relationship gradients

of
in

the

abnormal
in

prevent exceed

an
the

pore water

pressures depths

fracture

many wells
to

would

greater

than

these

accessible

jack-ups
all

Fe

of the

casing
in

shoe

about
beyond

35011
about
In

and

with of eases
to

few exceptions
water
the raised string

virtually

wells
riser

resulting circulation

lost

100051

do

not

allow

for to

margin
formation
distance riser to

such has

MW
when

sufficient drilling

prevent
short If

influx

be

even

below each
margin an were
influx

casing
to

in the

Gulf
the

of

Mexico
density

be

maintained exceed

required

prevent

would

the

PG
option

of

the
is

casing
install to

shoe
an

resulting

in lost

circulation string the

One
the

to

additional the

casing

when

density

is

raised

within

PG
riser

of

previous

easing
the

shoe

while

maintaining
strings
drill

margin

However

number of easing
the ability to the

needed
the

would

quickly
to

compromise
explore
for or

depths

needed

produce

hydrocarbon

resources

The number
strings

of

casing would the

needed

An
from

emerging
utilizing

technology subsca
to the rig

described

as

dual

gradient to
lift

quickly
ability

compromise
to
drill

drilling the

mud pump
at the

or other

means
be

the

depths
for

seabed
riser

surface

will

able

to the

needed produce

to

explore

or

provide
hydrostatic

margin
of

The
the

subsea

mudlilt above of
to

removes
the the

the resources allowing

pressure only
the

mod

niudline seawater used

hydrocarbon

hydrostatic

pressure

column on
will

the well
to

The
prevent

resulting influxes

MW
and not

be

BML
in

be

sufficient

prevent only

losses

long
duration

open

hole and
cost

intervals

This
drilling also

reduces

the

of

the

operation
drilling fluid

by

reducing
riser

multiple

casing and

strings but
the risk

allows

with
influxes

margin

reduces

of formation

and

lost circulation

1998 78

editIon

4th

2000

Supplernrnt

Oespwetet

wan

control

3ulaeIins

599938613

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800208

Well Planning
Drilling Fluids

Considerations

Another
increase

emerging
the

technology
available the

expandable casing

tubulars by one

can
or

number of more
had
in

strings

two
liners

perhaps have

longer

range

Expandable
field

pipe

now

several are to to

successful establish various

runs

Current

development and
to

efforts

operational

reliability

apply the

method

pipe sizes

Until

new
safe

technologies
practires

are

available

and
to safe

reliable
drill

the

proven
riser

currently to

employed
provide

without
efficient will

margin

can

continue operations

and

floating

drilling

The weilbore Means of well

and backed by
the

integrity control as

be

maintained of
the

by

the

primary

result

drilling

fluid control

column

by
tested

the

secondary

means

of well

provided
practices

subsea

BOP
will

equipment of
the

Good

drilling

and well

proper management
control

primary
safe

and

secondary

systems

provide

operations

1.3.2.3

Losres

fracture

propagation

Matrix strength
fracture

and

Once formation
Again
as

propagation water do
is

fracturing

has

begun

it

is

difficult

to

stop

depth
not

and

water

pressure increase
strengths

shallow
fracture

formations propagation
as close to

develop
to

matrix

and

difficult

stop Keeping
as

wellbore
is

pressures

pore

pressures

possible

the

key

to

managing

fracture

propagation

Problems

with

oil-based Oil

mud
based

and

base

mud
to

syntheticfracturing fluids

OBM and
the
oil

synthetic

base

mud

SBM
to

cause

mud

be

more severe and more

fracture or synthetic
tips

difficult readily that

it

limit wet

The
the to

penetrate with

more
so

and
is

formation

base

difficult

heal
may

and be

re-develop
preferred
is

formation

strength

Water

base
or

muds

when

fracture

losses

fracture

propagation

persistent

problem

1.3.2.4

Ballooning

Ballooning

is

term

often

used
fluid
is

to Lost

describe while

the

physical and

phenomena
then
closing

where when

drilling the

circulating

regained

pumps

are

turned off
fractures

Opening and
explain the

of induced

or

in-situ

micro

can

fundamental

mechanism behind

this

phenomenon

11118

EdItion

WIth

2000

suppienent

LeepwstWcii

Coned

Cuideines 1-79

599938614

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800209

Well Planning
DrIlling Fluid

Considerations

Ballooning

mechanism

The

fundamental of

mechanism
fractures

for

ballooning
is

or

opening/closing
initiation

while

drilling the fracture

is

fracture

andlor

propagation
or

When
the

bottom

hole

pressure pressure

ECU FPP
pumps
the

exceeds
stable

equals

propagation

radial

fracture

propagated

Stable

radial

fracture

When FPP
close
the the

the

are

turned
horizontal

off

the

ECU
forces the
is

falls the

below
fracture

the to into

propagation

and

in-situ

stress

The closing of the fracture welibore Thus some volume

pushes of

mud
lost

back

mud

every

time
the

ECU

exceeds

the

if
PPP
as

and long

then
as

regained
is

when
stable

pressure drops
fracture

below

there

radial

propagation

if

the

PCI

exceeds

the

sufficiently

fracture
is

propagation
fracture

becomes

unstable massive

and

the

result

large

extension and

mud

losses

Another

perception
creates

regarding an

ballooning enlarged

is

that

hydrostatic

overbalance

wellbore

Typical
1/4-in

movement
to

of

the

wellbore

wall can

may be no more than

result are in the

12in
fluid

These when
It is

conditions
the

well and

flowing

back

pumps
the

stopped
this

the

ECD
is

removed
actually increase

questionable
since

whether

phenomenon
volumes do

occurring
linearly

ballooning depth

not

with

increasing

199B 1-50

Eattion

Mth

2000

Supplement

OeepwatorMR

Control

Guldeunee

599938615

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800210

Well Planning

ECDs

Gas

Solubility

Leak-off Tests

1.3.2.5

Equivalent

circulating

dens

tiles

Numerous
strings

casing

The

equivalent

circulating in

density

ECO
drilling the as

is

very
the

significant further

problem
the

deepwater between

ECD

reduces

margin This
short

fracture

gradient

and

the

mud

weight

results

in setting intervaLs

numerous casing

strings

with frequent

casing

Temperature oil-based

effects

on

The

effects

of

cold

synthetic

temperature

and

compressibility

on

muds

OBM
difficult

and

SBM
True

further

compound

ECD
and

and

density are

uncertainty
to

viscosity

pressure loss

density are

estimate accurately
sensitive

OBMSBM
In

fluids

very and

temperature thickening

and

the
is

effect

of thermal thinning addition than

on

viscosity

pronounced
viscosity

many

SBM

base

oils

have

higher

traditional

OBMs

which

increases

BUD

problems

1.3.2.6

Gas

sotubiltry

OBuVi/811M9

The

solubility

of

gas

in

OBMJSBM
of
the

is

dependent

on

the

chemical temperature
into

composition

gasloih

pressure with

and

The volume
is

change

associated of
the

gas going of
the

solution

also

fbnction

gasloil

ratio

influx

Kick

indicators

with

OBMISBM

Kick

indicators

such

as

pit

gain with

or

flow

will

not

be

as

pronounced

when
to

drilling

an

OBM/S13M

fluid

compared

water

based

mud

The

amount

of
is

gas

that function

goes of
the

into

solution point

for

au

OBM/SBM
given
solution

fluid

saturation

for in

temperature
until
it

and
is

pressure
at
its

The

gas

will

remain

no

longer of
the

natural

temperature
it

and
out

pressure
also

The

quantity

gas

and

depth

breaks

depends

on

the

gasfoil

ratio

132.7

Leak-off

testing

with

OBMJSBM1vs WBMI
is

Leak-off operation

testing as

with
to

OBMfSBM
testing

more

critical

compared

with

water-based

mud

1990

Edition

with

2000

Supple

rneni

Water

Wail

GonPol

Guidelines

599938616

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800211

Well Planning

ECDs

Gas

Solubility

Leak-off

Tests

If the fluid

formation
is

is

taken
the

to

break

down
the

where

OBM/SBM
may
the

Choke

injected

into full

formation

formation strength
If
is

not
last

response may be hole delayed at bottom

heal

and

regam
is

fracture

resistant

cement
into the

job

not

competent

and region

OBM/SBM
it

pumped
to

annular

cemented

will

be

difficult

achieve

competent

remedial cement

bond

Perform

leak-off

testing

with water-based
prior to or displacing

mud
with

It

is

usually
if

preferred prior

to to

perform
displacing the

leak-off to leak-off

testing

with

WBM
hiher
values
In

possible has
fracture

an

OHM/SliM
values

0611

SBM

Experience subsequent
than for

shown

that

and
will

pressures obtained
are

obtained with
in the

with

WBM
IbIgal

be

those

OBM513M
0.5 to 0.7

Reported range
fluid

this

difference

addition

OHM/SliM
easily

makes
to

an

excellent fracture

fracturing

and

more

leads

and

liacture

propagation

1.3.2.8

Fluid

compressibility

OBM/SBM
concern
also for

Fluid
fluids

compressibility as
it

is

chief

OBMISI3M
cause
local

affects

not only density but transience formation

may
of the

flow high
fluid in the

gains/losses

during and lower

for

The

effect

pressure

temperatures

makes
concern

compressibility

OBM/SBM
to shelf

more
and
land

of
drilling

deepwater
effects

as

compared

where

of

temperature
generally

expansion
cancel each

and

pressure

compressibility

other out

Fluid affects

compressibility

CiI3MISBM
increasing

density

may

gain water

density

as

the

effect

of higher deeper

pressure

in

cause

gains/losses

depth

locations

and

well

drilling

becoming more common

Choke

Response

0DM/SlIM
exhibit

OHM/SliM
Therefore
the

fluids

complex

fluid

behavior and
gel

due

to

compressibility
the

pressure transmission opening does

in

strengths
located

and not

closing result at the

of
in

the

choke an of

on

seafloor

instantaneous
the

increase/decrease
the

pressure
at

bottom

hole or

in

pressures needs

detected
to

the

surface and

This

time for

delay

behavior

be understood

compensated

1998 1-32

Ethticri

With

2000

supplesilafli

Deapwater

Well

Confrol

OLJideflnes

599938617

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800212

Well Planning ECDs

Gas
Solubility

Leak-off

Tests

Flow

after

Pumps Are Stopped

condition stopped an
in
is

common
pumps
this are

deepwater can be

drilling

flow

after

the for

There

number of causes
fluid elastic rig

including

underbalaneed

formation
or

kicking

an

overbalanced

formation plus

ballooning
fluid

fracture

opening/closing
and and
fluid

thermal

expansion be

heave

momentum
in

This

symptom should manner

to

measured
the safe

recorded of
the

systematic and
the

insure

ccntrol

well

proper response

1.32.9

DownhoTe

measurements

FWD
are especially situations

PWD

improves
of

predictions

Pressure
helpful

while
in

dnlling pore

PWD
be

measurements

surge/swab

pressures

narrow
effective true

pressure/fracture fDrrnations

gradient These
that the

with allow can

low
the

stress to

measurements margin and

ECD
to

known

so

sufficient

be

used
lost

prevent

fracturing Utilizing

formation data
to

inducing and

circulation computer allow

PWD
of

correlate fluid

calibrate will

model

the

drillthg

behavior

more accurate
not

predictions

of surge and

swab

pressures

when

circulating

when

PWD

data

is

not available

1.3.3

Storage

Capacities

on

Rig

1.3.3.1

Riser

storage

for emergency

disconnect

sufficient that the

volume

of

pit

space
the

must
riser

be kept can be

in reserve

so

drilling

fluid

from
for to

immediately
riser storage

displaced

and should

recovered be
for

future the

use This
riser

volume
barrels

equal

capacity
line

plus

200

excess

surface

pumping

and

losses

2.3.12

Brine storage salt saturated systems

When
brine active

utilizing rather

salt

water

muds
dry

it

is

preferred

to

use

liquid the

than

mixing
in

salt

Keeping
is

25-35% of
in

system

volume
pre-mixed

liquid

brine for

helpful

mixing

and

utilizing

concentrate

dilution

1998 Ed Won

v4tti

2000

5uppbment

DeepwaterV5

Control

Guldeunes 1-83

599938618

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800213

Well Planning
Drilling Fluid

Storage

on Rig

Many
this

deepwater
quantity

rigs

have be

limited

brine

storage often

area and
brine
is

may
drill

not water with

feasible then

Most

diluted

with
are

prehydrated and

hentonile blended

or
into

polymers
the active

added
for

other chemcials This

system

dilution
fluid

method prevents
and keeps
drill

wide
solids
it is

fluctuation

in drilling

properties

under

control
to

Even
have

when
CaCl2

using brine

OBIvt/SBM
so that

recommended
salt will

storage

sacked

not he required

Mixing huge water

dry

salt requires of
drill

The
water

alternative

to

quantities

using
drill

brine

is

mixing and

dry

salt

with

drill

When
of
boats

using
drill

water
are

dry

salt

enormous
burden units on

quantities

water
drill

required

putting

work

delivering

water

or water-making

Seawater

calcium
create If

magnesium
adverse

seawater

is

used
the the
is

with seawater
drilling

dry

salt

the the

calcLuni

and

effects

magnesium
performance polymers
is

from of

complicate
fluid

treatment and
clays

products
intensive

and
brine

Dry

salt

time and

labor

Using

preferred

2.33.3

Base

oil

storage

When
quantity desirable

oil

or of
to

synthetic

fluids

are

being be
stored

used
on system
rigs

sufficient

base have

liquid

should of
the

board

It

is

25-35%

active

volume

in

base base

Liquid liquid

storage
storage

Many
area

deepwater and
this

have

limited

quantity

may

not

be

feasible

The

base

liquid

is

used

to

make
In

up

for

hole
if

volume

and

mud
occurs
the

losses

on

cuttings can be

addition
to build

lost

circulation until

base

liquid

used

new

volume

supply boats

can

resupply

7.3.3.4

OBM/SBM
using
for in the

discharge

regulations

Cuttings containers
liquId

and

volume

storage

When

OHM
event

or

SEM
and

contingencies
storing

should
liquids

be and

used

when
not

normal procedures

developed
cuttings

collecting that

both

dischatve
are

situation

occurs
in

where normal

they can

acceptable

not

be

discharged

or

handled

manner

1998 1-84

dlton

wIth

2000

SuppmcnI

Deepwater

Wel

Cenirci

ouieeines

599938619

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800214

Well Planning LCM Considerations

Sufficient

storage

for

cuttings

containers deepwater

and

liquid

volume
limited

should storage

be
area

arranged and
this

Many

rigs

have

may not be feasible

1.3.3.5

Planned

disconnect

with

OBM/SBM
for

Plans and

and

procedures
the

should from
the

be

developed during
rate to

displacing

storing

mud

riser

disconnects of seawater
riser

with from
plus

OBM/SBM
the

Either

sufficient

flow

sea or seawater

from

storage so

equal
that

volume

200

bbl should
quickly

be and

available effectively

this

displacement

can

be done

1.3.3.6

Weighted Well Prior

systems for

s/sallow

water flow Well

kill

See

also

Confro Procedures
to

2.8

Control

BOP

Instaiiation/SWF

Kill into

weight open

mud oft
hole
prior to

12.0

ppg has

historically

been casing

spotted
In the

running flows

20

conductor

case
to

of shallow adjusted
In
all

water
to

SWF
prier

mud
to fluid

weight

may need
out to

be

prevent
the
kill

flow

pulling should

run

casing density

cases

weight

not have

that

exceeds

fracture

pressure

Drill

ing

with weighied
to seafloor

mud

returns

Weighted
taking

mud
returns

can
the

be

utilized to

to

drill

the

20

hole

section

to

seafloor

prevent
will

shallow pose

water

flow

and

associated

sand
for
kill

flow

This

operational or

considerations deck tanks

for

mud volumes

i.e

moored barge

mud storage

common
and fly
for cut the

praetice density
kill

is

to

have

heavier
kill

mud mud

weight

prepared
on-the-

to

the

desired
is

density
to the

Once the
shallow

mud weight flow

the

introduced

welibore be

water

hydrostatic

pressure should process

maintained

throughout

cementing

1.3.3.7

Barite

storage/rn

ixing

capacities

and

rate

Barite

storage

is

limited

on most and

deepwater

rigs

due

to

deck of

loads

cement

storage

lankage

minimum

quantity

1Q98

Edition

with

2000

suppieaint

Deepwater

WeI

ControJ

0uidohns i-es

599938620

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800215

Well Planning
Drilling Fluid

Storage on Rig

barite

would
barite

be
to

equal weight

to

that the

required

by

the

MMS
ppg

or

enough l000bblsofnewmud
every hours

up

entire

mud

system

With
waters

such
the

large

system

volume

when

drilling

in

ultradeep
storage

bante

requirement

atone of

stresses pits

tankage

capacity mixing piping

the in pits

The
hoppers should

number
barite

mixing

mixing and

pumps
manifold both
in

delivery to

systems

be

sufficient

mix mud products

building
to

circulating

system

and

while
or

new two

volume
reserve

reserve

pit

simultaneously These
to

mix

in

simultaneously should every be

systems

and
build

manpower
1000
bbl

capabilities

sufficient

mix and

of

new

mud

hours

1.3.3.8

Kill

weight

mud
of/site

built

on

rig

or delivered

from
Kill least prefer

weight

mud
on

is

required rig

and

is

most

often

built

or

at

weighted
to

the

Many
to

deepwater

mud

engineers

order

out and or

use

partially build

weighted
kill

base

muds
using
is

both

OBM/SBM
base and
shifts efficient ooncerrl

WBM
barite greater

mud By
be

unweighted not tinweighted weighted

or partially the to

muds

settling

in

the supply boat

sent

volume
part

base

muds

rig This
the

large

of

the

mud can mud mixing

of shore base

to

workload

more

more

accessible

facility

MMS

requirements

for

mud and
inventory

mud

materials

The

MMS

CFR

25060d

states

the

following

regarding

at rigslte

mud

quantities

Quantities shall

of rood and
utilized to

mud

materials

at the

drill

site as

be

maintained well

and

replenished Those
quantities

necessary
shall

ensure
tin

control
or

be

based
to

known

anticipated rig

drilling

conditions weather

be

encountered and

storage capacity
for

conditions

estimated time

delivery

Daily

inventories

of

mud
and those

and

mud
at

material the
drill

including
site

weight be

materials

additives

shall

recorded

and

records

maintained

at

the well

site

19e
1-86

dribn

with

2500

Supplement

DeepwaterweFl

central

Gijideunes

593938621

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800216

Well Planning LCM Considerations

Drilling

operations of
to sufficient

shall

be

suspended of

in

the

absence
materials

quantities

mud

and

mud

maintain well

control

Minimum
inventories

barite

and

gel

Operators

are

required and
are

in

the

Application on
is

to

Drill the rig

to

state

minimum
drilling rig

barite

gel

inventories

while on

operations
capacities representative

underway
and

This

usually times
the

based

storage

transportation

The

onsite

operator

must understand

basis

of

this

minimum

inventory

LCM

effecttvcness/constderations

with

OBM/SBM
Selecting circulation lost

There
material

are

number of
lost

issues

which

relate

to

selecting

an

11CM

appropriate in

circulation
first is

material the to size

LCM

when

drilling

deepwater on

the

being due

restriction

normally and/or

placed

what

used

MWD/LWD

tools

mud motors

These
Fine

tools in the

generally

require

LCM
Keep
sizes

which

is

granular
there
is

and no

may be too

large

sized

fine

category
to

in are

mind
called

that

standard
or

with

regard
the

what

fine
fine

medium
material

coarse be

within
too

drilling for

industry given tool

One

may

in fact

large

Ground

nut

shells

are

generally
tools

recommended
most
in

by

the

manufacturers
shells

of

these

and
size

fine

ground 350

nut

have Other

median

particle

the

200
pass

to

micron tools

range
are

acceptable

materials

to

through

listed

below

medium micron medium ground

dri

to

coarse

sized

catcium

carbonate

in

the

50

to

150

size
to coarse

ground
type sands

graphite

materials are often

in

cellulose depleted

materials

which be

used

for

lung

may

not

effective

doopwater

drilling

For

seepage

losses

with
additives

OBM
are

asphaltic

gilsonite

and

amine-lignite

type

appropriate

1902

Edition

WITh

2000

suppiemeni

Dpweter

Well

Control

Guidelines

1-87

599938622

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800217

Well Planning LCM Considerations

Medium
stop

to

coarse

granular

materials

have
fracture

been
tip for

reported screen

to

fracture

propagation
the

through

out
lost

making them
circulation

most from and

effective this

materials

stopping

Aside flaked

phenomena
materials

generally
is

blend
effective

of granular

fiberous

most

Highly absorbent cellulose cause

LCMs

paper may

OBMJSBM
unstable cellulose to

also

may

become

quite

viscous

and
fine

possibly ground reported

the are

OBWSGM

when
and

highly paper
is

absorbent

LCM

like

instabilIty

used Cellophane
These and and materials wetting they soak

has been tend

agents to

cause

instability

also

reduce

May reduce
emulsifier

amount
increase

at

amount
available

of
to

emulsifiers the

which
large

emulsion continuous riscnsity

up
actions

amount
result

of

the

available
in

phase both

which

in increases

With

SUM

it

is

generally materials

not acceptable
like

to

use organic
or gilsonite

hydrocarbon Therefore

type another
for

asphalt
or

granular seepage

material

amine

lignite

would

be suggested

losses

2.3.3.10

Gunk squecics/barite
circulation slurries

plugs

Reverse

gunk squeezes

OBMJSBM
with
reactive reverse

lost

situations like

have

been and

corrected

plug

reverse gunk

modified usually with

gunk

squeezes formulations

Cementing
In

companies
lost circulation

provide these

general
to restore

OBM/SBM
Displacing
to

is

more

difficult

than

with

WBM

WBM

maybe

considered

in this

situation

Gunk
used

squeezes
for

are lost

Gunk
and

severe

squeezes
are

are

special

fluids

for in

severe
diesel

lost circulation
oil

cIrculation

composed

of

bentonite
the

or

synthetic in the

fluid
loss

When
and

squeezed
gel

mud
to

will

contact

water

zone

up
this

severely

prevent

further

losses with

reverse

concept

of

may be zone

applied

when

drilling clay

non-aqueous
in

system
seal off

by

using organophilic

dispersed

water

to

thief

sas 1-88

Edition

with

2000

euppiemeni

Oeepweter

well

control

Guidehnee

599938623

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800218

Well Planning
Gunk queeze/Barite
Plug

Bentenlte
synthetic

In

oil

or forms

There

is

not an but
In

exact

amount of
200
it is

clay

prescribed

for

these barrel

fluid

squeezes
is

typically

to

400 pounds
to

of clay per about

to to

gunk squeeze
Organophilic water squeeze forms
clay
in

used
caustic

fresh

water and of
the

useful

add

lbsfbbl assist in

of

soda

lbs/bb

of

lignosulfonate

gunk

the

dispersion

organophilic

clay

The

squeeze

procedure spacer
the drilling
is

is

similar

to

other

squeeze
the

applications
material

normally fluid

placed

between

gunk

and

Squeezes formulated

may be with cement

Gunk
for

squeezes

may

be

formulated where

with
severe

cement
and

if

desired
loss
is

additional

consistency

total
is

encountered
to

The recommended
of

concentration of
to the

about

200
nonalso

250

ibs/bbl

cement
ahead

Use

10

barrel
is

aqueous suggested

spacer

and

behind

slurry

1996

EditIon

sitS

200D

$uppnient

Doopwater

Well

control

Guldeilnee

1-69

599938624

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800219

Well Planning
Operational Considerations
for

OBM

and

SBM

1.3.4 Utilizing

OBMISBM
impact

Li
Discharge regulations
regulations

Discharge environmental/regulatory
of

OBM
cover

results

in

violation

of

discharge
subject to test

SBM
that

apparently
other

can

be

discharged
the

fluids

which pass

LC5O

and

sheen

regulations

1.34.2 Elevated
salt levels

Allowable

brinc

weights

hydrate

confrol

and

hydrate formation

When
to

drilling

with

WBM

high

salt

concentrations shallow Jo

are

used
the

prevent

gas hydrates and

salt in

When

drilling

intervals

pore

pressure high

fracture

gradient due
to the

not

allow
density levels total

sufficiently

content
lost

increased
salt

which
are

would however
is

result
still

circulation

Elevated even
lessens

recommended
This
the

though
the

protection

not

provided and
increases

chance
for

of them

hydrates
to

forming

time required

form

Hydrate

inhibitive

fluid In
kill

these line

situations

contingency with

plans

for

BOP

choke
fluid

and

displacement

hydrate weight

inhibitive

should
glycol to salt

be and

made Low
ethylene gas

molecular and

glycol
additives at

propylene can
less

glycol hydrate

glycerin

be used than

achieve

inhibition

density

saturated

1.3.5

Operational

Considerations

for

Using

OBMISBM
1.3.5 Most gases
synthetic Solubiliiy

formation
in refined soluble

gases
oils

are

soluble
synthetic

as

both

liquids oil

and and

and

fluids

These
typical

gases dioxide

include and
in

methane

natural

gasses have

carbon

hydrogen base

sulfide

These

gases

minimal

solubility

water

muds and brines

19i6 CO

Edluen

aSh

ZOCO Supplement

OeepwlerVilI

Contral

Ourdelines

599938625

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800220

Operational

Considerations

Well Planning for OBM and SBM

Gas

solubility

causes

major

concerns during
ability

with

regard out

to

kick kick
is

detection Utilizing essential

and

gas expansion with

the

circulating to detect

equipment

small kicks
the the solubilized

when

using

OBM/SBM
are

fluids

As

gas

and

OBM/SBM
is

circulated the

from

well and
the

the rapid last

pressure
increase

reduced
fluid

to

below and

bubble

point

in

volume
the rig

flow

occur

during

1000

11

or

so below

1.3.5.2

CompressibilUy

Fluid
fluids

compressibility as
it

is

major only

concern but

for also

OBM/SBM
may
cause of
the

affects

not

density

flows
local

gains/losses

during and

transience lower
for shelf

The

effects

high
fluid in

pressure

formation

temperatures

makes
concern
the

compressibility unlike

OBMYSUM
and land

more

of

deepwater of

drilling

where

effects

temperature
generally

expansion
each
other

and out

pressure

compressibility

cancel

Effects

of

higher
in

pressure water deeper

increasIng

OBM/SBM
from

gains density
locations
is

due

to

higher

pressure well

resulting drilling

depths
wells

and

deepwater

and
to
is

deeper

Compressibility

also

related

pressure
to

transmission
gets

phenomena
and transmit

where

some time

required
the

overcome

induced

pressure through

well

1.35.3

Flow

checks

Flow
all

checks

should record

be

made
be

at

drilling

breaks

and

prior

to the

trips

should
the will

made

of any

flows
the
if

with

pumps
time
either
it

off

including This

volume of mud
help
are in

and

length of and

flows

determining

when

ballooning

or kicks

occurring

1.3.54

Margins
water
has the effect

Increasing margin causing

circulation

depth pore margin occur

at

of

decreasing

the

between
thin

pressure in

and

fracture

gradient Lost pore

the

operating

mud

weights
to act the

may
after In

mud

weight

equal
losses

pressure formation

circulating

pressure reduction

on

addition

any

in

mud

weight

below

1996

EdiSon

1ih

2000

$uppmeni

Deapwater

Wail

Control

Otildailnes

191

599938626

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800221

Well Planning
Operational Considerations
for

OSM

and

8GM

pore pressure highly water

will

cause

water

flow

and

kick

due

to

the

saturated

formations

reduction

in

offshore the and

overburden gradient
well

gradient particularly

will in

dramatically deepwater
gradients offshore

decrease

fracture

locations are

shallow
as

depth depth
feet in

The

fracture

more
with

critical

water of 100

increases 1000
feet

An
of
in

well has

an

air

gap of

water 4000 These

to

fracture

gradient will

153

ppg

whereas of

well
12.3

feet

of water

have
the

fracture

gradient

ppg

conditions surge

require

use of good breaking

circulation

drilling

practices

prevent

swab

and
Lost

circulation or

pressures

from causing

fracturing

kicks

1355
Mud stability Is affected by downhole and
mudline temperatures

Temperature

stability

The

temperature

stability the

of

drilling functions

fluid

is

critical fluid the

to

accomplishing preventing must

desired

of

the

and
fluid at

problems For deepwater

reasonably
stable

applications
properties

exhibit

not 250

only

downhole
degrees frequently

maximum
but
at

temperatures
at

frequently

300

also

mud

line

minimum

temperatures

36

42

degrees

The

dynamic and

behavior

of

the

drilling

fluid

should
state

be and

understood
transient

computer should be

model

of

its

steady

behavior

available potential

to

estimate

ECDs
system

hole

cleaning breaking

capabilities circulation to

and and
the

pressure losses up
the

When
it

warming
higher

mud
and

is

important
at

consider

viscosity

possibly

circulate

lower

pump

rate for

few

circulations

1.3.5.6

Mud
properties

properties

Mud
to

must be
and
kept

selected stable

which
under
will

will

allow wide

the

well

be

drilled

range

of

conditions

The
of
to

mud
cold

engineer

need

to

make
and
to

special utilize for the

measurements preplarming
fast

temperature
the

viscesity

keep

optimum
operation

mud

properties

and

expensive

drilling

1998 1-92

Eeuten

with

ZOOS

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Ouidlnes

599938627

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800222

_Operational

Considerations

Well Planning for OBM and SEM

Breaking Circulation

Breaking
locations circulation circulation

circulation as the

is

critical fracture
It is

operation margins

in

deepwater

narrow
threat

make
to

lost

constant slowly
in the the

recommended
the

break while
to

rotate

and

pick up

pipe slowly
it is

kicking
stage in

pump

For

many

situations

advisable

hole and
riser

break

circulation

and

circulate

fresh

mud
Lowpumpratesand
cuttings

to the

concentrations

Even

after

breaking
in

circulation

the

pump

rate

and

cuttings to

concentration kept down

the the

annulus

with

O1M/SBM

may need

until

mud warms

up

TrIpping

Speeds modeled

Tripping based

speeds
hole

in

and

out of

the

hole

must be

on

and

drilistring

geometry

and

mud

properties highest

Considerations exposed

for

low

fracture

gradients

and

pore pressure must

be considered

Computer

Modeling

Modeling
pressure selection

of
losses bit

flow
is

behavior
essential for

and

its

associated

frictional

predicting

ECD

nozzle

size

hydraulics

anticipated

standpipe

pressure and

pump

liner

requirements

7.3.5.7

Kick

detection

Limiting exposed be
in

the will

volume
allow Large flows

of

influx

with well

low

fracture

gradients to

conventional
influx

control will

procedures
likely

conducted underground

volumes

most

result

Mud
The more

Logging

role

of

the

mud
in

logging deepwater

personnel

and

equipment Pore

is

important

operations

pressure

1998

EditIon

WIth

2Q01

Supplement

Deepwaier

Wet

CntroI

fluidefines

1-93

599938628

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800223

Well Planning
Operational Considerations
for

OBM

and

SBM
estimated kicks and

must
density

be
to

properly reduce

changes

made

to

mud

Flow Detection

on

Floating

Rigs

Care

must

be

taken

to

implement

the
first

most

accurate sign pit

flow
is

detection increase

devices
in

available

The

waning volumes
for

an

flow

Due

to

large

surface

level

device
limiting

accuracy
influx

may not be volumes

adequate

identifying

and

1999

EdItFm

wIth

2000

Supplement

Oeepwfltet

Well

control

Guieelinee

194

599938629

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800224

Well Planning
Drilling

Fluids

Hydrate Prevention

1.3.6

General Considerations

1.3.6.1

Hydrate Well

prevention 1.4 Hydrates Procedures Hydrate

See

also

Planning Control

Well

Prevention/Removal

Hydrates and water

are

naturally

occurring
to

solid in

composed
base

of
fluids

gas at

Hydrates and

tend

form

water

higher

pressures

lower temperatures

Hydrates
well

Interfere

with

With procedures
fluid the

the

control

right

combination can form

as

of gas entrained
the fluid

in the

drilling

hydrates wellbore
the

cools while substance

riser

circulating

up

forming and
kill

an

ice-like

Hydates

can

plug with

choke

lines

flOPs and

interfering

well

control arid

procedures
densities
in

Typical deepwater
to

sea
drilling

floor are

temperatures
sufficient to

cause

problems

with hydrates

occur

Hydrate alcohols
glycerols

inhibitors

salt

Prevention glycols
increasing

of

hydrate

formation with

has

been

limited or

to

chloride

content and

salt

additions
industry to
is

adding

alcohols
to

glycols
special the

glycerols

The

continuing
the

develop

chemical

inhibitors

add

to

mud

to

interrupt

formation

of hydrates

To

date

the
is

most
the

effective

deterrent

to

the

formation up
to

of

hydrates mg/I
or

use Also

of

increased
is

chlorides practice

180000
glyool
is

chlorides

useful

the

of

spotting

glycerol to

in the

flOPs while
the

shut-in Accurate of hydrates

software using

available floor

predict

occurrence

sea

temperatures

and

pressure

1998 Ediikn

with

2000

Supplrment

DEepwater

wai

control

GuklSlrws 1-95

599938630

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800225

Well Planning
Drilling

Fluids

Hydrate

Pevention

13 d2
Sante
sections are

Bar/fe plugs

and

hematite

plugs

are

an

effective

means
of

to

seal

off

of the borehole
in situations

experiencing

influx

fluids overlie
is

They
the to

used

where
heavy

weak
weighted

zones
pill

intrusive

section
further

and

needed

prevent

influx

The following
rate

factors

affect

the

density

of

the

plug and

the

of

settling

specific freshness

gravity of the

of

the

weight

material

water

pH of

the slurry

concentration

of

deflocculant

Slurry

denslty

Is

nwst

Important

ractor plug

The most
the fluid

important
is

of

these the

is

the

density
material settling

of

the

slurry

if

barlte/hematite

too

heavy

weight
restrict
is

particles

will for
is

interfere barite the

with each upper

18.0

other and
limit

Therefore and
tight

density

16.0

ppg

hematite and

normally forming

ppg

This

will

assure

quick

pack

In

addition

to

the

weight soda
to

material
increase

the the

slurry

should
9.0
is

be 10.0

treated

with

caustic

pH

to

to

and
to

approximately
thin the

20 SAAP

lbslbbl

of

lignosulfonate

needed

slurry
as

small

concentration
also

of

thinning

phosphate

such

may

be

used

Baritc

plugs

may
is

also

be

formulated
will

with
to

non-aqueous
that the

fluids but weight

wetting

agent
oil

be

need

assure

material

totally

wet

The
of

length

of

the

plug should
the point

be of

determined
the loss

by

the

severity

the

intrusion and

zone

The plug

length

may be

calculated

as

follows

sx of weight

material

SG.xVRx35

1998

ceiles

u/uI

2000

suppiemeni

Deepweter

Well

Confrul

Guidelines

599938631

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800226

Well Planning
Drilling

Fluids

Spacers

where
of
ft

Length
ix

settled

plug

number

of

seeks

of weight
of the

material material

S.G specific gravity VRVolume/fthole

weight

1.3.63

Spacers

The

use

of

spacers

to
fall

separate into

two

incompatible

fluids

during
first is

displacement displacement
refers to

two general categories

drilling fluid to

The The
for

of

one

another used

second completion
fluid

dean
into that the

fluid

typically

displaced
latter material requires that

wellbore hole be

behind clean
the

tilling clear

The
dirty

the

and

of

any

might

interfere

with

completion

process

Condition
viscosity

for

low

When
and

circulating

out

ifind the

it

ts

helpful

to the

take

some ttme
viscosity

effort to so

condition
that the

fluid

to

have

lowest

possible

fluid

may

be

efficiently

removed

Rotate
drill

and

reciprocate

The

driller

should

rotate

and

pipe

dung
displacement
will

reciprocate that the

the sides

pipe during of
the

the

This

displacement

assures

weilbore
get

have
in the

better

cleaning

and

the

fluids

will

not

strung

out

annulus

which

creates

intermingling

Turbulent

flow

desirable

The flow
or as close

rate to

should
it

be

increased
in

to to

allow
flatten

turbulent the

flow
for

as

possible

order

profile

improved

sweeping

Spacer annulus

to

cover

600

ft

ln

Finally
sufficient density displaced

the to

volume
cover
at

of
least

spacer 600
fluid If the feet

to

be

used

should with
than

be
the the

in the to

annulus
greater are

of

the fluid

displacing
if

equal two should

possible

fluids

of uneven behind
the

density lower

the

higher density
to

fluid

be

used

density

improve

hole displacement

1995

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwatur

Well

Control

Guidelines

1-97

599938632

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800227

Well Planning
Drilling

Fluids

Spacers

Displacing with

OBMISBM

When
water

displacing

non-aqueous high
viscosity

fluid

with followed by
the

water by

base

WBM

system use
preferably With

spacer

viscous base

weighted base

then
fluid

followed being of

water by

mud

water fluid use

displaced

non
with
fluid

aqueous

spacer then

water by

thickened viscous
oil

biopolymer then by
the

weighted
oil

followed

or

non-aqueous

mud

When
welibore

displacing

clean to

fluid

into the

the

well

great

precaution

must be taken
This
to

ensure
the

cleanliness

of

the

may

entail the debris

use

of
to

scrapers the

and of
all

centralizers

remove
as

attached

wall

the the

casing tanks

as

well hoses

two

or

three

wash
as

solvents

Inspect

and

for

cleanliness

well

Displacing

water

base

fluid

to

clean

completion

fluid

For
fluid

displacing

water
are

base

fluid

to

clean

completion

four

stages

suggested

JWater

weighted

if

necessary

2%

surfactant caustic

lbssbbl

soda
dirt

Water

with

2.6% water

flooculent

to

continue

to

wash

particles

of gel

Vscosified tbslbbl

xanthan
wetting

gum
agent

2%

water

to

completely time
in

water the

wel

casing

and

tubing

Minimum

10

minute

contact

annulus

jkiateandItercorntionfluidforadequteclallty
Table 1-7 Pisplncing

WBMwith

completion

fluid

1998 1-SB

EdiSon

with

2000 Supplement

DapwThr

Well

conk

Guidetnes

599938633

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800228

Well Planning
Drilling

Fluids

Displacements

Displacing

non-aqueous

fluid

to

clean

coin pletion

fluid

For

displacing
six stages

non-aqueous
are

fluid

to

clean

completion

fluid

suggested

Stage

Deirlptlorj

Pump

15

20

bbLs

of

base

fluid

to

be used

as spacer

before

second

stage

Viscosified

waler weighted

if

needed
the
in

2%

surfactant

Higher

viscosy 10

and

density contact

than time

mud
annulus

Minimum

minute

the

Non-weighted

viscosified

water

2%

surfactant

VIscosity

60 10

80

sec/qt contact time of

In

Minimum
Brine

minute to cover

the

annulus
--

buffer

800

ft

annulus

between

third

and

fifth

steges

Bnarithwashsurfactan
Circulate

and

filter

completion Table

fluid

for

adequate

clarity

1-8

Displacing

QBMJSBM

with

completion

fluid

ass

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwstfl

Wall

Conboi

GuideHnee 1-99

599938634

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800229

Well Planning Drilling Fluids LCM

Formulations

1.3.6.4

LCMformutations
the

In

general of

formulations
lost for circulation the

have

been

designed using and

around smaller larger severe

severity

problems
loss

concentrations higher total

seepage of

situations for the

concentrations
loss

materials

more

problems

Permeability
for partrcle

is

guide
with If

size

seepage
root

less

ts

the

problem

size as

the

particle

ustng example

the
if

seepage

loss

square
the the

of

the

permeability permeability of
13 the cellulo

guide of 180

For

sandstone
particle

has
size

millidarcies
or

then

sic
in

carbonate

nut plug

material

should

be

microns

diameter

One-third

rule

Another rule opening pore 1/10

method which
if

to

help
the

size

material

is

using
will or

the

one-third

states size
is

that particle 10

particle
is

obstruct

an
the

the
it

of

the

1/3

smaller

than

throat or

attempting than
ability the to

plug However
of
the

particle will

of

smaller with

size

opening

pass

through

no

obsuct

For seepage
the

or

minor losses
and

the

procedure
to drill

has been

to
if

treat the

whole
are

system

coatinue
the to
it

However
is

losses

more
of

severe

procedure
pill

to spot

add across

concentration from
the loss

LCM

material

of fluid
for

zone and allow

to

seal

period of time

The

slurry to in

may
be

be

squeezed

into

the

zone
the

if

desired

If this

appears
increase to

successfiul

then
or

repeat

operation

with an

concentration of shapes

change
sizes

of

mix It

is

important
pills

use

mbrture

and

in the

spotting

1998 i-ioo

CdiUenwiib 2000

Supplement

OeepwdterlI

CQFIIWIGUJSStne$

599938635

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800230

Drilling

Fluids

Well Planning LCM Formulations

There might

is

no

set

formulation
are as

but

some examples

of

pills that

be considered

follows

In

addition in

to

the

above

blends and
are

of

the

three

shapes

are

available losses available

one package and

is

very effective

For severe
fiber
is

in fractured

vugular effective

zones mineral wool

although 10
difficult to

and
the

this

blend

through should

hopper used

No
of

more than
the

ppb

concentration

be

mineral

wool

fiber

1098

Edllofl

wtth

2000

$jppement

DeepwatsrW9O

Control

Culdelinsc 1101

599938636

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-l

NV-00800231

Welt

Planning

Hydrates

14

Hydrates
See
also

Well Planning Well

1.3.51

Hydrate

Prevention

Contro Procedures and Removal

2.71

Hydrate

Prevention

1.4.1

Summary
are drilling as or are clathrates

Hydrates
structure

form

lattice

to entrap

gas

Hydrates deepwater

well-recognized

operational to

hazard

in

molecules

They

belong

group having

of substances
lattice-like of

known
structure

substances
in

appearance completely and

which

molecules within
the

one

substance
structure

enclosed

crystal

of another
lattice

consist acting

of host molecules
like

water
guest

forming molecules

structure

cage

to

entrap

gas
form above
are

1-lyd

rates

form

at

freezing

temperatures
sufficient

They

can

in

temperatures
dirty to

32
in

under
nature

sufficient

under

pressure tendency

resemble
to

ice

sold

and

have

pressure

adhere

metal surfaces

Awareness
for

of

potential

Natural hydrogen hydrates not

hydrate formation mInImizes risk and expense

gas molecules
sulfide

ranging carbon

from

methane
arc

to

Lsobutane
to

and
are

dioxide very
threat

known
and

produce do
or

They
any

generally

stable to

normally
rig

pose

immediate

personnel awareness

environment acceptance
that

By
an be

incorporating environment
exists

an

and

where hydrates may

the

form they can

and expense

safely

dealt

with and

exposure

to

risk

can

be

minimized

1.4.2

Requirements
formation

for

Hydrate Formation
of pressure phase

Hydrate gas

is

function
the

temperature

composition water

and

aqueous
are

composition
the potential

As
for

deeper hydrate higher

environments
increases

challenged due
to the

formation
pressures

combination

of

and

lower temperatures

encountered

1996 1-102

EditIon

with

2050

ppiement

Daspwale

Well

Confrol

Ouidslinss

599938637

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800232

Well Planning
Hydrates
Effects of

Temperature

1.4.21

Effects

of temperature

Figure seawater Estimated

In

1-16

below

shows
as
ft

the function

relationship

of depth

average
in the

temperature

of

water

temparatures

COW
60Fat700ft 48Fatl500ft 40Fat3000ft

Gulf of

Mexico

At 700

temperature drops depth

ft

in the

depth the average sea floor Gulf of Mexico is approximately 60F It

water
to

very then

quickly slows

approximately and
is

48F

by

15D0

ft

water 3000

down

approximately

40F

at

water

depth

I000ft

2000

ft

SPE
Baiier
.1

aid

Pt

Gomex
during

Ferniaton Deepwatst Operations 16130

of Hydrates Editrig

SPEAIAOC

3000

ft

1987

40

44

44

52

56

611

64

SEAWATER

TEMPERATURE

Figure

1-16 RelationshIp function

of average depth

seawater
in

temperature of

as

of waler

the

Gulf

Mexico

1998

EdItion

vlth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

lI

Control

f3uktelines

1-103

599938638

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800233

Well Planning
Hydrates

2.4.2.2

Effects

of

spec1c gravity
the effect

Figure

1-17

below

shows As
the the

of gas composition
gravity for

on

hydrate formation gas

increases

specific potential

of

the

associated

so does

hydrate

formation
state

Phase

behavior

diagrams
as

describe

the

physical

of any

gas composition

function
this the

of pressure and
actually

temperature
the at

The

points at

along which

curve
last

represent or dissociates

temperature any given

hydrate melts

pressure

aPE
Barcer
.1

end

Goniez durrg

Forrnaton Deepweter Operations

of Hydrates
DrIlling

SPEIIADC

161301987

TEP.iPERATUS

Figure

1-17

The

general

principle

of theefTeet

of gas compasition

on

hydrate

formation

1995
1-

Edtlotl

trAtrt

2000

Supplement

DeepwaterWell

Control

Guidetines

104

599938639

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800234

Well Planning
Hydrates

The

Effects

of

Supercooling

14.2.3

Effects

ofsupercooling

Figure

1-18

below

shows

that

hydrates

do

not
as

instantly

form with
their

favorable

pressure and temperature curve rather

is

defined by

phase

equilibrium

some

amount

of

supercooling

or

overpressure

required

typically

10

12F
Supercooling
required to 0-1 Initiate

to

initiate

nucleation and

experience

growth

20F

This region and can above be

below

the

dissociation

phase hydrate
for

equilibrium forming given

curve region
ii

hydrate formation

the supercooled of
as

curve

thought on
the

safety

factor

system

designed

dissociation

curve

LU It

Ui Yotlt
Risks during

Mirimiring
of Hydrate

the

Formation UriS ng

It a-

Deapwater

Operations Hydrates
Asphaltirres

Controilln

Paraflins

and Orleans

New

Nov

1097

TEMPERATURE
Figure 5-iS Results of hydrate

5F

typical

thermodynamietest

typical

hydrate

thermodynamic

test

generates
in

the

pressure-temperature where Point

P-T

trace the

shown

Figure

1-18

represents

hydra

equilibrium

pressure

996

EdiSon

witH

2000

Supplement

Deepwetor

Well

control

Guidelines 1105

599938640

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800235

Well Planning
Hydrates The
Effects of

Supercooling

and
arid

temperature temperature

In at

reality

Point
the at

represents last

the

pressure has

which
this test line

hydrate
different

crystal

melted
the

By
the

repeating

several
is

pressures

entire

hydrate
line

phase

CD
water

generated and

Along
edit

this
in

line

phases

gas

hydrate

equilibrium
the right

conditions At any pressure and temperature of this line hydrates cannot form while to the

to left

they can

further

examination
test the at

of Figure hydrates

1-18

shows
form

that at

during
as

thermodynamic
indicated actuallly

actually

Point

by

massive Point

pressure drop Although

the

hydrates normally
to the

form
define

melting
line hyrate

Point This
is

is

used

to

the

hydrate phase with

the

due

metastahility

associated

formation

process of
fine

which

does

not allow
locus

reproducible

representation

hydrate formation

EF

Normally 10-12 subcooling

Initiate the required to of

The

dotted

line

EF

represents

the
is

limit

of

the

metastable

formation

region region

where
reflects to

hydrate formation
the

possible

The metastable

hydrates

degree
the

of subcooling formation
at as salty for

normally of

10-12F
This
in

required subcooling
the

initiate

hydrates

can

be

looked
the

factor

embedded

way we
probability line

estimate

potential

hydrate
as
left

formation

The
from

of hydrate formation
to line

increases to the

we move
at line

CD

EF

In

the

region

EF

hydrate formation

becomes

definite

1958 i-ice

EdiSon

with

2000 Supplement

DeepwatsrWQlP

Control

GuldeIlnei

599938641

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800236

Well Planning
Hydrates

Phase Equilibrium Curve

Figure point
18

1-19

below

shows

an

enlargement curve and

of one from

specific

13

off the phase

equilibrium growth

Figure

1-

where

hydrate nucleation

decomposition

are

defined

As water
below
the

depth

increases

it

becomes
whereby

necessary
the

to

operate
for the
if

dissociation

curve

potential

formation favorable

of

hydrates

becomes
themselves

furttion

of

time

conditions

present

Probability

of

hydrate as

formation supercoeled temperature approached

Increases

The time required

for

for

hydrates

to

nucleate

induction
the the

time

given

level

of

supercooling quantified
increases

below
but as

dissociatien probability

is

temperature

has not been

definitely

of

hydrate formation
the

you

move

toward

supercooled

temperature

The

time

it

takes

for

hydrates curve

to

form
the

when

operating curve

between decreases
state

the

dissociation the

and

supercooled

as

temperature

approaches

supercooled

OSPE
ChrisSaneen

14
Sloan
Hydrates Intheiry
in

BanssJ
Avoiding Petcoleiwn Kinetics of

the

Fotnatlori

WE

27994

1994

Tern perature

Figure

1-59 SchematIc

of constant-volume

temperature

ramping

experiment

199S

Ediion

2000

suppanent

De.evater

wall

control

GuldoWlGe
1-

107

599938642

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800237

Well Planning
Hydrates Pre-Planning

1.4.3 See

Pm-planning
Well
Kill

also

Conuroe

Procedures

2.3

Circulating

to

Gas hydrate
prior to

control

and

mitigation

plans should
drilling

be

in place

undertaking

any deepwater

operation

Mininil2e

hydrate
In risk with

order

to

minimize of

the

risk

of

formation
inhibited

hydrate

formation system and

mud system
well control

combination

sufficiently control to

inhibited

mud
be time
analysis

appropriate procedures necessary plans

appropriate well
as

procedures
the

should

incorporated
to deal

and contIngency

well

as

plans
if

minimize

reaction

with

hydrates formation

they

do

materialize
the

An

of be

hydrate

potential

and

associated

risk

should

made

Worst
used

case

conditions Typically
for

worst
For used

case

conditions
static the

are

identified

and

used

for Static

design temperature

design be

example
to

temperature

gradients inhibition

gradients
Realistic

should

determine system
since

amount

of

mud
schedules gas

required
are

in the possible
drill

mud

extended out gas

shut-in

periods
to lost

weight

very

when
string

circulating

kick due
or

Conservative compositions

circulation

plugging

annular packoff

severe

weather

conditions

Realistic

pressure gas used

mud
when

weight
if

requirements accurately
the

and

conservative should be

compositions

not

known
of

determining

amount

temperature

suppression

required

Contingency
control

plans

shoold

be

developed
shut-in

addressing and

well

procedures
as

extended

periods

hydrate

remediation

follows

Well control
or the

procedures weight methods

either are

the

drillers

method

wait

acceptable
to

see Well

Control

Procedures

2.3 Circulating

Kill

Extended
unplanned temperature

shut-in periods and should be

obviously kept be
in

these

times

are

to

minimum
to

Static the If the

gradients inhibition

should required

used
the

determine

amount of

mud system

1998
1-

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwter

Wet

Control

3uidinas

138

599938643

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800238

Well Planning
Hydrates Pre-Planning

level

of

inhibition

still

only
into

suppresses
the

the

hydrate
or

formation
melastability

temperature region on
to displace glycol the the

supercooling

phase choke
at

diagram1 and
kill

plans should
line

be

in

place with

and

BOP
shut

cavity in
is

inhibitor

some
the

point

after

experienced and
is

depending
far

on
the

anticipated

shut-in

time

how

below

dissociation glycol

point

the

system product

designed be
least

Enough
available to

based
the

inhibition calculated

should
at

displace factor

votume with

50%

safety

Hydrate
successful they

remediation methods used

the tc

there clear
is

have hydrate

been plugs
the

many
once
reaction

have
if

formed

key

to

minimize

time

they do

form Some
above
the

degree phase

of super-heating curve of
is

or

depressurizat required to

ion
initiate

usually hydrates high

timely

decomposition develop

Dissociation pressures due inside cubic

for the like

of hydrates
to the

can

dangerously
the

stored

energy of
cart there

gas trapped standard path

One cubic
feet

foot

of hydrate ensure gas

to

hold 170
is

of gas

Always
hydrate core

an

escape

melting

vent

Closed always adds

containers

conventional upstream
the

barrels

should only

be

suspect and

Adding
complicates

pressure

too

problem

1998

EdiSon

with

2000

Supament

DoapwaterWI

control

Guidelines
1-

ioa

599938644

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800239

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

1.4.4

Methanol

Injection

Methanol

injection

works

very well but

on
to

the

surface

and not

in

downhole
used and

production

systems
drilling

date due

has
to

been

downhole during
volatility

operations

its

toxicity

Hydrates and

CK

SOP
lines

cavity

For
lines

hydrates with
rate

forming well hot

or

in

BOP

cavity

arid

choke
at the

and

kill

the

shut-in
fluid or

circulating

highest

possible second
drill

with

mud
coiled

across tubing
the

BOPs
run

down
the

drillstring

through
to

beside

pipe has of
to

worked
the

dissociate string

plug The
run

internal

diameter

second
the to

of and

pipe

should required

he
to

maximized
displace the

reduce

time
the

pressure heat
is

heated
ft

fluid

area needing
this

However
extremely cooling

below

4000
due

water heat

depth and

process

marginal
effect

to

loss

ambient

temperature

Perforating

drill

pipe
not

above hydrate plug recommended

Never

perforate to

the

drill

string

above
as
is

the

hydrate plug
for

in

an

attempt

establish inside the

circulation
drill

the

potential

hydrate could
that

formation cause
loss

pipe
the

great

and

ultimately the

of

access

to

weilbore

below

plug

may

be

necessary

for further

remediation

1.4.5

InhIbition IVeU Planning Prevenlion

See

also

1-3.6.1

Hydrate

There
drilling

are

two

common
for

processes

incorporated

into

the

mud

system

inhibition

2.4.5.1

Thermodynonic
inhibitors

inhibitors

Thermodynamic
inhibitors

suppress

the for

Thermodynamic
aqueous required Primarily Table

lower

the

activity the

level

of

the

temperature hydrate

required

phase
for

thereby

suppressing
at

temperature pressure
listed in

stability

hydrate
are

stability electrolytes

any

given

these
the

and

polymers

1-10 on

following

page

1998 1-110

EdiSon

c1tfl

2000

Suppiei-rent

Depwaler

Well

Cent

GLildetnec

599938645

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800240

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

24.5.2
Kinetic inhibitors

Kinetic

inhibitors

slow Kinetic and

inhibitors

the

rate

of hydrate

or
and

crystal

modifiers using

alter the

nucleation of

formation

growth

of

hydrates

by

low concentration
chemicals of
the

mostly

polymeric
the

surfactarit

based

without hydrates
critical the

disrupting

thermodynamic delay

equilibriuns the appearartce

Thec
nuclei

type

inhibitors the rate

of and be

the

slow

of hydrate

formation
is still

prevent

agglomeration
this

process

Much

to

learned

about

process

Conthinations
required as

of

both

processes

will

most
severe

likely

be

conditions

become

increasingly

Gammon
SALTS
NIaC1 KCI

Thtmodynasnlc

Hydrat

InklbltSs

ALCOHOL1DIOLS
Methanol
Ethanol Glycerol

CaCl2____________________ Na-Formats K-Formats NaBr CaBr2

ZnBr2

Ethykne
Propylene

glycol glycol ylycol

Polyalkylene

SalVpotymer systems

inhibition

Table

to

Cornnmn

thermodynamic

hydrate

inhibitors

Saltipolymer

inhibition drilling

systems
in the

are

most of

commonly
North

used Sea by

during deepwater
offshore

Gulf

Mexico
of

Brazil

Systems

comprised with

20-26%

weight have

sodium been
safely

chloride

NaCI
in

required

polymers
ft

used

water

depths

7500

in

the

presence

of gas kicks

1996

EdiSon

with

2000

SuppleMent

Deapwater

Well

Contgt

3uldellries

1111

599938646

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800241

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

Among
degree INaCI

the

elecirolytes inhibitor

or Figure

salts

NaCI below
as

is

the

best the

thermodynamic

1-20

illustrates

of hydrate temperature concentration by weight

suppression percent
1000 120

function

of

chloride
so

Ion

ConcentratIon 90

ppm
150

26

22

18

SPE
and Barker Formation of
during F1

Comet

14

-lydrste$

Operations

DrIlling Deepwater SPE/1AUC

10

101001907

NaCI

Cencentratlon

In

Aqusous

Phase

WT%
as

Figure function

1-20 of

Degree NaCI

of hydrate

temperature

suppression percent

concentration

by

weight

1998 1-112

EditIon

tgtli

2000 Supplement

DeepwatervVeII

Control

Guidelines

599938647

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800242

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

Glycols Figure weight

cooler

are 1-21 basis

also

effective but are

inhibitors less

as

can

be

seen
salts

in

below
and

effective viscosity in

than

on
at

experience

severe
are

increases

temperatures
salt

They
at

excellent

combination
it is

with

systems impossible

lower
to

concentrations
stable

At 90F

virtually

form

hydrates under

normal

well

control

pressure ranges

Glycols severe

may experience
viscosity at

increases

cooler

temperatures

10000

II

Lu

tO 03 Lu

////
0%
i_

1O%GLYCOL

-.-_-

SPE
Shaughoessy coleman Carpenler and Jackson Flow Suctessful of Gas Reservoir
Testing
in

94-

20% 30%

GLYCOL GLYCOL

.I/i__

44- 40% GLYGOL

DESIGN POINT

3500
July

Cl

of

Water

.tPT

1992

100
30

40

80

00

70

80

90

TEMPERATURE
Figure 1-21 Inhibition of hydrate

Gag
caused

formation

by

glycol

199$

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwster

Well

Control

Guidelines

1-113

599938648

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800243

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

Oil

based
to

and

synthetic since

oil

based
is

mud
of

systems
as

do be

allow seen must water

Oil-based and based

require

synthetic-

hydrates
in

form

there

water

phase
this

can

muds

also

Figure

1-22

below
the

The

salinity

water
level

phase
as in

inhibition

be

adjusted

for

required

inhibition

based

mud

systems

4000

Is
ft

3000

SI

a-

00
2000

LEGEND

WATER OLBASEMUD4WATER
19.22%

1000

00Is

URINE

OILBASEMIJDURINE

-sO 40 60

--

-60 70 80

CSPE
Odgu
0d-Baaed and
orilling

TEMPERATURE
ynes
as

Dog
for four

Mud Gas Hydrates lnhib9or SPE 19560 1992

Figure

1-22

ComparIson

of gas

hydrate

formation

points

mud

systems

1998 1-114

dltlort

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

MIl

Control

uldellnea

599938649

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800244

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

NaCI

saturation

Table

i-i

below
of of

shows
to

the

result at

of

increasing

the

weight
as

percentage
fimetion million gradients for

NaC1
specific
It

saturation

approximately weight
that

26%
parts

gravity

mud
noted
the

and

per

ppm
can

must be

observed

fracture

not always
inhibition

handle

required

mud

weights

necessary

.7
SPECIFIC

flnnIHaa

fSnflithi

flhlnrldnIIdiuifl

Shliitlnflit

MRROF

.iflt7P

GRAVITY

NACL BY WEIGHT OF SOLUTION

WEIGHT PER GALLONS

8.33 8.34

OF SOLUTION PARTS PER CU Fl

62.32 62.40 62.54 62.76

PER

MILLIGRAMS PER
LITER

MILLION

0.9982
1.0 1.0018 1.0053 1.0125 1.0197 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 1.0857 12.0 13.0

60F

8.38 8.39 8.45 8.51 8.57 8.63 8.69 8.75 6.81

500
10000 20000 30000 48000 50880 60000 70300 80000 98000
188000 110000

5020

8321
63.66 64.10 64.65 66.01

10050 20250 30700 41100 52000 82500 73000 84500 95000

107100 118500 130300 142000 154100

1.0285
1.0341

T4ii
1.0486 1.0659
1.0633

46

6592

887 893

537
66.84

1.0707

9.06

67.78

120000
130000

foo9
1.1162

14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0

9.19

68.73

140000 150000 160000

170000

166500 178600
191000

9.31

69.68

1.1319

18.0 19.0

9.45

70.66

180000 190000

203700 216500 229600 243000 256100 270000 279500 283300 311300

mifligrarns of salt

1.1478

200 210 220

23.0

9.58

71.65

20030
210000 220000 230000

1.1640

9.71

7267

1.1804

24.0 25.0

9.85

73.69

40000
250000
2887000 water
toni pies
to

1.1972

26.0
ii

9.99 for

74.74
analyzing

Note

is

quite pails

common
per

many

laboratories

report

per liter as

million
Treble I-

ti

Dendties

of

odiun

ehicilde

NaCI

solutious

at

66F

1998 adaon

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepwaer

Well

Control

Ouldeilnes

1-115

599938650

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800245

Well Planning
Hydrates
Inhibition

Figure water

1-23

illustrates inhibition

that

below
salt

approximately can
not

3000

ft

depth
free

with

alone

guarantee

hydrate

environment

TEMPERATURE

Deg

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

SPE
Eboltoft Yctalt

andE

6000 Soergaard
Control DrHling during

Hydrate Deepwater Overview

Drilling

and
Fluids

New SPE
T000

Formutations.b

anei

1997

Figure

1-23 Effect hydrate

of gas

gravity

mud

weight

and

salt

content

on

stability

19a5 1-116

EdItion

Wth

2000

Supplement

Deapwater

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938651

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800246

Well Planning
Hydrates otentiat Problenis

1.4.6

PotentIal

Problems

The

two

types

of

hydrate

formation

problems

are

as

follows

Shallow annulus wellhead

stack

gas

percolating the that

from

an

external

unsealed pressure the

between
housings

low

pressure
its

and

high inside

makes
prevents

way up

80

connector tbnctioniog

which

the

hydraulic

disconnect

from

Formation
hindering

inside control

the

welibore functions

or

of

DO

DO
and

equipment
to

access

the

wellbcre

146.1
Hydrauhochsconnect

Shallow

gas invades

BOP

stack

connector

Occurrences

of

the

first

type

problem

have
the

been

fairly for in

common
occurrence
the or

but can
greatly

be eliminated

or

at

least

potential
sealtt

reduced
high

by

inserting

hydrate

bottom
installing that

of

the

pressure

wellhead/BOP apparatus
to in

connector
like

some type of diversion

cause from any gas
as

mud
or

mat

will

seepage
illustrated

bypass Figures

be

diverted

away

this area

24 and

25 below

1996

EdiSon

with

2000

suppseient

Deepwalcr

Well

Corttrol

Guidelina 117

__

599938652

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800247

Well Planning
Hydrates
Potential

Problems

Connector Hydrate Seals

Hydrate Seals

Fiure

1-24 Elutoiner

hydrate

seal

99S 1-118

EdltJn

with

2000 SUNternent

Deapwoter

Well

Control

GtdeIinee

599938653

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800248

Well Planning
Hydrates
Potential

Problems

Mudmat Hydrate Seals

Hydrate

Seals

Mudmat

Figure

1-25

Mud

mat

hydrate

seaL

1988

Edition

sAlh

ZOOQ Supplement

Deepwater

Wall

Gcntwf

thideiltee 119

599938654

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800249

Well Planning
Hydrates
Potential

Problems

This

type of hydrates

formed

by percolating times and and

gas has been

have
sacrificed

visually

documented
to

numerous

caused
that for

wells

be

permanently have been

abandoned

otherwise
future

would

temporarily
the rig

abandoned and
to riser or

completion around
to

Typically cause
the

can

be

winched up
the inside

hydrate

break

loosen both on

Circulation

of heated
the outside

fluids

down

the

drillstring

and

of

the

connector

has

also

worked

successfully

7.46.2

Hydrate

formation

inside

wellbore

or

BOP

equipment See WdIt Control Procedures 2.5

a/so

SOP

Cleanout

Trapped
where
is

Gas
form
inside the

SOP

functions

hindered

The

second
or

problem

hydrates

wellbore well do not usually Hydrates form during routine

drilling

DO

equipment

much
affect

more

serious

from
in

control

standpoint and

can

an operation

many

different

ways

and/or Hydrates and/or required

typically circulating properties

cIrculatIng

do

not

form

during
the

routine

drilLing

operations do
is

since

combination usually and

is

of occur being

not

exist into

Hydrates
the

CirculatIng

out gas

when
circulated

gas

influx

taken
the

welibore
kill

creates favorable condItIons formatIon

for

out through increased an

the

choke and

and/or

line Hydrates cooling where and

lines in the gas

hydrate

form
lines

from
or

velocity

expansion period

during reaches
in the

extended

shut-in

the

bubble hydrates

mudline
and/or

rapidly

cools and
kill

forms

wellbore

choke

1598
1120

Edtlon

with

2000

Supptnrrent

Oaepw1erWeIt

central

GuidSines

599938655

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800250

Well Planning
Hydrates Scenarios

Many
the

different

scenarios been

involving and

this

type

of

hydrate

formation

have

observed

documented

including

following

Hydrate
continue

plug

in

the

choke
out

and/or

kill

line

causing

inability

to

circulating

kick
cavity or just

Hydrate
in

plug

in the

BOP
drill

below

stack

resulting

loss of wellbore plug ia the

circulation

and

pressure

monitoring
or

Hydrate
annulus

string-s-riser

or HOP

casing

causing plug
in

stuck the

pipe
string

Hydrate
preventer Hydrate

drill

flOP

annuhis

opposite

hampering
plug behind

shut-in closed

capability

ram

not

allowing

the rain

to

be

opened Remedial evaluated

drilling

back

up
for
all

actions

of
to

these

situations

should

be

thoroughly

prior

undertaking

any

deepwater

activity

Improper

BOP

functions
related

may be hydrate

Any

non-routine welihead

occurrence equipment

with should

any be

HOP
suspect shutin

function
for

or

subsea

hydrate

formation

especially

during an extended

period

These

incidents

may include

the

following

improper

functioning

or hydraulic

operating

fluid

requirements depth
seal

of valves

rams

or connectors

mensurement
assemblies running even

discrepancy
if

when
test

setting has been

casing

hangee

positive retrieving

experienced

problems

and/or

the

seat protector

Hydrates water

extract

free

from

drilling

mud

Another by
the

problem
foirnatton

that

has been hydrates

observed Hydrates causing

it

is

actually

caused
free

of

will to

extract

water
settle

from out

the

drilling to

mud

dehydrate

and

similar

barite

plug

1993 eatlon

wIth

2000

DeepwalerVtet

Control

GLideltoas 1121

599938656

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800251

Well Planning
Hydrates Remediation

1.4.7

Defense minimum

The

following

guidelines

should

be

used
drilling

as

requirements

when

planning deepwater

operations

Well

Control

Procedures

Well place

control

procedures upon and

the

and

team

training to

should
all

be

in

agreed

communicated
following issues

involved

personnel

addressing

shut-in
kill

procedures desired circulating

to

method

under
rates

specific required the

scenarios

minimum
coordination

minimize

number

and

duration

of

shut

downs

Gas Influx As much

Minimize
rheology as

possibi
that
trip

avoid occur

any

gas

influx proper

into the

weilbore

any and

do

through

mud weights

mud

procedures

Inimihitive

Mud

System

well-engineered always be of designed

low

fluid

loss

mud
the

system

should and

incorporating
for the

proper

type

amount

inhibition

required

temperature

suppression

Lost Circulation

Avoid
pills

lost

circulation

situations

Consider

having
for

LCM

prepared
in

end

ready

to

be

pumped

emergency

situations

contingency

plans

Inhibitive

Spotting

Fluid

Have
choke

inhibited

spotting lines in

fluid

available cavity

to

displace

the shut

and

kill

and

BOP

during

extended

downs

addressed

contingency

plans

es
1-122

Ed

tics

wIth

2000

Supplement

DeepwatcrWci

Control

Guidelines

599938657

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800252

Well Planning
Hydrates Remediation

Contingency

Plans

Contingency hydrates
fluid

plans should
that

be

in

place

for

remedial

action

if

form

include

locating

and

coordination
coil

of heat

heating

and

pumping
etc

equipment

tubing

generation chemicals

Personnel

Experience

invaluable

Personnel and
well early control

experienced recognition operations

with of
are

hydrate

formation

conditions during

their

formation
for

potential

essential

avoidance

1.4.8

Heat

Generation

Systems
is

The been

following used

list

of equipment
in the

readily to

available dissociate

and

has

successfully

past

hydrate

plugs and

Steam

boiler

with

shell

tube pits

heat

exchanger

Immersion Hot
oil

heaters with

for

mud

barges

selfeontaiiied

heating

and pumping

equipment
Throttling energy the

choke heat have

sub

to deliver

hydraulic

horsepower

hence

to the

BOP

area
that diesel

Drawbacks

to

hot

oil

Hot

oil

barges
Operate crwater with only
diesel not

barges

many

drawbacks with
to

minimize
or

their

usefulness

They
therefore

only

operate

water
the loss

not of
in

mud
rough

and

create if

need

evaluate cannot

mud
Cannot rough operate goes
in

hydrostatic

pressure and

utilized are

They an

operate

seas

therefore
lot

unreliable

source
that that

They

typically

require

of arduous and

plumbing heat

minimizes already
is

Require plumbing

complex

the

available as

horsepower well
as

residual

limited

introducing

new

risks

For an understanding ppg

of heat

generation and
as

capacity
as

10.0

mud

will

generate

four times

much heat

water

Computer
necessary nozzles

thermal and
external

modeling

can
circulation

help

determine

the

optimum
heating

rates and

pressures
fluid

if needed

whether

1998

EditIon

with

200Q

SuQplerrent

Doopweter

Well

Control

GuIdelInes

1-123

599938658

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800253

Weil Planning
Hydrates Remediatlori

should

be

recirculated at the

or

if suction

should

be

taken

with

warm

seawater

surface

.4S

Remediation Occurrence

Guidelines

for

Hydrate

The following

steps

could

be

implemented

in The

event

of

hydrate formation

Step

Action
ThTuj Locate to
ott

and and
with

isolate

any open

hole

interval

move steam
minimum

generator of

and 400

heat

exchanger
psi

dock

capacity

gpm and 500

working

pressure

Locate and dock

move

minimum
the

of
for

l0 immersion
-1

heaters

to

and assess

need

more

10F

desired

mud

temperature Locate
to arid

move
plus

string

of 4I with

dpil

pipe

amount

equal

water
to

depth the dual

500

the

associated

handling

tools

dock
surface diverter
string

Have

element
sizes

manufacturcd
utilized

to

accornrnodatethetwo
simultaneously
if

being

necessary unfocused
density the log through
drill

Run
pipe to

neutron
identify

decay and

accurately

locate

hydrate

plugs

1995
124

Edition

win

2000

supplement

oeepwater

WaS

Control

Guidelines

599938659

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800254

Well Planning
Drill

Stem Testing

1.5

Drill

Stem Testing

1.5.1

Summary
objective
kill

The flow

of

drill

stem

testing

is

to

safely

perforate rig This

is

and

abandon done
in

horizon water

from of

floating

currently

being

depths

5000

ft

and

deeper

High

rate

completions
to

necessAry deepwater
profitable

make

High wells

rate

completions

are

required must
the string

to

make

ultra the

deepwater flow with

wells

profitable squeezed

The

rig

handle

equipment equipment
subjected to

into test

available

space
to the the

All

surface
are

and

the

down by

seafloor

dynamic

loads caused

rigs

motion

Key
fixed

differences floating

between
rig

and

limited

completions
to

wells

from

number of companies floating rigs While

the

provide

equipment
the

to

test
is

much

of

equipment
rig
is

inability

move

very similar from those

to

main point
on
the for fixed

that

separates or the the

floating

tests the the

tubing

below

done

platforms

jackups

seafloor
inability

move

tubing motion

below
above

seafloor

and

Need
for

to

compensate
above

need

to

motion

compensate

seafloor

seafloor

The

space

out of space
critical

equipment out
to

in

the

subsea
the

BOP

stack

is

critical

The
is

between
that

seafloor

aix

the lands are

Space
in critical

out

of

equipment stack
is

reservoir correctly

ensure

the

equipment on
the

subsea

BOP

in

the stack

and

thermal

changes

string

compensated

Dynamically
but

positioned designed
requires for

rigs

run

similar

testing

assemblies disconnect and

must

be

potential

emergency times

The

design

quicker

reaction

more

contingency

planning

tOOB

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

cetpwater

Well

Control

Guidelines 1-

125

599938 660

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800255

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

1.5.2

Considerations

in

Floating

Testing
inlbrniation testing

Planning
and
points

The discussion below

that

includes

basic

should

be considered

in floating

planning

1.5.2.1

Unique

test

string

equipment

The following
testing string

briefly starting

describes

the

tools

that

make up

the

from

the

bottom

Annutus
Annulus
testing activated

Activated

Testing

Valve

valve
fast

can
shut-in

The annulus
ball

activated that or
is

testing

valve by

is

usually

full

opening pressure

provide
poInt

valve

opened
kill

applying

annulus rain

close

to

down
fails

choke closed
the

line

beneath pressure
it

closed
is

The valve
run
close just to

perforations

when

annulus packer

lost shut-in

When
point

above
the

bottom

provides closed

perforations

that

can

be

quickly

Circulatlug
valve

Valve

Circulating

establishes underbalance
perforating prior to

The

circulating testing either

valve

is

usually
It is

run

just

above open

the

annulus cycling

activated

valve
the

fUnctioned
side or

by

or

when
flow or

pressure
the

on

tubing

annulus

depending

on

opening
is kill

well for

to

supplier

used

circulating

mud

after testing

Note
valve

Annulus
activating

cycling

pressure

must

be

below

the

testing

pressure

The
prior

circulating to

valve
or into

is

used

to

establish

an

underbalance
to the

perforating
kill

when
the

opening
at

the well
the

flow
test

or

to

circulale

fluids

string

end

of

Drill

Collars

Drill

collars to

provide
resist forces Drill collars arid to

weight on

provide thermal

the forces

necessary

weight

to thread

resist

string

hydraulic

on

the

string for

The

can

be modified

provide an

ring

improved

reliability

199a
1-

Editien

wtth

2000 Supplement

Deepwatef

WdI

Control

Guidelines

125

599938661

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800256

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

Slip Joints

Slip test

joints string

provide
as
it is

necessary

travel

or the

adjustments flowing

for

the

warmed
the

up

by

production subsca
tools

The space
requires

out between
slip joint as

wellbead

and

the

well

Tubing Premium connection recommended

premium tubing connection

is

Injection
Inhibitor

Sub

Hydrate
InjectIon

The

injection
It is

sub

is

used
out

to

inject the

hydrate point where

inhibiting

chemicals
will

spaced cooling

below

hydrates

form

due

to

Fluted

Hanger The
test

Fluted test

hanger
Is

ensures

tree

The

fluted
it

pro perly

hanger not

lands

in the

subsea
it

wellhead place
the

string tree
is

spaced

out

below
spaced

does

move When
in the

is

in

out properly

subsea

HOP

Slick

Joint

The subsca
pressure Ideally
the slick
is

BOP
test

rams

are

closed
the

on

the

slick

joint Annulus
the slick just

applied

below
ball

ram closed
are

on

joint above

the

tree

valves

spaced

out

joint

Slick

joint

must be

When
string

ported

for Injecting inhibitors

hydrate

inhibiting thc

chemicals
joint

arc

injected

into

the

test

hydrate

downhole
not
close

slick

must
injection

he

ported line
so

The rams
the line
is

could
tied the

on

chemical
the slick the

into close

the in

top of point

joint port

and

on

the

bottom

below check event

Since
to

by-passes

the

rams
in

valves of an

are

installed

isolate

wellbore

pressure

the

injection

line failure

1998

EdItion

with

2000

Supplement

Decpwsler

Well

control

c3uelines 1-127

599938662

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800257

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

Test

Tree

The
close

test

tree

is

full

opening pressure valve

left risor

ball
is

valve
lost to

designed

to

fail

when
and

operating
the the ball

The

tree the

can well

be
if

unlatched

closed
is

secure

disconnect

of

drilling

necessary

Tree can and the

be unlatched
ball valve
left

When
provide

disconnected wellbore

secondary
isolation

flapper ball to cut

seal

will

also

closed
well
is
If

to

secure

the

The

valve
wireline

closing
if
it

riser

disconnect

necessary

mechanism can he pressure boosted disconnect the well when was

usually

is

in

necessary
injection into

The

trees

have

port

for

chemical

the flow

stream

Retainer

Valve

Retainer
fluids string in
in

valve

traps

test

The
the

retainer test

valve
Its

is

fail

close
is

valve
trap test

that

is

run

just

above tubing

the
the

tubing

event

of

tree

flinctiori

to

fluids

in the
It

emergency

disconnect

string

in

the event

of an
are

emergency released
to

disconnect
the riser

ensures

no

high

pressure

fluids

Tubing Premium connection

It is

to

Surface

more

critical
it

that
is

premium connection
to cyclical loads

be

run

in this

tubing motion

because and

subject releases

caused
the

by

rig

failure

hydrocarbon

above

SOPs

Lubricator

Valve

The
stays
It

lubricator
in

valve
last

is

run
either

joints

below
or

the

rig

floor

It

the the

position portion

open

closed
string to

functioned be used
as

allows

upper
for

of

the

tubing tools

lubricator

running

wiretine

Surface

Control

Head

The

surface

control the rig

head

provides

flow

control

and

shut-

in point

on

floor

1998
I-

Edition

wt

2O Suppitient

Oeepwaterweu

control

Gldellnes

128

599938663

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800258

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

152.2
Trees
available

Disconnect

and

shut-In

speed

with 15 time Disconnect rigs Trees That

for
iriust

second disconnect

and
are

shut-rn available

speeds
that

are

critical

for

tests in

from

DP
time 30

will in

disconnect
to

15

seconds

be

done

quickly

order

provide
is

enough
generally

the rigs

disconnect

sequence

which

seconds

As noted
time

above

the the

watch
shorter

ciuck
the

must
the

be

reduced

by

this

Therefore

time

better

Authorization not function does not

to

shear

the

test

string clear

in

the to

event
the

the

release If

function

should
is

be

crew

an

emergency methods
threatens

disconnect

required
Failure

alternative to release

release the riser

must be
the entire

instantaneous system

Modifications

to

Watch

Circle

See

also

Well
Circle

Control

Procedures

2.11.3

Watch

The watch
reduced and
drift

circle

for distance the

dynamically
the test rig free will in

positioned

rig

should

be

by

the

move
the

while of

shutting-in drive or

disconnecting off

event

For

example
the

if

for

given

sea

state to

the

rig

will

move 50
unlatch
in

11

during tree That

the the

15

seconds
circle the to

required
levels to

close

and be

the ft

watch

alarm

should

moved
and

50

provides

crew

time

secure the well

release

riser prior

reaching

limit

on

the

riser

ofthet

flOP Shear Rejuirecnents The

shear
the the

test

string

should

be

spaced ever
is

rams

can

cut what

way opposite them and

required
for

out

in

such

that seal

the off

hole
riser

On
in

DP
an

rig

the

speed

disconnecting
the

emergency up
release

disconnect
to the test

requires

shear

rams

be

the

back

frees

connector

1998

EdItion

with

2000

SupiMment

Deecwaler

Well

Control

Gtdelines 1-129

599938664

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800259

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

The

test

tree

will

likely

have

mechanical
usually

release

that for in

requires

rotation

Rotation
but

would
could

be

acceptable
fast

planned an

disconnect

not be

done

enough

emergency

Number
Ported
required slick Joint for injection

of Shut-in

Points

Between
subsea redundant redundancy

the test

cbwnlrole
tree

annulus
retainer

activated

testing are

valve
usually greater

below

mud

line

and
to

valve
the to

there

methods improves complexity

secure
ability

well
secure

The
the

the

well

but

Port

bypasses
install

the

increases

BOP
valves
slick

check and below 1.5.3

above

Joint

Hydrate

Inhibition

See

also

Well Planning Well Planning Hycfr arcs an

at

1.4 Hydrates 1.3.61

Drilling

Fluids

Prevention and water of

Hydrates
that

are

ice-like

mixture

of

natural the

gas

can

form

temperature can plug of

above

freezing

point

water

Hydrates

up

tubing

and

prohibit

any or

circulation

Additions can
will at

chemicals

primarily
at

glycol

methanol hydrates hydrate can

reduce

the an

temperature

which

point

form
and

If

aqueous psi
the

mixture addition
to

would

form

390
that

1000

of chemicals
or

increase

formation

temperature

80

90

Methanol
Inhibitor
Is

is

better

Methanol than
glycol volatile but

is

better

inhibitor

than
is

glycol

and

less

viscous flash
at that

much more

more
point

easily

pumped
600
or

but

it

much

more

volatile
is

of

1-

meaning

if

methanol
to

vapor
it

temperature

higher and

exposed

spark

will

bum
in

During
test

testing
at

chemical depth stream

injection

sub

is

installed

the

string the

where
will

temperature cooled
are

simulations
to

indicate

flow

not have

hydrate through

formation small

temperature strapped
to

The chemicals
the test

injected

line

tubing

To

inject

below
the

the

mud

line

ported could

slick seal

joint

is

required
injection

because

DOE

flack

rams

not

on

the

1998
1-

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

WeU

Control

OLiidellnes

130

599938665

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800260

Well Planning
Test String

Equipment

line wall

The port The rams

is

small on

diameter
the to

hole
this

drilled slick

in

the to

pipe allow
port

close

GD

of

joint

applying by-passes

annulus the

pressure

downhoie tools Thus

the

flOP

Check
joint

valves
for that

should reason end

be

installed

above
pulling
if

and
the

below
test

the string

slick

Also
of
line the

when
test

out
the

of Place close
InjectIon to point line

the

hole

at the

the

well

were

to

flow
to the

as

chemical Therefore
line as

injection

may
point

not

allow be

the as

rams
to

seal

mud

as

the

injection

should

close

mud

possible

possible

1998

Edition

vith

2000

Deepweter
Supplenieril

Well

Control

GuIdelines 1131

599938666

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800261

Well Planning
Flaring

vs

Barging

1.5.4

Flaring

vs

Barging
the

Produced

Oil

The
due an
also

MMS
to

regulates

Length

of time and up
lost

well

may be

flared

concerns burn

over

pollution start

reserves high

Achieving
rates
is

efficient

during

and

at

flow

concern

Using
for
oil

barge

or

tanker
If
oil

can
the

not be
oil in

flared

efficiently or tanker in If the to

it

will

be

necessary
to

to

transport
gather presents interference the

presents mooring problems

barge

transport

shore due

This
to

mooring

problems
lines

shallow weather with

water

of anchor could be held

window
tug

allows

barge

in position

Mooring
In

two

DP vessels
There
is

another

disconnect

close

proximity

may

problem
vessels either

in

ultra

deepwater

create

hazard

when
in

two dynamically
proximity major

positioned upset
to

would be moored
positioning system

close

An

creates

hazard

Surface

Equipment

Requirements

All

skids welded

to

The

deck
All

equipment
that the

should
rig All

be

designed experience should should be be

for in

the the to

potential potential the

intemcon
tested

motions
fleeting to

could
skids

piping design

weather
All either pressureS

window

welded

deck
to

or

maximum

interconnecting design

piping
or

pressure
potential

tested

potenlial

shut-in

pressure

maximum

shut-in

pressure

Surface

Heat Requirements

An
heat

open

flame
fluid

is

usually
is

necessary
to locate

to

generate
the the

steam

or

to

that

circulated

heat
heater

exchanger

Precautions
the rig floor

should and

be

taken

to

away

from

potential

sources

of hydrocarbons

Length

of

Flow Period

MMS
fur

approval

required
flaring

This

is

set

extended

by

the
is

reservoir

evaluation
for

objectives

of

the

test

MMS

approval

required

any

extended

flaring

period

199B
1-

EdItion

with

Z000

Supsement

Doopwater

Well

Control

Ouldei

irS

132

599938667

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800262

Well Planning
Flaring

vs Barging

Length

of Shut-in

Period

This

is

set

by

the

length

of

flow

period

and

the

extent

of

reservoir

evaluation

required

Wireline

Work

Limitations

Wireline affected

may be

If

by hydrate formation

hydrates
to

are

concern hydrate tubing

coil
is

the

contingency

planning
the

required
wireline

melt
the

plug of

may

limit

use

of

while
to

full

be

difficult
if

run
is

tubing
in the

gas For example it may down to hydrate string

plug

wirelinc

frozen

tubing

1.5.5
Detailed

Recommended
procedure

Precautions

procedure

with
detailed potential supervisors

with

contingency
for
all

planniny

contingency
is

planning

for

all

potential failures

component
should

failures

recommended
on
to the test

Rig
testing
is

component

have

full

control prior

operations

Gas

testing

equipment

the

also

recommended

Pressure

Testing

of

Tubing

The tubing
to or cyclical

connections
rig

inside
is

the

marine

riser

are for

subject failure

motion There

no

containment

leak

of

these

connections running
to test

The
after the

connections

can

he

pressure water
test
it

tested

while
possible

make
entire

up
string

shallow
against the

may be

tree

Diverter

Element

Modifications

special

built

diverter

clement
test tree

should
control

be

considered and

that possible

is

modified chemical
potential

for the

subsea
line

lines

injection for leak releasing

The
to

modified
the rig floor

insert in the

reduce event

the

gas

of

tubing

above

the

seafloor

j593 Edlionwith2000SupfMmeflt

oeepwaeftkB

Control

GtJeJne
1-133

599938668

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800263

Well Planning
Flaring

vs

Barging

Weather

Considerations

Several weather following

factors limitations

must

be

considered but

when
not

addressing
to the

including

limited

the the the the

reduction vessel
ability

of

the

watch

circle

for

DP

rigs

mc

lion

aixl

limits
oil

on

surface

equipment

handling

to offload to maintain

to

barge
flare

ability

an

efficient

1995 1-134

Edition

with

2000

Supwnonl

DeepwaterW

eontrol

Giidelines

599938669

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800264

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

1.6

Deepwater
The following

Regulatory
is

Guidelines
as

document

categorized

follows

summary of
deepwater
Special operations

the

regulatory

overview

pertaining

to

operations considerations

and

concerns

for

these

same

Permit

process

overview

1.6.1

Summary
discoveries Gulf of
are in the

Recent of
the

deepwater dcepwater

shelf royalty

and

slope

regions and

Mexico some
of
the

relief to

new

technology
the

of

the

major

contributors

making
Gulf
oil

deepwaters

Outer of

Continental

Shelf

005

of and

Mexico
gas

the scene

relatively

intense

search

for

fields

Issues include timing scale

of

The

recent

surge concern Issues

potential

in

deepwater

leasing issues

and
related scale

activities to

has

operations environ mental impacts tankering extended

testing well

generated operations operations

the

over

many

deepwater deepwater with

oil

include

timing

and

of

environmental
for drilling

impacts
in

associated

new

technologies from

deepwater extended safety

areas

tankering

deepwater
issues arc

areas

and

well

testing and

Some

of

the key

addressing
as

technical

environmental

reviews

follows

new and
cil-spill

unusual

technologies planning

contingency production casing

sour-gas monitoring

pressure

chemosynthetic
live

communities

bottom

areas other hard-bottom habitats

pinnacle
air

and

quality quality threatened landfalls species

water

endangered and
pipeline lease

tows and

abandonment

and

decommissioning

operations

t9B

Edithn

aith

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

control

suFoelines
1-

isa

599938670

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800265

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

1.6.2

Differences

between

Deepwater

and

Shallow

Water

Operations
differ

Deepwater shallower

operations

from those
operations

conducted

in

the

water

Deepwatcr including

may

involve

number of conditions

significantly subject

more

remote

location conditions

to different sophisticated production

to

environmental technologically
rates

more
higher subject ExistIng regulations

different

economic

determinants

may not be
applicable

Because
directly to

cperatmns from
those

and used

equtpment
in

used

in

deepwater
the

are

deepwater

different

shallower
for directly

waters

existing

regulations water

originally

written

conventional applied
to

shallow proposed

operations

cannot
in

be

deepwater

operations

many cases

Deepwater
ideritifiing

operations risk

present

many

challenges
that will risk

including
into the

and

incorporating Another adverse challenge

permitting and

decisions

be

evaluating

ntitigating

potential

environmental

impacts

The
pace

agencies with and

and

industry

are

working

diligently

to

keep

evolving
are

deepwater

issues

and
the In
in

technical regulatory

expertise framework Minerals Deepwater

regulatory

continuously
to

developing
risk effectively

required

manage
Service
to

1992

the

Management
Task Force

MMS
to

formed

internal

address

technical

issue

and than

concerns
or

relating operaticns

deepwater
projects

greater
utilizing

1000

ft

305

and

subsea

technology

required Operators submit Deepwater Plan Operations

to

Based Notice
requires

upon
to

the

Deepwater

Task Forces

recommendation
developed Operations and
all

Lessees
to

NTL

96-4N
in

was

which
Plait

DWOP

operators for
all

submit

Deepwater deepwater

DWOP

operations

projects

using subsea

technology

The
and

DWOP
concerns

was

established did

to

address
in

regulatory the current early

issues

that

not and
to

exist

MMS
dialogue

regulatory

framework

initiate

an

1958
iae

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepw.atet

Well Cartel

outasilnes

599938671

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800266

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

between

MMS
on

and

industry

before and subsea

major
projects

capital are

expenditures

deepwater

committed

Deepatar workgroup deepwater and

cooperative
for regulatory

Deepstar
Ofl

an

industry-wide
regulatory

cooperative
issues

workgroup
critical

focuses

deepwater

and

technology
the

technology

issues

development Deepwater
the

issues Task Force

and
to

works develop

closely the

with

MMS
to

guidelines

attached

referenced

NTL

The

increase

in

deepwater Deepwaler

activity

is

due

in

large

to

the

enactment Other
related

of

the

Royalty
the

Relief
in

Act

in

1995

factors to

contributing

to

incease

OCS

activities in the

technological including
drilling

advancements and

occurring

industry
horizontal

3D

4D

seismic

surveying

and

The

recent

surge concern

in

deepwatar

leasing issues

and
related

activities to

has

generated operations

over
the

many

deepwater

including

following

timing

and

scale

of dcepwater
impacts

operations associated
in

potential

environmental for drilling

with

the

new
areas

technologies tankering

and

production

deepwater

from deepwater of
the pipeline

areas

expansion
wetlands gas

system
increasing well seismic

impacts during

due

to

number
testing surveying with

of landfails

flaring

extended with current

noise

associated

3D

compatibility support possibile

of

infrastructure

anticipated

larger

vessels

deepening
these

of navigation larger vessels water

channels

and

ports

to

accommodate
increased increased

demand economic

for fresh

and

industrial

activity

in

the

coastal

zone
additional increased service
traffic

vessel

and

helicopter

traffic

on

existing

roadway

in-migration

of workers

Environmental
area create the

and need

technical for

unknowns

in

the

deepwater
policies

revised

regulations

new

and

guidance

Emphasis

on

deepwater

development

and

the

199$

Edition

wIth

2100

Supplement

Oeepwaler

Wei

Control

Guidelines

1-137

599938672

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800267

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

associated

innovative address
to the

technology

for drilling

as

well

as

the

need

to

engineering
industry

and

safety

will

present

challenges

and

the

regulating

agencies

Deepwater of Plans

development of

is

expected and

to

increase

the

number

Exploration

Development more complex

will

Operations and
larger

Coordination proposals extensive threatened

as for

Documents
deepwater

The

operations reviews
species

require to

more

environmental and/or

Impacts

endangered an
issue

protected
into

may
waters

become

development

moves

deeper

MMS

and

industry

have Currently
the

identified regulations

numerous
requiring or alternative

27

existing

regulations as

have
requiring to

been

identified

by
or

MMS

and

industry

departure development granted an

departure compliance

alternative operations

compliance
to
if

approval

permit can be
that

approval

proceed

departure

when

necessary
level

the

operator can
exists

demonstrate of
in

acceptable

of

safety

Delails are listed

these

departures and/or
1.6.3

alternative

compliance

Section

Structure structures

removal

and

site additional

clearance

for

deepwater concerns Because

to

may

present

environmental challenges
is

and of

new
higher

technological structure

and removal
for

regulatory costs

industry

expected

request

approvals
sections

mid-water

abandonments
structures that

leaving have
little

lower
or

cf decommissioned
benefits disposal as at

no

environmental issues

artificial

reefs

Department
issues will

of Defense need
to

sea

and

liability

be addressed

Over time
oven

the

permitting

issues

will

most
issues

likely

become

more

increasingly

complex
and

New

new laws and

from
will

regulations deepwater
intensify

and

new

expanding and

operations

exploration
the

discovery on
the

production governing

demands

agencies

such

operations

lses 1-138

EdItion

w4th

2000

Siippiment

Oeepwalerweli

Control

Guidelines

599938673

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800268

Well Planning
Deepwater

Reguatory Guidelines

1.63

Concerns

and

Special

Considerations
in

As previously
not
necessarily

stated

the

current to the

regulations

place

are

adaptable

deepwater

operations

in the

OCS

Gulf of

Mexico

Initial

permitting

stages During given

the
initial

permitting by

stages

the

following

areas

are

consideration

MMS
reports

163.1

high
in

resolution

geophysiccil

survey

Regulations
resolution surface

place

presently

require across the

conducting
areas this

high

geophysical disturbance
the as

survey

of proposed survey
is

The
of

purpose an

of

to

determine hazards

presence
as identify

potential

shallow

drilling

well

areas

of

cultural

significance

Certain types
acquisition ineffective in

of

data
In certain

cases
certain

MMS
types of
side

will data

grant

departures such due

from
as the the

are

deeper

conducting magnetometer
ineffectiveness

acquisition sonar

water

depths

and/or
in

scan depths

to

deeper water

1.6

3.2

3-D seismic surveys

of aforementioned
will data

Use

of

3-0 seIsmic hazard

for In lieu

shallow

conducting surveys use of

the

high and

resolution possibly

Interpretation

geophysical consider
shal the

MMS
3-D and

review
fnr

seismic

interpretation

of be of

low

drilling

hazards
contacting

restraints prior to

This
the

can

accomplished permit
seafloor filings

by

MMS

submittal

and

providing with

bathmetry

map

and

rendering

map

applicable

3-D seismic data

Subject

to

MMS
of

pre-approval
this data

process be

detailed for

narrative surface

interpretation

must

supplied

each

disturbance proposed

i.e

well

locations

anchoring

locations

being

1998

Edition

with

2000

Suppleniork

Deepwaler

Well

Control

Guidelines
1-

139

599938674

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800269

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

1.6.3.3

Ordnance areas
been
established in

Military the are

ordnance Gulf
as

areas

have

throughout waters which should

these

OCS

of

Mexico
disposal

normally
site

deeper

utilized

Special

consideration disturbances
in

be

given due

when
to the

proposing
sensitive

surface

areas

nature of items disposed

1.6.3.4

Applicationsfor

permit

to drill

Subsequent approved

to

obtaining

approval
or

to

drill

well

under

an

Plan

of Exploration

Development

Operations
detailed

Coordination
drilling

Document
for

an operator must
to the

submit
District

program

approval

MMS
be

Office

Variance margin

from

0.6

ppg
special applications safe

consideration
in

which
is

requirement

may
variance
the

given from shoe

the test

for

such

deepwater
0.5

normal and
the In

margin

of

ppg

between during depths of

last

maximum mud
certain

weight water

each

applicable

interval

cases

i.e
and

greater 0.2

than
for

3000
the

It

MMS

may consider variances

casing interval 0.3

up

to

ppg

conductor
interval

ppg

for the

surface

easing

1.6

3.5

Relief wells

See

also

Emergency Response 4.4 Rig Positioning and Surveying for Relief Wells
has of
In

a7

concern

recently rig

been

voiced
for the

by

MMS
is

about

the

umiteu

possibilities relief as

availability rig
ii

potential not

drilling as

of

well
the

deepwater

availability currently establish

abundant
to issue

on

shelf

MMS

proposing
the

rulemaking
responsibility availability

which
for

will

operators and

ensuring
drilling

MMS
units

on

the

accessibility

of such

1.6.36 Bonding requirements

Financtairespiinsibili

MMS

is

proposing bonding
lease

new

rulemaking
for

which those

will

impose and

additional

requirements
activities

exploratory
to

development operations

related

deepwater

1998
I-

Edition

with

2300

supplement

Oeepwater

Welt

Canlroi

Guidelines

140

599938675

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800270

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

Additionally rulemaking
potential increased
oil

IvIMS
increasing spills

has
the

recently financial set limit

signed

oft

on

final

responsibility

on
to

from

of

$35000000
case

an

amount
from

dependent

upon
to

worst

discharge

with

range

$35000000

$150000000

163.7
See
also

Extrnded

well

tefls

Well Planning

1.5

Drill

Stem

Testing

In

many

cases well
to

an

operator
delineate the

may
the

need

to

conduct

an

extended
in

test to

reservoir for

being
further

explored
activity

order
the

determine reviews

potential

Again
by-case

MMS

these types of

requests

on

case-

basis

Capture burn

rather

than

An

operator

is

required

to the

submit
initial

request hour

to

MMS
and

for

any

liquid flaring

hydrocarbons

of gas beyond
or

48

period

for the

burning
request

capturing address

of
the

any

liquid

hydrocarbons

Such

must

estimated and he
liquid

volumes

maximum
as

flow
as

rates

anticipated

gravity will

sulphur content

well

how

the

liquids

handled

MMS

strongly rather

encourages burning
in

the capturing support

of

hydrocarbons and
potential

than

of conservation

for spills

163.8

Deepwater

Operations

Plans

Effective

August
issued

19
Notice
to

1996
to

Minerals Lessees

Management
Operators

Service

MMS
4N
which
effective

and

NTL96projects

pertaining has

deepwater/subsea been

development by

recently

superseded

NTL

988N

June

l99R

This

NIL

references

the

requirements

for for

submittal
all

of

Deepwater development and

all

Operations
projects in

Plans water

DWOPs
depths

deepwater

greater

than

1000

ii

projects

involving

subsea technology

The

DWOP
significant

is

designed

to

address
to

industry

and
in

MMS
of

concerns of

by allowing

an operator
that

know

well

advance

spending

their

proposed

methods

1955

Edition

with

2005 Supplement

Doopwater

well

Control

Guidelines 1141

599938676

CONFIDENIIAL

TRN-INV-00800271

Well Planning
Deepwater
Regulatory Guidelines

dealing
regulations

with

situations

net
tD

specifically

addressed

in

the

are acceptable

MMS
with
issues

OWOP
specific

addresses

The

DWOP

will

provide

MMS

information
to

specific that

to

deepwatersubsea equipment Issues

deepwater/subsea deepwater
project

equipment
is

demonstrate
in

being
in the

developed

an

acceptable and

manner
Title

as

mandated

OCS

Lands
will total

Acts review system

amended

30

CFR
the

250

MMS
from

deepwater perspective

development emphasizing protection and

activities

operational

safety
natural

environmental

conservation

of

resources

The

MMS DWOP
Gulf of Chief Section

is

submitted

in three in

phases

to

the

Regional Attention Support

Mexicc
Technical

Office

New

Orleans and

MMS LA

Assessment

Operations

MS
the

5221

Three

copies

of

plan one

are

required
District

unless

the

project will

involves
require

more than
one
additional that

MMS
for

which

then

copy
part

each

District

Upon

MMS
all

determining necessary
the

each

of

the

DWOP
will

contains approved

the

information

each

phase calendar

be

within

following

time schedule

days

Conceptual
Preliminary Final Part

Part

30

days

Part

90 days

60

days

MMS
annual provide and

may

require

additional

operations
will

summaries be
similar to

for the

deepwater

projects

These

summaries plan whereby

unit

operations

by

operator

must

pertinent

information expected and from

regarding

project

milestones
affect the

achievements

operations updated
the

that

could and

development information
additional

strategy obtained

reservoir or

geologic of

drilling

completion

wells

L6 An

3.9

Reservoir development

plan

additional

Nit
for

was

issued

by

MMS

addressing

the

requirements

detailed

reservoir

management

1998 EdlUin 1-142

v4th

2000 Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

Control

GuldelJnes

599938677

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800272

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Guidelines

information with the

The

required information

could

be

submitted

applicable

Development
operatorAs

Operations could

Coordination be submitted

Document
as

or

at the

election

an

additional

document

1.6.3.10

Completion

operations

Prior

to

an

operator
the

seeking

approval

via

Sundry they

Notice
first

of

Intent

with

MMS
such

District

Office Plan
prior

must

submit process
is

Deepwater
to

Operations plan of long

The
to

regulatory

submit

commencing

acquisition

and

fabrication

lead

items

Planning element

Is In

the key Therefore

the

planning
If

is

the

key
is

element

io

this to

phase

of

the

completions

phase

project completion of
drilling

an

operator

proposing

commence
the cessation

operations immediately operations by

the prior

following

DWOP
to

must be

submitted

and

reviewed
activities

MMS
NIL
that

cornsnencing

completion of
these

The

governing has process

the requirements time frame

plans

specif5

MMS

of approximately

120 days

for the

review

Timing
to

for return

to

well

commence
operations

1.6.3
Another completion
for

Production

operations

production

key

element operations

in
is

planning
the

when
for

conducting
returning

subsea well

timing

to the

commencing
require

production
the testing

operations of date
these

The
valves

current

regulations

underwater

once

every any

six

months
for

As

of

this

MMS
valves

has not granted once they

are

extensions

testing

of

originally

installed

and

operational

1.63.12

Abancthnment

The

process

of

abandoning from those

decpwater on
the

wells

is

again

somewhat

different

shelf

In

some

cases

operators Office and

level

have
to

obtained
utilize

approval explosives
it

at for

the the also also

District

removal be noted

of casings
the

wellheads Marine

However
Fisheries

should

National

Service

1958

Erlitionv.ith

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Gultellnci 143

599938678

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800273

Well Planning
Deepwater
Regulatory Process

requires

prior

approval

due

to

potential

incidental

take

of

marine

mammals

Variances casings

for

removing Additionally variances

for if

MMS
removing
several

will

give the

consideration minimal been on

15
ft

towards

casings attempts
are

below
to

the

mud
same
and

line

have

made

remove
basis

These

variances dependent

granted each

case-by-case office

possibly

on

district

1.8.4

Regulatory

Process
the the

The

Outer

Continental

Shelf

Lands of
the

Act

of

1953
grant

and
to

OCS

Lands
of and

Act
the

Amendments
Interior

1978 primary gas

Department leasing

DOl
oil

authority

of

regulating

and
activities

exploration
the

development Continental
nautical

and Shelf

production

on
that

Outer

OCS
the

The

OCS
of

is

area beyond Coast

States

miles

from

shoreline

the

Gulf

of

Louisiana

Alabama

Mississippi

and
the

marine
states

league Florida

miles and

approximately

miles from

of

Texas

Agencies
jurisdictIon activities

with

over associated

The

following and

agencies development

have

jurisdiction associated

over with

the
oil

exploration and

activities

with

oii

and

gas

gas production

production

Minerals

Management
Act

Service

MMS
Department of
the Interior

The OCS Lands

the

grants for

the

primary
oil

authority

easing exploration

OCS

lands

and

for

regulating

and

gas on
the

development

and

production

activities

OCS

U.S

Coast

Guard

USCG
of
the the

The

Eighth

District

USCC
including
safety

Department
for regulating

of

Transportation navigation monitoring and of

has
safety

responsibility the

on

OCS
for safety

regulation spills

and

OCS

structures

and

The
and

USCG

sets

navigation

and

standards

lighting

1598

Editofl

wIth

2000

$uppieme9t

Deapwitor

Well

Control

Guidelines

1-i

599938679

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800274

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

warning and

devices
safety

fire-fighting related

and

lifesaving for
all

esuiprnent and

other

devices

structures

drilling inspections

vessels to

on

the

OCS

and

conducts

periodic

ensure

compliance

Environmental The

Protection charged

Agency
with contained
the responsibility for

EPA
and water

is

implementing
air

regulations

in Title

40

governing Gulf of

discharges

in

OCS
are

Federal

Waters
by
either

Mexico VI
in

These

operations
or

governed
in

Region

Dallas

Texas

Region

IV

Atlanta

Georgia

Corps of Engineers

COE
Army
is

Department of permitting United

of

the

charged
in

with

the

responsibility

structures

installed

navigable

waters

of

the

States

Research and

Special

Programs

Administration

RSPA
with
the the certain

Department
responsibility transportation

of
for

Transportation enacting produced

is

charged

regulations

governing through alcohol

of

hydrocarbons of drug and

pipelines personnel

and

enforcement
in

testing

of

involved

such

operations

Military

Warning

Areas

MWA
of must be designated contacted
military prior to

The

command
area
in

headquarters
the

warning
initiating the the area

GOM
and/or

exploratory
in

development

operations within operations with

order

to

coordinate simultaneous

MWA
Establishing quaifications

1.6.4.1

Submitting

qualification Prior to

documents

an

individual
in

corperatton sponsored
title

limited lease

partnership sale accepting

royalty

etc an

partioipating

an

MMS
record

assignment operating submitted Office

of rights
to

interest

interest

etc

qualification

documents

must

be

and

approved

of Leasing

by the MMS and Environment

Adjudication

Unit

1598 Ed

Sian

vAih

2000

Supplement

Deepwaler

Weli

control

Oddelinee 1-146

599938680

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800275

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

Regulatory

Sources

TItle

30

CFR

Part 256.35

MIrIS

Oil

and Gas Leasing

16.4.2

Guidelines

Bonding
the potential

MMS
surety

implements bonds
or

regulations treasury

governing
to

posting

of

notes

cover gas

plug and This

abandonment
is

liabilities for oil

and

lease

activities

accomplished

through

several

differeni

procedures

MMS

implements

the

following

levels

of

bonding

..
Operator
Plan

piJ.ease $50000 $200000 $500000

Aqafro
$300000 $1000000 $3000000
ease

Bond

of Exploration Operation

Development
Coordination

Document Bonding Case by case Case

by

Supplemental

Regulatory
Title

Sources

30 30

CFR CFR

Fart Fart

25658 25661
Guidelines

Title

filMS

Oil

and Gas Leasing

LTL NTL

11-05-93

89-07

Nfl 93-2N

1.6.5

Lease

Acquisition

1.65.1
FIve

Lease

sale

year

lease

plan

MMS
which

initiates

5-year Impact

lease for for

plan each both

and years
the

issues lease

an
sales

Environmental
result

Statement each year

in

one

Western

and

Central Planning

Areas

Subject and gas

to

an

entity the

being

the

successful

bidder and

of an Phase

oil

lease

MMS

initiates if the

Phase block

II

review
lease lease
is is

process

Typically 3-10

passes Phase

the
if

issued within passed on

to

working
IT

days
It

however
take

the to

Phase

review

may

90

days

approve

or reject

1995

ESilion

with

2000

Suppement

Ooopwater

Well

Control

GOdelinso

146

599938681

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800276

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

Regulatory

Sources

Titte3OCFFPafl256

MMS
L6.52
Acquisition from
entity of
oil

Ott

and Gas Leasing

Guidelines

Purchase

through

assignment

lease and gas

another

An
be

operator

may

acquire
different

an
oil

oil

and gas by

gas entity

lease

through

acquisition

from

and

This would through

the
if

accomplished of an

and
oil

recognized and of gas

MMS

submittal

lease

assignment forms executed

and
by

applicable
lessees

designation

operator
rights

all

of record and

operating

hoLlers

Regulatory
Title

Sources

30

CFR

Part 256
Guidelines

MMS
145.3
All

Oil

and Gus Leasing

Farm-in

agreement

lessees

of

record

designate

new company

An

operator

may

negotiate

an

agreement of

to

drill

on

lease

as operator

under record through Dependent

the

farm-in

type agreement
the

which

all

lessees as

of

would

designate

new

company

opcrator

execution

of
the

MMS

Designation
the oil
all

of Operator and
lease

Forms
of be

upon
an
arid

terms of of

agreement and gas

results

well

assignment executed
or

would

prepared record
title

by

lessees
rights

assigning

either

interest

operating

interest

Regulatory
Title

Sources

31

CR1

Part 256
Leastng Guideline

MMS
1.6.5

Oil

and Gas

Lease

Stipulations

Protection

of biota

Topographic
drilling

Features
to

Prohibits

or limits the biota

the

discharge high
are

of

effluents

protect

of banks Gulf

relief located

topographic throughout

features
the

Several

of

these of

OCS

Federal Waters

the

of

Mexico

Regulatory MILlS
Oil

Sources
and Gas Lease

Form

Stipulalien

NTL

88-fl

LTL 07-31-89

1996

EdiSon

with

2060

Supplanent

eapwar

wu

contra

Culdelinea

1-147

599938682

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800277

Well Planning
Deepwater
Regulatory Process

Live

Bottom

Trends

Seagrass
biological

communities
assemblages

Additional bottom and

surveying
areas

may

be required seen These

in the

vicinity

of

live

trend

typically

in the live or

Main
bottom

Pass
areas

Area
are

Viosea
as

Knoll
seagrass

Areas

defined
contain

communities
assemblages
or coral or reefs

those fans Ot
01

areas

which

biological

i.e.sea
living

sea

whips
to

hydroids
naturally

sponges
occurring

attached

hard

roaky

formations

Regulatory

Sources
Oil

MMS
NIL
tilL

and Gas Lease

Form

Stipulaticn

88-11 01-31-89

Military Control electromagnetic emissions Applied

Warning

Area

to

all

blocks of

in

designated

military

warning

areas be
the

The

control

electromagnetic
the oil

emissions
lease

must

coordinated designated

between
military

and area

gas

operator and

warning

Regulatory

Sources
Envfromnental
011

MMS MMS

Impact

Stateni

ents

and Gas Lease 85-02

Form

Stipulation

NTL
1.6.6

Spill

Preparedness Emergency Response

4.6
Spill

See

aLto

Control

1.6.6.1

LicthIliIy/COFR

Proof

of flnanclsl

responsible
responsibElity

party

is

liable in

for the

total cost

of cleaning
are

up

$35

minimum $t50 million maxImum

million

spill to
file

plus

$75

million financial

damages

Operators
in the

required

proof of

responsibility

amount of $35
off

million

However which
from

MMS

has

recently the

signed proof

on

final

rulemaking
responsibility

increases

of

financial to

minimum

of

$35000000 upon
the worst

maximum of $150000000
discharge

dependent

case

Regulatory
Title

Sources

30

CFR

Part 135201

1008 canon
1-

nirn

2000

suppremeni

Deepwaler

WI

Confrol

GuidSines

14a

599938683

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800278

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

NTL 93-IN
166.2
p1

Response

plan requirements

inning

.optnuenc

Minerals Contingency during

Management
Planning

Service Training and

requires Drills

Oil
prior to

Spill

and

offshore

operations

Facilities for Spill

not considered Plans by

Protection

offshore United

may
States

have

requirements

Coast Department

Guard
of

Environmental Transportation

Agency

and

States

Designated required
training to

personnel
attend

Minerals

Management
in

Service Plan
Spill

requires to attend

certain

personnel Each

named company

Continency conduct

training

must and

Management
drills

Team
annual

Table basis has

Top
In

Exercises addition unannounced

Notification

on

art

Minerals
Spill Drill

Management Program

Service

an

USCG
directs

monitors or
spill

The United
that

States

Coast

Guard
are the

is

the

jurisdictional to

agency and
the

response ensures offshore Depending party

or the spills

responded
spill

efficiently efforts

efficiently

on

size

and Coast

by

responsible monitor

United the

States spill

Guard

may

direct

federalize

Regulatory
Ti/lie

Sources

30

CFR

250.42

.NTh

92-04

NTL97-15

ff1197111 06-06-95 LTL 07-18-95

1.6.6.3

Miscellaneous

OCS

plans

Welding

and Burning Plans

MMS
operations in

Prior

to

an

operator general

conducting welding by and

the

each

MMS
be

District

burning

plan

must

submitted

and

approved
detail the

MMS
to outside

District

Supervisor
in the safe

The plan must

event of

procedures

be followed of designated

welding

and

burning

1996

EdiSon

wali

2000

Supplement

Daopweter

Well

Control

Guidelines
i-

149

599938684

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800279

Well PlannIng
Deepwater Regulatory Process

welding

areas
for

certitication

requirements
activities

personnel

responsible

monitoring

such

RegMi Waxy Sources

Simultaneous

Title

30

CPR 250i2

Operations

Plans

MMS
simultaneous operations on production and

Prior

to

an operator such
as

conducting and

facility

drilling

production of of

construction

personnel not
require

must be aware
the submittal that the

MMS
detailed

regulations plan but

MMS
has

does

strongly

recommended
and of ensure
the

each

operator

implement involved and

are

general

plan

personnel
policies

knowledgeable regulations

companyE

MMS

ReguiWoty Waste
OperatoYs waste
site-specific

Sources

Title

30

GEl

Part

250

Management
for
all

Plans

IJSCG
in

management plans for manned

facilities

Required of
the

manned
plan
the

facilities
is

OCS
to the

Federal Waters each

GOM
and no of

The
details

site-specific

manned
such
as the

facility

policies

of

operator burning and

recycling handling

Styrofoam

policy

no

policy

waste The

disposal

sources
will

recordkeeping

requirements
vessel to the

USCO
the

look log

to

the

owner
and

of

the

maintain
operators

garbage

MODUs

vessels

and

to

of

manned

platforms

Regulatory

Sources

Title

33

GFR

Part

J51 157

Hydrogen

Sulfide

Contingency

Plan

MMS
completion penetrate
to

Required production

prior

to

operations

commencing which
andlor

drilling will

and/or

reservoirs

known
sulfide

or

unknown

expected

contain

hydrogen

Regulatory
TUle 33

Sources

CFR An

250.427

NIL

97-09

1998
1-

Eileen

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Guidelues

1Q

599938685

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800280

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

1.6.7

EPA NPDES
Coverage

General Permit

0MG

290000

Prior

to

issuance

of

the

National

Pollution

Discharge Permit operated

Elimination

System both Region

NPDES
VI
and Permit of
the

General Region

GM0290000 under NPDES

open
the

IV

General

GMG2S0000 NPDES
General area

However
Permit

expiration

GMG2S0000
excluded

EPA

Region

IV

jurisdiction

was

Now

NPDES

being Region General permit

operators

drafted

IV

is

in

the

process

of

drafting the

new

NPDES
the

Pennit

however

during

thteriin

period
for

was

administratively

extended
prior to the

only

those date

requesting
subject to

coverage
to

expiration

Furthermore be
transferred

EPA

approval

this

coverage

may

another under

operator
the

For

those General

operators Permit must be 8-12

without

coverage an

NPDES

GMG280000
submitted

individual/field

application to

Processing

time

prior

issuance

would

be

months

1.6.7.1

Coverage

At

least

14

days

prior

to

an

operator conducting
this least

discharge coverage of
the vice future

activities

regulated requested

under by
at

general vice

permit

must

be

president by
to at least
all

company
president
letters

or

letter

may

be

executed
position

authorizing

certain

sign

and reports

Monitoring imposed

is

accomplished
subject

through

the

guidelines

by

the

permit

26.7.2

Annual reporting
each

EPA
under

will the

respond general

to

operators by
to

request
letter

for

coverage
sub-

permit

form
that

assigning

permit where
outfall

number
coverage

specific

entity

Each
will state

area/block assign an

has bern

requested
letter will

EPA
also

number

The

form

when

the

1995

Eclaon

with

2000

Supplement

Deepweler

Well

Control

c3oldelines 1151

599938686

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800281

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

operator must

submit

annual

Discharge

Monitoring

Reports

DMR
1.6.73 Report hours Non-compliance reporting Permit within

non
within

complianees
of

24

This
states

is

reqwred

by EPA

under

the

General be
reported

EPA
24-

discovery

that after the

nen-rompliances

should of
the

hours

becoming aware

situadon
writt

and en

dependent within
detailed

upon on

days
the

EPA may request situation The Non-Compliance is also

report

reported

and

annual

DMRs

Regulatory
Title

Sources

40

CFR

Part 435 290000 280000 General General Permit Region Permit Region

NPDES 3MG NPDES 3MG

Coast above below and These below
require aids are

VI IP

Guard

Navigational

Aids

Required water water and

for

all

certain

required

for

all

above

water

and

certain wilt

structures

water an

structures

and
to to

obstructions an

The

USCO

obstructions

operator
relative details

submit
the

application

detailing location pertaining individual

information coordinates
to the

structure

i.e

of
aids

the to

structure

information and
the

navigational

be
for

installed

charged

with

responsibility

maintaining

the

aids

Regulatory

Sources

Title

33 Part

67

Emergency
Required
facilities for
In all

Evacuation

Plans

manned
Federal

OCS

Emergency
facilities
in

evacuation

plans

are

required

br
and

all

maimed

Waters

OCS

Federat

Waters
to the

M.fJDUs

Platforms 15530

The plan must

prior to

be submitted
activities

appropriate

MSO

initiating

The plan must

location

detail

specifics

on

the

manned

facility

i.e

coordinates

telephone team

numbers
personnel
center in the

support with

vessel

information numbers
facility

response and be

24-hour etc of and an

telephone

response evacuated
as

location event

how

the

will

emergency uncontrolled

situation

such

an

impending etc

hurricane

well

man

overboard

Regulatory

Sources

Title

33

CFR

Part

146.140

1998
1-

Edition

wIth

2000

Supplement

ocepwaler

\SIeI

control

Guideflne.e

152

599938687

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800282

Well Planning
Deepwater Regulatory Process

Rig Movement

Reports

Rig

movements
on and

must
off

be

reported with

to

the

USCG
offshore

prior

to

moving
units

locations

mobile

drilling

Regulatory

Sources
of

Tide

33

CFR

Part

146

MMS
Waste

Conthrions

Approa1
Plans

to Drill

Management

Waste
facilities

management
in

plans

are

required

for

all

manned

OCS
be

Federal waters prepared of be

in

MODUs
regulations

and with

Platforms
the criteria result

The

plait

must
in the

accordance

outlined

code and

federal

as
in-place

of

MARPOL
manned

73/78

implemented

and

on

each

facility

Prohibitions limitations of

and garbage

The
aware

purpose of
the

of

the

plan

is

to

ensure

that

personnel

are

disposal
to

and transport

prohibitions

and of
the

limitations

of garbage requirements

being

shore

thrown

overboard
to

and

manifest

when

transporting

shore

for ultimate

disposal

Regulatory

Sources

Title

33

CFR

Fart

151.157

Minerals

Management

Service

High Resolution

Geophysical

Surveys

Prior

to

any of

drilling

activity

or

the lease

construction

or

placement
resolution

any

structures

on

block conducted of
this

high and survey

geophysical
to

survey approval

must

be

submitted
is

MIvIS

for

The purpose
on
potentially thc

to

provide
that

information could adversely

hazardous of
surface

conditions

affect

safety

disturbance operations

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30

CFR

Part

250203

Nfl
LTL

83-3 06-21-91

1008

EcitIon

wiTh

2000

Supplement

Deepwner

Well

ConVcl

Guidefinee 1153

599938688

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800283

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Exploration Operations

Cultural

Resources

Study

ArchaeologIcal
report

resource After
lease the
is

issued
to

MMS
actually

will

notify the

the

operator

in

writing of resource
Identification report site

decision

invoke of
the the

archaeological
stipulation the

report will

requirement be

lease

made

to

operator

of

type

of

historic or

shipwreck
site

historic

shipwreck/prehistoric standards
that shall

prehistoric for

and

the

be

required

compliance

Regulatory
Title

Sources 254
280 281

30 GFR Fart 250

11-30-90 91-02

LTL

NTL
Lit

LTL 03-1 7-95

0.9-05-95

1.6.8

Exploration Operations

168
Prior to

Plan

of

Expiorrrtion

FOE
exploratory supplemental
drilling

an

operator plan
initial for

conducting
revised or

operations submitted
to

must

be

MMS

review

and

approval

This

plan

must of

address
drilling

description

of

work

to

be

perrormed type

unit

well

locations

structure

maps maps
hazards

cross

section

maps
relative for

stratigraphic to spill

columns

bathmetry shallow

information analyses
or

response
surface

issues

each of

proposed

disturbance information on

presence

absence and

hydrogen

sulfide

mud

additives

discharge
report

volumes
and

air quality

emissions consistency

report

environmental

coastal

zone

certification

Regulatory
Title Title

Sources
250.203

30

CFR

30 CFR 250.171
86-09 10-12-88

NTL
LTL

LTL 09-05-89 LTL LTL LTL

09-27-89 11-02-92 12-31-91

1998 Ed Won 154

wIth

2000

ippernem

OeepwathrWSl

Control

Ottldeinci

599938689

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800284

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Exploration Operations

LTL

11-05-93 94-02

NTL

LIT 05-05-94 LIT 08-31-94

NTL
LTL

94-04 05-02-94

LIT 01-06-95 LTL

03-1 7-95
7-03

NTL NTL
1.6.8.2

97-JO

Application

for

Permit

to Drill

APD
and approved an

Each under

proposed

drilisite

must

be

provided

for

POE
This

or

DOCD
cementing

before

MMS
the

can

approve

API

application

must

address

general

drilling

procedure

mud
and

BOP

and

logging

and

coring

programs

pressure programs

Changes
approved
require written

to

the

APO may
and/or from

Any
and/or Office

changes
written prior the to

to

the

approved

APD

may

require

verbal District

verbal

approval
initiating

from
the

the

appropriate This of
is

MMS

approval

change

accomplished

the

MMS

through

submittal

of

Sundry

Notice

Intent

form

if verbal

approval 72 hours
reports as

is

obtained
the

the form
actual

must

be

submitted weekly must be

within

During and

operations Notices

progress submitted Sundry be

additional

Sundry completion Well

warranted Sithsequent
to

Upon
and

of operations Report must

Notice

Summary

submitted

MMS
Title

Regulatory
Title

Sources
250.171

30

CER

Part

250414

30

CER

Lii 01-14-94 Lit 11-17-94 LTL

01-25-95

NTL 97-2N NTL 97-07

NT/I 97-16

1928

EdUthn

th

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Corirol

nuidellues t-

128

599938690

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800285

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Exploration Operations

1.6.8.3

Sundry

Notices

Sundry approved approvals

Notices

are

required
for

for to

any

changes

to

the

Application on

Permit

Drill subsequent

verbal

abandonments
Title 71

completions

workovers

etc

Regulatory
Title Title Title

Sources
Part Fart Part

30 CFR Part 250.65

30 30 30

CFR CFR CFR

250.1

250.172 250.176

NIL

97-07

NIL 98-2W
168.4
Well

Summary
be

Reports

These
current

reports

must and

submitted casing

to

provide

notice perforation

of

well

status

specific

program
data
directional

progran
logs

geological weilbore

markers surveys
velocity

Supporting

include

well

and

i.e

surveys

sidewall

core

analysis

surveys

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30 CFR Fart 250.66

NIL 91-0
LTL LTL
10-01-90 10-30-95

168.5

Flare

and Burn

Requests

Approval

must

be

obtained of gas
for

from periods

MMS
extending

prior

to

commencing
and
for the

flaring

48

hours

burning

of any

liquid

hydrocarbons

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30

CYR

Fart

250.1105

NIL

95-01

1.6.9

Development

Operations

1.6.9.1

Development

Operations

Coordination

Document The

DOCD
prior to initiating certain the

DOCD
of

is

required

development
installation

activities

on

an

oil

and

gas lease

typically

permanent and/or

multi-well platform development

detailed drilling

installation

of

lease

pipeline

operations

This plan

must contain

certain

information

095 1-156

EStflon

with

2000

supplement

DeepwalexWdl

Control

Ouldetnea

599938691

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800286

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Development

Operations

10CC

typically lnstal1aton multi-well of

MMS
of

classifies

pipeline

installed

within blocks

the

boundaries
there
is

concerns

block

or

combination
as or lease

of

where
If

permanent platform

common
route

operatorship block not

pipeline of

any portion

of
the

lease pipeline

crosses
is

combination
the

Hocks
will

where

andlor development
drilling

operations

operatorship
as

common

pipeline

be

classified

right-of-way

pipeline

Regulatory
Title

Sources

Title

30

CER

Part

250204

30 CFR

Part 250.171

LTL 09-05-89 LTL 09-27-89 LTL 10-12-88

NFL

86-09

LTL 11-02-92 LTL 05-02-94 LTL 05-05-94 LTL 08-31-94

NFL
LTL

94-02

LTL 03-17-95
01-CTh-95

NFL NFL

94-04 97-10

NFL 98-lW
1.6.9.2

Resenvir Development
must submit conservation nf

Plan

Conservation Information development economically producible

reservoirs for

An
t@

operator ensure

information

to

MMS

of

development
in

economically with sound

before

producible conservation committing can

or

reservoirs

accordance economic

engineering expending submitted

Initial

and

practices

substantial as or part

funds
the

This

information Plan

be

of

Supplemental

of Exploration Operations of
separate

Supplemental

Development
or the submittal

Coordination

document
reservoir

Document The proprietary

information
the

must of

address
the

each

encountered
as

during

drilling
in

wells

which
in

quality

capable
Title

of producing 30

paying

quantities

accordance

with

CER 250.1111
30 CFR Pan 250.202
Part 250.1101

Regulatory

Source

Title Title

30 CFR NIL 98-UN

GOt

EdlIlon

with

2000

Supplerient

Doopwater

Well

Control

Giddelinee

1-157

599938692

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800287

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Development

Operations

1.6.10

Deepwater

Operations

Plans
and

three

phase

submittal

Conceptual
of
the

Preliminary

Final

providing

an

overview

development

strategy

of deepwater

wells

1.610
The
Conceptuaf

Conceptual

Part
the

identifies for

the

concept design

for

field

development

and

basis

engineering

Location
Facility

P1st

Description of DriilingfCompletion

Description

System

Description

of of

Pipeline

System Produeon and Export

Riser

Description

Drilling

Systems
Description of

Subsea

Control

System

10 11 12 13

Expected
Anticipated

Production

Stream Composition Tubing

Situations Pressure

Shut

In

Special

Production

Identification

and

Description

of

Known

Hazards

and

Unusual 14
Application

Conditions

of

New
of the

Technology
Facilities

15 Abandonment

1.6.10.2

Prelirninwy

The Preliminary
concept any
areas

Part

describes

changes

to

the

development emphasizes of
the

presented of
the

in the

Conceptual
fabrication

Part and

and

design

installation

system

andlor
or

components
will require

that alternative

incorporate compliance

new
or

technologies
departures

Welibore
Structural

Information

Information

Mooring
Station

System Keeping Systems

1508
1158

EdiSon

with

2000 Suppkmetlt

Deepwater

Well

Csrlroi

Gwdelires

599938693

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800288

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Development

Operations

Drilling Riser

and Completion

Systems

Systems

Pipelines

Vessel-3ased Subsca

Diftake

Systems

Systems
Production

10
ii

Surface

Process

Equipment

Emergency
Production

and

Safety

Systems
Test

12
13 14 15

Allocation

Operating

Procedures and Commissioning and

Testing

Installation

Hazards

Analysis

1610.3

Final

The

Final

Part

updates

information Parts

submitted

in

the

Conceptual

and Preliminary

Listing

of

Differences Parts

from

Previous

Conceptual

and

Preliminary

Cover Regulatory

Letter

Sources

Nfl 98-SN

Platform

Applications

Caissons
existing applications

and wells

platforms
require

installed

over from

or

adjacent

to

approval
the

MMS

Such design
load

must
load

include

engineering
structural soil analysis

environmental information
surface location

information drawings

construction information

and

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30

CFR

Part

250.900

NFL

97-05

NFL 98-IN NFL 98-4N NFL

96-07/V

LTL 05-14-91 LIt 01-06-93

isas

Edition

Wth

2000 auppiement

QnspwelsrWeli

Conirol

GudSinea
1-

159

599938694

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800289

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Development

Operations

Surface

Safety

System InstaHations

Prior relative

to to

installation the

an and

application installation including

must
features

be

approved

design

of production flow and diagrams applicable

and
area

processing
cLassification

vessels

process Charts
righting

drawings

SAFE
fire

waivers

time delays chemical Sources

Title

equipment

Regulatory

30 CFR Part 250.120

LTL 04-04-9

NIL Nit NIL

97-09 97-17 98-2/V

Pipeline
installation Prior to

Applications

Pipeline

installation

of

any must

lease

and/or

right-of-way
relative to the

pipelines

an

application

be

submitted hazards and/or

engineering
notifications

design
to

of

the

pipeline
operators

analysis

and

affected route

right-cf-way schematic

holders

proposed

plats

and

pipeline

safety

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30 CFR Part 250.1009

NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

92-04

LTL 04-28-9
83-03 91-02

Lit 01-06-95
97-08 97-09 96-10

Surface

Commingling/Measurement

Authority

Commencing
production Approval
lease

is

required

prior

to

commencing
surface for the the the

production

from and
liquid

to

address

the

measurement
gas
sales arid

commingling
hydrocarbon
points for

procedures production

addressing and

and

royalty

these

hydrocarbons

lease/well

allocation

methods Sources 30

Regulatory

Title Title

YR

Fart 250.182

30 CFR 250.182
98-17

NIL

1998
1-

EdiSon

v1tfl

2090

Supplement

Deepwaler

Well

Control

Guidelines

180

599938695

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800290

Well Planning
Regulatory

Process Development

Operations

Abandonment

Operations

Prior

to

an

operator of

initiating

abandonment
be submitted
applications the

operations
to

Sundry weilbore
to

Notice

Intent

must

conduct submitted These and

operations
the

with

separate

remove

structure detail

and
the

abandon method

pipeline

applications

must

of

abandonment

removal Sources 30 CER 250.704

Regulatory

Title

NTL
Site

92-02

Clearance

Verification

Upon
structure

removal
all

of

structures

the

seafloor

bottom

must

be

removal

cleared of

obstructions

The

distance

requirement
Part site

varies

dependent
this

upon

the

type of
the for

structure

installation to trawl in the

of
in

procedure

requires radius

operator those

the

pre-dctermined
feet

leases

water

depths

of 300

or less

site-clearance

verification initiating to these

plan

must

be

submitted
includes

to

MMS
the

prior

to

operations trawling

which

contractors

be

utilized

vessel

information

navigational

instrumentation

etc

Regulatory

Sources

Title

30 CFR 250.913

Nfl

92-02

1998

Edition

wth

2000

Supplement

Diepwater

Well

Control

2uideRne
1181

599938696

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800291

Well Planning
Departures/Alternative

Compliance

1.6.11

Typical

Departures/Alternative

Compliance
Departure

for

Doopwater
Compliance
drillers

Projects

MMS
250.5

Regulation

/Alternistive near the

1h

Emergency

shut

down
testing

station

installed

console

250.57e3
250.17c

SOP

equipment
asmuli

interval

Casing

monitoring

requirement and
related

25017d

Pressure pressure

rating

of tree weilbead

equipment

SITP vs SCSSC

operating

250.107d 250.112I

Pressure Pcrsnanent

rating

of tree wellhead of wells of wells

end

rainted

equipment of
location

abandonment abandonment

clearance

250W
250

Temporary

121e4

SCSSV
Closure

installation

maintenance
in

and
to

testing

requirements
fire

250 121I

of

SCSSV

response

ESD and

detection

system

activation

requirements

250.122b
25

Subsea

flowline

ESV

requirements and

Ref API RI 140

test

Al

.2b2

and Figure

I-A

1.2

0.122d

USY PSHL USV

installation

maintenance requirements closure program and

leak

requirements pressure sensors

250

123b2I

set

point

for

subsea

250.123994ii

and

SCSSV
control

time

requirements

250.123bIl
250
25

Erosion

requirensents

I24aII

SCSSV PSHL SDV USV

Subsea

function device
test

teat

interval interval

and
for

criteria subsea pressure sensors

0.124a3I

requirements
teat

250 124aIXiii 250

operations leak
test

requirement

interval and
criteria

124a4

requircissonts

interval

250.l24a5
250

PSY

leak

test

requirements

interval interval

and

tisviscssv

closure closure requirements

external

t24aI

ESD

operation and

that

requirements Prevention design and

and

USV/SCSSV
assurance

25 0.126

Safety

Pollutiots

equipment pressure

quality

250.152a 250.152b

DOl

pipelines

internal

calculation

e.g
e.g

use

pressure effects

Pipeline Subsea

valves
tie-in

flanges

fitting

requirements

cold temperature

250.154b6
250.1

PSY

requirements
for

56al

Abandonment
Bottombole

requirements pressure Table survey

1-

DOt

pipelinea

250.174

requirements

12 Typical

Depa

flu rue/Alternative

Compflenee

for

MMS
Gulf

in Deepwater of Mexico Americas

1kepwat

Projects

New

Frsntler 07-00041

0CC

Report

MMS

iooe
1-

EdiSon

wttti

2000

suptement

teepwater

Wat

Cortol

Guidelines

162

599938697

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800292

Well Planning
References

References Alberty

M.W

Hafle

ME

Minge J.C and Byrd

Waterfiows 1997 and
Drilling Offshore

1997
Practices

Mechanisms of Shallow
for

Intervention

Proceedings

Technology

Conference

OTC 8301
Company
Drillint

Amoco

Production water

Contingency 1990 on Formulas and

Line

Planning

Uy4rate.a

and Deep API

Bulletin

5C3 API

Bulletin Drill

and
Pipe

Calculations Properties

for sixth

Casing Tubing
edition

Pipe

Washington
Practice

1994
I6Q Recommended
and Maintenance
Practice for

API

Recommended
Design
Drilling Selection Riser

Operation Systems
first

of

Marine

edition

API

Washington

1993
API

Recommended
Planning Platforms

Practice

2A

Recommended

Practice

for

Designing
nineteenth edition

Constructing

Fixed

Offshore

API Washington
for

1991
and Tubing

API

Specification
fifth

5CT
API

Specification

Casing

edition

Washington
Specification

1995
for Line

API

Specification edition

5L

Pipe

forty

first

API
Tools

Washington
N-Situ

1995
1997 Formation of Hydrates 16130 Leader During 1987
Vastar

Baker Barker

Oil

Process

J.W

and R.K
Drilling

Gomez

Deepwater Barker John

Operations

SPRIIADC Team

Deepwater Inc 1998

Drilling

Resources

Personal

interviews

Beck

RD

and

Jackson

C.W
Using

Reliable Controlled

Deepwater Jetting Technology

Structural

Casing
presented

Installation
at

SPE 22542
Conference

the

1991

SPE Annual

and Byrd

Exhibition

Dallas Oct 8-9 1991

Schneider

3M

Reynolds

D.J Alberty
ofFlowing of

MW

and

Hafle

M.E 1996
in

Identification

Sand

Drilling

Hazards 1997 Campbell Role and

of

the

Deepwater Technology

Gulf

Offshore

Conference

Mexico Proceedings OTC 7971

The Evolving

K.J 411

1997
Seismic

Past-Track Data
in

Development

Deepwater

Hazards Assessment 1997

Offshore

Site

Investigation Conference

Proceedings

Technology

OTC 8306

ieca

Edition

attn

2000

supplement

etepwater

Well

Control

Guidetnea
1-

163

599938698

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800293

Well Planning
References

Campbell
Origins

K.J
and

Humphrey
Prediction

0.0

Shallow

Water 1997

Flows
Offshore

Proceedings

Technology
Clint

ConferencejTC

8301
Unconventional Method Water of of Flow

iuvkam-Wold
Installation to

Conductor Problems
Engineers

Solve

Shallow
Society

Proceedings Conference

1997

Petroleum

SPE 38625
and
Industry

Christianson

R.L
in

Bansal Petroleum

ED

Sloan

Jr Avoiding
of

Hydrates

the

Kinetics

Formation

SPE 27994
Churgin

1994 Temperature
off the United to Salinity States

Halminski
in

Oxygen

and

Phosphate Gulf of

Waters

Volume Two
Records

Mexico 42
Vousif

Key 117 and

Drilling

Oceanographic 1974 Hydrate and

Documentation
Ebeitoft

NODC

Soergaard Overview 1997 Water v.57

Control Drilling

During
Fluids

Deep

Water

New

Formulations

5FF 38567
Shallow

Flatem

WV

Combating
Offshore

Plows

in

Deepwater

Wells
January

International

no

pp

58-60

1997

Griffith

1995
Strings Paul Deepwater

Guidelines
Offshorc

for

Cementing
January

Dcepwater 1995
Slurries

Conductor
Griffith

pp 46--48

Mud

Management
Operations

Special Oil

Improve Journalv
Griffith
in

Cemciiting

and

Gas

95 no 42 pp 49-51 R.Ccmenting
Water
the

Faul an

Conductor

Casing

Annulus 1997

Overpressure Technology and

Formation

Proceedings

Offshore

Conference

flU 8004
Drilling

Grigg

RB
A.H

G.L

Lynes

Oil-Based 1992

Mud

as

Gas

Hydrates Hale

Inhibitor

SPE 19560 Dewan

and

AK
Drilling Flodberg Proven

Inhibition

of Gas Hydrates

in

Deepwater Javanmardi Technology

Journal

SPE 18638

1990 J.J

KD
Offshore

Nahin

Mud

to

Cement Gas

in

Drilling

Project

Oil

Special

Feb

15 1993
Hydrates Toward
the

Kalli

C.J

and

Cowie

Complete

Solution Katz

SPE 20958
of

1990 Volume 160 141 1945 Sloan

Drilling

Transactions

AIME

Korkoskie
Jr

1.5

Al-Ubaidi of Gas 1990

TB

Wildeman and P.O

in

inhibition

Hydrates

Water-Based

Muds

SPE 20437

1998 1-184

EditiOn

with

2000

Seppternent

Deapwater

Wall

ConIro

Gudatines

599938699

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800294

Well Planning
References

Medley
8731 Nations

O.H

Shallow 1998

Water

Flow

Technology

Updatett

Proceedings

Offshore

Technology

Conference

OTC

J.F Medley
Water 1997

O.H

1997

Deep-Stats The Gulf

Evaluation of

of

Shallow

Flow

Problems

Mexico

Proceedings

Offshore

Technology

Conference

OTC

8525
Roberts

EW

Operational

Aspects

of Extended 1987

High

Pressure

WellTestsfromaFloateL Shaughoessy Jackson

SPE 18088
Carpenter Flow
Journal

f.M
of

R.S

R.A
of

Coleman and
Gas
Reservoir

C.W
in

Successful
ft

Testing

3500
1992

Water

of Petroleum

Technology

July

Simmons

EL

Ran

WE

Predicting Proceedings

Deapwater 1988

Fracture Society

Pressures Petroleum Sloan Snyder

Proposal
Engineers

of

Conference Gas Hydrates

Zeroes

SPE 18025 SPE 23562

in

E.D R.E

Jr Natural

1991 Water Flow 57-64

1997
1997

Industry

en

Shallow

Problens/Solutions August
Stiles special

Decpwater
publication

Technology of World

pp

Oil
in

D.A

1997
Saltwater

Successful Flows
Offshore
in

Cementing Deep Water

Areas

Prone

to

Shallow

Gulf of

Mexico

Proceedings

1997

Technology

Conference

OTC

8305
Trabant

P.K

Seismic

Stratigraphy Oil

Solution Journal...Sept

To

Deepwater 1993

Drilling

Problems

Gas

27

OW

SPECIAL
Trabant

P.K

Deep
1995

Water
of

Drilling Pleistocene

Shallow Seismic

Water

Flows

Practical

Applications

Strarigraphy

Proceedings

Offshore

Technology

Conference

OTC

7675 Woolsey

G.R
586

A.P

Giussani Gas Kick

amd
in

Van Schaauk
Water
Offshore

Hydrate

Formation

From

Deep

Well

ASME
Yousit

Minimizing

the

Risks

of Hydrate

Formation

during

Deep-Water Controlling Orleans

Drilling

Operations
Paraffins

ThC

Conference

Hydrates

and

Asphaltenes

New

November

6-7 1997

995

Edtlon

with

2D00

Supplement

peepwoter

wer

conirel

Guidelines 1165

599938700

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800295

Well Planning
Index

CHAFFER
abandonment 1.34 acoustic 1.35 1.59 system
1.5 arinulus activated testing Drill drill drill
stasis

WELL
collars testing

PLANNING
1.126 1.125 1.84

INDEX
jetbit
jet kill slrmg.............. 1.2

.............

1.38

1.46

well posilioning

water

......................

mud
inhibitors

1.85-16 1.111
1.18

driving

structural

casing.1.41 1.45 rig....

Kinetic

valve 1.126

Dyes
dynamic positioned

LOM
leskoff leak-off
lease salcs.................

17
1.83

112
1.40

axiaJ axial

loading overpull

1.5-6

ROT
emergency emergency disconnect. disconnecla

16

1.146

ballooning 1.39
barite

.1.85

line

pipe 1.1-3 1.16-17

capacity....

180

1.83

1.91 1.96 1.96

Environmental

Protection 1.145

1.19-22
1.26 1.5

1.86-88

Agency
equivalent
circulating

load bearing long

lost

Bariteplugs base
liquid storage

density
1.81

momentarm
circulation material

.84

ROD
extended
fatigue shut-in

bending

1.5-9 1.20-22

1.11-12 1.24-25

1.141.28

periods 1.24

1.108 1.29 1.132

LCM.............................

1.17 riser

15
bonding

lower

marine

package
1.5

.......................

1.146
1.93 1.90

Flaring
flex joint

LMRP
lubricator

breaking brine

circulation

1.4

1.6-S 1.91

valve

1.128
1.39

1.2344

Flow
fluid

cheeks compressibility 1.82

LWDequipinent........... margin

broaching......................

140
1.34

buckling.....
burst............

1.6 1.15

1.25

1.91

1.24
1.91

1.33

1.76

1.81

1.83

1.191.22
.40

fluid fluted

migration hanger cement

1.42 1.127
1.44 testersl.37

casing

packer

mechanical mechanical

release.... shut
off

1.13

cementing 1.2 1.34-35 1.55 1.38 1.59

foamed 1.4142
1.61 1.85 1.40 1.33
1.42 1.13 frirmation fracture

devices
1.35

pres1t
gradient 1.33 1.83 1.35

1.44-45 1.65
centralizers

mechanisms
1.46 1.76 methanol Methanol 1-79-80
1-

.........

1.33

1.45

1.67

1.72

1.75

130
1.81
fracture

1.130
injection

1.9042

1.110 ..... area.

..............

channels

propagation 1-88

Microfine
military

cement warning system

1.43

Check

valves
injection

82
free

1.145
1.4 1.93

chemical

sub

.1.130 1.82

watar 1-43-44

1-42 1-81

1-121
1-90-

mooring

Choke
circulating clathrates

response valve
.........

gas 1-33

mud mud

logging mat 1.2

................

1.126 1.102 1.110

1.19

91

1-95
1.33 1.91

gas charging
tiassolubility

113

1.25
...

1.117
1.44

coiled

tubing

nitrified

foam

cement

collapse compressive
strength

geopressured Glycols gunksqueezes gyroscopie

sands

1.33

nucleation

..............

1.107
1.81

1.43

1.113
..............

OHM
Oil

Computer

thermal

modeling
1.123 1.30 1.145 1.44 1.39
1.35

1.83

base

mud
1.79 rule

multishot

survey
1.4

OEM
one-third
ovahty..........................

Conductor Corps of Engineers

fluid

1.3

1.100
1.20

hardbanding hardness

....................

1.4

cryogenic cuttings Deepatar dcpositional

specifications...1.17

Phase 1.123

behavior

1104
1.81

load

heat generation hydrate hydrate

inhibitive teal

pitgain prediction 1.33-35 1.75

tlui.

1.90

1.77 1.83

environment 1.37

..................t.117

PWD
rapid

hydrates 1.90 1.95 1.102 1.130

sedimentation 1.25

1.33 1.45 1.34

disconnect 1.5 displacement dissociation

diverter Drill

reciprocation Remediation

1.7-8

1.83

1.85

1.133 induced induced

injection in-situ fractures
..

1.97 1.105 1.133

..

1.33

1.37 1.33

Restarch

and

Special

Programs 1.145 1.128

1.7

storage sub

.........

Administration retainervalve
riser

element ahead
tools

1.127

1.26

1.28

poiymcrization....1.41

analysis

1998 1-168

Ed

lien

wE

2000

supplement

Deepwater

Ystli

Control

Guidelines

599938701

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800296

Well Planning
Index

riser riser

margin.1.77

slurry soil soil

transition

time 1.13

.42

tensionlcompression

ratings
1.20

storage
sniplitude

1.83

strength....1.9 strengths

125 18
testtree testing

RMS ROV
59

maps

...

136
1.58-

1.128 assemblies
inhibitors

1.8

1.45

1.48-49

spacer 1.42-43 1.89 1.97-99 1.104

gradients

1.125

1.67

1.73-74
1.8 specific static

Thermodynamic

Rovacoess
salt tectonics

gravity

1.1t0 tubing tubing

..................

133
1.33

temperature

I.127-128 1.133
1.4

sand

collapse

1108
structure 1.13-14 subsea
string 1.25 1.24

connections degree Coast

limit

saturation

1.115
1.81 location rate

1.1-2

1.5

1.9

Two
U.S

SBM
seafloor sedimentation seepage seismic sequence shallow
data stratigraphy

Guard

1.144
1.39

1.34 1.36 1.87 11013

wellheads

U-tubing wall thickness tolerance 1.15-iS watch

circLe

subsidence tupercooliig.... surface

surface

1.34 1.105 1.107 1.24-25

....

1.19 1.129 1.17

136 .1.36
1.33

easing.
control

1.1
head

1.128
1.38

Welding
weld-on connectors 1.1-3 well spacing

water

flow

sweeps
synthetic

1.21 1.41

skintriction Slageement
sliolt joint Slip joints
..................

1.12 1.44 1.131 1.127

base

mud
1.79
1.7

SBM
teleacopiejoint temperature 1.11 1.92

wcllbore weilbore welihead

integrity

1.34 affects
1.37 1.4

....

1.127

storage wear

1.103

bushing...

1208

Edition

with

2000

Sopptnment

Daapwatsr

Wall

Control

Guid$mnss 1-167

599938702

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800297

599938703

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800298

Well Control Procedures

Chapter

Well Control Procedures

Well
Mi/ce

Control Procedures
Brlggs

Subcommittee
life

David
St

Chairman Bruce Diamond

Exxon

No

Drilling Drilling

Company Company Company

Offi hors

an Chrisiman

Upstream

Development

Doug

Foster

Cools Lany Flak Boots Diamond Offshore Drilling Company

Allen Gao/i

MC
Inc

Conoco Chevron

Ronald James
Allen Kelly

Keny Girlinghouse Diamond Offshore Diamond

Offshore Well

U4

Drilling Drilling

Company Company
Inc
Ilnocal

Cohn Leach

Control and Systems Benny

Mason
ion

Steve Chris

Moore
Erpiorot

Conoca

Inc

Nelson

.Nettjield

Company
Fetrobros

Shiniti Steve

Ohoro
Drilling Drilling

Ramsey Mike

Diamond
Foyers
--

Rd

Offihore

Company Company Co

Falcon

Alan

Wittty

Phillips Petroleorn

998

Edition

wIth

2000 Supplement

Deepwatcr

Well

Cordrol

Guidelines

599938704

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800299

BHP

Bottomhole
Barrels per

pressure minute
kill

BPM

CK
CLFP DP

Choke Choke

and and

lines

kill

line

friction

pressures

Dynamicafly

positioned positioning
circulating

OPO
ECO EDS FOSV

Dynamic
Equivalent

opsrator density

Emergency
Full

disconnect safety

sequence

opening
of

valve

0CM
FtP
IBOP

Gulf
Ilu

Mexico
evacuation pian

rricane

Internal

blowout

preventer
kill

LCK LMRP

Lower Lower

choke marine
while offshore

and
riser

lines

package

LWD MODU

Logging
Mobile

drilling unit

drilling

MWD
OEM PWD 5DM
$ICPP SIDPP

Measurement
Oil-base

while

drilling

mud
while
drilling

Pressure
SyntheticShut-in Shut-in

base
casing
drill

mud
pressure pressure

pipe

SWF UCK VBR

Shallow water Upper

Variable

flow

choke
bore

and ran

kill

lines

WBM

Water-base

mud

599938705

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800300

Well Contro

Procedures
of

Table

Contents

ChAPTER

WELL CONTROL PROCEDURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.1

KICK
2.1.1

PREVENTON SUMMARY MUDDENSITY MuD

VISCOSITY

DETECTION

2-1

2-1

2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6

2-1 2-2 2-2

DRILLEOCUTTINGS

ABNoRMAL

PRESSURE

DETECTION

2-3 2-3

ENVIRONMENTAL

EFFECTS

22

SHUT-IN

2-4

2.2.1

PRE-KICK

PREPARATION VERSUS SOFT

SHUT-IN

2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-S 2-9 2-9 2-10

2.22
2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7 2.2.8 2.2.9

HARD

SHUT-IN

ANNULAR
SHUT-IN SHUT-IN

SHUT-IN

VERSUS

RAM SHUT-IN

WHILE WHILE DURING

WITH

DRILLING TRIPPING

SHUT-IN
SHUT-IN SHUT-IN

CONNECTION ABOVE THE SOPs CASING/LINER

BY

BrT

WHILE

RUNNING

MASKING

OF CASiNG PRESSURE

HIGH GEL

STRENGTH
.....

LN

CK
..

LINES... 21O
2.-Il

2.2.10

HANG-OFF

GUIDELINES

2.3

CIRCULADNG

TO

Ku

2-13 2-13

2.3.1

SUMMARY
DRILLERS WAIT

23.2
2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6

METHOD ENGINEERS METHOD

2-14 2-14 2-14 2-15 2-15

WEIGHT

BULLHEADINO

NUMBEROFCKLJNES SOP SEPARATOR

EFFECT

1998

EdOlon

with

2000

Supplement

Deopwater

Wet

Cortfrol

Guldernes

2-8

593938706

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800301

Well Control Procedures

Table
of

Contents

2.4

PREVENTING

LosT

RETURNS

AND UNDERGROUND

BL0W0UTS

2-18 2-18

2.4.1

SUMMARY
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR DETECTION OF AN UNDERGROUND

2.4.2

BLOWOUT
2-19

2.4.3

UNDERGROUND
DETECTION

BLOWOUT

W-IILE

DRILLING

2-20

2.44

OF AN UNDEROROUND

BLOWOUT WHILE PRODUCING

DR
2-21

WORKING WELL OVER

2.4.5

ACTIONS/CONSIDERATONS

IN

THE

EVENT

OF AN UNDERGROUND

BLOWOUT
2-22

2.4.6 2.4.7

RSER DAMAGE
RISER TENSION

2-23 2-23

2.5

BOP

CLEANOUT

TRAPPED

GAS

2-25 2-25

2.5.1

SUMMARY
FIELD

25.2 25.3
2.5.4 2.5.5

TEST

RESULTS CONSIDERATIONS CONSIDERATIONS AND VENTING TRAPPED

2-28 2-27 2-27

EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL REMOVING

GAS

2-28

2.8

GAs

IN

RISER

RISER DIVERTER

2-29 2-29

2.6.1

SUMMARY WHEN
TO APPLY GAS
Ni

2.6.2 2.6.3 2.6.4

2.6.4.1

RISER PROCEDURES
IN

2-29

ACTIONS100NSIDERATIONS TERNATIVES
Riser

HANDLING

GAS

IN

RISER

2-29 2-30
2-31

FOR HANDLING
Valve

RISER GAS

Fill-up

OperaUon
IN

2.6.5
2.6.5.1 2.6.5.2 2.6.5.3

ACTIONS/CONSIDERATIONS
Riser
Riser Circulation Circulation afte

THE TIMING
Well Well

OF RISER CIRCULATION

2-31

Killing

before

Killing

2-32 2-32 2-33

Closed
Riser

BOP

during

Riser

Gas

handling Flow

26.5.4

Circulation

Rate

and

Diverter

2.7

HYDRATE

PREVENTION/REMOVAL HYDRATE
DRILLING

2-34 2-34 2-35 2-35

27.1
2.7.2 2.7.3

POTENTIAL
INHIBITING

FORMATION

MUD

WITH SALT

ALTERNATIVES

TO SALT INHIBITION

098 EdWon
lv

with

2000

Supplement

Deepweter

Well

Control

Guidcnes

593938707

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800302

WeD

Control Procedures
Table
of

Contents

2.7.4 2.7.5 2.7.6

HYDRATE EXTERNAL REMoVING

REMOVAL HYDRATES THE WELLHEAD

CoNNEcToR.........................

2-38 2-36 2-37

WaLHEAD CONNECTOR
PRIOR To

HYDRATES

2.8

WELL-

CONTROL

BOP

INSTALLATION/SHALLOW

WATER FLow

2-38 2-38

2.8.1

SHALLOW

WATER FLOWS
TO DRILLING

2.8.2 2.8.3

APPROACHES

SWF

ZONES PROBLEMS WHILE

DRILLING

2-39 2-40 2-41

PROCEDURES FOR
OTHER

MITIGATING

SWF

28.4

PROCEDURES AND OBSERvATIONS

2.9

PLuGANDABANDON SUMMARY

2-42 2-42

291
2.9.2 2.9.3 2.9.4

PERFoTING
CAsING

PRIoR

TO SQUEEZING

OF CASING

LAP

2-43 2-43

CuimNo
REMOVAL

SEAL ASSEMBLY

2-43

2.10

INTERMITTENT

SEVERE

WEATHER AND EDDY CURRENT OUIDELNES

2-45 2-45

2.10.1

SUMMARY
MONITORING
INTERMITTENT

210.2
10.3
2.10.3.1 2.10.3.2

AND TRACKING SEVERE

2-45

WEATHER

RESPONSE

2-46 2-46 2-46 2-46

YeIIowAlertZDne RedAlertZorie
Arrival

210.3.3
2.10.3.4

Time

Example Red Aert Zone CURRENTS...

..
....

.2-47 ......
2-48 2-50

2104 LODPAND EDDY

210.6 210.6 RISER MARGIN AlTERNATE PHASE PHASE

LOCATION CONTINGENCIES ALERT ALERT CALcULATiON CALCULATiON SHEET SHEET

.2-50

2107 2108
2.11

4/RED 4/RED

DP MOD

............

2-52 2-53

MOORED MODLJ.......

DP EMERGENCY DISCDNNECT SUMMARY

MODELING

CoNslDERTIoNS

2-54 2-54

211.1 211.2 211.3

TO PREDICT EXCURSIONS

2-54 2-56

WATCH CIRCLE

iooa

Ethtiun

with

2000 Supplement

Despwater

Well

Centro

GLItdeIInes

2-v

599938708

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800303

Well Control Procedures

Table
of

Contents

2.11 2.11

.4

EsrABUSHING

PROCEDURES

2-58

.5

LEvELS OF VULNERABILITY BitaboveROPStack

Drill

2-58
2-59 2-59 2-58 2-60

2.11.5.1

2115.2
2.11.5.3

Pipe

across

Stack

SHA

across

Stack

2.1154
2.11.5.5 2.11.6 2.11.7

WeliKick Casing across

the

BOP
DRILLING

2-60

CoNSEQUENCES EMERGENcY

AND COSTS

WITH

RISER

....................

2-61 2-62

DISCONNECT

SEQUENCING

EDS

CONSIDERATIONS

212 UNPLANNED RESPONSE

212.1
2.12.2 2.12.3

DISCONNECTS

PREVENTION

MEASURES AND EMERGENCY

2-64 2-84

INTRODUCTION ExEcUTIVE

SUMMARY

2-64 2-66 2-67 2-68

RECOMMENDATIONS RANKING OF ALTERNATIVES OF OPTIONS OF UNINTENTIONAL MARINE

DRILLING RISER

2.124
2.12.5 2.12.6

AsSESSMENT
PREVENTION EVENTS

DISCONNECT
2-76

2126.1 2.1262
212.6.3 2.12.6.4
2.12.6.5

Subsea

SOP

Control

Systems Systems
Control

2-76 2-77

Discrete Hydraulic Control

Electro-Hydraulic Multiplex

Syslems
Driven Controls

2-76 2-79 2-80 2-80 2-81

BOP System
Touch
Sensitive

Control Panels Scroons

and Graphic Sequence

212.6.6
2.12.6.7

Emergency Disconnect

EDS

Functions..........................

2.12.6.8 2.12.8.9 212.6.10 2.12.7

2.12.7.1

SOP System Hydraulic Manifold SOP Control System Hydraulic Hose

Control
Interlocks

Reels

...................................

2-81 2-82 2-82 2-83 2-83 2-84 2-85 2-85

Human

Factors

SECURING

Minimum Subsea
Hut StabfPlug
Capability

WELL WITH ROV INTERVENTION SOP ROV Intervention

Considerations

..................................

Functions

........

2.12.7.2 2.12.7.3 2.12.7.4

ROV

ROV Crew

Training

212.8
2.12.8.1

ALJTOSHEAR
Definition Definition

AND
of of

DEADMAN
Autoshear

SYSTEMS System System-- For

Multiplex

2-86 2-86

2.12.8.2

Deadman

MUX and
SOP

Electro 2-86

Hydraulic
2.12.6.3 Definition

EH
of

SOP

Control

Systems
--For Hydraulic
Control

Deadman

Package

Systems.. 2-87

2.128.4

System

Capabilities

2-87

1998

EdiSon

wIth

2000

Supplamont

Deapwater

VMt

Control

GuidIines

2vl

593938709

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800304

Well Control Procedures

Table
of

Contents

2.12$
212.9.1
2.12.9.2

Acoustic
Design

BACKUP

SYSTEM

2-89 2-89

Components
Problems Unproven
Capabilities

Historical

2-90

REFERENCES

2-96 2-97

lNDE

EdSon

with

2000 Suppenenl

Deepwater

Weil

Control

GuIeilnes 2-vH

599938710

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800305

Well Control Procedures

Table of Contents

LIST

OF TABLES
2- Fm-kick preparation
2-2 Annular
shut-in vs

Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table

2-5
shut-in

ram

2-6 2-7 2-8

2-3 Shut-in while 2-4 Shut-in while

2-5

drilling tripping bit

Shut-in with
to

above
gel

BOPs
strength

2-9

2-6 Procedure

break
the

2-7 Hanging-off
2-8

drillstring to

2-1.2

Factors

related

methods

of

circulating

kick
drilling

to

surface

2-13 2-20

2-9

Underground

blowout blowout

detection detection in the

while while event gas gas

2-10 Underground

producing

or working blowout

over

well

.2-21

2-li Actions/Considerations 2-12

of underground

2-22 2-28

Removing

and

venting

trapped
for

2-13 Alternative 2-14 Deferring 2-15 Riser

methods

handLing
until

in riser

2-30 2-31 2-32 2-35 hydrates 2-37 2-39

riser circulation

after

well

is

killed

circulation

priorto

killing

well

2-16 Alternative 2-17 Procedures

hydrate
for to

inhibition

methods connector

removing
drilling

wellhead

2-18 Approaches 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 Procedures Gonerai Pipe

SWE

zones while
drilling

for mitigating

SWF

2-40
for

considerations

concerning disconnect

BOP

sequencing

an

EDS

2-62 2-62 2-63

Mode

emergency emergency

sequencing sequencing

Casing

Mode

disconnect

LisT OF FIGURES
216
example
ease

Figure

2i BCE BCE

separator separator

effect

Figure 2-2

effect

2-i
of an underground blowout 2-19

Figure 2-3 General

procedure

for the

detection

5098
viii

Ed5on

wIth

2000

SuppLement

Livepwaler

Wail

Ooneolauleelnes

599938711

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800306

Well Control Procedures

Kick Prevention Detection

2.1

Kick Prevention
2.1.1

Detection

Summary
standard
as
Lfl

Kick warning

signs

same

The

well

kick

in

dsepwatsr deepwater shallow

warning water

signs

are

the

same

in

Plow

rate

increase device

delta

over

15-3D

see

averaging

measuring
Pit

useful pit volume

totalizer is

volume

increase

absolutely

necessary
Rate

of

penetration

increase

Decrease High

in

pump

pressure

gas

units

Sudden Change While Well

torque

increase

in

mud

chlorides

tripping

hole

not

taking

the proper

amount

of

fluid

flow

with

pump shut-down
flow on
return

Increasing

rate of

flow

during

connections

2.1.2

Mud

Density
1.3

No

riser

margin

in

See

also

Well

doepwater

Planning

Drilling

P/md

Considerations

in

deepwater

it

is

not
to

generally

possible

to

drill

with upon

enough
loss

mud
the

density

keep
fluid

the

well

over-balanced

of

riser drilling

Riser

Margin

Synthetic

and

oil-based

muds compared to muds water-based

Synthetic-based have
different

muds

SliM

and

nil-based

muds

OHM
mud
long
as

contpresstbthty

and
fluids

thermal
result

expansion
surface

properties

than

water-based not be an

As

density alone
density

may

accurate

measure This low

fluids

of

downhole

and

hydrostatic

pressure
their associated synthetic

includes

deepwater well These

as

risers significant

with

temperatures
in

use

of

deepwater
in

density

differences

should

be

considered

well

1998

EditIon

with

2000

Supplernani

Deepwater

Well

CcntrnIauidene 2-1

599938712

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800307

Well Control Procedures

Kick Prevention Detection

planning another

and

when

changing

from

one

type

fluid

to

2.1.3
Viscosity

Mud
increase

Viscosity

increase can Viscosity

length pressure in

mask

choke

and

kill

SICP

CK
mask

lines

due

to

and

low

temperature This high

effect viscosity as
is

can

shut-in

casing
synthetic

SIC
that

increased
at

with

muds
detection

have

low well

temperature

Kick during

may
but

be

difficult

the

may

flow

flow

checks

have

no

shut-in

casing

pressure

Options
viscosity

for

reducing

An
with

option
clear

in

order
or

to

reduce
fluid effects

viscosity In

is

to this

fill

CK

lines

gelled the

making

decision
sealing in

one
the

should

consider
lines

of

mud

solids or loss

CK

and

the

resulting

plugging

of

hydrostatic

pressure

One may
reduce contain

circulate

the

CK
for

lines

several

times

per

day

to

the

potential

settling

of

solids

unless

they

clear

fluid

Breaking

circulation In

deeper

water

the

gel

strength rotation gel

can of

be
the

high
drill

especially

with used

synthetic to

muds
the

Slow mud

pipe can

he

reduce

strength

when

breaking

circulation

2.1.4 Riser

Drilled

Cuttings
increased

cuttings

The

impact
in

of

annular than of low of

line

fluid

density

riser

cuttings

creating lead lead to to

higher
fracturing the
if

assumed
strength

hydrostatic

pressure can which

especially not

casing This

shoes

can

onset
booster

kick
is

becomes
or
is

important

the

not

available

used

Pressure equipment

while

drilling

Pressure provide

while

drilling

PWD
density

cquipment monitoring

can and

be

uscfttl to the

to

downhola
circulating includes

pressure

assess

equivalent

PCD

loading

on
as

casing
as

shoe This
problems

impacts

of high

viscosity

well

any

with

hole cleaning

issa 2-2

Edalor

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepswater

Well

crtroI GuldIhrs

599938713

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800308

Well Control Procedures

Kick Prevention Detection

pressure sensor
this

in

the

BOP

stack

can

provide

much

of

information

Increased

lag

time

2.1.5

Abnormal Pressure Detection

for the

Lag time
reducing
detection

gas

units

and at

cuttings this data

increases for

in

deepwater pressure

timeliness

abnormal

Mud

puiposes

temperature

effects

Flowline assessing
to the

mud

temperature

is

not
or

an

effective

toot

in

formaticn
effect

temperature of long

abnormal

pressure due operations

prior to

cooling use an

riser heater

Mud
on

logging
the

can

inline

sample

mud

measuring gas units

gas

units Otherwise

cold

mud may

give

lower

Measurement
methods
capabilities

while be
use.fbl

drilling

MWD
decrease

kick
in other

detection detection

may

due

to

2.1$
Pitch roll mations and heave Pitch
activity return roIl

Environmental

Effects

and can

heave

motions

due
impact

to pit level to

weather
level

crane and

etc
detection in

sigoiticantly or
is

mud
be
roil

methods Two
active pit to that pit this to

more
subject

sensors pitch

can and

placed
effects

each

and

corioected to

volume

totalizer
Ilie

averaging of i.e
the

technology

reduce

effect

location effects

sensors
for single

is

also

important edges
for

minimize sensors

center

scosor

two

etc

1998 Edilon

wIth

2000

Supptement

OeepwaterWSl

ConIro

Guidelines

2-3

599938714

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800309

Well Control Procedures

Shut-in

242

Shut-in
2.2.1

Pro-Kick Preparalion
kick
includes the

Preparation

for

following

Casing

shoe

Measure
Post weight both
in

pressure

integrity

of casing

shoes

i.e

by

leak-off/integrity for

tests the

ppg use

equivalent

end

associated

surface

pressure

mud

Update
other

this

pressure occur data

pericdicslly

and
affect two

when

drill

string loss on both

mud

property

or

changes
slow

which
for
at

may

pressure

Slow

pump data

Post loss

pump
bcth

least

and

CK

pumps
from

drill

pipe

friction

Line

Friction

Pressures reading

GLFP
separate sources to

Take
against

pressures

on two gauges
failure required
in tc

guard

gauge

Note
this

the value

pressure
for

break

circulation

the

first

time and

record

use

kick
in

detection

and
riser

circulation not
affect

procedures
slow

insure

that

cuttings

hole

and

do

pump data
kiclcto

Additional

methods
using
static

can

be employed
line

data

i.e

08K

or

tme of the subsea BOP pressure

at the anticipated
kill

update

this

sensor

See may

Circulating

To

Kit
test

Note Slow pump

be as low
as 1-2
to

rates

should

mpreserrt

rates

which

8PM
help Kill
in

in_deepwater
establish
initial

CK

line

friction

Use

CLFP

circulating

casing

_____ See pressure

change
such that test

pressures

Circulating

to

Recognize
data are

that

deepwafer

the

CLFP

is

likely

to

only

estimates record pressure losses with

Measure
lines in

and

low

circulation

rate

through

the

parallel to

one
to

option

reduce

friction

/osses two

during

well control
kill

in

deepwa

tar

wells 2.3.5

is

circulate of

the kick

using

the

choke

and

firms

in

parallel

see

Number
kill

08K Lines
an up-to-date valve the
to
kill

sheet valve

Maintain

sheet designed backflcw

for

subsea

HOP
the top drive

Float

Use

float

prevent string

je when

removing

or
Use

kelly

from

drif to

float

valve

guard

against

backflow of the the

through

drilipipe

during

an

emergency

disconnect from the

dill

and/or pipe

tailure

shear rams
ability to

to seal safety

Note Flow up

can impede

stab

valve
page

Continued

on following

1555
.4

Edltier

wtttr

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Conlrel

Guidelinee

599938715

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800310

Well Control Procedures

Shut-in Pro-Kick Preparation

CKilnevalve
positions

Show
valves

Gl
are the

line

valve

positions

open/dosed
relationsha
tool joint

and

CK

on

chart/white

board

indicating versus

which

me

fluid

contents
tool joint

mud
stack

water

Show

between
location

the

surface

location

and

correspondng
annulars Calculate with

opposite

the

BOP

rams and

and

post
it

the

distance
in

and

proper length

spacing

for

each

stand

to heip

space-out

variation increasea
in

stand the

warrants
dr/ti this

Note emote

As wafer depth
too

var/at/on

p/pe

jo/nt

length

can can by be

much

uncertointy joints

toot joint pos/t/on that 10-stand

potent/al lengths

pmbem
do
not

reduced more Mud-gas separator capacity

by anenginp
set
liquid

so

average

vary

than Post

amount and gas

l.a

0.1

reef capacity
of

handling

mud-gas gas
well

separator rates

Compare
from
i.e1

these

to

the

maximum
kick

anticipated

planned

well control rate insect design

procedures

and

and

CK

that

would

result

hne

geometry

pumping
diverter

iverter

Keep

RHA
Post

larger than diverter

and locked packer installed manufacturebs stated diameter

status

except
capacity

when

handling

element

in/out

Designated hang.off ram

Identity is

designated

hang-off post the

rem
hang-off capabilities torthe various

If

it

aVBR
hole
if

type

DP

sizes

in

the

Specify

rams

are

to

be

locked

after closure

if

independent
tool
joint

locks space
out to

Personnel

drills

Perform insure

BOP
crew

Drills

pIt

and

trip regularly

including

competency crews
perform stripping
drills prior to
drill

Consider
casing

having
to

out

of the

shoes
Table

ensure crew
Pre-kick

competency
preparation

hhanding

stripng

2-1

2.2.2 Soft/Hard
is

Hard

Shut-in

versus
small

Soft

Shut-In

shut-in

issue There
effect large
is

same as shallow

usually

only and

difference

in

fluid

hammer
very

water

with kick
to

hard
to

soft

shut-in

methods pressure which

it

takes

rates

develop kick shoe

will the

hammer volume

soft shut-in

tends

increase

may

result

in

increased pressures minimal point

in

casing do occur on

pressure
primarily
at

Whatcvcr
the

hammer
and
the

be

SOP
is

have
critical

effect

casing
control

shoe See

which

dcepwater

well

Reference

IAJJCJSPE

25712

1996

Edltloi

with

2OO

Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

Control

Guidelines

2-S

599938716

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-0080031

Well Control Procedures Annular vs Ram Shut-in

223
Although preventers
outlined

Annular

Shut-In

versus more
to

Ram
quickly

Shut-In

rams
there

will are

shut-in

than

annular
as

advantages

using

either

approach

below

Shut-In

Approach
shut-in Eliminates the

Favorable need
to insure

Factors
tool
in

Annular

joint

is

not

near

the
to to

BOP ram
vessel

increasingly
effect

difficult

deepwatar
Joints

due

oFfset

on

length

more

of pipe

consider
Provides
for
drill

means

to

effectively
drill

shut-in while

still

allowing

movement
string well
to

of the

pipe

to

reduce

sticking of the

Shut-in off

and

hangingwith

Allows

be

closed of

in

more

quickly trapped
in

operation

Minimizes

amount

gas

that

may be

the

ram

gop
May
provide
that

higher

pressure
will

rating

then

annulars
off

Ensures pipe
Being

sticking

not

preclude

hanging

the

drill

hung-off

the

well

is

ready

for

emergencies

e.g

severeweather etc
ElImInates

dre-off

mooring

failure

loss of riser

wear
is

on
kept

BOP

due

to

vessel

heave

ii motion

compensator
Shut-in with

below

string
is

weight
not

an

Defers
until critical
it

ensuring

that tool

joint

near

the

BOF rem
speed
is

annular

then

can

be

accomplished

when

execution

not

promptly switch to ram hang-off on

Simplifies Minimizes annular Minimizes the

drill

space-cut

procedure
of

BOP

amount

gas

that

may be
will

trapped

below

chance pipe
higher the

that

atcking

preclude

hanging

off

May
Being Table
2.2

provide hung-off

pressure well
is

rating fcr

than

annulars

ready shutirt

emergencies

Annolnr

simb-in vs

nm

1996 2-6

Euaon

v.ith

2000

Spp1ement

coepweter

wet

conirsE

Gifideilnes

599938717

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800312

Well Control Procedures

Shutin while
Drilling

If

drilling

near

production
it

zone
desirable to

or
to close

if

the skip

weAl
the

is

obviously

flowing
proceed

may

be

flow
arid

check
check

and

immediately

the

BOP

for pressures

SPE 26952

2.2.4

Shut-In

While

Drilling

The

following while

table drilling

contains

an

example

procedure

for

shut-in

Step

AcIIo When
ratse the primary
drill

warning
until

sign the

of
is

kick
off

has been and

observed
string is at

immediately proper

string

bit

bottom

spaceoul Stop Ens

the

mud pumps and chock

the
riser

for

flow

uce that

boost

valve risen

is

dosed
above
the

Note
Close
While

gas

in flux

may have
in

AOP

given

deapwater

Jqpqluons See
the the

2.6 Gas

Riser ____________________ line valves subsea

selected

SOP
closing

SOP
I/rio

is

Note
Monitor

CK
for

open

selectsd

CK

should from
the

now
the

be/fried

up/a

the

pre-se/ected

choke

flow

riser as precaution against gas

in

Consider

closing
in

diverter

riser

See 26 Gas
Check
Alert
for

Riser leaks

surface

the supervisor

Read

and on

record both

shut-in

SlCP
Monitor
II

CK

drillpipe

Sh3PP
pit

shut-in

casing

pressure

lines

and

gain

and
is

record

this

data

perodicaliy

hang-cit 2.2

desired

it

can

be

initiated

now

590

IP Hangoff

Guidelines wbiie drilling

Table

23

Shut-in

1998

Edttlon

wtth

201XJ

Supptsmenl

Drepwater

Welt

Control

Guidelines

2-7

599938718

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800313

Well Control Procedures

Shut-In while Tripping

2.2.5

Shut-In

While

Tripping
one
in

Full

opening

safety

Many
opening
drilling floor

top

drive

systems

incorporate that

or

more

full

safety or

valves

FOSV
be

remain backup Assure

service
in

during
the rig

tripping cannot

These

provide stabbed
for the

case

FOSY
is

that

strippable

FOSV

provided

sized

easing

in the

well

The
shut-

following
in

table

contains

an

example

procedure

for

while tripping

Step

Action

When
stop
Install
all

primary operations

warning and
the

sign set the

of pipe

kick
in

has been
the slips

observed

immediately

and

close

FOSV
IBOP with crossovers as neeassaty tour at the att of each
and remove space
slips should

Note The
the

POW
position
drili

end

be

in

open

Check

Pick-up Position

the
drill

string
for

pIpe

proper

out

Check

for

flow

Note_The Wnile Note

the

dser boost

valve

should open

be closed suedes

SOP

is

closing flow/ins

selected

CK

line to

_________ valves
the c/osed

The

choke

should

now be open

through

pm-selected
Monitor Consider

choke
from the the riser as precaution against gas
in

or How
closing

diverter

riser

See
Check
for

Gas

in

Riser leaks

surface supervisor record both

Alert the

Read

and on

shut-in

SiCP
Monitor Prepare

CK
back

drilipipe

SIDPP
pit

shut-in

casing

pressuie

lines

and

gain

and
to

record
strip

this

data

periodically

to

bottom
while

th

en

annular

SOP

Table

2-4 Shut-in

tripping

1998 2-8

Edison

ith

20C0

Supplement

Deepnter

Well

Ccntral

Guidelines

593938719

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800314

Well Control Procedures Shut-in Bit above BOPs

2.2.6

Shut-In

during
is

Connection
the

Ensure
If

that
is

the

well

stable after

before

making
the

connection
the

flow

detected

making

connection

following

conditions

may occur

it

may may

not

be be

possible

to

slack

off

and hang enough

to

on

the

rums
tool

it

not

possible

to

pick

up

clear

the

joint

This while
rig

situation drilling

should

be

treated

the

same way
Hang-off

as

shut-in

See

Table

2-4

above

depends

on

specific

considerations

2.21 Out
of the

Shut-In

with

Bit

above
out of
shut-in in as

the

BOPs
or inside the as riser

hole

or If

kick

ndicators
action
is

occur should
to

while be
to

the

hole

inside

riser

Uslng
blind/shear

the

first

with quickly

hlindishcar possible to

rams gas
in

rams
avoid

It

important
the riser

close

Avoiding
rtser

gas

in

The

following with
the

table bit

contains the

an

example

procedure

for

shut-in

above

HOPs

Step

Action
At the
first

indication

of flow

from

the well

close

the

blind/shear
line

rams

While

the

130P
line

is

closing

open

selected aligned

subsea
with the

CK

valves choke

Note 081
Monitor
for

should from
the

now be
lhe riser

preselected

flow

Ccnsider

closbig
in

divarter

as

precaulion

against

gas

in

the

riser

See 24 Gas
Check
Alert
for

R/ser leaks

surface supervisor

the

Record
Monitor
If drill

shut-casing

pressure
this

81CR
slips

on

both

CK

lines

and

pit

gain

and
pipe
is

record

data the

periodically

hung-off
pitch

on
roll

be

alert

for potential

fatigue

damage

from

vessel
for

and

Prepare

stripping

and

bullheading

operations
if

lrnpkrnentvolumetbcpressurecontrol
Table 2-5 Shut-ia with
bit

necessary

above

BOFa

1998

rdltlan

wth

21105

supplement

OeepwMet

Wet

Cenfrol

Guidelines

2-9

599938720

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800315

Well Control Procedures

Shut-in

while Running

Casing/Liner

2.2.8 Location hanger being

of

Shut-In

while Running
the

Casing/Liner
location

shoe

and While running run and casing hanger

or liner the

of

the

shoe

should

be tracked

If

kick

indicators

arc

present
the

then

the

shut-in conditions

sequence
are

will

depend

on

she

whether

following

present

casing/liner

is

inside

the

riser

casing/liner

inside

the

SOPs

hanger

is

below
in

the

BOPs
that

drill

pipe

is

position

allows

the

well to

be

shut-in

Crossover between
casing/liner

connection
drill

pipe and

If also

kick
at to the

is

possible
rig

with

the

casing/liner
is

in to

the

well

and
drill

floor

crossover

needed

connect

pipe

casing/liner

2.2.9

Masking Strength on
the

of
in

Casing Pressure by High Lines

Gel

CK
of

Depending

results

the

slow

circulation the gel

rate test

for the

CScK
fluid

line in the

friction riser If

pressures

CLFP

strength

of

may mask
there
is

shut-in

casing

pressure
to

See 22
the gel

Shut-in strength

so

procedure

break

Step

Action Close two

Align another

SOP

so

that

there

CK
isolate the

circulation

path

between

the

closed the

preventers

subsea
the the

Cl
lines

valves

to

well

and

set

up

flew

path

between
Circulate

two

SOPs
to

CK
2-6

break

the

get valve

strength
to

Stop

circulating

and

reopen

CK
to break

well

below

the

SOP

tc

deterinirsecingpresur
Table

Procedure

gel

strength

908 2-10

ESlilon

with

2000

Supplerrieni

WSI

Conirol

Guidelines

599938721

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800316

Well Control Procedures

Hang-off Guidelines

2.2.10

Hang-off

Guidelines

On
is

floating

rigs

hanging-off 0f
the

on

designated and
kill

hang-off procedure

rams The

an

essential joint

part not

close-in

tool

must

be placed

opposite shear

rams

Spacing
drilistring

and

landing

the

For Tool
joint

this

reason
the

precise string the

instructions are tool

and
All

drills

on

spacing must on
real

placement

and

landing
exactly joint

helpful
joint is

concerned
the

know
tool

where

Closing

rams
in

would
situation

have

dire

consequences

emergency

If Circulating

circulating

head

is

to

be

used

in

well the

kick

operations of

head
the

hang-off

procedure

will

include

installation

circulating

head

The

table to

on

the

following
the

page

describes

oonditions

related

hanging-off

drilistring

1995

EdWen

Mh

2000

SuppLmcti

Deepwater

Wsf

Contrtil

Gwdelines 2-11

599938722

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800317

Well Control Procedures

Hang-off Guidelines

Consideration
if

should

be given
listed

to in

hanging-off
the

the

rlrillstring

any

of

the

conditions

following

table

exist

during

well

control

operations

Consider

hanging-off
is

drllistdng

if To The
prevent location closing

Continents element
of the

Ram BOP

closed

wear
tool

due

to

vessel

heave be
verified

joint

should

always

before
If

any
is

pipe

cam type
for verity

hang-oft within

ram
hang-off

VBR

that
dill

string

weight
in

is

capability

the

pipe

size

the

ROP
Specify
if

rams

are

to

be

locked

after

ciosura

if

independent Weather and sea

conditions are or

locks wear

Can

result

in

damage

to

the

annular

BOF

creating

excessive loop current

heave

element

severe Using

dynamic-positioned potential
line

rig

where where

There

may be
apply an or

need
to

for

immediate
rig
if

disconnect
line failure

drift-off

exists

or

May
could

also

moored

mocriny
slip

mooring
large offset

failure

would cause

cause
limits

offset that

exceeds

joint/tensioner

transient

travel

would

put

excessive

bending

momant

on
Drfllstiing is

the

structural

casing
to

attempting

to

stick

Need
off

an be

early decision

ensure

that
is

drill

pipe

hang-

can

accomplished
motion the

while

string

free
to

Motion the the

compensator
drill

cannot moving
to

prevent through

Ensure
greater

that than

compensator
or the
string
drill

is

set pipe

value the weight

pipe

from

weight
total

above

annular

due

vessel

heave

BOP
on

but

less than weight

to

place

some

hang-off

on

the

ram

Riser

angle

at the
is

Lower

Marine than
limit

Riser

Package
established

greater operating

Surface
that

flow

from

the

riser

indicates

annular

preventer
fluid

may
or

be

leaking

Icrmation the

gas

above Unable

SOP
of an

stack
full

to establish

returns

or flow

evidence
exists

underground

Casing

pressure

incroasos
for

above
annular

operating with/without

limits

the

drill

pipe

mcvement

Table

2-7

Hanging-off

the drillatring

1095 sitionwni 2-t2

2000

supplement

Deapwater

Welt

control

Othdelinea

g99938723

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800318

Well Control Procedures

Circulating to
KIll

2.3

Cirdulatilig to Kill Summary

number
implementing These
factors

2.3.1

of

factors

should

be

considered
kick to the

prior

to

method
include the

for circulating

sorface

following

Factor

Consideration Gas
at

Gas
Circulation rate

migratiorllocation

shut-in

relative

to

casing

shoe

Slow

pump

data

rate selection circulating stack rate

Consider

reducing

as

influx

and to

kill

weght
ncreasing

mud approach SOP

pressure

and

CK
now

lines

offset

on

casing

shoe
pressure
for

Need

to

adjust
if

DP

rate

using tno
lines

static

line

pressure Decision

available circulate data

or otherwise

active

pressure

to

up one

or

two chcke

Mud

Mud
If

viscosity gel

and
Is

effects

CK

strength

high

Sea
margin
In

2.2 Shut-in and

Is

mud
breaking

weight/formation

integrity

low

consider

CK

circulaticn
will

as

described
in

2.2.9

Frac

gradient

Typically

be
in

lower

deepwater

Mud/Gas separator loading

May be
Table

higher

deepwater

24

Factors suits

related

to

methods

of circulating

kick

to

cc

19513

catIon

v1Th

2000

supplement

DeopwaterMll

Control

GuidelInes

2-13

599938724

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800319

Well Control Procedures

Circulating to
Kill

2.3.2

Drillers

Method
Drillers

Advantages of
influx

of
into

the

Method
and

include

shorter probability

time
of

well due

bore
to the

reduced
factors

hydrate formation

following

Drillers

method

circulation helping to

brings

wellbore

heat

up

the

BOP

and

CK
kinetics

lines

advantages

keep

temperatures

above
for

hydrate

temperature

reduced effect

time and

potential

hydrates

to

form

circulation

tends higher

to

keep

BOP
static

equipment
well

temperatures

somewhat

than

233
Advantages

Wait

Weight
Wait

Engineers
Weight

Method
include

of

the

Method

Wait

weight

method

fewer

eireulatioss

for

total

kill

advantages
reduced that casing shoe pressure

when

the

gas

influx approaches

depth from

However
deepwater provide

as
is

the

distance

TD
this

to

the

casing
is

shoe
likely

in to

usually

minimal

benefit

not

suhstantially

lower easing

shoe

pressures

2.3.4

aullheading
be lengthy
viable alternative influx unless fluids the

Bullheading hole
section

may
is

open
the

Forcing

down

wellbore

may

induce

underground

interzonal

flow

However
would
is

bullheading pressure
if

may be
limits or situation

heat

choice

it

other

optinna
sulfide

exceed and

excessive
is

hydrogen

expected

hole

favorable

19e
2-14

Ecitien

ailS

200

Supplement

Depwater

Well

Central

Gudelirs

599938725

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800320

Well Control Procedures

Circulating

through

CK Lines

2.3.5

Number
two

of

CK Lines
on
floating rigs offer the

The

CK
for

lines

provided uses

following

purposes

and

Options

with

second

CK

Back-up
in

first

line

ptugs leaks etc

used as
static line if

line

deepwater
to

can

be

line

to

monitor

BOP

pressure pressure Circulate

compensate
can

for

CK
blind

friction

aBOP

sensor

be used
is

for this

available

well

that

hung-off

with

the

drill

pipe

disconnected

below

closed

rams gas
friction loss

Circul

etc

across

closed

BOP

trapped

Pump

through

both

CK

lines

to reduce

Circulating

up both

CK
by
about

lines

reduces

friction

Circulating lines

up

both

CK

Reduces
rate

friction

50-75

percent

for

same

circulation

Reduces end of

easing
kill

shoe

loads

at zero

surface

pressure

i.e

at

Precludes

use

of second

CK

line to

monitor

HOP

pressure

2.3.6

BOP Separator
two

Effect

BOPstaek

as

gas/mud Using gas/mud two

CK

lines

allows

the that

flOP
the

stack

to

act

as
are
in

separator

assuming

gas

and

mud

phases

i.e not dissolved

The

diagram
effect

on

the

following

page

illustrates

the

HOP

separator

1998

Edition

wth

2000

Supplement

Peepvater

SUsil

Cartel Guidlinss

2-15

599938726

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800321

Well Control Procedures BOP Separator Effect

SOP SEPARATOR
EFFECT

P.S

UCK
the

heed
flow

decreases
in

LOK
U-tube

con

reverse
Fluid spIDer wit than entering the up

settog

CK
the

Sne

WOK
nit
line

aw

Isave

moregas
lower

receives

Figure

2-1

SOP

separator

effect

As

shown

in

the

above
as

figure follows

the

advantages

of

the

BUt

separator

effect

are

3as
thet

will fluid

preferentially entering
irs it

rise

to the

the

upper lower

CK
tine

top
line

of the

BOP

cavity

such

tICK
as

will

have
in

more
Figure

gas

then

the

receives

shown

2-1a
happens
the Ihe

As

this

head

in

this

line

will

be

less

Therefore flow As
can

LICK

will

take

greater

proportion

nf

the

total

i.e

higher

rate

UCK

head

decreases

flow

in

the

lower
as

Cl
in

line

LCK
2-

reverse

setting

up

U-tube

flow

shown

Figure

1b

1998 2-16

EditiOn

Wltfl

2000

Supplement

Deepweter

Wall

control

GuideEhsea

599938727

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800322

Well Control Procedures BOP Separator Effect

low

This flow of has

gas

of

mud
the

from

the

LCK
so
that

is

then
fluid

added
entering

to

the the

from

wellhore

UCK

more mud

in it

The
line

net
Lo

effect

is

to

reduce loss

the

potential

swapover

of

CK

gas and

head

Net

effect

reduces swapover gas and

the
of

This

affects the

surface

pressure has
to

behavior

wheh

the

person

potential

CK
head

line to loss

operating

choke

control

Use of two
pressure
as

CK
hence
the

lines the

rcduces degree case

the

flu

osoations

in surface

and by

of choke

change

reactions

shown

example

below

The

BOP

separator

effect

is

not

applicable

if

the

gas

is

dissolved

Le

in

synthetic-based

mudS

1750 1500 1250 1000

if

ikThne
--2 CK
lines

760

10

16

20

25
effect

30

35

Minutes
2-2

Figure

HOP

separator

example ease

1998

Editien

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwaler

Alell

Control

Guidelines

2-17

599938728

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800323

Well Control Procedures

Underground
Blowout

2.4

Preventing

Lost Returns and

Underground Blowouts
24.1
and
riser

Summary
with long
riser

in

deepwater

and can

high

penetration significantly

rates

equivalent
to cuttings

circulating

density

increase

due
riser

loading
line

slip velocity
to increase

booster

pump

and

booster reduce

can

bn used

riser velocity

and hence

the

loading problem

See

Procedure

Diagram on following

page

1998 2-la

EdItion

with

2050

Suppthment

DeepwaterVii

Control

GuiwiLinss

599938729

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800324

Well Control Procedures

Underground
Blowout

2.4.2

General Procedures

for

Detection

of

an

Underground

Blowout

InlrIel

Drill

Pi

pudC

onirro followed

pteeeono by

Enornoue

decrease

us

Cu

on no

Soil
Onill

or

lu

rrjrleon

Pipe

No

Mod

roturre
fluid

in

nionnorir

dlnippinrdenporrlnwn willroni rrnulo oh rsunirro no Confirm Throne Torn

ol

unu

Pnaour
Anorn
alp

for

tOC
reloru

elite

in

p5

Lu

No
Ours 0111
in

Pressure
here nut s/TUbing up
lii

urmloefnn PlC

end

then Lower chum-In nopenled

Inflicts

Pranerird

Arpnnprlrfn

enponos

60000
s/is of

005ruon
prod unind

leeds/oil
ruell wmt/r

ii

Ofl

OnilnOr

ninrir

unMoor

uein

Rotrieuoblo

enrruloiu

nnsnnnns

L_
h/on

nird

don

Drill

Pipd or druu
Olni

or
no

Tub
bun
irr

in

Ton

pnnoture noon

Pressure lou
oondilinne pale

In

oibruliun
loom

rlurururlon

end

eraS

pool

vied

Trou

or

COP

Vibrullun

Figure

23

Genetol

procedure

for the

detection

of

an nndergreund

blowout

998

Edition

riith

2000

Supplement

Doapwater

Well

Cnrtrol

Guidelinea

in

599938730

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800325

Well Control Procedures

Underground Blowout while
Drilling

______

2.4.3

Underground
of
the
art

Blowout

while DrillIng
while

Indicators include

underground

blowout

drilling

following

Indicator

Observation
pipe Pressure

Shut-in

drill

may

initially

increase

but

then

should

decrease

at

least for

pressure

SIDPP
casing

time
Drill

pipe

pressure
rriay

may

fall

to

zero
but then should

Shut-in

Pressure

initially

increase

decrease

at

least for

pressure

time
Pressure
potentially

SlOP
Note

may

be

erratic

then values the

slowly
if

increase annulus
to /nto is

as

gas

migrates to
fill

to surface with

to very

high

the

allowed

gas

If

casing
fluid

pressures have
or

potential

exceed
the

casing annulus

andlorROP
to

ratings pressure

mud
is

water

can

be

pumped

keep

annulus

down
no
are
float in drilistring

Gas displacement

If

there

some OP mud may be

by

displaced

with

gas

if

pumps

stopped
can

Casing casing

mud

be
to

displaced rise
It

some

gas action

migrating
is

upward
this

causing
rise to

pressure

essentially

same
Is

pressure

no response as downhcle

taken
pressure

can

flowing rating annulus

less gas
action to to high

head
prevent
rate to to

and
this

may exceed casing pressure to pump seawater into the

it

response
at

moderate water

keep

at

least

partially

full

of water

and

get

the

hydrostatic

reducecassig
to

pressure
pipe with

us pressure

Able

step Table

dnil

no change

In

annulus detection

pressure
whiLe drilling

2-9

Underground

blowout

Teas

edition

Wt

2000

Supplenent

Deepwetor

ll

Control

Giideline2

240

599938731

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800326

Well Control Procedures

Underground

Blowout

Producing

or Workover

2.4.4

Detection

of

an

Underground
or

Blowout Well Over

while Producing

Working

Jridicators

of

an

underground
include the

blowout

while

producrng

or

working

well over

following

Indicator Shut-in

Observation
Pressure lower than normal

tubing

on

producing

well with

pressure

known

or

suspected

tubirig-annulus

communication

Annulus

pressure

Pressure

lower or

than

normal tubing-an

on

producing nulus

well with nication annulus

known
Gas/oil ratio or ratio or

suspected
in

coinmu

Sudden

change

ratio

on

producing

well with

water

pressure Tree
drill

Vibration

pipe
tubing past

and/or or
drill

BOP
pipe well

vibration vibration

on

shut-in well drag

drag

Sudden
lowered Tabie 2- 10

and/or

when
or

point

in

Underground working
over

blowout well

detectinn

white

produetng

eos

EStee

ulTh

2000

Supplement

Ooepwater

Well

Centrel

Guidelines

2-21

599938732

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800327

Well Control Procedures

Underground Blowout
Actions Considerations

2.4.5

Actions/Considerations

In

the

Event

of

an Underground
Action/Consideration Perform
positive
is

Blowout

Tfments
if

tesU
closed

to

determine

One
is

indicator
direct

of

an underground
of pressures

fiowThlcwout

borehole

system

no

correlation

on

drill

pipe

and annulus

Send
in

personnel

to

look
if

for

broaching

Visual

immediate
is

area

underground

ROV

flow Strip the

indicated through annular

to

drilistring to is

bottom
Bit

facilitate

control jf
off

significantly
is

bottom

Driflstring

free pressure log

Run

temperature

Pump water
running log
if

or

mud down

annulus

while pressure

dictated

by annulus

limitations Displace
drill

pipe

with

water

or

known

density

mud
Pressure flowing readings bottom
drHI

can

be used

to

estimate the top of

hole

pressure

and

______ Con
aider running noise
intensity

_______ to assess log

of flow
log

fluid

in

pipe
as baseline
to

Can

be used

confirm

kill

later

location

and

Consider

running

spinner

and

other

May be
drill

additionally

used

to look

for

hole

in

production

logs logs begin

logistics
is

pipe

or tubing/casing

While

running

evaluabng
required
if

procedures

and
flow

underground Consider
during keeping

confirmed
pipe
full

the

drill

Prevents

possible effects
drill

bacictow the
float

and assodated were

to

an underground

blowout

hammer
and
the

well valve

bridge

off

pipe

if installed
filling

failed with

If

needed below

to

keep

annulus pressure

pressure

Keeps
migrating

casing

from

completely

up

casing or

mitt pump

seawater
into

mud down

CK

gas

lines

casing
Table
2-

11

ActionalConsicteratinns

in

tIne

event

of

underground

blowout

t998
-22

EdItion

vAth

2020

supplement

Deepr

Well

Cortirol Guidelines

599938733

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800328

Well Control Procedures

Underground Blowout
Riser Damage

246
Leakage from
riser different

Riser

Damage
lost the fall returns

sort riser

of

can
In

be

caused

by

leakage
the riser

from

the

into

ocean
causing

severe

situations in

onnulus pressure

level

can

reduction

bottom

hole

and

potentially

an influx

Rig

personnel
in the

should
riser

be

alert

that

mud
lines

losses

might

be

occurring

or connection

Checking
loss

for rIser

mud

One way
circulating

to

check slowly

is

to

close

preventer
lines
if

and
is

monitor no
not

while

via

CK
Or

If there level

circulation

then then

hole
riser

is

losing
is

mud

riser

will

stand

Full

system

leaking

Riser can

buckling

can and

be

caused
at the

by

insufficient

tension

and

create

split

hole

buckle

point

2.4.7

RIser Tension APT

for to

Riser high
retain

desig enough

criteria to

RE 16Q
two keep

suggests

setting to
fail

tension

allow
tension

tensioners riser
in

and

still

adequate has an reduced

tension

Where

each

tensioner
is

independent
to failure

power system
single

this

allowance

often

of

tensioner

In

deepwater can

riser

significant

portion

ol

the

riser

tension to

can

he

lost

either

tension
to

be

lost

due
or

due

to

equipment

failure

or the

need

temporarily

remove

equIpment

failure

tensioners

from service

temporarily tensioners

removing from
service

If

this

occurs with
the

consider

closing to

the

lID

and

replacing

the

riser

mud
that as

seawater
drill

reduce

tension

requirements of
the lost

Note

string

can can
drill

provide be

some

tension

follows the
drill

The
pipe on

riser

partially tension

supported can

by

contacting replace basis

via

The

pipe

roughly

riser

tension

approximate between
the
drill

pound-for-pound pipe and

the riser

lateral contact

ieee

Edison

with

2000

Supplerneni

Deapwaler

Well

Conirol

cauldeilnes

2.23

599938734

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800329

Well Control Procedures

Underground Blowout
Riser Damage

In Ertraine

extreme not

cases

where

the the

hanging following

tension of option

the

drill

pipe

cases

is

enough

consider

Close

pipe

rum
joint

at-mind

the

drill

pipe

Pull

tool

tip

against

the

rem

with

the

motion

compensator
Increase the liP

compensator
tension rating

setting

to

get
limits

more
of

tension hang-off

within capacity
Puffing eliminates out of
drill

and

ROP

the

hole
In

pipe
in

any

case
drill

pulling

out

of

the exists

hole

can cause

cause
loss

loss

of

support
of riser

results integrity

loss

whatever
integrity

pipe support

and

of

riser

less
-24

Edalon

vith

20CC

Supplement

DeepwaierWell

Conr Gwdelim

599938735

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800330

Well Control Procedures BOP Cleanout Trapped Gas

2.5

BOP
2.5.1

Cleanout Trapped
Summary
well
control

Gas

During stack

of

gas

influx

with between

subsea
the

BOP
closed
is

gas

may
and

accumulate
the outlet

in the

space

preventer
called

used

for

circulation

This

gas

ftrapped

gas

It

has

created to

krtown feet

problems

in

water
for to

depths

of
in

about deeper

000
water

2500

The

potential

problems
limited

has not been and

fully

explored due
limitations

operational

experience

analysis

Trapped factors

gas

volume

The

volume

of

trapped
the

gas

will

depend of
the

on

the

BOP
the

SOP BOP
and

arrangement diameter dispersion

arrangement

used

diameter
the

SOP
the

dispersion/separability drilling fluid

of

gas and

mud

and

type of

Gas/Mud
Drilling

separability fluid

type Synthetic-based can absorb back

muds

SBM
mud
in the

and

oil-based

muds which
is

0DM

considerable from
the

amount of gas
until the riser

evolve

pressure or even

may not below the

pressure
the surface

in the

BOP

i.e

downstream of

choke

Trapped water

gas depth

effects

and

The
water

effects

of

trapped

gas

have of and
the the

strong trapped deeper higher

dependence gas
the will

on be
the the the the

depth
hydrostatic this the

The

pressure pressure
will

mud

water

higher
greater

pressure expanded

be

The

the

pressure
it

volume of

this

gas when

reaches

surface

For

example

in

1500 he 950

feet

of water For an
the

with

12.0

ppg

mud

the

pressure would
15-foot distance

psia

t83/4

inch

SOP

with
shut-in

between upper choke

bbls
it

annular
the

assumed
gas

BOP
could bubble

and he
to

the

outlet

trapped
as

volume
gas

bbls
the

If this

of gas migrates
to

single

surface

expands

over

300

bbls

ideal gas

basis

1995

EsIttan

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

well

control

GuIdelines

-25

599938736

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800331

Well Control Procedures SOP Cleanout Trapped Gas

Bubble
rise

The

characteristics

of
the

the

bubble

rise velocity

are

important
will

to

characteristics

appreciate migration

At

first

upward
of
feet

be

simple

perhaps

tens

per

minute

plus

circulating

annular velocilx

with

slow expansion

There of
Critical often

is

critical the turns the

bubble

depth
it

at

which of

it

becomes
riser

capable and
the

pushing

mud
out

above

out
into

the

bubble
ft

depth

migration
release function

immediately
gas

rapid

expansion depth
is

and
is

100.300

of

of

the

riser

This

critical but

of gas bubble of iOO

to

size

and

mud

density

often

depth

300

feet

The e.g
the

riser

may
bbls

lose

the

entire
its

expansion
several

volume hundred
in the

of
feet

mud
Such
if

300

dropping

level

drop

could
is

underbalance open

formation Chapter 2.6

wellboLe
in

BOP

See

Gas

Riser

2.5.2

Field

Test Results
issue increases

Directionally depth
test since that the
its

the

trapped

gas

with
there
is

water
field that

pressure increases
that there
is

However
an
offsetting

data

indicates

effect

reduces

problem

potential

Field

test

The
Trapped placed closed gas below

test

was

i-un

in

311K gas
closed

ft

of

water

with of
then

13.2 to

ppg
bbls

density

mud
placed
to

Trapped below
the

air

volumes and
In

10
the

50

were opened
to not

BOP

80
the
It air

was
did not

BOP
gas

allow
as

BOP
allow

gas

to

migrate
rather

each

case
itself

opened

migrate

slog volume

but

dispersed
the

did

migration Results

displace

large

of

mud from

riser

Gas dispersed

The
outlet

10

bbl

air

volume
in

test

cquivalent inch

to

ft

BOP/choke
only
19

no
Did large

slug
net

distance

the the

16-3/4 riser

SOP

unloaded

displace
of

bbls

of

mud from

volume

mud from

riser

Surface bubbles

observations
air-cut

ol and

the

returns

were

small

boiling0

mud

minor

slugging

Tests and

were 30
bbls

also at

conducted

circulating

out
test

trapped
still

gas of out

10 the

8PM

The

10

bbl

strung

19S8
-2e

Edition

with

2005

Supplement

Oeepwster

Well

control

Guidelines

599938737

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800332

Welt Control Procedures BOP Cleanout Trapped Gas mud The 30 mud indicating
the large

bubble unloaded

and

did

not 100 brought

unload
bbls

any of

bbl that

test the

over
rate

circulation
it

some of

bubble
the in

up before
gas

could

disperse

Problems

associated

with

trapped deeper

phenomenon

may be

significantly

reduced

water

3000
Problems
with

ft

associated gas
in

trapped

may

From
the

these

tests

it

appears

that

problems be

associated

with reduced

be reduced deapwater base

trapped deeper

gas

phenomenon

may
with

sLgnificantly

with

water

in

water
rate

3000
is

ft

water-base
synthetic in the

mod
and
riser

and

if

the

mud and
circulation

circulation

not of

too

high

With gas water

oil-based

appropriate
rate

muds

evolution

dissolved
for
all

remains

an

important consideration

depths

Although conclusive than

the for ft

tests
all

show

reduced
In

potential water

they

are

not

conditions gas
special

depths

shallower
significant

3000

trapped

can

be

potentially to

problem handling should

requiring

procedures items and

handle
listed

For below

trapped

gas

the

questions

be considered

2.3
Stack

Equipment Considerations
configuration of outlets

Location

choke

and will

kill hold

Condition
differential

of

annular

affect

ability

to

across

element capnei
outlet

Surface

gas

handling

Is

there

CK
booster

line

between

annulars

Is

there

line

2.5.4

Operational
Water Type
fluid

Considerations

depth

of
as

fluid

in

hole

However

always

treat

trapped

gas system
line

Diverter

configuration with fluid fluid the

Choke

friction or

kill

in

choke
line

line

and

also with

water-

mud-based

in the

Is

the

string

hung-off

itOit

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

nspwater

Well

Cenrcl

fluidelises

27

599938738

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800333

Well Control Procedures

Removing
and Venting

Trapped

Gas

2.5.5

Removing
most
likely that or

and

Venting
have ram
the

Trapped

Gas
under
the

Gas accumulation
It is

gas

will

accumulated

closed

annular

pipe

if

hung-of

during

displacement

or removal

of

kick

Ck

circulation If

connection

CK
or

circulation

connection
tbr to

is

immediately

below be

the

annular trapped
threat

ram

used
0.5

shut-in

this

volume

will

small

volume
Otherwise trapped
the riser

bbl and

does

not pose
for prior

seilnus

special

procedure necessary

removing
to

and
the

venting flOP
to

gas

may

be

opening

General gas

procedure and

for

removal

general procedure
is

for

removing

arid

venting

trapped

gas

venting

shown

below

Check
from

maximum
delta

allowable above

CAUTION
pressure

Consult

annular
delta

manufacturer above

regarding
the

the

the

BOP
Action fiso
late

maximum allowable

pressure from

I3OP

Step

the

wellbore

from

the

riser

by

closing diesel or

pipe

rem
fluid

Circulate

hydrate-inhibited

seawater

base

as

appropriate

across

the

stack
Hold

back

pressure

to

keep
of

BOP

pressure

from

falling

below

original

pressure

prevent

premature

expansion
is

trapped

gas bubble keep back

pressure

After circulation

completed1
kill

on

the

chohie

line

and

BoPstaolc

Close
Bleed

the

subsea upper
line fluid

line

valves
to fully

choke

pressure through the

side the trap

allow

gas

to

expand
at

into

the

choke

line

unloading

the

displacement

opened

choke
not
fully

the

surface the

Note

In

many cases
expansion sweeping
letting line

pet gas

may

displace

choke

line

due

tc

insofficient

energy
of

Consider
annular

some
the

the
fluid limit

remaining U-tube t/tube

into

and Choke

riser will

gas down into the the choke line and

impair

choke

line

by

opening

the

Note

friction

velocity

the

effeotiveness

of

the

sweep
Close
annular

and
the
kill

displace
line

the

CK
kill

lines

and

stack

with

kili

weight

mud
any
remaining

Pump
Open
trapped

down
the

side
weight

annular from

and
riser

circulate

mud

In

stages

removing

gas

Check

pressure

under

closed

rem
and

Table

2- 12

Removing

venting

trapped

ger

iSis
-25

Edttion

with

2000

Supplement

Deapweler

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938739

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800334

Well Control Procedures

Gas
in

Riser

Riser Diverter

2.6

Gas
2.6.1

in

Riser Riser
Summary
of
this

fliverter

The oective
be taken on

subsection
floating riser

is

to

outline

steps

that

can
gas

deepwater
in die

drilling

vessels

where

may be present

2.6.2
After

When
alsutting4n the subsea depth

to

Apply
kick

Gas

in

Riser Procedures
of the gas
this

where The

some

influx gets with gas

above
water

BOP
is

potential

for

increases

and

also

influenced

by mud-lype 2.1 Kick

into

i.e

solution

in synthetic

mud See
leak

Chapter

Detection
riser

As

result of

BOP
of

across

ram/annular

For removal To
deal to

trapped

gas

See Chapter 2.5 Trapped

from of
riser riser if

Gas
valve

with
refill

return
riser

air/gas

the

riser

fill

opens

after loss

mud

26

.3

Actions/Considerations
in

in

Handling

Gas

Riser
floor

CA1fl1ON
need
to

Minimize

personnel

on

rig

to

those

who

be

there

Monitor any
gas

the
is

riser

during well
If

control

operations monitor
its

to

assess

if

in riser

gas

is

present

expansion

progress

Ensure
not

that

SOPs

are If gas in riser or riser

flow

is

detected

ensure
the

that
first

BOPs
one

are

leaking

not leaking bleed/monitor

Close

second between

BOP
the

above

and

pressure

BOPs

If

flow

is

detected

estimates rates

of and

its

development
surface

into

rapid

expansion
are

high flow

resulting

pressure

not

reliable

Such development

can

occur

quickly

1055

Edaroti

wIth

2000

supplement

Deopwater

WeH

Control

Guidellnee

2-20

599938740

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800335

Well Control Procedures

Gas
in

Riser Riser Diverter

Prior

to Line

gas

arrival

Therefore equipment
diverting of the
all

it

may

be

desirable prior to

to

promptly
arrival

line including

up

up equipment personnel capacity

and

personnel
return

gas

and

riser

flow This

directly

overboard on

bypassing
rate

Verify

mud/gas

separator

depends mud/gas

assessed
separator

and

mud/gas assigned
Divert flow

separator
to riser return
If

pressure capacity of
to riser

large-sized slip

assigned

riser

and

of

riser

joint

overboard

necessary

Be aware
be reduced pressure and

of
if

riser rig

slip
is

joint

pressure

limitations

which
for slip

can

Riser

heaving
test

Cheek manufaeUtrer
procedures
to assure

rating joint

slip joint

limitations

may be
if

determine

desired

reduced

rig

is

heaving

iniegrity

Riser gas handier below

the slip joint

If

rig

is

equipped
will to

with

riser

gas

handler
riser

below with

the

sUp hack

allows
control of

joint

it

allow
the

handling
rate

of

gas

backpressure flow
rate

pressure

control

of

flow

26.4

Alternatives

for

Handling

Riser Gas

CAUTION
high
rate

If

gas
little

surfaces
if

it

may

do

so

abruptly

and

at

giving

any warning

Alternative

procedures

for

handling

riser

gas

are

listed

below

Close
Diverter

Then
Monitor evidence the

end

of the

dhierter

line

for

of flow flow
trip to to trip

Dive

rier

Line

up

tank
for riser

Monitor Dive
rter

tank

level

evidnce mud/gas
separator

Line
if

up

dedicated

provkled

If

rig

Is

so

equipped

Clase
annular

beiow Tablet-

shp

joint

Line

up

fi

to

assigned

manfo
gsa
in

53 Alternative

methods

for handling

riser

i9
2-30

EUltln

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

control

Guidelines

599938741

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-l

NV-00800336

Well Control Procedures

Timing
of

Riser Circulation

2.6.4.1

Riser

Fill-up

Valve

Operation be

Determine

if

and

where

the

valve

is

to

run

in the

riser If sea

Open valve
evacuation
riser

before reaches

riser

Select the

automatic
is

nadior manual
too

valve
riser

operation flow can

settings

valve

installed

shallow

prevent

collapse

rating

water

entry

Open
rating

valve

before

riser

evacuation

reaches

riser

collapse

2.6.5

Actions/Considerations Riser Circulation

in

the

Timing

of

The following
circulation prior to until

tables after the

compare
the

the
is

options

of

deferring

riser

well

killed

with

riser circulation

killing

well

2.651
Deterred
Riser

Riser circulation

after

Killing

Well

RIser
is

CIrculatIon

Comments
difficult

gas

migration

not

more
to

Allowing

the
ii

gas

to

migrate

increases surface

the

degree

to

problem beyond
for

the

need

prepare

which

can

disperse

reducing

handling

gas

surfacing
riser

problems and
well
killing

See 2.5 Trapped

to oversight

Gas

Simultaneous
volumetric the
Difficulty

or
split

Can

lead

or error

control

operations

attention
in

of operations

personnel track
riser

isolating

and

keeping

of

mud volumes
Difficulty in

from

well

and

detecting

leaking

SOP

There

may be equipment
simultaneous
killing

limitations

against Deferral

operaUons
operations
for

of well

Hydrate
Difficulty

formation
in

increases

polential

downhole

using

DP

pressure

to float

measure valve Wait

BHP

in

problems

static

cold

system

viscosity benefit casing

of

Reduces method
extent
to

potential

using

Weight
to

reduce
influx to

shoe up
to

pressures
casing

the

that

migrates
Kill until

shoe

See

2.3
Table
2-

Circulating
riser

14 Deferring

circulation

after

well

is

killed

1998

Editkn

with

2000

Supplement

Deaiwatsr

Well

Control

Oaiddnea
31

593938742

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800337

Well Control Procedures

Timing
of Riser Circulation

2.6.5.2

Riser Circulation

before

Killing

Well

If the

decision

is

made

to circulate create

the

riser first pressure

use

of
load

kill

Use

of

kill

weight

mud

weight
the

mud

for this

may

an
in

inverted

on

for circulating

riser

BOP

ram

or

annular

excess

of

manufactnrer

recommendation

Consider downhole

if

sufficient

weighting increase

material

is

available

for

mud

weight

Advantages
Helps insure
is

to

Riser

Circulation

Prior

to while

Kiiling

Well

that locused

gas does on
to

not

surface

personnel con rapid

attention
If

another

operadon surface

well
its

tro

gas

is

determined

be

anear

expansion
If

may demand immediate

method
of well

attention
is

Wait

Waight
time
is

circulation

going while

to pit

be

used
weight

may be
being

available

to circulate

riser

mud

raised prior
to killing

Table

2- 15 Riser

circulation

well

After
are

the

well

is

killed

and
the

trapped

gas removal steps

procedures

completed

consider

following

After

the

well

Is

killed

Circulate increments

the

riser

over

to

kill

weight

mud
the

in

25%

and

trapped gas removal procedure complete

whh
to

IS

minute
if

monitoring gas
is

periods
in

between
riser

is

incrcmcnts

detect

any
is

already shut

If

gas up

or flow
to

increase

detected

down pumps

and

line

divert

overboard

5.3

Closed

LOP

during Riser

ha

Hcrndling

BOP
following

should

be

closed

during

riser

gas handling

for

the

reasons

Closed

BOP

for riser

If the

BOP

is

left

open
leading

gas
to

expansion additional

can

underbalance
if

the are

gas handling

hole
exposed

potentially

influx

formations

closed

flOP
can

isolates

the

wellbore

from

riser

The
the

well closed

monitored

through

CK
riser

line

outlet

below

BOP
can with be circulated outlet with closed booster
line

The

riser line

andlor

CK

above

BOP

1996
-32

EdiSon

atU

2000

Suppmerit

DeepwatrWi

Control

Owdatnes

599938743

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800338

Well Control Procedures

Timing
of

Riser Circulation

2.6.5.4

Riser Circulation

Rate

and Diverter

Flow

Circulation

rate Circulation rate

should

depend

on

the

followtng

Size

and

capacity

of

diverter/circulation

system equipment
in

Liquid

and

gas

handling

capacity

of

surface

tf

pumping

kill

weight

mud

capacity

of

mixing system

maintain

density

Diveiter directly

flow

may

be

directed

to the

mud/gas following

separator

or

overboard

depending

on

Mud

type

Environmental Mud/gas
at

impacts/rules to

separator rate

capacity

riser

discharge

is

likely

peak

high

Ike-determined result

estimated

exit rates rates

of gas
riser

and

liquid that

from

various

pump

and

gas

volumes

lass

Edition

vfli

2000

Supplemeft

DeapwaterWell

Control

Guidelines

2-33

599938744

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800339

Well Control Procedures

Hydrate Prevention/Removal

2.7

Hydrate Prevention/Removal
See
also

Well

Planning

1.4

1-lydrates

2.7.1

Potential

Hydrate
in

Formation

Taking

gas kick
the

non-inhibited
for

water-based formation can

drilling

mud
plug

creates the

potential

hydrate

which
also

can form

choke

and

kill

lines

Hydrates

behind

HOP rams

preventing

them fiom opening

Gas

kick

in

nonbased

inhibited

water

The deeper
because of

the

water

the

more

likely

hydrates and

are

to

form

mud creates
for

both

potential hydrostatic

decreasing

temperature

increasing

hydrate formatIon

pressure

At Hydrate
tern equilibrium

10

ppg psi
is

hydrostatic the

pressure of equilibrium above

the

2000

feet

of

water
for floor

1040
methane depth

hydrate
just

temperature
typical

peratures

48

degrees 46

ocean

2000 4000
61

ft

water

temperature

of about

degrees

48 degrees
ft

water

depth
In

degrees

4000

feet

of

water
above

the

equilibrium
typical

temperature temperature

is

61

degrees

20 degrees

the

water

Hydrate
circulating unlikely

formation while
Is

very

There

is

time and

factor

fnr the

the

formation
that

of

hydrates with

both time

chemically
after

due
is

to

cooling

occurs of

circulation
is

stopped

Formation
to the

hydrates

during up
is

circulation the

very unlikely due

as

heat time

brought
that

from
in

welibore

well

as

the

decreased

gas

the

BOP
Time
factor well favors

The
control

time
the

factor

favors and

the

drillers

method of

well

control must be

drillers

method

With

Wait

Weight
the

Method
pit

circulation

stopped

while

increasing

mud density

The time

for
kill

Wait

and

Weight

can

be reduced density
at this

if

sufficient

volume of
the

weight

mud of

necdcd

is

already

in

reserve riser

volume not needed

time

1998
-34

Edftion

aupmnt

Deepwater

Well

control

Guidelirkos

599938745

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800340

Well Control Procedures

Hydrate Prevention

Removal

21.2

InhIbiting

Drilling

Mud

with Salt
for

Salt

may
of

be
the

uscd

to

achieve For

some hydrate depression

with be

much

wellborethe

maximum depression
mud
density

NaCI

near saturated
than 10

resulting

must

greater

ppg

Salt

effects

on

mud
Saturated about

salt

density

and

can
at

depress 2.000 psi

the or

formation 40 degrees

temperature
at

to

hydrate 36 degrees

formation

temperature

4000

psi

Because
drilling

salt

increases

the casings

density
in

of

the

fluid
the

while

below

shallow prevent

deeper

watei

fracture

gradient

may

the

use of

this fluid

21.3 The
table

Alternatives

to

Salt

Inhibition

below

identifies

alternative

drilling

fluid

inhibition

methods

AddItive/Method
Glycerol

CommeAts
Commercial
Additional percent Relatively recovery

examples
hydrate

HF-I

00
of

Aquacoi-O degrees can be

achieved with

depression

concentration

expensive
of

often

iusufles

improved

mud

solids

treatment

and

the stud
to

glycerol es

Synthetic-baaed
other

Laboratory

show
the

that

for

effective

hydrate

inhibition

it

is

nonbased

necessary above
Failure

keep

salinity

typically

Cad2
result in

of the

water

internal

phase

water

hydrate
to

conditions prcper
in salinity

systems

maintain petential

may

rapid

hydrate

formation

exceeding Gas

water-based
in

fluid fluids bringing

dissolves
into

mere

readily

synthetic

gas and

emulsified

water

close

contact
is

Dissolved

gas

less This

likely

to

migrate the

during of the

shut-in

so

there

may be no
kill

gas

in

the
if

GOP
desired
in

facilitates

use

Wait and Weight

method

Note

Salt content

the

water phase

can

affect the

muds

shale

stability

performance
Glyeol After kick
kill

glyool

pill

maybe

spotted

in

the

BOP

stack

via

the

choke

and To

lines

prevent

hydrates
from the

glycol

may be pumped
the

down
if

dedicated
is

glycol with
this

injection

line

surraceto

GOP
of

the

rig

equipped

line

Methanol

Not

desireable Table

mud

addItive

because

toxicity

issues methods

2-16

Alterestive

hydrate

tahibition

was

Edition

wet

2C00

CL92pientent

Oeepweter

Wail

control

Guidehnas

2-35

599938746

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800341

Well Control Procedures

Hydrate

Removal

2.7.4

Hydrate

Removal
irs

Once hydrates form

problematic While

subsca

equipment
inhibitor

their

removal
as

is

concentrated
it

such
or

glycerol
to
if

may
Hydrate
or with fluid

decompose
the inhibitor

them
in

may

be

difficult the

impossible
especially

plugs

difficult get to or

contact

with

hydrate problems of

impossible
inhibitors

reach plug healed

fluid

has

formed There
plus

are the

similar

with
fluid

heated
to

approaches before
it

tendency
the

heated

be

cooled

can

reach

subsea

BOP

Pumping heated fluid down coiled tubing

Inside
drill

In

one

of

the

cases

where
coiled

heated tubing thousand

fluid that feet

was

successful run
the inside

it

pipe

was
drill

pumped
pipe
to

down
depth with

was

the

few
the

below both

hydrates
riser

heat below

exchange
the

annulus

fluids

in the

and

mudline

creates will

complex depend

thermal on
the that

simulation
site-specific will predict

problem
situation

whose
There

results are

no

rules-of-thumb

success

Coiled tubing through

CK

line

CK
through

special

approach line with

involves
surface

running
lubricator offers

coiled

tubing

down
access

paekoff choices

i.e

mouse hole

This

two

circulate

and wash

glycol

to

bottom

of

CK Hoc
and
reduce hydrostatic

nitrogen/air pressure to

lift

CK

line to evacmite hydrate

decompose

2.7.5

External

Hydrates

in

the

Wellhoad

Connector

Where

neammudline
there
is

sediments
potential

can
for

evolve

gas
to

biogenic
in

sources
locking connector connector

the

hydrates

form

the

mechanism Once

of

the

wolihead-to-BOP can prevent unlocking

stack

formed

these

of

the

Hydrates locking

may form In mechanism of

stack

There

are

welihead-to-BOP connector

connector
entering

and
the

number of equipment options mud math that can guard

connector

available against

with such

the

gas

ISUS
-38

EdiSon

wIth

2000

Suppeinent

DoopwatecVvell

Control

Guldelinos

599938747

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800342

Well Control Procedures

Hydrates
in

Welihead

Connector

Also
these

there

may
not

be be

inhibitor effective

injection
in

features
inhibitor

although
to the

may

getting

hydrate seal
the
in

Operationally place stack

injection

these
lines

features

should

be

checked running

not

plugged

before

BOP

2.7.6

Removing Welihead
opticns to

Connector

Hydrates

Procedure
are listed

remove

welhead

connector

hydrates

below

Step

Action
Circulate with
at

Comments maximum
drilt

rate the

e.g

pumps
and

Heat
drUl

is

generated and by

by

friction

loss

in

the

the

pipe

in

SOP

stack

pipe

dissipating the

hydraulic

specially

selected

nozzles

horsepower Depending
water

across

nozzles
capacity

on

mud pump
technique

and

depth

this

nay heaters and

returns thermal

require

augmenting
rate nozzle

by

surface

Optimum

size

whetherbwhen can

to recirculate

be determined

by

welibore

simulation

software
should include the from outer the inside

Modeling
temperature of the areas hydrate

distribution

SOP
of the

out

to

the

diameter the

connector

where

plugs

are
technologies

Use

an the

in-situ

heat

bomb

to

decompose

May he
Involve generate

proprietary mixing

and
to

hydrates

of reactive

chemicals

heat
chemical factors
for thai

Appropriate on several

recipe should

depends be

assessed
After the well the
is

specific

conditions

appropriately

abandoned
pull
it

This

obviously of the well

precludes

subsequent

cut with

off

wellhead

and

along

use

the

SOP
in

and connector
small quantities

Spot methanol

va ROV
Note

good
dissipate

hydrate

nhibitor

which

can

also

hydrate
toxicity

plug
issues prior
to

Assess removing

action

Table

2-

Proeedures

for

welihead

ecanefler

hydrates

1995

EdiSon

vth

2000

Supplement

Oeapwatervveii

control

Guidelines

-37

593938748

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800343

Well Control Procedures Approaches to Handling SWF

2.8

Well Control

Prior To

BOP

Installation/Shallow
See
also

Water Flow
1.2 Shallow Water

Well Planning Control

Flow

Guidelines

2.8.1

Shallow

Water

Flows
be

Shallow

water

flows with
riser

SWF
are

or

gas flows
returns

can
to

problem
before

when
the

drilling

seawater

with

niudline

HOP
also

and be

installed after less

if

While

pressurized
is

zones

may

encountered them
is

the

HOP

set

the

difficulty

of dealing with

they can

be shut in

Shallow pressure

sand

pore

Pore pressure of shallow of overburden water flows

in In

sands can gas

be

as

high seen Higher

asSO
with

to

9O/o

Furthermore and
is

may

be

shallow

likely

solution leads the

gas
to

hydrostatic solution

pressure content

deeper

water cases

higher

gas be

some
gas

flow

may

even

predominately

SWF

rates

can

be

high

Flow

rates

can up

range
to

from

very

low
per

detectability

several

barrels

of near levels minute and often

contain

signifleant

amounts

of sand

Consequences

of

SWF

The

likely

consequences

of sustaned

shallow

flow

include

Hole
Posi

erosion

ceraenting

annular

flow

and

broaching

crater

formation

Surface

subs

ictenon

Loss of Origins
of

wall

and/or

conductor/template

support

SWF

zones

While
order

permeability of daroles are of

of
the

SWE

zones of

can

be

quite

high

on

the

origins

overpreasured and include

shaLlow

formations

geologic

nature

Trapped loading

salt

water
is

that

is

pressured as

by

the

overburden

which

known

undereompaetlon

------------------Ed
Sian with

2OO

ppierant

Deepwaier

Well

Castrol

Guldeflries

38

599938749

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800344

Well Control Procedures

Approaches
to

Handling

Shallow Water

Flow

Massive
continental

turbidite

depositions pore

during waler

the be

lest

ice

age

along

slope The

may
as the

fresh

Delayed

SWF

reaction

SWF

avoi

anee

SWF may
off

not be

noticed

at

first

zone

may

be

eased
after at

and

cemented The flow may be

sets

delayed
to the

reaction surface

coment

and/or
distance

may
from used

broach
the to

considerable should
vicinity

welibore monitor of

Hence
well

an and

ROV
the

be of

regularly the well for

both

evidence

flow

2.8.2

Approaches
control

to

Drilling

SWF Zones
avoidance

The

primary

method

has been

The
the

table risk

below

includes

several

approaches

to

minimizing

of

SWP

problems

Approach
Use
shallow seismic
to

Comments
and
all

surveys

available

Geohazard gas

surveys

used

to

avoid help

shallow select
to

offset data minimizes

select

location

that

or gas hydrates can

setting

also

shallow

sand

content

easing

depths

to

limit in

exposure

potential

SWF

reservoirs sectiona

the

conductor

and
Drill

surfece

hole of

the

hole

sections

with

whole

mud

Large volumes pass on

thrcugh the

the

bit

mud1 e.g 25000 once and then

dbls flow out

sea

floor

This

technique

has

provided casing

success
to

in
ft

getting

20

conductor

4000

Allow

shallow
intensity

flows
drilling

to

occur

but

monitor

their

BML SWF
if

starts

kit

action

is

initiated

with

wtth
intensity to

seawaterl
is

weighted
the

mid
drilling
is is

CAUTION
well

if

SWF
using

excessive and

Subsequent

done
matter

with of

mud
trial

may have

be abandoned
niethcd.LJ

optimum
18

density

and

restarted

another

observation Arproaches
to drilling

lable

SWF muss

1998

Edttion

ith

2000

Supplement

Doopwater

Wdi

Control

OtddSines 39

599938750

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800345

Well Control Procedures SWF Problems while Drilling Mitigating

2.8.3

Procedures

for Mitigating

SWF

Problems

while Drilling The following

drilling

precautions and
potential

mitigations

are

employed

in

SWF

hole

Factor
Kill

Comments
Dynamic
should At least
after

weight
fluid

aridior be ready hole

weighted
to

fluid

kill

procedures

including

mixed

mud
not

drilling

implement
of

two

volumes
hole or to

kill

Emmediaty mud will be needed

further

If

well

is

dead

pumping

two

volumes

pumping

is

rarely

effective

Change
Adjust
kill

mud

density

pump

rate
If

weight

up

maximum etc
to

large

flow to help

rate

is

expected
in

Add

tracers using nearly

dye

mica

sweeps

identification

ROV
is

video

Pump

rates

Kill

maximum
impossible

pump
to

rate with too

multiple
fast

mud pumps
pressure drop very

lt

is

pump

as

annular

low Rate
drop
is

limited
drill

by

available

mud pumps
should take
into

and

drilling

string

internal

pressure

i.e
bit

string

ID
account
kill

The

nozzles that

selected

circulation circulation

procedure
rate

Verify

any
that

PWDLVVD
is

equipment
with

has

maximum
kill

capabHity

compatible or

dynamic
increases

procedures
capability
of

Exposure
pilot

time
hole

smell

pilot

hole including trend

is

less
rate

the

dynamic

kill

procedures However
fast
In rate to

pump

and

required
drill

mud volume and

and
underrearn

density large hole

the

to simultaneously time

minimize

exposure
kill

and must
by the as

hole
rely

enlargement on
kill

this to

case

the

procedure
dilution

fluid

density

and

high

pump

minimize

mud

influx

flow
to limit

Exposure

time

Minimize

exposure
is

time

as

much
drill

possible

hole large

erosion hole fast

to

drillfunderream

The

trend

to simultaneously time

and underreem enlargement

rely

minimize
In rate this to

exposure
the
kill

and

hole

case

procedure
dilution

must
by the

on

kill

fluid

density

and

high

pump

minimize
gel

mud
at

influx

flow quantify rate successful

kill
all

Annular
rate

flow

Pump
timing

sweeps
at

regular

intervals

to help

annular

flow

rate by

returns
if

seawater
pipe
is

at constant with

circulation

Ultimately annular Trip

drill

filled

seawater

behind

flow with

should

stop

depth

and

Fill

hole

weighted

mud

to

insure

pore

pressure

overbalance

and

total

depth

improved

welibore weight casing

will
is

stability

Maximum
previous

set

by

pressure
structural

integrity

overburden

pressure

of

any

shoe
after

i.e

casing down

U-Tubing

U-tubing This

occur

shutting but

pumps
continued well flow

helps

naintain

kill

may

indicate

on

RCV

video

Table

2-19

Procedures

for

niitigatiag

SWF

while

drilling

1998 2-40

Edition

with

2000

Supplemeril

Deepweter

Well

control

Sudehnes

593938751

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800346

Well Control Procedures SWF Issues Additional

2.8.4
External

Other Procedures

casing

packers Using an
external

and Observations
to to the seal the

ECP
casing packer
operators after

annulus shallow

is

technique flows
in

used

by some
This
is

handle cement

water put

SWF

olosed

has been

place

PWD

and

LWD

data

Pressure
detect

while

drilling

PWD
the
in

tools

have

been of

used
the

to

help
is

S\\TFs

However
while

interpretation

data

problem Logging
used
are

drilling

LWD
of

resistivity hnles

may be
results

along

with

PWD
and

26

diameter

but

she

inconclusive
pilot

still

being

investigated the

The

use of

small

hole niay improve

response

LWD

Mud

loss

after
kill

successful

Mad
were

loss

after

successful

kill

has been no
to
filter

problem Sands
cake formation losses

drilled

underbalaneed after due

to

with

Overbalance

kill can

lead

high seepage possible

in

Mud

lotsos

permeability

are

these

un
of

compacted bridging

sands
solids to

Use remedy

fiber this

with

varying

range

mud

loss

Cementing

Water Casing

flow

should

be can

killed assist

with
in

mud
for

prior well

to

cement

job

diameter

killing

by

providing

higher annular

velocity

and

friction

given

pump rate

Positive

solutions are

to
still

cementing
in

in

shallow

water

flow
aid in

environments
controlling

development

Foam

cements

shallow
are potential

flows
route

Uneemented
for

mud
water

filled after

Cement

channels

channels cementing
transition

continued and
is

flow

Mud
time
can
at

displacement low
so

minimizing

cement hole

temperatures poor
to

key Excessive
The

erosion

lead

mud

displacement cementing

mud

chemistry

may be

altered

facilitate

II

excessive
large

flow hole

is

possible

that

cannot
alternate

be

easily

killed

or

causes should

erosion

then

control

methods

be

considered

1998

EdiSon

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwair

Wet

Coned

Guidelines

2-41

599938752

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800347

Well Control Procedures

Abandon

2.9

Plug and Abandon

2S.1

Summary
affects the well control aspects

Deepwater plug and

of

the

following

abandonment

operations

DGepwater

effects

on

PA

Casing Casing
Seal

perforating

for

lap

squeeze

cementing

operations
cutting

assembly

removal

in there

wellhead
is

removal
for casing

during
gas seal to

subsea
in the

well

abandonment
annuli

potential the

be

casing/casing

underneath
there are

assembly
to there
is

On

subsea
annuli to

wellheads cheek
for

generally
this

no

openings

these
is

and of

bleed
this

gas

gas when the

Therefore annulus casing

potential

for release the the

exposed
UT

by

removing

seal

assembly
for

cutting

even

perforating

casing

squeezing

Gas

in

casing annulus

and

Gas

can

accumulate

in

the

casing

casing
that
is

annulus brought

by

several

mechanisms
deepwater

One
in

sequence
the

about

by

occurs

following

scenario

Casing

is

set

shrosmgh one or

hole

section

that

contains

penneable The
casing

zones
seal

more
is

of which
set

contains

gas
top

assembly

isolating

the

of

the

annulos

from

thc

mud

hydrostatic into the

above downhoie permeable

Filtration/seepage zones

losses

occurs
lost

rho

volume
there

is

made
an

imp

by

expansion
loss

of

the

annulus in the the seal loss

is

mod

and

is

associated the

of

pressure under

amsolus assembly
will

At

some
reach

point

pressure no

may
The

zero and of and

further that

pressure be
lost

occur

amount
depth

pressore weilbore

can
care

fonction

of water

press
fall

piofde
that
If this in is

The

pressure

decline

may
and

attempt
in

to

below

permeable
opposite sets

zone
gas gas

elsewhere

the

wellbore
adjacent

zone
will

occurs the well

before

cement

some

enter

bore

1958 2-42

EditIon

aith

200C

Supplement

OeepwaterVVeII

Control

GuIaetnss

599938753

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800348

Well Control Procedures

Plug and Abandon

Influx

gas

will

likely

migrate

up

the

arinulus annular

What
gsa

happens
flow the can

next

depends

on

many faders An
gas can simply
fluid

develop
without of

or the

migrate

up

to

wellhead

any

further

movement
below

Either the seal

way

bubble

overpressured

gas

exist

assembly

29.2

Perforating

Prior

to

Squeezing

of

Casing

Lap
often to that the annuli

it

is

necessary
are scaled

ensure
as part or

between
if the

casing

strings

of

abandonment
casing

top not
the

of cement brought

of an above

intermediate
the

production shoe

was
often

previous can casing

easing be

as

is

case

then

cement
into the

squeezed

through

casing

perforations

overlap

Possible pressure buildup behind due

to

When
be
to

perforating for

the

casmg
alert for

for

this

squeeze

crews

should due upon

gas

casing

prepared gas

and
the

possible
if the

pressure buildup does

control or

behind
the

casing

well well

flow

perforating should be

planned

shut-in

and

procedure

implemented

e.g

close

annular

shear

rams

if there
is

is

strong
drill

likelihood as

of such
to

gas

another

approach below
the

to

use

pipe

lubricator the

distance

stack below

shut-in then
the
drill

run

perforating

gun

through

and

pipe

2.9.3

Casing Cutting
decided casings previous descrihed
there to cut

Often

it

is

and

pull

any

production above
to in in

and
the the the the

intermediate respective

from casing
for

point

somewhere
Similar

shoes
perforating

circumstance previous annuius subsection

casing

subsection

may

be

overpressure
in the

The

precautions apply
for

described
this

previous

generally

operation

2.9.4

Seal Assembly Removal

removing
rapidly
if

When
either

the
it

seal
is

assembly trapped
or

gas can by

escape simple

overpressured

slowly

1998

Editon

vMh

2C00

5ipIement

Doepwater

Well

Cenfrsl

Guidelines

-43

599938754

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800349

Well Control Procedures

Plug and

Abandon

migration preventers precaution pipe

influx for

While need
Lo

flow can
to

be monitored closed and

it

to

determine

if

the

be

close
line

HOP and
flow above up

preferable may be pump dcwn either the drill

or and

kill

choke can

line

to

remove
the

any

monitor gas
to get

This
the

minimize and
into the

potential

influx

SOP

riser

before

being

detected

Another casing pulling

influx

precaution immediately

that

can

be
the

taken
seal the

is

to

perforate prior rate

the to

below can

assembly
potential

This approach of
the

reduce

of

gas

because

small

perforation

hole area

cm
-44

E5lon

WITh

2600

Supplflnt

Deepwtter

Well

Control

Gudelirien

599938755

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800350

Well Control Procedures

Severe Weather

Eddy Current Guidelines

2.10

Intermittent

Severe Weather Guidelines

and

Eddy Current
2.10.1

Summary
provides and
in varied

This guideline
the

nimimuIn
issues

basis

for

approaching
intermittent areas certain

numerous
weather of

surrounding operating of

severe
the

normally

benign

such

as

Gulf

Mexico

GUM
in tho

discussion

issues

invnlving

eddy

currents

GUM

is

also

included

This

guideline

does
will

not include be
is

all

of
all

the

monitoring

and

preparations Rather which contingency

the

that

required

in to

operating instances
basis

guideline complete

meant

provide and

from
current

severe be

weather
built

eddy

program could

2.10.2

MonitorIng
of
the

and Tracking
and
currents at

Monitoring decpwater
possible
in

weather
locatiun

and

around
as early

the as

drilling the

should

commence
Historical

well

planning

phase

met-ocean
forecasts

data
are

aiid

daily

updates

with weekly

and

longer sources

available

from numerous

commercial

including

Ocean

Routes

Storm Data

Public

information

is

available

from

the

lullowing

sources

National

Weather

Service

University Sensing

Of Colorsdo
and image

Boulder

Center

For Remote

Processing

Eddy

Watch Group

Historical the

and

actual

eddy

current

data

are

available

from
data as at

Horizon provide
to the

Marine-operated
the basis for

Eddy

Watch

group
as

This
well

can

contingency of location

planning high
current

guide

likely

occurrence
drilling

event

particular

deepwat.er

---------------1998
EdtIon

Oh

2a00

5uppIment

Doopwator

Well

Conirol

Guldeflnes

45

599938756

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800351

Well Control Procedures

Severe

Weather

Eddy Current Guidelines

2.10.3 Example system

lntennittent

Severe

Weather Response
response and of systems
are

operating In

general

most of

severe

weather

comprised

multi-phased following used

in is

response an example

evacuation an
actual

program
operating positioned

The

system
driliship

the

GOM

for

dynamically

Alert

zones

2.103
General
the entire

Yellow

Alert Zone

geographic Gulf of

area

around

the

operating

location

i.e

Mexico

210.32
Extends
the

RedAlert

Zone

radially

from
to

the

MODU
and
the

to

distance

such equals

that the

projected

time

secure of

evacuate

estimated time of

arrival

hurricane

2.10.13

Arrival

Time

The
Arrival

arrival

time

of

the

stormlhurricaoe conditions from

the the that

is

defined

as

the final

time of time

arrival

of weather personnel

would

make

evacuation unsafe would For be

of

MODU
arrival

jgJecter
of
the

DP
the for

vessel
arrival

time of

hurricane
stop

of

conditions and evading

that the

would
storm

preparations

disconnecting

The phases of preparation and

response

are

as

follows

Phase
monitoring
traditional

Preparations will

will

be run

in

place

and
start

formal of
the

commence

and

from

the

hurricane

season June

through

November

Phase named

It

Severe

Weather
or
enters

Warning
the

Declared of

when
or the

storm

forms

Gulf

Mexico

Caribbean

Sea

1598
-46

Eeuon

with

2000 3uppInent

Deepwster

WSI

eoe

GudIins

599938757

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800352

Well Control Procedures

Severe Weather

Eddy Current Guidelines

Phase

hurricane

Alert

Deelarcd approaches of
the

when
tar

hurricane

or

storm of hurricane
the

potential

develops

within

Red Zone

Time

24 hours

location

Phase
storm
calculated

Secure/Evacuate of
hurricane

Declared
potential

when

hurricane within hours of

or the the

approaches
within

Red

Alert

Zone

or

24

operating location

Start

Early

Evacuations

Secure

and Evacuate

Phase
hurricane

Return

to

Work

Declared

upon

passage

of

the

Because Yeflow
Alert enlire

of
the

the

speed of

at

which
the radius

hurricane of
the

may
Yellow

travel Alert

encompasses

Through

Gulf

Mexico
the entire

GOM

Zone
Alert

encompasses

Gulf

of

Mexico

The Yellow

Zone coincides with Phase

Whenever
the the

hurricane/storm
or

is

in will

the

Yellow

Alert
the

Zone
of be

OIM
Red

Person-in-Charge

calculate

rsdius will

Alert each an

Zone
time

The new

Red

Alert

Zone
is

recalculated

weather change

report takes

received

and/or changing

when
from

operational to

place

ic

drilling

running

casiog

Calculating Alert

the

Red

The

calculation

is

made

Zone accomplish
the

by computing
to

the

time

required or

to

each

operation
are

secure and

and
the
is

move
total

evacuate
is

rig These by of

times
the

summed
the

time

then yield

multiplied the radius

speed
Alert

hurricane

traveling

to

the

Red

Zone

Phase declared reaches

of by
the

the the

Hurricane

Evacuation
as

Plan
as the

REP
hurricane

is

Person-in-Charge

soco

perimeter

ZJO.3A

Example RedAlert
dictate that

Zone

Operations prepare
to

36

hours

are
is

required
traveling

to 10

secure

and

move

The

hurricane

NM/hour

1998

Edition

with

2000

Suppleniert

DeepwaterWI

Cntrol

Guidetines

47

599938758

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800353

Well Control Procedures

Severe

Weather

Eddy Current Guidelines

The
from

Red
the

Alert

Zone

would

then

extend

radially

361

NM

MODU
Alert

The Red

Zone

coincides

with Phases
that

and be
the

of used

the to

HE
compute
are sheets

Example
the

calculation required to

sheets

may move The

time
at the

secure

and

MODU
and
the

ineuded
are

end
in

of

this

subsection dynamically

calculation

currently

use on
in

positioned
areas

moored

vessels

working

the

deepwater

of

GUM
2.10.4

Loop and Eddy Currents

and eddy
currents

Loop
frequently the

ranging deep with

up water
these

to

knots
areas

are

encountered Associated

in the

drilling

of

GOM
vessel

problems

events

include

station

keeping and
retrieving the
riser

difficuky

in running

and

BOP
lower

unsafe

loads

on

risers

due

to

rig

offset and

excessive

tlexjoint

angles

potential vibration

riser

failure

due

to

stress

from

vortex

induced

Industry areas

practice affected

to

date

has events

been
or to

to

avoid

operating from
the

in

by

these
or

move

area

when

loop

currents

eddy

currents

are

detected

nearby

Individual

vessel
fur

limitations

generally

govern
vessel be able

operating designed
to to

windows
operate
in

high current knots

surface

operations
current

operating of
the

in currents

up

to

that

level

may However

continue
effects

the

current

on

the

marine

riser

may dramatically
very long

change and

vessels heavy

operating weights

capability

with

risers

mud

In

general

practices

uscd applied

for

severe for the

is

weather
current

response event accepted

the vessel issue

planning contingencies technique out of

the

can

be

high

However
dealing of
the

while

generally to

for

with

hurricanes
or

move
one

path

storm

evacuate

mater

1908 Edtlonwllha000Su2pIemEnl
-48

Deepweter

Well

Ceh1ro

Guidelines

599938759

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800354

Well Control Procedures

Severe

Weather

Eddy Current Guidelines

involving up
or

current

event

is

the

decision

to

remain

latched

disconnect

Detailed

riser analysIs

To

address

this

issue
to

detailed

riser

analysis

is

recommended
operations approaching secured and

prior nbjecti.ve

commencing
of
the analysis
is

any
to

deepwater what
to

One

identify the

current the riser

conditions

would

require

well

be

pulled

Additionally
that the

disconnect

criteria

should

be

established

such what be

operations personnel
the riser

clearly

understand and should

under

conditions disconnected

should

not

Disconnect matrix

decision disconnect
assist decision

matrtx
in

would
their

be

une

approach of

to the

operations and and

the

personnel
issues

understanding
the

numerous
decision

varied

surrounding of
the

disconnect
criteria

establishment

disconnect

The matrix development

following

would
riser

include

consideration and
current

of

the

well vessel

weather

issues

Well weight
Vessel the

phase npen

criticality

depth

horizons

open

mud

perforations

station
in

keeping
the

capabilities and

and

the

influence state

of

riser

both

connected

disconnected

Flex

joint

angles
hag

monitoring
capability

and

capability

Riser

tension

High

current

riser

retrieving

capability and forecast

Weather Wellbead weak

tInder
is

and

current

conditions

casing

and

possible

subsca

tree

soeogth

and

points

what

combinations
acceptable

of weather

and

current

loading

disconnect

clear

understanding decision to

of

the

roles

of

all

patties

who

will

make 10

the

remain
will

connected

or

disconnect
and

How

the

decision

be

made

communicated

documented

t98

Edition

with

2000

suppiemeni

Oeepwaier

VMII

Confrc

Guidelines

2-

599938760

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800355

Well Control Procedures

Riser Margin

The

establishment process
is

of

clear

and
to

workable
the

disconnect of any

decision response

fundamental

success

program

2.10.5

Riser

Margin

Normal

operating have
the

practices

and

in

niany areas

government weight event

in

regulation excess of

traditionally

required that

mud
in the

formation disconnect
the

pressure such
the

of

an emergency hole
will

mud

weight

remaining
the

in the

balance

foimation

pressure of

well

Riser

margin

This added
hydrostatic

mud

weight

is

to

compensate

for

the

loss

of

pressure of
the rig

the

back

tc

when

the

mud column from the welihead BOPs are closed and the riser is

disconnected

Hydrostatic disconnect

pressure

lost

in

the as

well

following

the

can

be approximated

follows

EQUATION
lost hydrostatic

Lost

hydrostatic

pressure
in

MW
In

S.3WD
and of

ftO.052
where
pressures the difference

pressure disconnect

following cleepwater drilling fracture this

between small
the

formation
practicality pressures

can

be

very
as

approach
saltwater

becomes

difficult

formation reason and

exceed well

gradient
training in

For well

this

enhanced

monitoring methods

and
is

control

reestnblishment

essential

2.10.6

Alternate

Locaton Contingencies
that

It

is

recommended
the location

any season
the

operator should
prior

planning have
to the

to

drill

through

Loop

current for

an

alternative

work

ready

rig the

startup

of would
as

deepwater be
several

campaign
hundred

Ideally miles tend

alternative the

location

from
to affect

primary
areas

location of
the

these

types of events they occur

large

GOM

when

T98 2-50

Editon

v`th

2000

Supplerntnt

Well

Control

Gudelir

599938761

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800356

Well Control Procedures

Alternate

Location

Contingencies

Eddy
duration to

and

loop than

current

events

generally

tend

to

be

of longer
for

hurricanes For

affecting

drilling the

locations

up of

several

weeks
an

these location

reasons

risk

mitigation the

having
current

alternative

available

during

loop

season

can pay

significant

dividends

As

the

alternative

location

may
it

other

operating
to in

groups conclude advance

and

different

operators
for

may
hire

be

necessary
well

arrangements of
taking

this rig

contingency

deepwater

on

Hurricane of
the

related that

delays
it

tend

to

affect

large

enough
to

areas an

GOM

may
wilt

not

be

practical

choose
the

alternative

location

that related

not bc influenced tend

to to

by of

storm

Also

hurricane

delays
as

be

relatively

shorter-term current

duration

compared

multi-week

eddy

delays

1998

EdIllon

eith

2000

3tpemenI

Deopwater

Well

conlro

Guiddrtes 2-51

599938762

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800357

Well Control Procedures

Red
Alert Calculation

Sheet

210.7

Phase 4/Red

Alert

Calculation

Sheet

DP MODU

Todays Date

Present

Operation

Well

terth

LastCasing

Waterflepth

Node

Enter N/A

for

Non-Applicable

Procedures

Secure

well per operators

orders

Time

Reqd Rcqd Reqd Reqd Reqd Beqd Reqd Reqd Rcqd Reqd Reqd

______________

Pull Pull

up

into

easing of

LID

drill

pipe
tool

Time
and

_______________

Water Depth

Drill

Pipe P/U hang-off

RiM
Land hang-off
tool

Time
and release pick up and with seawater secure well

_________

BOP
POOH
Evacuate

Displace

riser

Time

L/

water

depth

of

drill

pipe

Time

non-essential

personnel
pull

lime
the slip
jt

Disconnect Secure

LMRP
surplus

and

LID

and

riser

Moor
riser

Time
and
transfer liquid

Back

load

mud

to

workboat

Time

Reduce 10
Secure doors

variable

load close

as

required vents compartments and

Time

decks

watertight

Time
action
sail vessel out

--

11

Take evasive zone

of immediate

dangcr

Time

TOTAL TIME TO SECURE WELL AND PREPARE VESSEL TO NIOVE

1908
-52

EWtIon

with

20CC

Supplmnnt

Deepwaler

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938763

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800358

Well Control Procedures

Red
Alert Calculation

Sheet

2.10.8

Phase 4/Red

Alert

Calculation

Sheet

Moored

MODU

Todays

Date

Present

Operation

Well

Depth

Last

Casing

Water

Depth

Note

Enter

N/A

for

Non-Applicable

Procedures

Secure

well per operator

orders

Titan

Reqd Reqd Reqd

Pull

up

into

casing

LID

drill

pipe

Time

Pull

water

depth
off

of

drill

pipe P/U hang

release
pick

off

tool

and

RIH

Time

Land hang

tool

and

up

and

secure well

flOP POOH
Evacuate

Displace

riser

with seawater

Time

Req
Reqd Reqd Reqd Reqd Reqd

LID water

depth

of

drill

pipe

Time

non-essential

personnel

Time

Disconnect
Pull

LMRP
to survival

pall

and

LID
off

the

slipjt

and

riser

Time

up

guidelines

and

slack

mooring

wires

Deballast

draft

Timo

Reduec

variable

load

as

required

Time
Secure
ballast

10

Secure
control

decks sceure room

Close

ballast watertight

pump rooms
vents

compartments

and Tinte

doors

Reqd Reqd

11

Evacuate

all

personnel

from

MODU

Time

TOTAL TIME TO SECURE WELL AND PREPARE VESSEL TO MOVE

1998

Edition

with

2001

Suppbmont

Deepwater

Wel

control

Guidelines $3

599938764

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800359

Well Control Procedures OP Emergency Disconnect

2.11

DI Emergency
Considerations
2.111

Disconnect

Summary
drilling

Outing
positioned control the

operations

conducted
ultimate

in

dynamically
is

DP
of
the

mode

the

goat
drilling

to

maintain
in

well

with no

damage
failurc

to

equipment

event

of

station

keeping

To prevent
the

damage
of station

in

Modern

event

DP

systems
for

have

greatly

enhanced
still

the

reliability

of an

keeping

failure well riser

OP
and

systems does
riser the

drilling
it is

but

incidents that

occur
well

When
he occurs

Secure

incident the

occur be

required
before

the

secured
to

Disconnect

disconnected
or arty

any
the

damage

either

wcilhcad

of

drilling

equipment

including
slip

RU

stack

lower
or riser

marine

riser

package

LMRP

joint

moonpool

tensioners

Loss while

of

station

keeping
tripping

drilling

or

During of

actual

drilling

or

tripping
it is

drill

pipe
to

if

there to

is

loss the

station

keeping

ability

necessary

be

able

do

following

1-lang-off

the

drill

pipe

on

pipe

rams

Shear
Effect

the

drill

pipe the wellhore

seal

on
the

Disconnect
Clear the

LMRP
with the

BOP
any

LMRP
riser/riser

Dissipate

energy the

in the

tensioning

systeni

Safely

capture

riser

The timing

of these abcve

operaticna list

is

critical

particularly

items

14

from

the

2.11.2

Modeling
can could

to

Predict

Excursions

Modeling
scenarios predict

analysis that

be

done

to

predict

various These

excursion can of

possibly
the vessel

occur

models

excursions of

for various

combinations

esa
-54

ca ton

wIth

2000

Supplernnnt

Deepwter

Well

control

Guidelines

599938765

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800360

Well Control Procedures

DP Emergency
Disconnect

environment uncontrollable

for

drift

off

or

power

loss

scenarios

and

thrust

excursions

or drive oils

Modeling equipment

reaction

of

rig It is

also

possible

to

model

the

reaction that

of
are

rig

equipment during

during

these

excursions
are as

The

items

critical

an excursion

follows

The

LMRP
pool

connector/lower

flex mint

angle

Moon
Slip

clearance

ioint

stroke

Tensioner

snoks

limits

Timing
the

of

disconnecting
It is critical is

LMRP

critical

tc

have

the

LMRP
reaches

disconnected
its

before
for

either

tc the

prevent

risk of

LMRP
or

connector
the slip

limits

disconnect
the

bending/damaging and/or welihead

-l0
riser

joint

strokes there
is

out

or

contacts
risk or

moonpool

Otherwise
the

high
the riser

of

bending/damaging

wellhead

or

losing

both

Once
finite

the

disconnect of time
it

sequence
before

is

initiated

there

will

be
takes

interval

the

disconnect
to initiate are

actuaLly the

place well

Therefore before
limits

is

necessary
the

disconnect

of any of

equipment

reached

The

final

disconnect be 30-40
limits

sequence should
initiated at least prior to

On
that

most once

drilling the

units

in

use today

systems

are

designed with

so
all

final

disconnect
functions

sequence taking

initiated

seconds
of

required

subsea
the

place
off in

in

sequence seconds 30-40

En

any equipment

being

automatically Therefore seconds

reality
it

LMRP

will

lift

30-40
at

reached

the prior
is

sequence
to limits to

would

be

initiated

least

of any equipment
this

being
earlier

reached
in the

best

begin
or

sequence

event

of any

malfunctions

miscalculations

Clearly

define to
initiate

point

at

which

The point
defined

at

which no
this

to

initiate

the

disconnect
the

must

he

clearly

disconnect

as
to

driller

with

ambiguities
decision

since

driller

alone

may

may have
decision

make

fast

have

to

make
or

quickly

with

no

help

from

independently

toolpusher

company
be

drilling

supervisor
in

The
of an

following event

questions must

answered

well

advance

When What

should

preparations indicator

to

disconnect

begin

is

the

best

to

use

ieee

EdISon

sitS

2000

Supplement

Doopwoter

Well

control

Offidellnee

2-56

599938766

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800361

Well Control Procedures

Watch
Circle

if

certain

pre-dcfined it
is

limit

is

reached
that

then

the

sequence always be

must

be

initiated

explicit

there

will

communication

with

the

DPO

and

driller

2.11.3

Watch
in

Circle

Traditionally offset

DP

operations
in to

many
indicate

people of water

have depth
to

used
to

distance

measured circles

percent

estabhsh disconnect

watch

when

begin

procedures

Simplified

example
for

Preparation disconnect distance water disconnect 5.5% water

of

begins 2.5%
with initiated of

at

ic oversimplify some of would begin disconnect

depth and disconnect an
offset

these at

procedures
distance at

preparation

for

of

2.5%

of

water depth alert

initiated

5.5% of

water yellow

depth

Generally
at

of

2.5%

constituted

and
alertt

an

offset

of

5.5% of water

depth

constituted

red

depth

It

is

assumed
clear

that

there

will

be

time

to

safely

disconnect reaches
true
its

and

the

LMRP

before

any
this

equipment
is

limits for the

With

mud weights most etheme conditions

low

probably

except

Effects

of

mud weight
flex joint

on

lower

angle

With
will

higher be

mud

weights than

however
for

lower

flex

joint

angle
for the

limits

much

higher

lower
the

mud
lower

weights
flex joint
its

same given
particularly

offset
at

Additionally

angle of
100

higher
items

mud weights
reach
their

reaches
limits

limit

before weights
the

the

other

At

the

lower
at

mud
about

the

lower
as

flex joint other

angle

reaches

its

limit

same time

the

items

Real time angle

flex joInt
is

readout
at the

On DI

most

modem
flex

liP joint

rigs

equipped read
out

with
is

multiplex
at into the

usually

available

DP

control

system
on
the

angle

available

console

console

real

time

basis
this

and reason

can

he

tied rigs the

an
the

alarm on lower

drill

floor For angle

some
as

use

flex

joint the

instead

of

offset
is

primary
part

indicator the

of

time disconnect
but
is

Offset

certainly rather

of
the

equation

used

for

information

than

definitive

indicator

isas
-58

Edition

v4th

20CC

Supplerrnnt

Depwater

Well

Control

Guidelinee

599938767

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800362

Well Control Procedures

Watch
Circle

Tying allows

flex joint for

angle

readings

into

alarms on over and

the

rig

floor direct

an

independent with
the

alarm

above

communications

dynamic

positioning

operator

DPO
Flexjolnt rigs
In

readings on
status

de-graded

On

rigs

in indicate to

dcgraded
to the

status driller to

reading hang
off

of

flex

joint

would
prepare
flex

drill

pipe

and of

disconnect
50

yellow
indicate that

alert status
point

reading
to

joint

would

which

disconnect

red

alert

Except
effected
in

for
at

the

most

extreme

conditions of and
if

if

disconnect

is

lower

flex joint
all

the

LMRP
the

lifts

off
its

30-40

seconds

equipment

should

remain with

within

operating crucial

limits While
the drillers in the

communications access
to

DPO me
out
is

direct

read
the

redundancy
is

event

communication

with

room

lost for

any reason

In

deepwater

slip

joint

stroke
limiting

may become
factor rather flex joint

As

rigs

move
the at

into

deeper

water

slip joint

stroke

could
flex

well joint
for slip

become
especially

limiting

factor

rather

than

lower

than

lower

lower
flex

mud
joint

weights angle

Since
in

offset

increases

given
joints

lower

deepwater

longer

may be

requirement

in ultra

deepwater

109$ aeslon

with

2000

supplement

Deepwatec

Well

Control

Cuictetnes

-57

599938768

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800363

Well Control Procedures

Establishing Emergency Disconnect Procedures

2.11.4

Establishing

Procedures
and
red

No

matter

what

criteria

is

selected

for

yellow and

alert

these

procedures be

must

be

short

clear

concise

There

should

no ambiguities

it

is

unfair

to calls

the

driller heat

to

require

him
battle that

to

make

too

many
be
are

judgment reviewed clear

in the

of

the

Situations final

must

before

operations

start so

procedures

At

certain

limit

the

pipe

is

to

be

sheared

and

the

LMRP

disconnected

NO QUESTIONS ASKFO

Procedures should be

should
clear

be

posted

in the for

drillers

house

and

there

procedure

each

of

the

following

Normal Welt

drilling

operations

control

situations

Casing

across

the

BOP

BRA
General

across

the

HOP
should be
that require that floor the

procedures
representative
in

toolpusher
that

and
there

company
is

on

the

any time

anything

the

BOP

cant be sheared

Multplex system

BOP

control

Modern
multiplex
the

DP HOP

MODUs
controt

generally

are
is

outfitted

with due
to

syslem required
storage for

This
to

requirement

speed

of response hydraulic
to

disconnect be

Additionally on
the to

sufficient

should
the the

available

BOP/LMRP
function with

allow recharge

disconnect surface

sequence

no

from

211.5

Levels of Vulnerability

Clearly high
for

whenever severn
levels

the

riser

is

connected
is

vulnerability

is

incident of

Following with

an

estimation
discussion

of of

increasing

vulnerability

brief

each

1998
-58

EtlItlor

wto

acre

Supplement

Deepwater

WAIl

Control

GuId

nee

599938769

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800364

Well Control Procedures

Emergency
Disconnect Levels of Vulnerability

21.5
This
is

Bit

chore

110
least

Stack

the

point any

of

vulnerability other than

and

is

the

preferred

position drilling

for

operation

being

on

bottom

2.12.5.2

Drill

Pipe

acror Stock
the the driller at

Drill

pipe

across

stack
to

May be necessary
hang-off disconnect

Whenever
always time
to

drill

pipe

is

across
it

stack

must any

DP

shear

and

be

cognizant
the

that
drill

could

become
and

necessary disconnect

hang-off

pipe

shear

Room
off to

for

block
tool

to

slack
at

Fe must
during

also station

be

aware

that

as

the will off

rig

drifts to

off leave
tool

location

keep

joint

hang-off

point

keeping
the

upset
to

he

have keep

enough
joint at

room
the

to

allow

block

slack

to

the

hang

off point

Minimize
leave

slip

time and For

this

as

much pipe as
hanging

reason pipe

s1ip
is

time should from hanging

be kept
the

to

minimum
as

and

possible

when

drill

hanging be
left

elevators

much pipe

as possible

should

These one

practices
is

have
the rig

to

be

clearly

communicated

to

any

who

on

While
these

experienced with
the

DP

operations of

personnel

understand

issues

wave

new

builds/conversions personnel
are in short

under supply

construction

experienced

Test shear shear and

rams

to

bath Shear rams working stack rams

This

hold working
relative
in

must

be

tested

on
drill

the

rig

to that

both
will

shear be

and

hold
the

pressure
drill

to

any

pressure on
drilling

any
rig

pipe
are
in

across dual

pipe

use

Some
to
is

BOPs

equipped event
to

with of

shear

provide

redundancy
issue

the

disconnect by both

philosophical and

that

has

be addressed

contractor

operator

2115.3 The
that

RHA
should

across

Stark

BHA
the

be

held

to
is

minimum
not
levels

in the

likely

event
the

BC

system Heightened

capable of
across

of
alert the

shearing should stack

components
implemented

be with

when

the

BHA

is

1998

Eelilon

Mth

2000

eupplenerit

Dcepwater

Well

CrfrI

Guidelineo 59

599938770

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800365

Well Control Procedures

Emergency
Disconnect Levels of Vulnerability

provisions event
across that the

and

procedures keeping

for

dropping occurs

the

string the

in

the
is

station stack

upset

while

EHA

2.115.4 Hang-off
control

rYan Kick

during
situations

well
It
if

is

advisable
in at the

to

hang of

off

during

well

control

situations activity

so
is

possible

that

event

station

keeping

incident
is

kept

minimum

in the

event

disconnect

necessary

Drill

pipe

float

Running
barrier in

drill

pipe

float to

should

he considered
off the
drill

as

an

extra for to the

an

attempt

keep

pressure

string

reconnect
the affects

operations

Consideration with
the

must
full

also

be

given and

of disconnect

riser

of

mud

annular closed

2.11.5.5

Casthg

across

the

BOl
situation

This

is

possibly

the

most

vulnerable
recently In the

during had

DP
the for

drilling ability

operations
to

Only

have past while where

the

HOPs

shear
station called

easing keeping
for

procedure

handling
the

incident

casing by
the

was

across

HOP

procedure

casing

was

dropped

Risks casing

of

dropping

This

procedure with

from
risk

practical ability to

standpoint drop
air

is

clearly
in

fraught

The
is

easing operated
fall

an

expeditious Further
seriously the

manner speed

suspect which
ability

even
the to

with

tools

at

casing
close

wuuLd
the

would
time
in

jeopardize water

the

HOP

in

very deep

New

BOPS
but

can

shear

Newer

HOPs
and
the

with

the

ability

to

shear casing

are

much more
be
closely

casing

requires

longer than shearing

drill

advantageous planned securing

However
communicated well
for

procedures
since

must
shearing

pipe

casing
likely

and
take

disconnect
sealing

will
drill

must pipe

longer than shearing and

on

Some

casing

shear

rams

do

not be

seal to

after

shearing of
the

Therefore
these rains

consideration in the

must

given stuck

placement
across

event

of having

casing

1998
-50

EdftIor

u4th

coce

SuppemnnI

Deepwattr

Well

Catroi

Guidelines

599938771

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800366

Well Control Procedures

Emergency
Disconnect Levels of Vulnerability

stack

and

having

to

disconnect

due

to

station

keeping

problems

Even
shear

if

casing

is

sheared
is

if

it

is

stuck secure

across the

the

blind for

rams

there

no

way

to

well

disconnect

Long

heavy

casing

Another
joint

consideratwo casing high

for strings

strings

deepwater

DP
of
these

operations
strings
it

are will
is

Any landing
across must
the

string

long
require

heavy

Some

BOP

stack
of

heavy
that
is

strength

landing
string

stings
joint
is

be capable

requirement

whatever

landing

across

the

bemg sheared

HOP

stack

capable
it

of being
is

sheared

lithe landing
to

string

cannot
joint string

be

sheared

generally
the

possible

substitute the

of

lesser

weight

pipe on

bottom

of

landing

that

can

be sheared

2.11.6

Consequences
Riser

and

Costs

Drilling

with

It

is

obvious

that

the

potential catastrophic results

costs

of
far to

failure

to

disconnect implications
include the

could

be

with
failure

reaching disconnect

Potential

of

following

Damaged wellhead Damaged HOP

Loss

of

riser

Uncontrolled

subsea

blowouts

it

is

difficult best to

to the

quantify
costs

the

costs

of

these

scenarios

At

the the the

very

would

be suspend

astronomieal

with
in

potential arca

have

legislation

OP

operations

of

disastcr

This

suspension have

could been bodies

conceivably answered Costs and could

last

yeats

until

all

questions

procedures be upward

dictated

from mu

governing

of

$100

lion

1998

Edmlon

with

2000

Suppleneri

Deepwettr

Well

Conliol

C3uidethM 2-61

599938772

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800367

Well Control Procedures

Emergency
Disconnect Sequencing

211.7

Emergency

Disconnect

Sequencing

EDS
Following
actual arc

Considerations

some
of

specific the

considerations
for

concerning

the

sequencing

flOP

an

EDS

Conditionllssue Casing
the

RecommendatlonlCornmerits
are utilized
In

shears stack

Have

two

modes
because
is

for
if

the the

Emergency
casing valuable

Disconnect do
time not
is

SOP

EDS
casing casing

shears

seal

Sequencing and the

closing the

not

lii

the

hole

lost

shenrm
Mode Mode
should

Time

recommended
disconnect

for of

Pipe

be accomplished

within

30 seconds 45 seconds

complete packages

Casing

should

be accomplished

within

Table

2-20

General an

considerations

concernIng

BOP

sequencing

for

EDS Mode
the

If

operations steps

are

in

the

Pipe

implement

following

Pipe Step

Mode Emergency Disconnect

Ensure pod
stringers

Sequencing
are

extended

Close shearram Close

all

choke/kill
fill

stack
if

valves

Open
Retract Block

riser

valve

in

use

all

acoustic additional

stabs

all

ram and

annular both stabs

functions

Step

Unlock

riser

connector

use
and
kill

primary
if

and secondary
with

unlock
type stabs

Unlock/retract Block
all

choke

equipped

retractable

chokekill

stack

valves

Step

Block Retract

shear

rams

podlstingers

Note
in the

At

this

point
riser the

consideration analysis
riser Table indicates

should
that

be given
the riser

riser/f
in

opening the annular to release could be damaged in high seas

to

mud
with

heavy mud

2-21

PIpe

Mode emergeicy

disconnect

sequencing

1905
-62

EditIon

v4tn

2000

Supplenmnt

Detpwater

Viteti

corsirol

Guidehnea

599938773

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800368

Well Control Procedures

Emergency
Disconnect Sequencing

If

operations

are

in

the

Casing

Mode

implement

the

following

steps

Casing Step

Mode Emergency Disconnect

Ensure pod Close Close
Retract Block
all

Sequencing extended

stdngers shears

are

casing
all

choke/kill
all

stack stabs

valves

acoustic additional

ram and

annular

functions

Step

Close shear
Block

rams
shears

casrg
riser riser
fill

Open
Step Unlock

valve

connector choke/kill

use

both

primary

and secondary

Unlock/retract Block
all

stabs valves

chokeill rams

stack

Step

Block Retract

shear

pods/sbngers

Note
in the

At

this

point
riser the

consideration analysis
riset Table indicates

should
that

be given
the riser

riserif

the annuVarto release mud opening could be damaged in high seas with to

heavy

mud

In

22

Casing

Mode emergency

disceaneet

sequencing

Sequencing
the

of

stops

can

vary and

based

on

the

manufacture

of

stack

components on
closing

the

manufacturerrs

published

information

time requirements

Volume requirements
and
actual functioning

When
function
desired

designing

the actual

disconnect functioning
to

sequence

the

volume

times should
for

be

used

requirements and
actuated

time of each so
that

individual the

disconnect design

needs

be

examined

timing

sequence

can

he

nhtained

CasIng

shear

volume

Farucular

attention
vi

needs
are

to

he

paid
of

to

requirements requirements Strong system

will

casing

shear

volume

they

part

the

disconnect
to

sequence
the

consideration
to

should
if

be
fluid

given under

modeling

determine

enough
the

suitable

pressure

be

available

during

disconnect

sequence

Pilot

volumes
pilot

ability

to

maintain
to

Factors volumes volumes

to the

that to

should
required

be
to thc

examined
activate ability the to

in

addition

to

flutd pilot

pressure

5PM

valves

functions

include pilot

required valves

and

maiatain

prcssurc

SPM

during

disconnect

scquenoo

1995

Edlilonwiifl

2000 Suppleneit

DeepwatorWeil

control

GuIdelines

63

599938774

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800369

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

2.12

Unplanned Measures
2.12.1

Disconnects

Prevention

and Emergency Response

Introduction

Early rigs

in

2000
place

two

unplanned

disconnects

on
In

two each

different case the

took

within error

matter of

weeks
similar

cause taken
In

was
place
initial

human
in

Though
events

cases
for

have

not

memory
investigation latches

the

were

cause

concern of

an

MMS
covers panels

required
for the in

installation

more
function

positive

or

LMRP
addition to

disconnect
to the

on

BOP

control

immediate
the

response

MMS
Well

requested Control both

industry

reconvene study
the

JADC Deepwater
and and

Task Force
short

to

problem

investigate

and

longer

teim

preventative

emergency

response

measures

In

each

case

the error

cause Throughout from

was human

April and

May 2000

industry

representatives

contractors range

operators

and

service the

companies options done and by

investigated

of options ensuing

Reporting
the

recommendations subcommittees
is

from of
this

work

the

subject

report

2.12.2

Executive

Summary
is

the

focus

of

this

study

no
will

measures reduce

for the

prevention
risk

of an

unplanned event
to

disconnects
level as

that as

of such

low

reasonably

practicable

Mechanical operational
practices

software and Mechanical

training

software
as

operational to

and

training

prachces

are

are

recommended
an

bartiers

prevent without
to

anyone one
or the

from

executing
harriers

recommended
barriers to

as

unplanned bypassed

disconnect Measures

more

anyone

prevent from executing without

being
of

ameliorate have been

consequences
as

an

unplanned
level

disconnect of assurance
to to

evaluated
the

an unplanned disconnect bypassing

barriers

secondary
if

prevent
the

flows from
are

well

one or more

somehow

barriers

unlatch

LMRP

breached

The considered
all

recommendation measures
at

of

thc

committee
to

is

that rig or

practical

preventative in the

be applied pace

floating that

operations

OCS

deliberate

and

one

isaa
-64

Ethtlon

with

2000

suppiemnni

OpwaisrWlCrirol

GuiSdines

599938775

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800370

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

more

of

the

mitigating appropriate

measures

may
of

be

applied

as

determined of

most

by

the

Operator any

Some form
deepwater
to

emergency

closure

should
rig the

be

part

dynamically closure of
failure the the

positioned

BOP

operating of
the

system
to

allow
or

well
control

in

event

need

disconnect

of

system

None
promote

of

the the

secondary

systems Preventer

evaluated system well

to will

will

reliably

Blowout

Blowout
still

Stopper system
measures reason
the

Capping dynamic
is kill

flowing from

requite

such

as

relief

well such

For
as

this

focus

on

prevention

of

events

an

unplanned

disconnect

The

focus

is

on an For

prevention unplanned

of

DP

rigs

it

is

important
to

to

continue

to

allow

emergency
drive off or

disconnect

disconnect
drift off

systems without from

the

remain of

functional
the

closure

well

and
failure

emergency of an
the riser

disconnect
or

LMRP
events

could

cause

wet

head

both

are

more
are are

serious

than
in

orderly

emergency emergency consider have not

disconnect disconnect
for

As

rigs

moored

deeper

water
to

systems

similarly

important rigs impair

non4ynarnically any

positioned

drilling that will

We
the

recommended

measures

function of emergency

disconnect

systems

The

study of

is

in

two

parts

addressing of an

prevention

and

mitigation First
is

the

consequences of

unplanned
to

disconnect unplanned of

study and
to

means
are well

available three after

prevent
studies

disconnects
available

second
the

separate an

means

secure

unplanned

disconnect
types

Use
rig

of

preventative

measures should
to as

applicable reduce low

as the

to specific likelihood

of an

BOP

systems disconnect of

of

unplanned

reasonably

practicable
further of fluids

Incorporation reduce from

the the

the

mitigation

practices

should
release

possibility

of

an

unplanned

well

Preventative
types

measures on

evaluated both
to the sec

provide and

alternatives rigs in the

for

all

of

systems

new

older

fleet

without

compromise

goal of avoiding any reason

that

an

unplanned

disconnect
to

We
the

do nor

sufficient

means
cannot

reduce

probability

of an

unplanned

disconnect

1905

asian

W5

2000

Supplenent

Oeepweter

Well

Control

Guidelines

55

599938776

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800371

Welt Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

_________________________________
within reasonable

be

applied

to

all

rigs

in the

current

fleet

time

Securing

thewell
Intervention

RDV

The

three

means

for

securing

the

well and

are

ROV
should
to their

Deadmen/A.utoshear systems

intervention
control

deadmanlautoshear

systems
in the current

acoustic

systems
to

Again
at least

all

rigs

fleet

AcousUc
systems

control

be

able

apply
in

one

of

the

mitigation

means

operation strengths

reasonable

time

Each
these

of
are

the

alternatives in

has
the

and

weaknesses
evaluation

presented
the the three

comparative evaluated apply and

below

Of

systems simple
well
is

ROY
most

interventien deliberate

appears

most
the

to

means

to

secure

in

an

emergency
second system been
latest

The

Deadman/Autoshear
nonrial

system
the acoustic

close contrel

Tinder should

conditions

work

satisfactorily

However

there

have
the

reliability

problems

and

operating

experience
yet

with

generation of acoustic systems

track

has not

established

favorable

record of

reliability

Detailed

appendices

for

reports

from
are

each

of

five are

subcommittees provIded been

options in

Prevention
this to

and

Interlock the

combined
findings

document and
two
tables

salient

have

reduced

with

pros and

eons

of

the

many

considered

2.12.3
industiy

Recommendations
should pursue implementation described

of
the

the Prevention

Improvement
deliberate

Measures

on

following

page

al

pace
Mitigation be

One
page the

of

the

Systems
as

described

on

the

following

may

provided of
the

determined

most Other

appropriate

by

Operator

proposed well
by

soitable

alternatives

may he developed

new tee1mology

1998
-66

EdIson

ailS

200C Sup

pkrnnril

Doopwater

Well

Control

GuICd

net

599938777

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800372

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

212.4

Ranking

of

Alternatives

Alternative
Prevention

Measures
Implement
upracticalk prevention
all

Pros
Comprehensively
wtiich
is

Cons
addresses based or Does which
not

address

scenarios past

Improvement Measures

somehow

get

Preventehve measures

experience
If

the

problem
additional

preventions

sabotage
or software

mechanical
fully

effective

no

mitigation Mitigation Provide

systems

needed
to

failure

System
Options

RCV

Readily back-

applicable

all

rigs

Potential
for

High that

cost

impact already

wells

do

not

up system

-i-

Higher

level of mitigation

employ crew

ROV

and on-beard

protection

Implement Practicer measures

approprIate the to Provide

Addresses
Riser

all

LMRP
scenarios

and

Time
after

delay incident

to

close

SOP

Failure

Mitigation

Autos

hear

to all types Applioable BOP control systems

of

Requires

subsea
capacity stack

accumulator
lower

on

System
selected

baokup
system Immediate
incirlent

BOP
not
failure

response

to

Does
riser

protect

against

Provide Acoustic

Independent

Syste7n

etuetion blocked especially by

signal well
if

may
flow
rate

back-up system

high

Roquiroa

subsea
capacity

accumulator

1998

Edition

with

20D0

Supplement

Deepweter

Well

control

Cuiddines

2-87

599938778

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800373

rn

it

2123

Assessment

of

Options

Prevention

ImDrovenlent

Measures
NegatIves

-------Option
All

Potlves
Requ
tao cbsrnp act
Ic

Conclusion
to

control

panels to
critical

to

incorporate two

be

May

requIre

chagee

some

PRACTICAL

enable operation

buttons
tar

annum

hands
and

deliberate

axinling

panels

functions connector

LMRP
Blind

Well

Head

iady
panels

Shear
label

Rams
allfunchEns
tin

at

Greater

ctsrityin3peraticn

Some
larga

panels

congested labels

may and not

be permit

PRACTICAL
Label the button
if

parret

in

congested
of

Congestion melts refers Color the

panels
tire

may
label

function

to unclear

LRMP

end

Well covers

Head
Icr

nrcmnly these
iuncliorrn

indicates

crittal

None

PRACTICAL

connectors

and

functions_uniquely
Fit

LMFIP and Wet

with

friend

Connector protective

Prevenre the

accidentally button

hitting

None

PRACTICAL
Ir

functions

neourable

function

used
be

lacydown

screws resistant feature

need and

covers Use
Velcro
strips

pause cam
key locks locks cr opnratnr button ho function

btte
the

to

corrosion capture

have

locirdown

norews

rnagnetiolatctnes Oiearm operation Connectors function

of for

the

LMRP
Item

nor-emergency or Well Heed

utrose

Lock

out

of the

individual

Additional construction

complication

tu

OPTIONAL
Complexity

functions
3fjf

and

opnrnlton

may
reliability

affect

hydraulic

see

permits

function
for

of

nystem

dinconeact disconeacl

emergency
tine

ala

emergency

disconnect

-___________________________

599938779

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800374

Prevention Option
Dlssnnni

Improvement

Measures
Negatives

Positives

function of Its
for

operation Connectors

ton-emergency LMRP us Hued

for

th

Lock
Still

out

of iso

individual

AdditIonal construction

complication

in

OPTIONAL

functions permits function

for

and

opsratlor

Touch
leer

Screen shovel

of

Sstemn

nec

disconruect disconnect

smertnescy

via the discorrrect

emwgency

teqffon
Elacfronic warning intisle the systems operator
ho

provide
Inc in

logic

second

hurrier

to
ui

Adds
ertical could

time to

execute

what
oporcfono

PRACTICAL uystemo
tydreslic Not

for

MLIXIEH
for

uhoutlo arch en

unininuntinnul operations

lunctton

ho emergency

appliceblo

ortioal

commend

eystems

LMRP
Equip

orWellHeadNscnnrnctor

Sheer_Reonfunction Emmuergency functions Disconnect with batten msrnifcld end proufde secured Sefeguend function agatnst usinlantiunal Ankle time to the operating

PRACTICAL

Syicem
ecier

sepuence Hose
primary

and

enable

On
lhn
I-feed

hydrauhc following

control
for

these

fund

inns are

not

PRACTICAL

LMRP
took
to

Well

conirole

Disconnect Distinctive

and Shear
unit

rare

foci functions such en

compared
Mechanical

other barriers

latchetile_covers

ID

For

Hydraulic Post to

Hose

Reels

Prevents reels that fund could

unriecesuary lead

operation

Hose
to

there

is

no

good

reason at thn

vrimu

warring

signs

on hose

to urrplnrrned cor/rotu

perform

any
I-lose

nperelicn Reef

dierxruvage that

tursparing hydmcilkc are supply

loving

of flOP

Hydrernfic
is

when

SOP

Ensure
isolation

functional

valves

Ot

and

Vented Remove
provide handles from velvet ellen or

lock-out/leg-our stack
is

SOP

functional

Sn

599938780

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800375

Option 11 Add
intedock prevention the devices to

Positives Would
without woll by wnll by prevent
ft

Negatives
For
tine

Conebision
OPTIONAL

unlatching

both

MUX

and

hydraulic

preaentfunctiorring without closing

first

LMRP
the rams

rot

commending
preventer

commanding
of
blind

closing

systems Must

low

specilically for
to rig

set

shear

deeiqned applied

they

are

Too Adds

restricline

complendly

12

leuignetn

itt

management
suthonized end

systems
to pestorm

Requires

epocifc ol
for

training

None

OPTIONAL

lndioidualn critcal

and awareness coneequencea

oertorrning

functions

people tasks

mairrtenarlce Include nielrfpnsnco

in

critical

of

owothstencnlilcaleulmeth_
equipment Safety Loolcouli before working on erarourrd

BCP

Requires

risk

evaluation

13

Enteblrsh

rriirlimarn

nequironsonta

paruonsel
critical

authorized

Io operate

Enhances knvladga and effect for cause

of

Norna

PRACTICAL

crilioal

POP

equipment
In

functions
thecrry i-teigrrte

Training

well

conirol

no

awareness
ot

of

and

practice

consequences knowledge and control

of

operations functions

Compreherseine

invoMnq
Provides nneintnnence
critical

critical

SOP

hardware

hold on

point

before

systems

oraround

lunnlioae fcscdorn

t4

Perform penel

rrloistssrance only

on panel

control
in

Avoids

accidental

None

PRACTICAL

when and

the

de
None PRACTICAL

enertwied

iiaerera1e

use

written
for I-lead

lderrtifiea

steps disconnect

necessary

procedurea/cfnectnRsta the

unlatch connector

of

for safe Prevsncs unsecured

LMRP
peet

or Well

unlatching wetl

from

en

end

raw
and

the

1tydraulin Panels

Contnk

Manifold

Control

599938781

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800376

Prevention Option Positives how

of
tile

Improvement

Measures
Negatives

Conclusion
water

16

Rteer

margki

may

prevent

Positive prevent

secondary
well ttow

arrter

to

Not

practical

in

deep

NOT

PRACTICAL

as

due Wet Hoed

to underbalance Conrnnctor are

dLMRP

or

eperetions requirement margin would

tor riser

utandarrt

disconnected

effectively
in

end

drtlirgttuity areas
Inability

merry

to krroworrraiion white billing

pressure

matwe
judgmental ---

soritevement and very

599938782

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800377

Ill

Mitkiation Option

System

ROV

BackuD

System
Negatives

Positives

Conclusion Ltouiprgwhh minimum ROV

deRtunctionettheBOPforProyno1beabIeto
the following set of blind function net second closing of sealing StOPs
drill

means
strnsr

to

securethe

wall

in

the or

ascess

well

head
in

due
event from

to

the of

following

ranc

closing

event

of control

system

failure

turbulertce substantial well

the

access
Blind shear

unplanned pipe or

disconnect

ttow

bra

Ran
time

locks

bliss /ahear hincticn

it

rarrr

Pu notion because

may be slow RIDV pc np rate

be
in lie

ram

locks

necessary

for the

ROV
water

nay

not

above

rarnn

may enough
access Contractor toot that
is

not

be

close
for

to location

ROV
PRACTICAL

to supply correct panel

tar

ROV hot RCV

stab

Many use

types provides

of hot

stab

tools

in

assurance

correct

Intervenfen Demonatrated

WV
with

insrallednnthejg capability

stsbwtLbeisvsilable

Assures
_capability

adequate

closura

Note

PRACTICAL

Demonstrated

availability barrrla

of

trained

Provides

some
can

assurance bs
in

stab

PRACT1CAL
There

ROV
with serviced

create stab

on
rig

training

and

closure

devices shotrld

for

being

aucornplislned

reasonable

effectiva crews

may be more feat backup system

not on-board

if

RCV
other

be

available

on

time

are

tot

board

reasons

599938783

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800378

Mitlqatlon Option
Insotli

Sistem

Autoshear
Positives

and

Deadman Back.up
Negatives

Systems Conclusion

autoshear following

device unplanned

to

secure

Automatically

shears well activates of the

pipe

Wont
Requires

ectivain

if

riser

ports

PRACTICAL
Viable

well
Va If

LMRP

and

secures and

subsea on

mounted

system

if

subsea and
available or

disconnect

Snrsns
separshon

on

accumulators with
sufficient

SOP

slack to

accumulator control can to

capacity are

LMRP

capacity

system
cronided

power
Requires

tanotinris

controlled

additional

POP

confrolfurictonstobe available

arm
be
able

rlrsarrn

Instat

deadmun
riser

system
teitura

to

secure

Senses
and/Dr
CLV

loan
electric

of hydraulic sianals
initiates

May

not

to handle

Optional ayetnrrra hydraulic

system not

for

MtJoEl-t
tar

we

following

Iron

nadvertent disconnect Requires

if

LMRP
available capacity

available

teen

and

systems
for

wall Sequence tO secnre Can be manually triggered dnnirnd

nubsea
to

Need

backup
is

eyatan claar

for

accumLrlatcrr

reertature

not

power

fonctions not

controlled available for

May

not

be
to

affective npleaned of

as

Equipment
conventional

backup
disconnect

hydraulic

LMRP

asatema
Potentialfortalaa interpretation disrupted ot
riser partirry

--

auams

signals

could

be

otherovert

599938784

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800379

Option
Instafi

PositIves
for critical

Mitiostlon

System

AcoustIc

Gao

k-un

Controls

Negatives May
gsa External operability effects noine gas en not

Coriduelon

acoustic on the

functions

HOP cordrcts SOP stack

Indepandunt Seinctable

system control

work

in

pr83f
affect

OPTIONAL
Vistas system
in
if

operathtg

spid

respcnne

rode

rosy

data
in

introduced

and
to

there

nfl
flow

sea

state and rg

sufficient

apace

install

thrusters

bottles Operating not supported

in

mud

0h1

noise

axpertercs high the

in

has
level

bubbles
independent sccnnulatcrn with
sufficient

Requires

of cunttdertce on acoustic system

subtea

deep

HOP

stack

water

however

under

cepectyto
controlled Operation by

power

tunotiona

rsnrrnrslcortclthonnseverel systems

hess

operated

could flow

be

blorrknd

nuccaesfully Operating track records

to

mud

for

Corrrpfnur

new
retebility

systems reed

be

Inconcissive record

pubfished Ctperattcn by eignsl could be bloctred

attenuation

due

to

water

depth

599938785

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800380

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

Conduct

of the Investigations

On March
In
list

22 2000
five to the

an
areas

organizational

meeting
for

was

held

that

meeting people
of

were
for

identified the project

study and generated Steering

recruited

of

recruit

was
Control then
the

Members
Committee

Deep
other

Water
interested

Well

and
for

parties areas to

chairpersons
offered

each
list

of

the

five

of

study
the

and

them

of

candidates

serve

on

various

subcommittees

Five

areas were
for

identified

study

An aggressive
agreed and

timetable
clear

wLth

the

following
the objectives

milestones
for

was

definition

of

the study

was generated

IADC

agreed

to

establish

web
of

site

for

meeting

minutes
to

discussion generated

groups

and

archive

the

various

reports

be

Any drew

interested

party

within

the

industry

was encouraged
through
controls acoustic

to

participate

in the

project

Subcommittees support
contractors

contacts and

upon

specialty

from

BOP
control

manufacturers suppliers

ROY

end

Attached and
their

is

list

of companies

that

participatod

in the

study

representatives

Subcommittee

Reports

Final the

reports

from

the

thur

subcommittees

are

provided

on

following

pages

$06

E6Rior

Mm

2000

5uppirnenl

Deepwaier

Well

CoMrol

Gilidelinec

75

599938786

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800381

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

2.1

LB

Prevention
Drilling

ot

Unintentional Marine Events

Riser Disconnect

If

the

marine

riser

is

unintentionally

unlatched

the

consequences deep water

the loss the

can well

be

very
are

serious

The

majority

of
flit

designs

not capable riser an

effort

of compensating

of

hydrostatic
is

pressure In

margin
to

that

occurs
riser

when
from
the

rser

unlatched

prevent
the this

the

being

unintentionally that affect or

unlatched have of
the

from on

BOP
event

stack have

factors

bearing

been

reviewed
to

The focus

Prevention

Sub-Committee
to existing

has been
control

determine and/or
to

what what

modifications procedural marine

BOP
be

systems
in

revisions risers

may

required

order

prevent

from

being

unintentionally

unlatched

Most

deepwater cannot

well

designs

2.12.61
of

Subsea

30
in

Control

Systems

compensate
riser

for loss

margin

The

components

subsca
kill

BOP

stack

i.e raw HOPs

connectors
are
all

annular designed

BOPs
to

choke

valves

tmd

be operated of
to

by

use of hydraulics
control

The
is

ultimate

requirement
the

subsea

130P

system

to

provide

power

fluid

perform

discrete

functions

The

two
In

system

designs

differ

how

There remote

are

two

design

types

of hydraulic

control

systems

for

signal initiated at to

transmissions by
rig

operation between transmissions

stations

of
the

subsea two

BOP
system by
rig

stacks designs personnel

are

The
is

major
the

personnel
are

difference signal control

how

surface
control

sent

initiated the rig

operating
to control

suhsea
the the

from

on

surface

sent

components on

SOP

stack

subsea

components operate
as

on

the

BOP

stack

The two

system

variations

follows

f1_vdrarthc

Control

Sjisteen

By sending

hydraulic

pilot

signals

from

the

surface

Elcctro-Hyrfraullc

/MuItfpex

Systcm

By

sending

electronic/optic

signals

from

surface

to

an
in

clcctro-hydraulie turn

solenoid
pilot

manifold
to the

subsea

which

sends hydraulic

signals

sobsea manifolds

1958
-76

EStlon

with

2000

Supplerrwnt

Doopwater

Well

Confrei

euidline

599938787

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800382

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

Both These

system

design

types

share

common

subsystems

common

subsystems

are

Common

subsystems

surface

mounted
high

hydraulic pressure

pump
power

reservoir
fluid

system

that

is

used
subsea

to provide

required

to control

BC

stock

cotopocents
accumulator system provided that by
is

surface the high hydraulic

hydraulic pressure

used

to store

power

fluid

the surface

pumps
control valves systems pilot maoifold subsea used
to

hydraulic hydraulic control

direct

larger

in the the
pilot

manifold
is

for

hydraulic

manifold

located systems

on
the

surface
pilot

for

electro-hydraulic manifold
is

multiplex
in

control

located

the

subsea

control

manifold
panels

Surface provide Umbilical used subsea

to

mounted

electric

remote

control location

used

to

convenient

operational

for the

system
umbilical to the

storage connect

reels that provide portions

storage

of

the

the surface

of

the

system

portions

of

the

system
used
in

Subsea
well

control

manifold

to

control

the

operation

of

the

control

components

the

suhsea

BOP
the

stack

The
the

following

is

discussion differs
is

of

how
the

transmission system

of

command why
one

signal

between over

these

designs

and

design

selected

other

2/262
discrete control limited hydraulic

Discrete Hydraolir

ControLSysteoss

system water due

of

has
to

hydraulic transmit

control

system

utilizes

hydraulic
the

pilot

signal pilot in sent in

depth
to the required pilot

operational and
the

commands
larger

between

surface

capability

valve
the

manifold

hydraulic pilot are

control signals

valves are

amount to send
signal length

time

subsea

manifolds

The

hydraulic hoses
that

hydraulic

Lhrough

specialty

desigit

contained
pilot

over
of

long

multi-core
are

subsea
to

hose

bundle

umbilical These expansion

the

hoses
are

pilot line

designed

minimize reducing

when

they

pressurized
to

thereby
Ihe

amount of time required

in the

pressure
te

hose This reduction

the

amount of time
overall

required of time

pressurize to

hose

assists

in the

amount
subsea

tequirod

function

component

on

the

BOP

stack

1998 edaten

with

2O00

5L3ppIment

Doopwater

Wet

Contra

Guidelines 77

599938788

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800383

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

The

hydraulic

control

Generally low
to

discrete capability

hydraulic due
to

control the

system

has

limited

system

maintains

water
to

depth

amount of time
long
length

reqaired

background

pressure

send
to

hydraulic operate
the

pilot various

signal

over
stack

of

pilot

the control pre.expand hoses and thus reduce

the signal

line the

BOP

components
In the

within this for

transmission

time allowed

by

regulatory as the

bodies primary
for the

past

type most

times

of system rigs
to

was used
the in

design
these

system

As

market deeper

conditions

rigs

required them
control

operate

waters enhanced
to

hydraulic by

system low

has

been

further

maintaining
the control

background
thus

pressure
the signal are

pre-expand

hoses

and

reduce

transmission

timesreferred

These
to as

upgraded Pressure

hydraulic
fliased

systems

commonly

Control

Systems

2.12.6.3

Eiectro-Hydrauik

/Mtrl4plex

Control

Systems

EH

Multiplex

systems

To

overcome

the

water

depth

limitations

of

Flydraulic control

employ
activated

electrically

Control
hydraulic located control

Systems
were

Eiectro-l-Iydraulic

Multiplex employ
that

valves subsea

on

the

systems

developed

These

systems

electrically are

manifold

activated on
the to

hydraulic

vaNes

solenoid

valves

placed
are

subsea supply
in the

control pilot

manifold
signals to

These
the

solenoid

valves

used valves
surface

larger

hydraulic

control the

suhsca
oontrol

manifolds panels
fiber are

Commands
transmitted cable

from
via

electrio

small
to the the

diameter subsea

electrical

optic

umbilical

solenoid

valves

This

significantly Electro-Flydraulic

reduces

Commands
surface panels
via are

from
signal control

transmission
signals for

dmes
single

systems wires
in

electric

transmit
the

flunction

over systems

discrete transmit

transmitted

small diameter
fiber optic
to

electrical

umbilical

Multiplex over With

coded
or fiber

electrical

signals optic

for multiple

functions

dedicated
the for to application control

wire

cable subsea

umbilical

cable
the

in

the

umbilical

of of
it

these

solenoid valves systems

wster depth

capability

subsea

reducing signal transmission times

BOP

stack

has

now

been

extended

over

10000

Multiplex

Control
to

Systems be
built

allow
into the the

greater

redundancy incorporation

hence

reliability

system
ability to

of system
the

diagnostics

enhances

troubleshoot

system

in

addition

data

loggthg data
that

capability will

can

be

included

to

provide trends

historical

show

equipment
greater

operating
latitude in

The

system

designer

has

much

iuoa 2-78

caftan

van

200e supplement

Ooepwater

Well

Control

Guldeilnee

599938789

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800384

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

system

architecture

including

the

quantity

location

and

configuration

of operating

stations

2.12.6.4

BOP

System

Control

Panels

The

unlatching connector
result of

of

an should

LMRP
be
the

The unlatclimg
of
deliberate

of an
act

LMRP

connector
this

should

be

the

result

by providing

function

with

deliberate

activaUon
distinctive different appearance recognition

based

on

look and

and

feel

to

provide ether

appearance performance required

set

and
of of

the

immediate
functions

differentiation

from

operations

An

operational and/or

barriers

that

requires operations to

sequence
activate

of

operations

simultaneous

The

above

should

also

apply

to the

welihead

connector

Electric

control

panels

hydraulic

and

conventional

MUX

systems include

Drillers

Control

Panel

Toelpuaher
Central Control

Control

Pacel

Unit

CCC

if

applicable

Control

Panel

Considerations

As
fc

minimum

all

control

stations

should

incorporate

the

hewing

An enable buttons
handed
critical

is

10

be
not

incorporated

to to

ensure actuate

two-

operation

It

should

he

possible panel the

any
unless

funedon

commanded
is

by

the

pushbuttons function

the

enabte

buttons
is

depressed

when

pushbutton functions

depressed
are
to

All

be

clearly

labeled

The

LMRP

Connector
are
to

and Wellhead Connector

use ofspecial color

pushbuttons and/or colored

make

backgrounds

covers

The

LMR

Connector
are
to

and Wellhead Connector

titled

pushbuttons requiring

be

with
to

securable

protective

covers

deliberate

action

access

pushbuttons
covers include Velcro

Acceptable

methods

of

securing

these

1998

Edition

Mill

2000

Suppirnent

OeepwaterWe5

control

Guidelinar

-70

599938790

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800385

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

strips

loekdown

screws

earn

locks

or other

suitable

arrangement
Other optional alternative

measures
be

designed such

to as

provide
installation

acceptable of disarm disable

barriers

may

also

utilized

buttons/switches connector release

with

indication

designed

to

the

ftmetion

2.12.6.5

Touch

Sensittve

Screens

and Graphic

Driven

Con

iso/s

Control

Panel

Considerations

Software

is

to

be

provided
for

to

lockout operation

discrete

fUnctions

when
For

not

required

routine

oa

these

systems
be
to initiate

critical

functions advising the

warning
operator

notices
that

should
is

displayed
critioal

he/she

about

command
for the

\Varnings connector
look

LMRP

Connector

and

Wellhead with
different

functions other

should

be designed

from

warnings
either screen based or external
to

An enable button
display should

the

be provided

The

LMRP

Connector
are

and
to

Weilbead
use of

Connector
special color

screen

mimic

pushbuttons

make

backgrounds

12.6.6

Emergency Disconnect
Functions

Sequence

EDS
moored

All

dynamically with

positioned an emergency

and

some
disconnect of and

rigs

are

equipped
triggers that the

button
to

which ensure upon

pre-prograrnmed

sequence
in

functions safe

BOP
of
the

is

left

secure

mode

actuation

EDS

EDS runctlon
activated

Fast

actuation well easily

of rig

this

by

system

is

essential

to

ensurc be

safety

of by and be

clearly the

marled
--

and

easily button
flip

The EDS

function
that

should
is

activated

accessible equipped up cover

--

an

accessible

button
control

clearly

marked
should

with

different

from with of
the

all

other

panel and
to

functions
require the

equipped
actuation

flip

up

cover

will

simultaneous sequence

requires

simultaneous
actuation of the

enable

button

initiate

enable

button

iota
-00

aenonwth

COCO

Suptement

Oeepwater

Wet

contro4

Guidetines

599938791

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800386

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

2.12

BOF

System

fl.clraulie

Man4foid

The tmlatching of an
of
deliberate act

LMRP

connector
this

should

he

the

result

by providing

function

with

different

appearance recognition

look and

and

feel

to

provide ether

immediate
functions

differentiation

from

An

opemtional ann/or

barriers

that

requires operations
to

sequence
activate

of

operations

simultaneous

The above

should

also

apply

to

the

welihead

connector

Hydraulic

Manifold

Considerations

Specifically hydraulic

for

thc the

hydraulic suggestions

manifold are

for

the

discrete

systems

The
valve

LMRP

Connector
should

and
be

Weithead marked
operator
in

Connector
distinctive This applies controls not be

control

labels

coloN
to both

conveying
primary distinctive

caution

to the

and

secondary

unlatch

connector should shearing

The

colors functions

and markings
such as the

similar to

any

other

blind

rams

for

example
Other
at

methods
discretion

to

improve

recognition

may
Operator

be

employed

the

of the Contractor

There

should such

be

at

least

one

operational protective

barrier

at

the or

manifold
installing barrier difficult the result not
is

as

opening
operation to

cover
operational

manual
not only of intended
to

handle
unlocking

The
the the

make

connector
is

insure deliberate with

that

unlocking This

connector

act

operational of the function

battier from

shosdd the

interfere panels

operation

remote

2./2.6.8

BOF

Control

System flydrouhe

Hose Reels

Hose Reel Considerations

Post

warning
that

signs

on

the

hose

reels

Ensure

hydraulic

supply

isolation

valves

are

Of

and

Vented

1993

EdlUen

with

2aeoSiqplement

Deepwaler

Well

Central

Guidelines

2-81

599938792

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800387

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

Remove
is

the

handles to the

from

the

valves

anytime

the

BOP

stack

connected

welihead

212.6.2

Control

Interlocks

intent actuation

of of with
the

the

interlocks

is

to

prevent This can

inadvertent easily

LMRP

disconnect systems

be

achieved complex

multiplex

hut

may

require

more

arrangements

on hydraulic

control

systems

Interlocks

should This
feature

has

lu

ned

prevent
actuation

accidental of

experience on
either
El-i

on

MUX
systems

systems

and

LMRP
with

an

known

experience Implementation

or hydraulic

control

disconnect

MUX

systems seftware piping

on

MUX

involves involves
to

systems but may have

issues on hydraulic
control

change
and

For

the

systems wiring

implementation
resulting
in

vnlves

possibly

exposure

systems

unintended
these

consequences be
it

and

failure

mode concerns
development
to

While and

may

addressed seems on broad

through
inadvisable scale at as this the

experience implementation must

to

undertake

time

Each

system need

be

considered
to

individually specific

interlocks

will

be

tailored

rig

2.12.6.10

Human
should

Factors which
to the

Contractors address prevent Wellhead

have
training

management
and
policies

systems

authority
acoidentnl

procedures

unlatching

of

the

LMRP

and

Connector

AuThority

Safety

critical

operations systems to

should

be

covered

by

management
the authority

identify
critical

which task

individuals

have

to ondeitake

The

Management
or person

System
approval
in

should

address be

what

type

of an

notification authorized to

must
for well
that

received to

by

order

person

be allowed

perform maintenance

on

control

equipment

095
-82

Edison

wlifl

2000

suppieiiieni

DaepwaIr

Well

Cenirol

Guidelines

599938793

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800388

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

Training

The following
authorized
to

are

minimum
sub
sea

requirements

for

all

personnel

operate

equipment

Training and

on

and

understanding

of

well

control

theoiy

practice of extensive

Comprehensive
control

understanding derived

BOt

hardware

and

system
in

from

handscn
ensure

training

1-lazard

Identification

te

accurate

risk

aeseasm

cut

Policies

Procedures

Any
only

maintenance

on

control

panels
is

should

be and

performed appropriate
is

when

the

control
is

panel

dc-energized
the

authorization

obtained

or

BOP

stack

on

the

surface

written

procedure

for

unlatching should

the

LMRP
This and

connector posted

during near should

drilling

operations and

be panels

prominently

the

manifold

control

procedure actions
if

include
to

steps

checks
the will

time well

delays
prior to

required ensure

both the

secure

unlatching

and

that

equipment

not be

damaged

2.12.7

Securing
section to well discusses

Well with

ROV

intervention

This

considerations subsea
stack

for

an
that

ROY
would has
is

intervention secure

operate

function the

where should

primary be
the to

control that the

if

of an

subsea

stack

been

lost

It

noted stack
the

uncontrolled of being

flow
able shut

underway through
fly
in

chances and

to the

close in are

enough very low

stack

successfully

well

An uncontrolled flow
greatly to

reduces
in

ability with

2.12

7.1

Miiiimusn Sobsea Functions

BOP RU

Vlnrtenention

shut

the

well

ROV When
functions the

need using

arises

to

operate

specific the

subsea

stack

ROV

irstervention

following

1998

Editne

th

2000

Supplement

Deepweler

Well

Control

Guidelines

2-83

599938794

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800389

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

intervention best

receptacles

should
well

be and

available

to

provide considered

the

chance

of

securing

should

be

minimum

requirement

One One
rans

set

of blind/shear

rams
drill

closing

function

set

of coating

rams

pipe

or

second

blind

Ishear

closing locks

function

Ram The
tested the

if

necessary

for

above

rams

ROY
on
stack

intervention rig

functions hydraulic

should

be

operationally

the to the

with no

pump when
problems
requite

stump
exist the

testing

ensure stack be

operability

before of
the

running

This done

would with

not

use

ROY
control

but cnuld
fluid

hydraulic

pump

using

HOP

ROV

intervention All

functions tested

should

be
Is

ROY
be

installations

and
to

niodifications that

made on
not

the

stack

when stack
tested

should
the the

analyzed
control

ensure

they do
the

interfere

with of

stump

primary stack

system

and

normal

functioning

2.12.7.2

Hot Stab/Plug
standard

Considerations

Unfortunately adopted
as for

stab/receptacle

design

was never
stacks and
field hot

ROY
many

intervention

on
are

subses

BOP
used

result

designs do

currently the

in the the

the

Two API
stnhs

stab

designs
they

exist currently

7-D and
used
in

17-H

Stab/Receptacle designs
are

standardized

-and
are

industry

Adopting

the to

API

stah

designs

and

working

with
the

ROY

companies
material

design

and

manufacture
help

stabs

with

correct

specifications

can

ensure

reliable

design
out

is

used
the

and

minimize
the

the

number of

different

designs

in

field

in

future

Retrofitting not

existing

HOP

stacks

to

standard
contractor

design

i.s

practical

As

such

the

rig

should
is

be

responsible their

for

being

aware

of what

type of

stab

used

on

HOP

and

ensuring on

they hove
the rig

sufficient
all

spares

and

blanks

dummies

board

at

times

not

1995
-84

Editlan

with

2001

Sqplement

Deepwaler

1NeII

Control

Guidline

599938795

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800390

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

2.12.7.3

ROVrJapabiliiy

All

ROVs

used with

on

floating

vessels

should and

be

capable

of

working systems problems

that

variety

of

hot

stabs

fluid that there

delivery are

The

ROY
the

company
rigs

should and

ensure
resolve

no

usuig

stabs

any

problems

do exist

The

ROYs
by

ability the

to

be

used

for

stack

intervention capability state

is

will for the

be
the

limited

ROY

launching conditions

system and
the sea

given
the

meteorological
is

at

time
the

launch

required
to fly

Also
to the

If

well

flowing very

ROYs
if

ability

up

stack

could

be

difficult

not

impossible

Currently
capabilities typical deliver operates

most one

ROVs
high

have

two and one

at

hydraulic low

pump

pressure

pressure and can

high-pressure
liquid at at

pump l5gpm
and can

operates
typical deliver

lO000psi

low-pressure
liquid able at to

3000psi

pump The 4.Sgpm work

at the

ROYs pump
pressures

capabilities

must be
control

of

the the

stacks

system described be

operating

pressure
closing

Also
times using

using
to

ROV
the

pumps
will

above

the

operate stacks one use

rams

significantly

longer than
possible to

the

accumulator consider

system having
the

If

and use
the the

practical

might
the

option
to that

ROY
remain

to

stacks

accumulator
this

system assumes

operate the

necessary

olosing

functions
the

bottles

charged

when

ROY
ROYs

attempt
the

is

made
hydraulic

Another and flow

consideration rate
in

would
capability close the

he of

to the as

maximize

pressure

pump
to

onboard
as

pumps

order

rams

quickly

possible

The

WVs
to

pump
must
at the of

capabilities able

be

212
If

ROt

Crew

Training

work

pressures
centrol

the stacks

available

simulator manifold

training

on

stabbing

into

ROY
be At

system

intervention

on

subsea before should on on

the

DO
going

stack to

should rig

operating pressure

provided

to the

minimum
plugs
into

ROY ROY
this

crews crews

practice

stabbing
to stack exists

dummy
become

receptacle at practice

the

manifold

proficient rig

subsea

SOP
room

on
on

the the

they

are

currently

working

on

If

19518

ealtlen

wIth

2000

5upplemen

Deepwatoc

well

Control

Gultielloer

85

599938796

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800391

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

stack on
the

another

option

would

be

to

set for

up

dead

receptacle

ROY
be

intervention for

manifold
practice practice

dummy

plug which
live

could

used

and by
the

not

jeopardize
operators

receptacie be done

Stabbing
riser

ROY

could

during

inspection

runs

2.12.8

Autoshear

and

Deadman

Systems
Systems

General

Purposes

of Antosheai

and Deadman

To

secure

the

well

in

case

of

accidental

disconnect

ef the

LMRP
To
secure the well
in

case hydraulics

of

total

loss

of

power/communication by
riser

and

to the of

flOP
the

which marine

inference

Includes associated

separation

failure

and

the

BOP

control

lines

2.12.81

Definition

ofAutoshear

System

Autoshear automatically disconnect has

three

is

the shuts

defined
in the

as

the

safety

feature

that

welibore

of The
status

LMRP
LEMRP

connector disarmed
is

upon an unplanned feature The Autoshear

and activated stack
the If the shear
is

modes
the

armed

armed

when

separated Activation

from

the

Autoshear rams

feature nther

activates

closes

or

designated lower package

130
stack

Hydraulic

power
activated

obtained

from

BOP
is

mounted

accumulators

The Antoshear
and uses an

typically

mechanically
control

indepessdent

hydraulic

system

Autoshear
feature that

is

the

safety

212.8.2 shuts an
in

Definition

of

Dcadmcn

5ystem

For Multiplex

automatically the well

MLL
control

and Electro.Hvdrauiic
Systems

EN
in the

SOP

upon

unplanned
of

disconnect connector

the

LMRP

Deadman
response
to as

system
loss

automatically of multiple upon

shuts

welihore
links to

in

pre-defined of
the

the

Deadnian

system shuts
of
In

surface
these

could

occur
are

parting

nser

Typically

automaticaIy
the well
If

defined

links

hydraulic

pressure

electrical

loss

power
also has If
all

and/or
multiple links to pre-detined the

electrical status the

surface

three

power The modes disarmed

system

Deadman armed

system and

activated
the loss closes

occurs

armed
defined shear

Deadman

activates

when

of

pressures/signals

occurs
other

Activation 130P

the

rams

and/or

designated

and

valves

98
86

ceslen

wart

2000

Scplement

Deepwater

Well

contrcl

ntaesneg

599938797

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800392

Welt

Control Procedures
Unplanned
Disconnects

Hydraulic

power

is

obtained
If

from
the

LMRP
is

and/or

ROP

stack

mounted
electrical

accumulators

Deadman
provided

system

requires

power

subsea

battery

2.12.8.3

Definition

of

.Deadman

Hydraulic

BC Control
of design

Package Systems

For

hydraulic
currently special

version While
it

Deadman
of one

system

does

not any

exist

would
the

not involve

technology and

would

require

compreheilsi\e any ocean

shut
in

development systems wellbore and

the in
if

testing
it

associated

with

floor the

concept
there

would
loss

automatically
hydraulic pressures

were

of

supply from both

pressure

perhaps

additional
it

hot-line

pods

in

LMRP
to
all

would

have

armcd

and
If

disarmed

modes

analogous of

the

MUXEH

versions

designated designated
in

monitoring function stack

pressures shear

armed and upon loss activation would

pipe

close

ram BOP

ram

or

an be

annular obtained

the

BOP

Hydraulic

power
stack

would

from

LMRP

and/or

mounted

accumulators

It

Is

possible system

for to

single

have

It

is

possible

for

single

system

to

have
in

combined
fact

combined Autoshear and Deadman

capabilities

Autoshear

and

Deadman
are so

capabilities

and

some

Deadman

Systems

designed

2.1284

System

Capabilities

Hazard

Scenario

Handled

Successfully
er/fl

Risertflexjolntfailurewlth

System

LMRP

disconnect

loss

of

BOP
power

olntfallurewlth
controls only

controls fluid

and

ls of0P

Yes Dnadman No
Bleed

No Yes
pouer
fluid at

No Yes
surface

Sec

Systems

Pros and

Cons on following

page

19518

EdiSon

with

zcoo

suppemeni

Oaepwethr

Wet

Control

Guidetnes
87

599938798

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800393

r--------System General Both Typo

for

Prnu

Cons

bouts stubsea
sufficient

Increase

tI-to

tail-sofa

degree

of

subsea

May

require

additonal

accumulator

lithiieEupemd
rig

Oeadmarr
Atstosttear

SOP

systems
shut
in

bottles well
in

to function

and

and

Promptly unplanned

an

emergency

slack Stack

apace may

on
trot

ths be

LMRP anor
available with these

SOP COP
Irs

systems
flexibility

Need
beat

to select to secure
rigs

Systems

disconnect

situation respond

function forvarforss

DsaurnentAutontios.mnyntems
5-

Lirrrtted

espedence
ralisbility

systems

well blind

i.e

immediately intervention annmed

without provided

need
the

icr

human
is

antabish

shear

pipe

or

system

Concern
Increasing system Afdscontrol existing

aith
risk

functioning of future

at

the

wrong

lime

annular

with

increasing

Pod

plumbing

compleelty functions syntemal sotivate

in

rwatrtctlona limited

number

on

Function requirements

testing

Actonhear

Currently

installad applicable or

on to

some any

rigs

Wit
hydraulic

not

parting

of

tins

riser

systems

Can be
control
-n-

ttg

i.e

scenario

MUXmEH depend

systems

Does

not

on

battery are
builr

life

bendrnan Systems MIJX/EH

Control

-m-

Cnmmerctai
Syslerns

systems

now and

avsllable

boss
-.

not

work

if

stingere well
if

are the

separated

trace

been

am

in

Cannot

secure from the

the the well

LMFtP
It

BOP

operebon

nepamtsn
not seoure

SOP
in

stack e.g heevonmtptan

will

aocidentst

unwanted

disconnect
fluid

of the

LMRP
through

because
the pod

control valves

most pens
elingers ortake esisring

end

Must add away

Corn

setssee esisting

comma
capacity
to

boitles fNo
bottle

designs/equipment capacity
felice

share

on

battery

power
eveilahie opsretional ff5-C would

Deedrnan Systems
Conventienal Hydrauho Control

-v

Design

for

this

type

of

system

should

be

No

systrens

currsntly to develop

How

to

provide fttnctlon

disarm

atraigtrttorwerd

be needed
eqeiprnent

and ann

United
fine pilot

control

hose

bundle

functions

probably

___________________________________

iestelletion

or

sonic

SOP

cpyro
capacity for prevents

599938799

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800394

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

2.12.9

Acoustic

Rackaip

System
Control
critical

An

emergency backup
is

Acoustic

SOP
of

System

is

intended

to

provide system intended

operation from only

SOP
of

functions
controls

The
is

separate

the

primary event
not

and

to

be

used

in the
is

loss

of

the to

primary prevent

SOP

control

system of

and
the

intended

accidental

disconnect

LMRP

Acoustic

system Is sepsrate from primary

controls

Acoustic primary systems

SOP

controls

are

unaffected These
or

by any
are burst

damage
remote signals
consist

to the

and

is

used
of the

hard-wired using
in that the
is

system
pulse

sonar with of

only

when

loss

coded 5-40
fixed

primary

SOP

control

frequencies
surface unit not then-hull

kHz
or

range

Systems
or

system occurs Acoustic system intended

accidental of the to

portable

both

rechargeable
transducers

is

mounted

transducers

andlor hydraulic

dunking
control

prevent disconnect and on subsea

the transceivers

and track with

pod

mounted subsea hydraulic

LMRP

subsea
is

SOP

The
the

eectro/hydraulic primary

module
control

interfaced

SOP

system

2.129
Acoustic between
operate

Design

Components
enables and subsea of communications equipment system
to link

technology
the the surface

remotely

SOPs Components
command

include

Multi-frequency

signals

Directional

subsea

transdccers

Error

checking

correcting

SECt
surface

and

reporting

Permanent and mounted mounted

portable

controls

I-lull

and

over

the

side

dunking
control

transducers

Stack

acoustic-hydraulic

pod

Large volume

subsea

accumuators

Manufacturers
these acoustic

of

acoustic

SOP
reliably

controls controlled

systems under with

olaim

that

systems and ranges

to

can

be

difficult

environmental 3500 meters on

conditions
All the acoustic signal to

operating system
at

depth

telemetry noise

performance

will

depend

ratio

the

1995

EdiSon

with

2t00 Supplement

Oeepwster

Well

contrd

Guidelines -89

599938800

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800395

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

receiver
surface primarily

This
or

receiver the to the

could stack

either

be

the

receiver limitations

at

the are

on

Water
in

depth
signal

due

reduction
additional

due
to

to

extended with of depth

is

transmission
respect acoustic capability to

path
surface

and

noise due etc

location

thrusters

The

manufacturers water

HOP
once

control the current to

systems noise
at

only
the in

specify receiving

elements today with

known
designed

Most
to

systems
the

operation

are

operate of

depths

mentioned
at

above surface

an

assumption

normat

noise

levels

the

Water
are

depth

limitations

There

caused

is

by due

common
these

misconception
are

that

the for

above use
in

statement

signal to

reduction extended path and

moans

that

systems and

suitable

blow out
that the

transmission
additional

conditions
possibility

Users of
actuating well

manufacturers
stack

agree
acoustic to

mounted
is

telemetry

external

noise surface

thrusters

etc

system

once
the

is

flowing

millimal

non-existent
as

They

see to

maw
control

use of an well
as

acoustic

system
as

means
after loss

to

be able
the

shut

in the

soon

possible

of

primary

2.12.9.2

Historical Pro

Hems
of

Unproven
the

Capabilities

The

following

are

some

historical

problems

associated

with Acoustic

SOP

control

systems

Older

generation battery
los.s

systems
life

suffercd

failures

due

to

housing

integrity causing

end component by
the

relmsbility

issues

of confidence date

drilling

cnmmunity

These
General to the stack

systems

from

the

mid-1970s were dropped due

failure

maintenance
liability

and weekly
with such

testing

associated

system

once

the

was

deployed

Loss caused

of

co/nm

umcation

signal

interrupi

ion

or dfstonnn

by

Noise As
and mentioned

above

noise

affects

acoustic

telemetry
loss

positioning All that that

systems
acoustic
is

causing telemetry than

the

of

communications
specific signal

systems
in
is

require

greater receiving

band

or

in

channel

noise

the

device

operating

lass
-90

Edttonm

wile

2000

SuppIerrnni

Oespwaier

Well

cenirci

Ouidelines

599938801

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800396

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

within cannot

If

the

noise

level

rises

such

that are

the

signal

be

detected of

then

communications manifests signals

attenuation

lost

The
to

perception
additional

noise

also

itself

due

attenuation

of
signal

One
is

of
air

the

more

common
operating
cavitate aeration attenuation coefficients

forms
at

of

Thrusters
vessels

high

tip

speeds

under

OP

drilling

the

surrounding
the the

water and over

causing causing standard

clouds
additional attenuation

of

within of

wateL
signal

Noise

can

come from many

sources

Drillstring

impacting

riser

low freucncy
variable variable thrusters thrusters are

Thruster
far

noise than

fixed fixed

speed pitch

pitch speed

noisiar

ROY
ii

generated

noise

General

field

noise

from

additional

vessel

Self noise

due

to

reverberation

of

transmitted

signals

from nearby Other

use the

structures

users

in

drilling

locality with

acoustic

systems

that

same

or similar frequencies

Line The

of sight

two

fundamental systems Thai

are

causes noise and

is the

of
the

failure lack

of

acoustic Tine

telemetry of

of

acoustic

sight

two be
able

communicating
to acoustically

transducers/transceivers

must

see

each

other

Stack
located

mounted
such
that

components
clear line

have of
are sight

not to

always
the surface

been
is

present

These

problems with on
the

solved

with of

current stack

generation

systems

deployment such
that

dual

mounted
sight to

transceivers single

arms

clear
is

line possible

of

surface

transceiver

regardless rig

of

the

relative

geometry

of

the

stack

and

the

mounted transceiver

1995

EeaunsAth

2000

Supplemeni

Cepwator

Well

controt

Gukielinec

2-91

599938802

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800397

Well Control Procedures UnpInned

Disconnects

System accumulator Some of

greater the older

capacity

systems

that

we have
for

taken
suffered

to

depths due
to the solves

than

initially

designed

insufficient

accumulator

volume
the operational

Designing depth

accumulator
this

volume

for

pLOblem

Actuation

acknowledgment
methods
for are detecting available the

Various

dependent
actual

on

flOP of
the

manufacturer hydraulic system valve

side

movement The
drives
at

actuation into

element

valve
that the

acoustic pilot either older the

interfaces

solenoid read back

Some
of
the

systems primary oo
read

pressure

control

valve

Some of

the

systems actuation feedback without

had

and

hence
still

could
suffer

not confirm due

to

Some
as to

systems actuation
is still

minimal
actuation

Testing

solenoid

actuating

current issue

No
this

fully

effective If

well an

control

system backup

is

discussed

within
to

document
fully

acoustic
it

system he
able

were
to

he

considered under
the

effeetive

should

function

following

conditions

Harmonic

vibration

of

riser

from

loop

currents

noise

issue

Mud
issue

clouds

from

loss

of

riser

fluids

transmission

path

Gas plumes
issue

debris

and

wellbore

fluids

.-

transmission

path

Noise from open

flowing

well

noise

issue

As
to

the lack

noise and of data

or

transmission

path

issues

art this

unknown
sector

due

the

manufacturers systems with

within

cannot of

evaluate such

design

greater

knowledge

failure

scenarios

Once

the

riser

is

parted

and

the

MUX

cables

are

parted
are the

acoustic only

deadman
options

and

ROY

intervention

methods

control

available

1us
-52

EdiSon

alUs

20cc

suppicmnnt

Deepwater

Vtl

Control

Gdeline

599938803

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800398

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

Some
history the

users

report are

that

these

systems

have
to

poor

operating with
in

and

generally
history

considered
successful

be

unreliable

lack of any blowout

of

testing

or operation

actual

conditions

Some

users

Brazil
systems of

report

reliable

operations
tests

from

current

generation requirement generation only

recently

with

weekly

being record
build

contracted of
recant

operations
is

The
due

reliability to the

systems

short

new

programs

deployed

There Coast

has been of

one

documented
early

failure

case system

off

the

East
three

Canada

of an

generaticn

where
shear

unsuccesstltl

attempts
control

were

made
in

to

close

the

rams

with an

acoustic

system

Well

Control

situation

Regulations

Requirements

The

only

Regulation

identiJing System
is

the the

requirement

for

an

Acoustic
Directorate

BOP

Control

Norwegian
and

Petroleum
for

NPD
Activities

Acts

Regulations

Provisions

Petroleum

Re

Section

Requirements equipment

relating

to

blowout

preveniers

with associated

41

When

drilling

with

blowout or

preventer
alternative

system
control

installed

on
for

the

seabed

an

acoustic

system

operation connect/on

of pipe
for

tam preventers
riser

shear
in

ram preventer
installed

and

marine

shot

addition be

The

accumulators pipe as
well

shall

have

sufficient

capacity for closing one shear connection

the rain

of two
preventer

ram presenters
as opening loading be used of

and
the

riser

pius

50%
depth

The
in

necessary
shall

pressure as
basis

for

operation
the

question

for calculating

capacity

Re

Section

50

Testing of

equipment

for

wells

and

well

control

1996

Ethklon

with

2000

suppsmet

Deepwaler

Well

CorrtrQl

Ouidelines

2-65

599938804

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800399

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned
Disconnects

Blowout with

presenters of

shall the

be pressure shear/blind of
i/ic

tested

evety
this

14
will

days
also

exception

rarns

include function

testing

acoustic

vstem

In

Brazil

Petrobras reguiresp by

contract

that

all

Position

fOP

rigs

have Shear

acoustic

BOP
In

Controls

for

Dynamic Lower

rams
and

Upper rams
Riser
the

rams

Wcdgelocks

if necessary
case they have

connector use of

unlatch an

ONE

allowed System

Emergency

Hydraulic

Backup

EHBS
system shear
is is

The

acoustic the

tested are

on

surface

during
acoustic

BOP

test

but only once

the

rams

tested

with

the

controls

BOP

landed

on

bottom

Other

regulatory are

bodies

who

do not

require

acoustic

control

systems

HSE
Offshore

MMS
Petroleum

COOLA
Board

and

Canada-

Newfoundland

Conclusions

Acoustic
the
last

position

reference evidenced of

equipment by
the as

has

improved

over
vessels

decade
this

as

number of OP
their

using

type

equipment experionce
control

primary
ourrent

position

reference
acoustic

Operational

with
is

generation

backup

BOP

systems

still

limited

Operational experience
in with current

generation

tviewing

the

state-of-the-cit

for

BOP
to

acoustic the ability

controls of
this

acoustic
control limited

backup

SOP
is still

significant

doubts system
to

remain provide

in

regard
reliable

systems

type of
control

emergency

back-up

system

during an

actual

welt flowing

incident

The added
justified safety
if

complexity
it

of an

acoustic significant

system

can

only

be

brings

about and can

it

improvement
to

in the

of

the In

well

be

relied

upon
introduce

work whenever
reduction avoidance
in

required primary
inadvertent

addition

must not
reliability

control

system

including

of

actuation

1996
-94

Ecnicr

with

acee

Supplernrtnt

oeepweterWeii

CbntrGi

Guidelines

599938805

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800400

Well Control Procedures

Unplanned Disconnects

The
stacks

addition plus

of
the for

acoustic large

control

equipment subsea system

to

on

the

HOP

volume
acoustic

accumulator operations

requirements

deepwater
to

makes
stacks

it

difficult

add

acoustic

controls

existing

BOP

1998

EdIiJoriwiLh2O

Supplemeet

Oeepwater

Well

Central

Guidelines

2-5

599938806

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800401

Well Control Procedures

References

References
APT

RP

Blowout
and
Drilhng

Prevention

Systems
Formation

3rd

Edition

Barker Deapwater

Cornea

of

Hydrates

During

Operations
or Soft

SPE 16130
Shut-in

IADO/SPE

25712

Hard

Which

is

the

Best

Approach
Lai and
Hydrates
in

Dzailnwski
Various Drilling

Investigation

of

Natural

Gas

Fluids
in

SPEJIADC
Deeper

18637

SPE 26952
Ynusit Hydrate

Wall
11

Control

Prooedures

Water
to

and

Young
Suppression

Simple
in Drilling

Correlation

Predict

Point

Fluids

SPEIIADC

25705
Yousif Decompoaition Yousif and Measurement
Kinetics

Dunayevslcy and

Hydrate

Plug

Modeling

SEE 30641

H.The

of Hydrate

Formation API 28479

9998 2-96

EdISon

Wth

2000

Supplemrnt

Deepwator

Well

Control

uuldollrl

599938807

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800402

Well Control Procedures

Index

CHAPTER
Acoustic system acoustic Actuation control systems

WELL C0Nm0L PROCEDURES

full

INDEX
and abandonnent

BOP

contml 2.89

safety

opening

valves
2.3

plug

POSY
gas bubble Gas
.....

266

2.25-26

2.23

positive

test

2.22
2.3 drilling

acknowledgment
2.92

displacement
in riser

220 2.79
2.29
2.7 2.21 2.2

prersnra Pnsssure

sensor while

gas gas

Alert zones Arrival time system

2.46

influx ratIo

PWD
Red
riser riaer

2.2

2.41

246
2.86 2.81 2.64

Gas/oil gel

Alan Zone
analysis

246-48
2.49

Aotosheai
barrier barriers

strength

glycerol

2.35-36 rams
lluid..................

booster

line

2.18

hang-off heated Hot

stab

2.H 236
2.84 2.82 2.14

Riser
riser rises riser riser riser riser

bonkling
circulation cuttings

223

biogenic
blitsdsisear

sources rams

2.36

23132 .......2.2
criteria

29
2.2 2.18 2.9

........
Factors

booster booster

line

Human
hydrate hydraulic hydraulic

..
systems Reels...

design flow

2.23 2.29
2.31

pump

bullheaditg

214

control control

systcm2.77

gas........

2.36

2.32-33 2.30 2.50 2.30 2.23 2.85 2.85

ClC
Casing casing

line

friction

pressures 2.4 2.10 2.63

gas

handler

CLEF
Mode
shear cams
in

2.76 Hydsaulie hydraulic

Riser
riser riser

margin
slip joint

Hose

2.81 2.58

240
water
2.41

storage

tension
capability

cementing

shallow

inhibitor.................

236-37
2.14
2.3 2.3

flow..........................

kineticsetfccs
lag level line

choke coiled Control

contents

and

kill

lines.....

2.2 2.36 2.82 2.48

time sensors of
sight.................

ROY ROY ROY

seal

crews
intervention

.2.66
..........

183

tubing Interlocks

assembly water

2.42-44

2.91

Shailow

flows

LMIRP

connector 2.79

SWF 281
2.83
shut-in sisnulator

238
casing pressure
training stroke 2.2

Deadman

system.....

2.86 Logging while

deudmart/auroshear

systems 2.66

drilling

2.85

LWD
loop currents
lust

2.4t

slip

joint

.......237
2.22 2.84
ability....2.54

disconnect disconnect
diverter

2.49.50 sequence 2.55 2.33

248
pressure 2.50

spinner
stab

log

of hydmsratic

designs keeping

flow

station sssbaea

DrIlers dynamic

Method
positioning

214
uperalur

lcwer

CK

line

80

eoritsol

systcm 2.76

LCK.........................

2.16 2.56 System acesunulatur

tWO
eddy
curienrt

257
2.48 2.45

lcwer

flexjeint

angle while

capacity 2.92

Measurement

drilling 2.3

Eddy

Watch
function

Training trapped unplanned gas disconnects

2.83

808

280

methanol met-ocean data

2.37

225

Electro-l-lydraulic Multiplex control system 2.78

245
2.1 2.3

mud mud

density

temperature.....
separator

upper

CI

2.64-65
line

Emergency
Sequencing

iscnnnect

mudlgas ncisr 2.62

iscise log

2.30 2.90 Vibration

viscosity vulnerability 2.21 2.2

EDS
enable

222
2.42-43
2.63 2.63

buttons
circulating

2.79 density
2.2

perfurating
pilot pilot

2.58

equivalent

pressure volumes

Wait watch Waler

wellhersd

Weight chcles depth

Method

.2.14

EGO
excursion
external

2.56
litnitations..2.90

2.5455
casing packer

Pipe
pit

Mnde
..........................

2.62
2.3

level

remcval Alert Zone

2.42 2.46-47

hOP
flexjoint angle

241
2.56

pit

volume
and

totalizer

2.1

2.3 2.3

Yellow

pitch

roll

1998

Edition

wIth

2000 SupIerrent

Dsepter

We8

Cenirol

t3ulrtellrs 97

599938808

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800403

599388O9

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800404

Equipment

Chapter

Equipment

Equipment Subcommittee
David Bruce ChalrmanJ

Diamond
Bryce

Offshore

Drilling

Inc

Dickinson

Marine Varco

Drilling Shaffer

Hugh
Richard
Frisbee

Elkins

Oceaneering Pefroleum Brissoneau

Jnerrialional

Earl Robinson
Toe

RHE
Roche

Americas
Lou

inc

Marine

1998

Edition

Wth

2000

Supplement

Deepwatar

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938810

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800405

APV
AXIVX

Air

pressure gasket

vessel

Ring Choke

CK
DP EGO EDS

and

kill

Dynamically Equivalent

positioned circulating disconnect density

Emergency
Gulf of

sequence

6DM
LMRP
LVE

Mexico marine
riser

Lower

package

Low

volumetric

expansion
Service
unit

MMS MODU MUX ROV

Ti

Minerals Mobile

Management
offshore
drilltng

Multiplex

Remoty
Telescopic

operated
joint

vehicle

599938811

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800406

Equipment
Table
of

Contents

CHAPTER

EQuWMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.1

BOP ARRANGEMENT
SUMMARY..

FOR DEEPWATER

OPERATIONS

3-1

3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4

.34
IN

NUMBER OF RAMS

DEEPWATER SmCK

3-1

BOP
31.41
3.1.4.2

HEIGHT
Of

3..3

PLACEMEN1
Blind

RAMS1OUTLEIS
rams rams

3-4
3-5
3..5

shear

Casing
Choke/kill

shear

314.3
3.1.4.4 31.4.5 3.1.4.6

connectors connectors bending

in

3-6

Weflhead flange Bearings LocatIon

bending

loads

3-6 3-6

strength rings
split

load

3-7
3-7

3.14.7

of

LMRP

3148
3.1.4.0 3.1.4.10 3.1.4.11

BOP

elastomers valves up
in

3-7
3-7

Failsafe

Latching
Bolt

deepwater

3-8
3-8

arrangement pressure
ratings

31.4.12 BOP
3.1.4.13

3-8 of

External Pressure

Loading

BOP

Equipment

.................

3-6

3.2

CHOKE MANIFOLD SUMMARY OVERBOARD

CONSIDERATIONS

3-9

3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5

LINES

3-9 3-10 3-10

MINI-TRIPTANKS

.................................

LOw PRESSURE

GAUGES
GAS

.....

Smu

FOR RISER

34Q

3.3

DEEPwATERRISERCONSIUFRATIONS

3-11 3-Il 3-11 3-12

3.3.1

SUMMARY
RISERCLEANINO

3.32
3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6

BOOST Boosi

LINES LINE

VALVES VALVES

3-12 3-12

ANTI-COLLAPSE TRACKING

OF SERVICE

3-13

t98

Edition

Mth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

GudeIines

-.

593938812

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800407

Equipment
Table
of

Contents

3.3.7 3.3.8

INSPECTION

INTERVALS

3-13 3-14

RISERANGLEINDICATORS DIVERTER STRESS HOUSING

JOINT
IN

339
3.3.10 3.3.11 3.3.12 3.3.13 3.3.14 3.3.15 3.3.16

SIZE

3-14
J0ItJT/c

TOOL

NTERMEthATE

FLEX JOINTS

3-14
3-15 3-15 3-16

LOCATION

OF CHOKE/KILL

TERMINATION

TELESCOPICJO1NT FARINGCONSIDERATIONS

CKENOLOADINGS..........
UPPERAND LowER
FLEX JOINTS
....

316
3-16 3-17

RISERHANGOFF
RISER ANALYSIS

33.17

3-17

34

DPwAT

DIVERTiNG

CONSIDERAT1ONS

3-18 3-18

3.4.1 3.4.2

SUMMARY
RISERLESS
DRILLING

3-18

3.5

RISER GAS CONSIDERATIONS

3-20

3.5.1 3.5.2

SUMMARY DANGER OF FREE

DIVERTER SYSTEM

3-20

GAS

IN

THE RISER

3-20 3-21

35.3

DESIGN

3.6

DREPWATER

CONTROL SYSTEMS

CCNSIFJERAT1ONS

3-22 3-22

3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.7

SUMMARY
CLOSING TIMES CONSIQERArION HYDRAULIC
OF

VS MULTIPLEX

3-22 3-22 ..... ...... 3-23 3-23

BOTTLES..................

THIRD Port
..................................

ROV

INTERVENTION CLOSING FLUID

VOLUMES/BOTTLES VOLUMETRIC AUTOMATIC

RATING OF SUESEA CLOSURE

IN

ACCUMULATOR
OF FAILURE

3-24

EVENT

OF LINES

DEADMAN

SYSTEM
3-28

3.6.8 3.6.9

WORKING PRESSURE

FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS

3-28 3-28

PRESSUREONCONNECTORS

i9S8EdiUon

wiTh

2Q00

Supplement

Oeepwatei

Well

COrIIrQI

Gukielines

3-v

599938813

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800408

Equipment
Table of Contents

3.6.10
3.6.11 3.6.12 3.6.13

OPEN YSCLOSED RETRvAaLEPoDs

LOOP

3-28 3-29 3-29

SINGLEPOINTFAILURES PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE

GAUGES

3-29 3-30 3-30

3-31

3.614 35.15

HOwE0TTLESAREMANIF0LDED
BACK-UPSYSTEMS
Electro-hydrauflc

3.6.15.1 3.6.15.2

Acoustic

back-up

system

3-31

3.7

PREVENTIVE SUMv1ARY STAcK

MAINTENANCE

CONSIDERATIONS

....
3-32 3-32

3.7.1

37.2

37.2.1 3.7.2.2

BOP
Annular
Flexjointiballjoint

3-32 3-32 3-33 3-33 3-33 Valves 3-33 3-34

37.2.3
3.7.2.4 3.7.2.5 3.7.2.8 3.7.2.7

Connectors

Pods Wing

Tensioners
Drillatring

37.2.8
3.7.2.9

Compensator

3-34 3-34

Riser

3.8

ftSER

RECOIL CONSIDERATIONS

3-36 3-35

3.8.1

SUMMARY
UNPLANNED DISCONNECT
RISER

38.2
3.8.3 3.8.4 3.8.5

3-35 .............................. 3-36 3-36 3-37

REASONS FOR
TYPEs

RECOIL SYSTEM

OF SYSTEMS C0NSIDERArioNs

CntR

3.9

ROV

iNTERVENTONS

C0NSOERATIONS

3-38 3-38

3.9.1

SUMMARY
EQUIPMENT CoMviON MODIFICATIONS TO OPTIMIZE

3.92
3.9.3

ROV

SUPPORT

CAPAB1uTES

.3-38 3-39

BOP

OVERRIDE

FUNCTIONS

INDEX

3-40

1998

Editior

with

2000

SipIenani

Deepweter

We

Control

Guidelines

599938S1

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800409

Equipment
Table
of

Contents

LIST OF TABLES
3-4 3-32 3-32
joint

Table Table lable Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table

3-1

Considerations

for

placement

of

rams/outlets

3-2 Preventive
3-3

maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance

functions

BOP
annular
flex jointlhafl

Preventive

3-4 Preventive
3-5

3-33
3-33

Preventive

connectors pods wing valves

3-6 Preventive 3-7 Preventive 3-8 Preventive 3-9 Preventive 3-10

3-Il

3.33 3-33

tensioncrs drilistring riser

334
compensate 3-34 3-34 3-38

Preventive

ROY

inspection

1998
vi

Edior

with

2X0

Supptenant

Deepwtar

Welt

Coritrel GutdelJnes

599938815

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800410

Equipment
GOP
Arrangements

3.1

BOP Arrangement
Operations
3.1.1

for

Deepwater

Summary
section

This and
in

captui.es for

some

of

the

diftbrences in ultra

subtleties

considerations

BOP

issues

deepwatcr

both

mooted and

dynamically

positioned

DP

operation

312

Number

of

Rams
desired

in

Deepwater

Stack

The number of rams

different

will for
all

be

dependent
the

on

several

considerations on

As

rigs

number of pipe
drilipipe local in the

rams

depends

number

of

sizes

of and

drillstring

operators

preference

regulatory

agencies

Typical rigs

floating

drilling

have

pIpe rams
sealing blind

Generally Service
drift

and

as

required rams

by
are

the

Minerals
for

Management
the larger size
is

and

one

MMS
and
stinger drilling

two

required
the

shear

ram

pipe

one

pipe ram
for drilling

for

smaller
small

size
liners

which

usually floating

through

Typical
blind

rigs

have

pipe rams

and

one

sealing

shear

ram

Over well
into

the in the ultra

years

this

arrangement water
things

has served

the as

industry rigs

shallower deepwater perhaps

are

dopths
that

However

move

were

standard can

in

shallow

water
these but

and
things

taken

for

granted

change
operations

Some

of

clear rather

to the

cngineer

arid

people

sonic

can

be

subtle

1-lydraulles

becomes
to large

an

issue

As

in

deepwater due
hole to

rigs

move
to
at

in

to

deeper of

water hydraulics
drilling large holes

becomes 14-3/4
to

an up

issue

due

the

drilling sizes

necessity

and

deep

target

26

very

deep

depth
It is

as

compared
to

traditional

depths

shallow atadepth

water of

drilling

ant unusual

drill

22

hole

12000

13QlJtftRKB

L.arge

drill

pipe 6-518

5-1/2

and

For has

adequate
to

hole

cleaning use of

at

theso than

depths

consideration
drill

be given

to the

larger

traditional

pipe

iase

Edison

with

seas

Suppktrent

Deepweter

Wet

Conirol

Guidelines

3-1

599938816

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-0080041

Equipment
GOP
Arrangements

size

of and

Many
6-5/8
problem generally set such

operators
drill

give

consideration these

to

5-1/2
sizes larger strings

drilipipe

pipe

While

drilllpipe the

pose
sizes

no
are

from not
as

HOP ram
suitable as after the

standpoint

some

casing on

have
drill

been

9-5/8
severe

tool

joints

the

large

pipe can

eaose and

equivalent

circulating

density

ECD wear
At
this
it

fishing

problems

point
svili

if

the

operator
to

elects

to
at

return

to

smaller
that

drill

Rams may be
pipe on the weIght
that

pipe
limited of of
in

be necessary
the

have

least

two

rams

will

also

seal

the smaller ranges

on

This
polling the

could

be
to

accemplished change proper

seal

by more hut
these the

amount
can be

ram
are

cavities

or

BOP
be
the

rams
solutions

generally

not thought of pipe than rams

to

with of

hung-off

availability

that

will

on

range

drill

pipe

rather

just

single

size
that will

Caution
seal

should

he

exercised of
drill

when

choosing because

rams

over
rains the

variety are

pipe
in that the

sizes

some
of

of

these

very of

limited

smaller be

ranges off

pipe

on

amount

weight

can

hung

SOP must
shearing main
drill

be capable
sealing strings

of

and

on

For be
drill

DP

operations of
that

it

is

absolutely sealing
It is

necessary on
the

that

the

BOP
of be
to

pipe

capable pipe
to

shearing and
will

main

strings

be

used

also

highly of
the

desirable drillstring
in

able will

hang-off

the

main elements
arrangement
are

This
if

complicate
size

ram

ftwther
to

thai

two

different

strings the or

planned of and but

the

be run through then both

the

BOP
these

stack
strings

during

course

wall
oiust
if

of

6-5/8
of of
drill

5-1/2
the

not only
that

be shearable over
also this

and range

sealable

by

BOP
are the

rams

seal

pipe

used
weight
to

these

rams
drill

must
string

be

capable

hanging has
to

of
the

the

Again
that

consideration
actually

be given
for the

amount of pipe
ranges of
drill

can

be

hong off

smaller

pipe

For

DP

operations
in

some
to

operators

have

two
in

sets the

of

blind

shear an

rams

order

have

back-up

seal
is

event
set

of
to

unplanned and of
the

disconnect second
set

ide thought
to seal
is

to

have

one
the

shear packer

in

the

event
It

that also

ram

shearing rams event of

damaged

provides and
the

redundancy subsequent

in the loss

of an unplanned margin while

disconnect
drilling

riser

reservoir

998 3-2

EdRian aSh

zoco

Suppement

Depwator

WeS

Ocrttrol

au%dettnat

599938817

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800412

Equipment
BOP
Arrangements

This house

is

judgement and

call

and

is

subject

to

the

operators

in

philosophy

policies

Casing

shear

rams Additionally casing

special

due

to

the

exposure
that will

on

DP

rigs

while running have been

rams

shear

casing

developed

During given sonic

to

decisions whether

on
the

ram number
easing whether

consideration will seal

has
drill

to

be

shear rams they

will

shear
after

pipe

will will

not

and

shearing

most

not

Potential six

use

for

up
in

to If the

ram

cavities

operator

also

chooses
are

to

install

set seal

of rams
this

that

will

operation

shear casing
fcr three

but ram bodies above

general

not capable before even

operators

of

ing

accounts

considering
desire three

pipe

rams As
for

discussed
stripping

most

pipe rams case

regulatory that for

flexibility
it

and
is

in

some

requirements
operators

Therefore
desire

conceivable

some

could

up

to

six

ram

cavities

DP

operation

3.1.3

BOP
height

Height

BOP

may

create

the

potential

for

substructure quite

interference

Therefore
particularly

number when

of

rams with
to

becomes

SOP

helgM

and clearance

important
less

working need

guidlineless have

substructure

system

and

the

corresponding system
for
it

some
be
able

type to

of

thnnelire-entry

the
is

LMRP
the

To
to

reconnect
funnel or

with

some heave
that

necessary

have
to

guide realign
for

other system
sufficient to

will

allow

LMRP

This
the

requires

clearance
to

under

the

substructure

system

be

able

be separated

Potential

bending placed Design

drilling stack are

moments
stack

height

and

the

number
the

at

rams

in

deepwator

also the

affected

by
is

potential factor

bending
to

moments
considered
stack

placed

on

stack
the

This
overall

another
height

be

when

designing

of

subsea

BOP

An

effective

way

to

consider While

lowering
it

the the

stack

is

to in

consider only one

annular

has been

custom

1998

EdlUonMh

2000

Sup4ement

Oiopwaier

Well

Cunirol

Guidelines

3.3

599938818

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800413

Equipment
BOP
Arrangements

the

past

to

have

two
is

anriulars feasible

asd option
greater

is

so

recommended
reasons
in the

by

APi

one

annular

for than

two
ever

reliability

of

annulars

is

industry

most deepoater
the
drill

well

control

procedure

call

for

hanging

pipe

off safer

which

will reduce

wear

on

the annular

and

also

be

operation

3t4
The
by
in

Placement

of

RamstOutlets

location

and
fast

placement rules

of pipe rams
location the

is

not determined be thought

It

hard

arid to

Ram
blind for

should
specific

out
is

order

accommodate
that

situaiioo

generally top of
drill

accepted
stack to

shear well

rams

should and

be

at

the in

the

allow

control

flexibility

pipe hang-off and

drill

pipe shearing

The following

should

be

given

consideration

Considerations
Will

for

Placement be
should

otRarnOutlets
to ship

there

ever point

desire

ram-to-ram
so that
if
it

Hang-off

be

located the

is

necessary
the

to

shear
to

the

drlH

pipe

there

is

adequate

room

between

hang

off

ram end

shear ram

leave

an adequate

Retain Possibly normal

the

ability

to

use

the

kill

line

as as

choke
an

line

in

the

event

that

the

choke
not

line

plugs
for

use

the

lowermost

pipe

ran

emergency

rm which
operation

would

be used

well control operations having

in

Ccnder
available

two event

sealing of
for

blind

shear rams

for

DP

so

that

back

up

will

be

the

an unplanned amounts
should

disconnect
of

Due
outlet

to

the

potential the

large annular

gas

at

atmospheric
to

conditions stack

trapped
clean out

gas

an

below wet

upper

be

considered

simplify

operation

following

control

procedures wth
respect casing given
to to blind

Casing
for

shear ram
operations

location since should

shears
not seal

should the

be

carefully

considered

OP

some
be

shears the

dc

weilbore
being stuck
in

Consideration

possibility

of casing
for

the

SOP
the stack

when
prior In

having to the event the the

to
blind

emergency
shears
loss

disconnect

and

also

sheared

casing

clearing

closing

the

of blind

of

power
if

the
blind

drawworks
shears are

would be unable above on

the the casing

to

lift

sheared

casing leaving or

above open

shears

the

shear

rams

possibility

of the

blind shears

closing
live

casing

and

neither

shearing

sealing-leavng

the with
in

well bore

open
shears

end

Conversely becomes enough

to

the casing the

above
to be

the

sealing the

blind

shear rams

if

casing

stuck clear

SOP and has

blind not

sheared
again

casing

may
well

not

slump
since

the

sealing

shear cut

rams and
seal

leaving the
for

the

unsecured

L.__

thes

UngRn8sheafp9uld
Table

on

casjpg.
placement of rams/outlets

3-t Consideralioru

1955

EdItlen

with

2000

suppiomsrit

Deepeater

Well

Oonfroi

Guideline

599938819

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800414

Equipment
SOP
Arrangements

Outlet

below

each

Generally
outlet

consideration
sealing

should

be
also

given an

to outlet

having

an
the

sealing

rem

below each
annular
the as

ram
be

and and

below
an

upper below used

as

The
rain

placement should

limitations
It

of should and

outlet

lower
kill

evaluated

only

be

line

for

monitoring
as

pressures
total
last

never

used

choke

line

except

means of

resort

3.141 The API

for

Blind

shear

rams

requirements pipe rams than very

in to

for

qualifying

blind

shear
to

rams
fall

call

grade
the less

be

sheared

and

allowed These

away

from
are

before pressure
is

testing

requirements where pipe

is

required strength

for

DP
is

operations

frequenLly

high

pipe

used and
scenario

the

hung

off

an
to

emergency
fail

disconnect from
the

not allowing

for the

stub

away

rams

Splintered

jagged pipe

cut
is

on

drill

may
result in

more severe much

this
it

test

since

this

type of operation could jagged

cut

damage

ram packers

more splintered
pipe

on
at

the the

drill

pipe
location

and

splintered
is

which

remains

ram

since

hung-off

could

damage ram packers

Sealing blind shear manifolded separately

to to

Consideration
blind

also

has

to

be

gwen

to

having
the rest

the

sealing the stack

apply higher pressure operator

shear

manifolded
that

separately

fioin

of

functions applied generally

faster

so

higher
to
in

pressure operator

up
and

to

3000
not
the

psi

can

be
psi

directly carried surer

the the

1500

control

manifold

This

will

enhance

and

shearing

3.1.4.2

Casing

shear

rants

Function
affected size

and

shear

time

by operator
fluid

When
is

utilizing

casing
as

shear

and

quite

important
require

discussed
large

rams the above

operators take

location

in the

stack

Casing which

shear use

rams
large to

requirements

generally

very

amounts function

of and

fluid and shear

hence This

somewhat
needs
to

longer time be

timing

recognized

when

designing

an emergency

disconnect

sequence

As mentioned
separately

the above casing shear may be manifolded from the rest of the stack functions so that higher to

pressure

up

3000

psi

can

be

applied

directly

to

the

1595

EditIon

wiih

acm

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

GudeIines

3.5

599938820

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800415

Equipment
BOP
Arrangements

operator
control

and

not

the

1500

psi

generally

carried

in

the

manifold

Connector be
greater

strength than riser

may

3.14.3

Choke./k/ll

connectors

strength

The

strength

of

choke/kill

line

connectors

is

particularly

important
strength

on

Dl

operations
riser

These

connectors
In the

can of

have
failure

greater

than
to

strength
in If

event

of

the

connectors could be

release

an

emergency

disconnect
are

there

catastrophe
consideration

those

connectors

very
the

high strength
hydrartlic lines

should
for

be

gven

to

making
up

redundant

some form of back

31.4.4

Weithead

connectors

bending

loads

See

also

Well

Planning

1.3

Bend/ag

Load

Rating

in the

event

of
in

loss

of

station

keeping

ability

and

failure

to

disconnect can be

timely on

manner
the

tremendous
stack

bending and
these

loads

imparted should

SOP
to

welihead bending including withstand

respective

Consideration
loads to

be given
that

calculating

ensure connectors
loads

equipment and

chosen
can
their

wellheads
these rated

SOP

flanges
at

bending pressures

and

still

function

Hydrostatic pressure saawater

of

The

connectors by
the in

can
force

become
caused

may cause connectors to become

hydraulically

hydraultcally

locked

on

the

wellhead
the

by

the

hydrostatic

pressure of be
taken to

locked

on

seawater
this

very deep

water

Steps

should

welihead

mitigate

risk

3.1.4.5

Flange

bend/ng

strength

Bending deepwator
calculated integrity

strength

of

flanges

must

be

considered always
the

in

options
for will

Bending

moments
to

should ensure

be

deepwater sound

operations
for station

SOP

remain

keeping

incidents

1998

Edaton

with

2000

auppemeM

tepater

W9i1

Conirot

auideines

3-6

599938821

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800416

Equipment
BOP
Arrangements

3.1.4.6 Bearing
load ring

Bearings

in

load

rings

in

must absorb and most of dissipate

torque turns generated

As

the

ship load

weather
ring

vanes on

into

the

environment
able to

the

bearing and
rig
is

the

in the

used of
the

DP

rigs that

must be
is

absorb
the

as

rig

dissipate

most

torque or

generated

as

turned
result in

defective

poorly

maintained

bearing torque
the

could being
riser

an
to

unacceptable
the riser

amount
could

of

transmitted

which

damage

stack

or conductor/structural

easing

3.34 The

Location

of LIV

PP

split

LMRP

split

is

generally

located

below
to

the

first

annular double

Consideration annular
are

could

be

given height

using an an
the issue

integral

if substructure

is

and

two
spLit

annulars

desired annulars

This

would

place

LMRP
having

below

both
in

The
should
in

implications

of

both

annulars
for

the

LMRP

be considered

when

planning

emergency disconnects

DP

operation

3.1.4.8
Effects of tern perature ln elastoni era the

BOP
deepwater can At and

eia.stomers

on

SOP

environment be subjected

the
to

performance wide elements

of range

BOP
of
fail

elastomers temperatures
to

ambient
flex

temperatures

may
seal

extrude

properly have had

the

compromising
to

On

some
times proper

occasions
in

rams
to

be

fenctioned
in

several to get

order

loosen

elastomer

oider

test

Conversely upon
these reservoir

for

deepwater and

testing

operation and flow

depending
rates

depth can he

temperature
to

tested

elements

subjected

very high temperatures

Both

of

these

circumstances

have
for

to

be

considered operation

when

designing elstomer elements

deepwater

3.1.4.9

FaiisaJd

valves

Failsafe rather

valves

at

great

depth
assist

are

not

100%

failsafe

but

generally

failsafe

1998

EdItion

wllh

2000

supplement

DeepwetGr

Well

Central

Guidelines

3-7

599938822

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800417

Equipment
BOP Arrangements

3.1.4.10

Latching

up

in

deepivater

Latching

up

in

deepwater

is

best

accomplished cameras can

with be on

an

ROy

Although

bomb
be

shell
to

used board

consideration

should

given

having

an

ROV

3.1.4.11

Bolt

arrangement

While Hydrogen embrittlement bending

high

strength

bolts the

loads

on

may HOP

be

warranted
the

to

counteract of
bolts

stack

possibility strength
is

hydrogen should from be

embrittlement considered

damaging

high

The source
This

of hydrogen

generally

sacrificial

anodes
external

phenomenon
has been

of

hydrogen

embrittlernent

of

components

observed

3.1.4.12

BOP
deepwater and

pressure

ratings

In

ultra

consideration pressure of
the

must be when

given

to

mud
The
be

weights

HOP

ratings

testing

differential

pressure

considered deepwater

when

mud vs HOP designing

seawater
test

mud

must
in

pressures

ultra

Differential

pressure

of

mud vs seawater

mud

For

example
the

while body

drilling
is

in

8000
to

ft

of water

with 15

ppg

mud
2700

HOP
for

subjected
rated to

differential

pressure of
test

psi For
these

HOP

15000

psi

the

maximum
psi

pressure

conditions

would be

12300

3.1.4.13

ternai Penure
Equptnom

Loading

of

POP

Under
internal

certain

situations

subsea below

80
the

stacks

can

have

their sea

pressure reduced pressure

ambient

hydrostatic

water

Lost drop

returns

in

wellbore level

if

severe

enough

to

cause

significant

of
in

riser

mud

Gas

riser

unloading and

mud
venting

refer

to

Section

2.6
gas refer to

During
Section

removal 2.5.5

of

trapped

FlOP

ISOS

Edition

vstth

200fl

Supplement

Deepwaler

well

control

Guidelirtee

-599938823

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800418

Equipment
SOP
Arrangements

With
access gas

horizontal valves

trees

during

completion closed
i.e

operations
to

with

tree

down

CK
i.e
it

open

and

BOP

pump

unloading

lines

In production

testing the

operations
still

if

reversing
if

valve tubing
is

is

opened

with

BOP
gas being

closed
the

and

the

largely
fall

evacuated
faster

well test
refilled

annulus the

fluid

may
the

than
kill

is

from

surface

via

choke

and

line

In

deeper

water

the

magnitude
the capability

of

this

external

pressure rams

loading pressure

may

exceed

of

the

BOP

ic
lower

energizad connectors While nut

the

bonnet

hydraulic
flex

CK
to

seals
jumper of

POP
water per

connections
the the

lines sea

across into

joint etc
is

the

leakage

BOP
is

equipment
potential affect the

significant

problem

se

there

the

for

leakage

pressure

integrity

damage The

the

seals

or otherwiso can he

manufacturers

consulted

on

the

capability

of the various equipment

items

The occurrence
so external

of

this

type

of loading
is

should

be

quite

rare

pressure

capability
if

not

necessary occurs body

equipment
at level

specification

However
assessed

such

loading

above
test lost

the

capability to

POP
that

slack integrity

pressure

can

be performed

confirm

has net been

31

Choke Manifold
3.2.L

Considerations

Summary
section
lists

This

some

of
in

the

considerations

for

chokc

manifolds

when

operating

deepwater

3.2.2

Overboard

Lines

Overboard venting

lines fluid

from

the

choke

manifold
if

would

allow badly

directly

overboard contaminate

the the

mud

is

contaminated system

and

will

remaining

mud

1998

EdiSon

wilh

Z090

aupplernenl

Deapwater

WcH

Control

Guidelines

599938824

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800419

Equipment
Choke Manifold Considerations

3.2.3

Mini-Trip

Tanks

Consideration Safe flow checks nec purpose choke

the or via

should
directly

be
at

given
the

to

installing

small for the the via

measuring of
kill

tank both
line

choke

manifold flow flow

to

stripping

and

monitoring
for safe

from

This
kill

would

allow

checks

choke
kill

and/or
in

line without
to
fill

having

unload

choke and
also

line

order
to

up

the

mud
trip

drainage This

systems

fiowlines back allow gas

for

the

rej1ar with

tank
fear

would

flow

checking

out

the

of allowing

any

into

the

riser

3.2.4

Low
to the ultra

Pressure

Gauges
between

Due
off

small

nmrgins

mud
on

wcights be

and given

leak to that

in

deepwater low

consideration pressure gauges

should
the

installing

accurate

manifold

can

read low

pressures

50-100

psi accurately

3.2.5

Set-up

for

Riser Gas

See

crlso

Well

Control

Procedures

26

Gas

in

Riser

Considcration choke use

the

for

handling

riser

gas

should

be

given

to to
in

manifold
riser to the

design
gas

This

could

include

provisions available

mud

separator

if one

is

addition

regular

mud gas separatof

Monitor tank

riser

on

trip

even

when

While

diverter

circulating

out

kick

through
to the
if

the

choke
the

manifold
lines

consideration k_closed iser niudlgas separator

diverter

should
built
trip

be
so

given
that

having
riser the

flow

and be

system on
the

can

constantly
is

monitored

tank

even

diverter

closed

1958

Edition

with

anne Supplemsnt

Deepwalnr

Well

corarol

Guidsilnee

3-10

599938825

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800420

Equipment
Deepwater Risers

3.3

Decpwater
3.3.1

Riser Considerations

Summary
in

Riser
critical

operations

drepwater

could

be considered

the

most
Riser

among
is

large the

number of
to

critical

operations

management

key

successful

deepwater

operation

Very and

large the

tensions for

are

required

for

dcepwater and

operations

potential

unplanned
riser

disconnects

drve
arc

offs

further issues operations

complicates
that
in

management
considered

Following

key
riser

should

be

when

planning

deepwatcr

3.3.2

Riser Cleaning

Hydraulic

riser

cleaning
either

boosting
the

can and
if

be
kill

accomplished lines
is

by more

pumping
preferably Recent

down

choke
line

or

dedicated
orders

boost

riser lines

so

equipped

riser psi

have

most boost

at

ID

with

5000

rating

Dedicated

boost

line

in

the

absence
the

of

dedicated and
kill

boost
lines

line

pumping
field

down

through

choke hcreased have

has

been

proven
related

Anticipated
to this

choke

and

kill

valve

problems

operation

not been

experienced

Mechanical

Cleaning

This

is

required

prior for

to

some completion
body cleaning
joint

work
is

lhe most
wire brush
tripped

effective
Ipjgrl

method around
riser

main
drill

built the

pipe pup
is

that

can

be

through

while

it

in

service

Newer
internal

risers

have Various companies

offer

ceramic

pressure washing on
older

services style

to

clean the

coatings which

may

be

riser

while and
or

it

is

racked
tines

Historically

riscrs

damaged

by harsh

choke
router

kilt

were

cleaned

internally

with

rooter

cleaning methods

frayed wire rope coatings

The

latest

generation

risers often the

have

ceramic

applied

internally

negating

need

isge

Edidon

with

2000

Supirneni

Oeepwar

Wail

coniro

Guideilrte

311

599938826

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800421

Equipment
Deepwater Risers

for

such

cleaning cleaning

It

is

important

to

note

that

harsh
this

mechanical coating

could

conceivably

damage

3i.3

Boost Lines

While

it

is

possible boost

to
is

utihze

lines

on

older

riser riser are

dedicated ordered
individual sizes

line

considered

csscntiai

on

new

for

deepwater

applications and
psi

Dimensions
the

companys
to

preference with

most

conirnoo

appear

he

410

5000

rating

3.3.4

Boost

Line

Valves

In

the

event

of

gas

influx the

into

the

riser

valve
line the

is

required

immediately

above
also

stack
in

in the the

boost

valve boost

of
line

some

sort

is

required and has

to

event

that

develops

leak

be

isolated

Check
valve

valve

or stack

conventional

As

this

line

does
will

not need suffice

for this the

to

be

pressure tested
stack will

simplc valve give has can

the the the

may
the line

be

used
In

check the
also

valve be

conventional application which check

above boost

stack

utilized

option

of

testing

line

The
automatic

valve

advantage boost
to line

of be

simplicity

and

actuation other

should

unused and gas or any

the

influx attempts

migrate up

boost

line

3.35

Anfi-Collapse Valves

Combating evacuation

riser

collapse

in

the

event
in

of

full

or

partial

of

mud

can

be addressed

two ways

riser

msin

tube

wall

thickness can be

that

can

withstand

any

Wall thIckness

differential

pressure

that

reasonably

anticipated

Valve
influx

for

seawater

The

addition

of

valve
in

that

will

automatically of

allow of

the the
riser

influx

of seawater

the event

mud

evacuation

Both can

solutions

have be

their

relative

merits

Wall

thickness
in ultra that
it is

appear

to

very simple solution

differential pressures

However
are

deepwater

potential

such

iese 3-12

eileen

wIth

2000

Supplement

Deepwter

Well

Control

Guideline

599938827

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800422

Equipment
Deepwater
Risers

not can

reasonable be
significant

solution
the

While

the

additional

steel

cost

additional

flotation

required

may

make

this solution

unreasonable

Determine expected pressure

maximum
Considerable
differential extent
trt

effort will/can

should

he

spent

determining This
differs

to

what

the

riser

be evacuated

from

OP
of

conventional

mooring

Once upon
and

maximum
the the relative

expected
merits

differential the for

pressure be can be

decided

two

systems

evaluated

optimal

solution

specific

application

be determined

3.6
Time
in service
In

Tracking

of

Service

and Each
joint in in

the

riser

should
position

have
in

serial the riser

position especially riser

In

riser string critical for

number
string

so

that

is

time

service

and

can

be
the see

fleet

wide

accurately riser fleet

is

monitored

This

is

especially

critical

when
can

service

common

between

more than
tracking

one

rig

and
help

wide

service
forjoints

Accurate
that

may

future as

problems other

have

seen

similar

critical

service

joints

on

which problems

may be

identified

3.3.7

inspection Intervals when

The

following

factors

should
intervais

all

be

considered

determining

inspection

and

extents

water

depth

tension

loads

mud

weights

exposure
versus

In

1oop

currents

and any VJV

Criteria encountered

design

criteria

hurricane/tropical

storm

hang

nffs

mechanical

damage-keyseating

loss

of

pressure

integrity

company

internal

requirementalpoli

ey

W9S

Edition

wIth

2000

Suppremenl

Deepw2ter

iP

Central

GuidelInes

3-li

599938828

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800423

Equipment
Dee pwater Risers

3.3.8 Riser angle middle

of

RIser Angle

Indicators

indicator

In

In riser string

tnstances

where can be angle

extreme

current
it is

and/or

environmental
that at

conditions least the

anticipated
indicator drilling

recommended
in the in

one
riser ft

riser string

be
in

installed

middle of excess of

when

water

depths

3000
Extreme loop
currents

Additional of

indicators actually

will

allow

better

may prevent
riser

monitoring

understanding
riser current

conditions

being of

encountered extreme an

by
iocp to

with an

ROV

during events User

events
it

During be

conditions
to

may

impossible

utilize

ROV

monitor

3.3.9

Diverter

Housing

Size

The
size

primary
is

driving

force

to

determine While
for

diverter
it is

housing
to to

riser the

flotation table of
the

diameter
it

possible size

remove

rotary to that

is

normal table

the

diverter

be matched

rotary

Riser

buoyancy
Ideally riser

will

be by

98

per

cent extra

buoyant
tension not be
as

This percentage This

solution

can

he

reduced welt on

adding

works builds

conversions
efficiency

but

is

acceptable increased
cost

on
arid

new
the

Flotation

can
is

diameter

reduced

but

there

an

associated have

penalty
the 60the

The present generation of new builds 1/2 housing almost exclusively In

larger flotation

utilized

association

with
for

diameter

IC

lines

this

allows

98%

3.3.10

Stress
Flex

Joint

in

Tool Jointllritermediate

Joints

During
possible

drift for In

off die

or

other

station Sc

keeping

loss

events with

it

is

slip

joint

come

in

contact

the

moonpool
can cause

very deepwater
stresses slip joint

with long
in the slip

risers joint

this collision

extreme

and
stress

the

joint

directly

below
to the

the
first

joint

Additional below
the

can pool

be
in

imparted
the

of

riser

moon

event

of

drive

off

isa 3-14

edition

sOb

2000 suppioment

DeepwaterWeli

Onnirel

Ouidinen

599938829

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800424

Equipment
Deepwater Risers

Consideration
barrel for

should
slip

be

given

to

strengthened

outer

the

joint

Some

analyses
flex the

indicate joint stress

that directly
in

the

installation

of
joint

an can

intermediate
greatly off

below
riser

the

slip

reduce

the

in the

event

of

drive

situation

3.3.11

Location

Of CliokefKilI

Termination

Contractors
telescopic located

locate

choke/kill itself the

terminations and
also

both

oo

the joint

joint directly

Ti
below

on

termination

TI

3.3.12

Telescopic

Joint

When
out line slip so

landing
that
in

the the

stack

the

tension

joint

should
single will

be

spaced

case

of

moored rig
vessel offset

mooring
the

failure joint

and
to

subsequent bottom
dictate

not cause
that

out

This

implies
the

unless

circumstances positioned
in

otherwise
half

TJ

should

be This

the

more than
for

closed

position

becomes
heave can

more
have

critical

deepwater
effect

DP
on

operations
slip joint

where

significant

position

and have

big impact

on

disconnect

procedures

If the failure to

telescopic offsets this

joint

is

not

long

enough
vessel

to

handle
it

mooring
possible

and

simultaneous by
installing

heave

is

manage

risk

realtinie

monitoring can he and

and

calculated

systems
to

Mooring
angles
for

systems both

sdjusted

upwind
condition

reduce

intact
if

damages cannot be

within

limits

Another

option

angles

lines before maximum offset managed is to adjust mooring The time frame for niaximutn offset after occors mooring failure
is

on

the

order of 5-15 minutes

center
is is

su

that for

centralized this

mooring Another Systems

control

probably
install

needed

option

approach
as

to

Emergency
purpose

Disconnect

DP

rigs

have

for this

gfl ceieon

with

2000

supparneni

beapwater

Wet

Conira

Oeidelines

3-

599938830

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800425

Equipment
Deepwater Risen

3.13
Farings designs

Faring

Considerations

are

time-consuming

to fixing

install

and

the

various
It is

make

common
to

method

impossible

most

important

have

an

easily

accessible

installation the largest are

platform concerns nested cunents

MIJX
that

systems
line they

eliminate farings
are

one
the

of

of pod

As

MUX
due
to

cables

in the

buoyancy caused
to riser

protected time

Historically

loop
line

have than

more down damage

pod

damage

3.3.14

End Loadings
riser

When
must be

designing given
to

connections
loadings

serious to the

consideration connections always

areas

end

when
been
the

the

CK

imparted

lines

see the

pressure These

loads have
sectional

there

but with
risers

much

ultradeep

CK

larger this

cross

of

lines

has

become

serious

In

addition

testing eccentric

CK

to

design
lines

consideration simultaneously

should
to kill in

he

given

to

avoid

imparting
in for
is

Loading
to

on have

the

riser

In

situations

advantageous

equal

pressures

both

lines will

the

same
address

reasons
this

The

procedures

committee

further

issue

3.3.15

Upper and
tower
offset flex

Lower

Flex

Joints

Upper and
due
to the

joints

are the

requirements rig

in

deepwater

potential

of

Flex Joint Strength

The following
strength

considerations

should

be

given

to

flex

joint

Strength

in riser

tension

due

to

the

high

top

tensions

required

on

the

1598

EdSion

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Contrcd

diiidellnef

599938831

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800426

Equipment
Deepwater_Risers

Burst

strength

due
high

to

the

high

differential

pressures

in

deepwater
Collapse

and

mud

weights

Strength can the cause riser

in torsion

for

OP

operations loads to

weather be

vaning
to

tremendous

torsional

transmitted

33.16

Riser Hang

Off

Strong hang

consideration the riser off riser

shnnld

be given

to

have

the

ability

to be the

when

disconnected This
getting will

This

can

confirmed
potentia.l

by

analysis
the riser

eliminate of syno

problem
in the

of heavy

out

when

disconnecting problem of

seas

and ropes

eliminate

the

potential

riser tensioner

jumping

sheave

33.17

Riser Analysis

Riser

analysis the

is

very

important top
to

in

cleepwater required

operations
there are

Due many

extremely

large

tensions

parameters

that

have
for

be

analyzed

The following

should

be considered

deepwater

operatiom

Connected
Disconnected Disconnect

analysis analysis analysh analysis

in in

heavy
drift

seas off situation

off/drive

Loop Riser

current

analysis analysis

has to

to

be

done

in

conjunction
the riser

with
will

station for

keeping broken

determine
drift off

how

react

mooring

lines

or drive

off scenarios

Due

to

the the

criticality

of
in large

the

riser

to

well

control not

in

deepwater

need
is

far

depth

analysis

cao

be

over

emphasized
concerning

There
riser

amount of
including studies

literature ftP riser

available
is

analysis
that

API
of
the

highly advisable

indepth

16Q It are done

asa

Edition

svtth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

uidslines
17

599938832

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800427

Equipment
Deepwater
Diverting

3.4

Deepwater
3.4.1

Diverting

Considerations

Summary
systems gas top which hole
are

Diverter shallow during system

floor to

designed be

to

redirect

the

flow

of

may

unintentionally

experienced

drilling

see

API
the

RP

64
away
to

The
from

diverter

should

safely

divert

flow of

the
for

rig
its

overhoard purpose
is

exhaust
generally

Use

diverter

intended depths diverter

limited

moderate

water

The
in

advantages
situation

of

using
the

riser

and

hence

this

include

following

Returns

are

available can be

Weighted
Treated Aeration

mud mud
cars

he used
used

for well

control

for hole the

conditioning vessel during

of the

water

beneath

blowout

is

avoided Air gap

provides

overbalance
floor

No
As
the

debris

on

sea

water

depth

increases
there
is

these general

advantages
trend

become

less

significant the riser

Hence
and
divertor

away

from using

during

top

hole

drilling

3.2
The

Riserless

Drilling

deeper

the

water gas

depth

the

more
the

likely will

it

is

that swept

without

riser the the

plume

from

well

he
top

away
the

frons

vessel

by currents
merits

When

drilling

hole
inehida

io

deepwater following

relative

of

riseriess

drilling

Advantages
riserless

of

rifling

Aeration

less

likely

beneath

the

vessel andior

during

blowout flow
is

Hazardous brought
Potential

erosive
to is

combustible the vessel

noxious

not

directly for
fire

reduced
readily time

DP
Riser

vessel

can

be

moved
is

ofT site

running/pulling

saved

Surface

diverter

system
In

may serve
safety

as secondary

dc.epwater

the safety

surface

dtverter in the the riser

system event

may

serve gas

as
is

device

secondary
inadvertently

device
into

that floating

allowed

Most

drilling

15188

Eci8on

sAth

2000

Supplement

neepwetervaICn1rol

Guideiinee

3-18

599938833

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800428

Equipment
Deepwator
Diverting

rigs

have

diverter

system of
the

in-situ

as

the

uppermost matter
riser
is

structural

connection
the diverter
is

marine

riser

As
the

of
in

course

standing
drilling

by

whenever
the divertcr

use
serve

During
to

deepwater flow
gas

system caused
before

can an

redirect

of

fluki

that

may
the

be

by

urexpectcd can he

small

inftoK

entering
oil

riser
drill

BC

ctosed
solution

When
could

using

base

mud

gas coming

out of

be an acute

hazard

1998 EWUon

vith

2090

3uppIentM

oeepwaler

WeR

Controi

GuWiine
3-19

599938834

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800429

Equipment
Riser Gas

3.5

Riser
See
aLso

Gas

Considerations
Control Procedures

Well

Gas

in

Riser

Riser Diverter

3.5.1 shallow

Summary
intuitively riser
in

Widespread goopressured formations

As
into
is

...
is

obvious very one

is

the

possibility locations

of
is

free quite

gas

getting

the

deepwatcr
that
is

high and
to rig floor

probably

the

event of

most

dangerous
in

personnel Mexico due

This
to
It

particular

concern
of shiillow

the

Gulf

of

the

preponderance be
at

geopressured encounter
ft

formations
ge.opressured

would
zone

quite

possible of

to

depth

2000
situation

or
occurs

even
in the

shallower water depth

helnw of

the

mudline
ft

if this the

6000
in

with

HOP

and

riser

run

possibility

of

gas

the

riser

becomes

quite

real

3.5.2

Danger
in

of

Free Gas

in

the

Riser

Free

gas

the

riser rig

represents stand rotated there riser off to

one point
rig also
fire

of

the

most dangerous
safety
It

situations
is

on

from
as

of personnel

also the

quite threat

critical to

eqaipment
exists the

Irrespective

of

personnel parted hang

possibili floor

of and

collapsed

and/or

on

the

rig

damage

to the

riser

system

Very

elementary
to

calculations

show
in

that

10

bbL

of

flee

gas at

would expand
atmospheric could
also

volume

excess has

of

2500

bhls that

of gas
this

conditions
violently that

History
as
if
it

shown
the get
in

gas
it is

unload
quite

approaches

surface
the riser

possible

some gas does

well
control

the

BOP

has been

shut-in

for

situation

As

the

gas slowly
ft

migrates normal

at

generally control

accepted

rate

of
are

1000
taking

per

hour
such
as

well

operations out
that the this as

place
is

weighting realm of
riser

up pumping
possibilities

kick slow
these to

etc

It

not out of of gas

in

the the

migration
other

could and

go
the

unnoticed
gas will

activities

are

taking

place

begin

1998

Edithwi

with

2000

Supplernrii

Decpwoter

well

Control

Guithsline

3-20

599938835

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800430

Equipment
Riser Gas

unload
are the

before

anyone

notices

it

Tt

is

these

conditions

that

most dangerous

3.52 When
should degassed closed

Dlverter

System Design
diverter for

designing be given and While

to

system
the

rig consideration so
that the

designing
to the

system
pits

mud

can

be
is

returned
it

mud

while

element never

is

paraniount
it

that to

the

system

be
that

completely
will
to

shut-in

is

possible

design while

system
for

return

mud
also

to

the

active

system done
the

allowing having
or

gas
ciser

handled

This can
as part

be of
the

be

either

mud/gas

separator
lines

diverter to

system
to

having whole
the

mud mud
gas

return to to

beneath
to the

diver

lines

allow

be

returned

system

while

still

allowing

be exhausted

overboard

Slip

joint link

packing
in

Is

weak

riser

The

slip

joint

packing handling
install

is

one

of

the

weak

links

in

the

riser

system

system designed
slip

when
to to

gas

in the

riser

Equipment has been

directly in

an

annular low

element

below
riser

the

joint the

allow
to

pressure shut
to the

of

the

and

allow

mud

be

returned

choke

manifold

This system promise have

to

has

not are

been

yet

used

in

the

field

but shows
that

There

many
before

riser this

design system

considerations
is

be addressed

safely

installed

it9S Canon

wan

zoao

suppiomeFii

DeepwaterWSl

Conirol

Guidetnea
-21

599938836

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800431

Equipment
Dee pwater Control Systems

3.6

Decpwatcr

Control

Systems

Considerations
3.6.1

Summary
control

HOP

systems

become move

very complex deepwater reduces

for

deepwater time

operaticms

As
critical

rigs

into

response

becomes
control

and
to

probably

traditional are

hydraulic points to

systems

obsolescence designing

Following deepwater

be

considered system

when

HOP

control

3.6.2

Closing

Times Hydraulic
accepted

vs Multiplex

Standards closing

for

BOP

times

There subsea

are

two

generally times

industry

standards

for

BOP

closing

APIRP-16E
45
6111

seconds

for for

Ran

Close

eeonds

Annular

Close

NPD

Requirements
seconds seconds for for

Appendix

30
45

Ram Close
Annular Close

Using system
required

an

LVE

type

umbilical up
to

hose
ft

and can

pressure stay within

bias the

hose
closing

lengths

6000

times

Reaction
varies

time from

solenoid than up
to

fining

time
up
feet

for to

MIJX
seconds

systems with times

less

second

umbilical

lengths

10000

Fluid

flow

remain

as

above

3.6.3

Consideration

of

Third Pod

Due

to

timeliness

of

pod

maintenance be available on
the stack

some
Having
for

feel

that

complete allows

spare pod

should of pods

spare

pod

for rotation

more complete
systems

preventative

maintenance

of

these

more complex

_____________ 1993 22 Edasn

oa

200e

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

CantroL

Cuidelinee

599938837

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800432

Equipment
Dee pwater Control Systenis

3.8.4

ROV

Intervention
for

Recommended
allow operation

major
loss

functions

such Control other

as

shear

rams

to

with

of

MUX
and

Unlocking
retrieval

of
of

LMRP
welihead

connector

functions

for

LMR.P
of of
connector for stack gasket
retrieval

Unlocking
Operation

LMRP

and

wellhead subsea

release

Dumping

pressure

from

accumulators

3$.5
Published
the fluid

Volumes/Bottles

Closing

Fluid

standards
of

foi

amount
available

usable
In

There
the

are

two

generally
fluid

accepted
to

published
in

standards

for

an

amount of usable
These
are as

he

available

an accumulatoi

accumulator

system

system

follows

API RPBrazil

6E Must

widely

used

except

North

Sea and

NPD
These opening with

Requirements

appeodix have of
all

North

Sea and Brazil based

requirements and closing

specifications functions

that set

are

on

nttrnber

of times
After

only

the

accumulator

bank and

used

for

pressure
the

this set

number of openings
maintain

closings

accumulator pre-charge

must

still

certain

pressure above

pressure

ft

should

be

noted

that

these

requirements and

arc

only There

for are

ovcrall

accumulator by

volume
regulatory for stacks

surface

suhsea
fur the

no

requirements on been
the

agencies

number

of

bottles

stack to

subsea
to

BOF

Oeneraily

bottles

have

added

enhance

closing

times
the the

With
pilot

multi plex systems signal

it

and

the
to

fast

response

times of on of on

could

be possible should be
if

eliminate to the

bottles size

stack

Consideration
fluid line

given

the the

control stack transfer

is

on

the

riser

eliminating naturally the

bottles

considered

larger for the stack tbr

line

enhances decision with

for cure

fluid to

However
bottles

operations should
fluid

eliminate

on

be taken volumes

in light

of

the

requirements disconnect

an

emergency

sequence

Bottles

must

be

located
if

on

the

flOP

stack

itself to

activate

deadman

system

used

1998

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepwetcr

Well

enntrd

Guidelines

323

599938838

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800433

Equipment
Dee pwater Control Systems

3.6.6

Volumetric
Bottles

Rating of Subsea Accumulator

Often
the
to

subsea

accumulator

bottles

are

installed control

to

imprcve and
the

closing provide
that

tine backup

performance

of

BOP

systems
for

power
supply

fluid
is

Ibr

critica

functions

event

surface

lost

Also

some
and

backup
acoustic

control

systems
require

such subsea
fluid

as

deadman

autoshear
bottles to

types

accumulator
to

provide

pressurized hydraulic functions

to the

power

the

programmed BOP may be dedicated

by primary
the

These

backup system
or

subsea

bottles

particular

may be shared
depending on

and

backup

BOP

control

systems

design

strategy

The subsea accumulator

pressure
the

bottles

are

precharged
fluid
is

to

an

initial

with up

gas
to the

and
the

then the design

power The

pumped

into thus
is

bottle

operating

pressure

compressing
usually

precharge
but

gas
is

precharge
to

gas

nitrogen

helium

starting later

be

employed

in

deepwater

for reasons

discussed

The

number

of

needed

accumulator capacity
for the
is

bottles by
fluid the to

or

more

specifically

volumetric

driven

volume
operate

and

pressure requirements functions

power

assigned

Types
Sub.sea

of

Accumulator

Dottles

Used

on

Surface

and

Installations

There
surface

are

three

types

of

accumulator

bottles

used

in

both

and

subsea

installations

Bladder
prccharge

type gas

where
from the

an

elastomeric
fluid

balloon

separates

the

hydraulic metal
all

Float

type

in

which

chamber
the
fluid at

floats

on

the the

hydraulic

fluid

When

of

has

left

the bottle

Poet pushes down

to prevent precharge are not but
like

valve gas

closed

the

bottom of
The control

the bottle

from

entering

system
collapse
that

The

floats

evacuated are
in

chambers
effect an

avoids

high design

pressure performs

rather small

open-top

boat

ieea

aesie

vats

2000

suppLement

OeepwMcr

WeS

Control

LSuiSeLinea

3-24

599938839

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800434

Equipment
Dee pwater Control Systems

Piston

hype
the

piston gas

with the

seals along hydraulic

the

bottle

wall

separates

from

fluid

Traditionally been

accumulator assuming preehurge

bottle

volumetric isothermal
the

capacity ideal

has gas

determined of
the the

an gas from

expansion

operating

pressure
is

down

to

minunum
In reality rho

operating
the

pressure preoharge

This
gas as

simplification substantially

cools

during
all

expansion
fluid

known
is

adiabatic heat

cooling
transfer

15

of the

the

power

needed

before
the

from

surroundings

can 35

restore

gas of

tempemture
volume
is

there

would
Because
is

be
tho

about thermal slow 50

percent

loss

capacity
re-heating

conductivity process

of gas

Low

relatively call for effect

Therefore which

most

design

guidelines
for the

percent

reserve

compensates

cooling

loss

This
for

ideai

gas assumption range used

using
in

50%

reserve

is

adequate

the to

pressure

surface

accumulators

from

1000

3000-5000

psi
on Subsea
be

Deepwater
Subsea

Impacts should

AccumuLator
to the

Bottles

bottles

precharged
plus

sum of

the

minimum
pressure

operating

pressure

hydrostatic several

water on
the

Increasing water of subsea

depth

has

impacts

performance

bottles

Volumetric
precharge an adverse

Efficiency
at

The

compressibility

behavior

of the
in

gas

the

higher

pressures

increasingly
that

deviates

manner

from

ideal

gas

such

actual

compressibility

properties

may be needed
The
adiabatic are

Volumetric

Efficiency if

expansion
over

effects short time

may

also the

increase adiabatic

volumes

needed ho

frame

offccrs

should

explicitly volumetric

considered
effects is in

quartative the table

example

of these

two

below
volume
temperature
Institute of

Note

Properties

density
of

entrepy and

etc

as
are

tunction available

of

prussure from
the the

and

nitrogen and

helium

Natiooal

Scence

Teohnology

NIST

from

website

hJSdbQriitfacthentitrsi9vid/

Flusttype
with

bottles such

The
that

densily

of

the nitrogen

increases

pressure
floats

float-type

accumulators and the sinking

may

need the

larger

10 avoid fluid

downflooding
olos log

through

hydraulic

prematurely

bottom valve

1598

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepwater

Wed

control

Guidelines

-as

599938840

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800435

Equipment
Deepwater Control Systems

Float-type pressures

bottles

At

high

pressure pain an gas

sst

and

cool

temperature nitrogen
float-

over 4000-5000
cam

45

degrees material contact

and
type

water

form

hydrates nitrogen fluid

fusses

ice-like
is in

aceomuiators power
tythates

direct perimeter can

with

the

water-based

around slowly
or

the they

of the

floats

Although
the

ultimately

impede
fluid
is

movementof
and
theft

the

floats

oven form

plug

As

removed
hloats

pressure break

difference

develops
at

accumulators velocity

may

free and
float

move
valve

high

potentially

daftiaging

and

mechanisms
to prevent

Research
this

and development
freezing possibly fluid

may
using or

provide hydrate an
initial

sotution

inhibitor/antifreeze precharge

in the

accumulator
All types

as

of
the

bottles precharge

When
gas

the bottles

move cools

fluid to the

system

expands
the gas

arid

Upon
will

complete
-20 to -52

fluid

withdrawal

temperatures the type

drop

to

degrees

depending
will be
steel
is

on

of

gas

see

table

below

The

temperature

restored

by
are

the

sea

water
heat

environment conductor
gas will the

While
gas

the

bottle walls

good

itself

poor
15 to

such

that re-heating

of

the

be slow

perhaps
in

30 minutes
with
this

At

these
to in

temperatures
gas

water

contact extant
is

or close causes

proximity

the the

may freeze
issue

To what
types

problems As
with

various hydrate

accumulator above method

not

yet

known

the provide

research

and develcpment

may

an

anti-freeze

Piston-type tolerance order

for

accumulators along
the tha

These

have

limited annular

clearance space
in

piston/bottle to function cause

along

the

seals

and

high

temperature

changes

and

transients

may
the

binding
temperatures can be

depending

on

clearance
seal

distrnce

Also

low

may
bottles

cause
in

problems checked
in

These
physical

issues

addressed

design

and

testing

of the

Helium Preeharge
Helium precharge
in

Gas
offers sonic

gas water

advantages

and

disadvantages

deep

its

physical gas

properties

at

high

pressure

much

closer

to

the better

ideal

model

than

nitrogen

and

offers

substantially

volumetrio
It

efficiency density pressure so

that

has

much lower
at

any

given
to

float

design

can

be
It

used
does

higher

compared

nitrogen

not of

form hydrates
its

Because

much

smaller avoid

atomic losses reduce

size seals leakage

it

leaks

and

diffuses

much

snore

easily

To

must be
loss the bottles

appropriately

designed

To

1396 2d

EditeD

sfth

2000

Supplement

oeepwator

Well

conlrol

Guldlries

599938841

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800436

Equipment
Deepwater Control Systems

should

notbe

left

pressured of time

with

helium
sonic

but

no
in

fluid for

prolonged Bladder
the

periods

leave
riot

fluid

them
helium due
of the
to

aebumulators

may

be

suitable

for

potential

for destructive

gas

impregnation that
this is

bladder

elastomer While
for

testing

may
higher

determine volumetric the

not then
in

problem
nitrogen colder

achieving given

efficiency will result

performance
tetnperatwes

helium

expansion While
the

date
the

shows
impact

thai
is

bottles

efficiency that

is

reduced
bottles

in are

deepwater required
to

simply

more

provide
stack

given space

volume
can be can

As tong
provided

as

sufficient

BOP/LMRP
effective

reliable

and

accumulator

capacity

be achieved

Example

of

Water

Depth Effect on Volumetric

feet

Capacity

Water depth 5000

Accumulator
psi

minimum
for

pressure

2000

psi

surface

basis

4234

preeharge

subsea 5000
psi

Accumulator
psi

operating pressure

surface

basis

7234

subsea and subsea ambient

to be

Surface

temperature

45

degrees

Usable volume

50 gallons Gas

Volume gallons

Ideal

Gas

Nitrogen Adiabatic

Helium

Description Isothermal Adiabatic

Bottle

Volume
to

prechared
psi

to

4234

psI

121

386 262 312 50

7.3

256 163 213 50 51

Pressure

7234

f5000 4234

psi

surf

71

Reduce

pressure
to

to

psi

121

From step
Ratio of

Usable Nominal degrees

volume

50

Usable

to

24
45
Ideal

Final

temperature

40
33% 100%

$2 47% 144%

Relative

Performance Performance

vs vs

Gas

100%

Relative

Nitrogen

1998

BIllion

with

2t00

Suppament

Deepweter

Well

control

Ouldelinea

3-2

599938842

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800437

Equipment
Deepwater Control Systems

3.6.7

Automatic Lines

Closure

In

Event

of Failure

of

Deadman
catastrophic

System
of
the riser or

Catastrophic the
riser or

failure

of In the

event

of

failure

LMRP

unplanned disconnect

parting automatic
intention

unplanned he used
in to to this

LMRP
close the

disconnect
shear

an

function
is

may
the to

mm

The

to

close

well operate

avoid function
to

potential results

blowout
loss

The

command
hydraulic
or

front

of both

and

electrical

power
of
the

both

MIJX

Pods

unplanned

disconnect

t.MRP

3.6.8

Working

Pressure for Control Systems

The 5000

working
psi for

pressure

for

control greater at

systems than

is

generally

water of

depths

5000

ft

due

to

the the the

inefficiency

accumulators prceharge preeharge of

the

this

water

depth

and
to

high

nitrogen
to

pressures subsca
bottles

required
at

Due
the to

necessity

bottles

surface be
quite

working high

pressure

can

be required

Accumulators
floor

charged vented

to

5000

psi

differential the

on
stack

the to

sea the

must

be

before

retrieving

BOP

surface

3.6.9

Pressure

on

Connectors

Some

wellhead

and

LMRP
after regulator after the

connectors locking
circuit
at in

require

reduced psi

pressure 500-800 This

to

psi

1500-3000
the
is

requires

second pressure
available

pod

to

reduce
It

holding
lines

connector

locked

may

reduce

in the

pod

3.8.10

Open vs Closed Loop

loop systems
require the return fluid return to the

Closed This
to

operating
to

surface back up

may

system

pump

fluid

the

rig

Otherwise
safe

SOP

closing
practice

times and

may
to

increase regulaLory

beyond

operating

requirements

The

system

may

be

designed

operate

1998

caftan

ulia

coco

suppiemerii

Oeepwater

Well

Cniroi

Guidelines

5.28

599938843

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800438

Equipment
Deepwater Control Systems

during

normal
closing

testing

and

non-well and

control

procedures
sea

when
well

tim
or

is

not

critical

vent

to

the

during

control

eniergency

disconnect

procedures

3.6.11
Guidance occur strong due problems
to

Retrievable

Pods

can
It is

variable

possible

to to

use the

retrievable size

pods
pods

but

may

not

be

always
to

currents

practical

due and

of

the

and

possible

damage
and

both

pods

the

marine can

riser

during

retrieval in

running with be

Guidance
variable

problems and
strong

be

significant

deepwatcr pods
as the

currents
driilpipe

Rctrievcablc can be
to

may

more

feasible

where
the rig

used keep

retrieval

method and
from
the

can

be

rotated

the

pod
for

away

riser

This any

requires auxiliary

wet

mate

connectors
functions lights

MUX
as

umbilical and
riser

electrical

such

angle and

azimuth

TV

cameras

etc

3.6.12

Single

Point Failures

Redundancy
single point

prevents
failures

Single point redundancy

sources such
as

of two

failure

are dual

avcided

by

providing
surface

pods
subsea

uninterruptible
in

power

supplies

dual

electronics

each

pod

multiple communications panels up

riser dual cable

paths

multiple

surface

control to

reels and conduit

lines

subsea

accumulators

back

hydraulic

With

two
the

pod

system

the

first

true

single stack

point

of

failure

would he

shuttle

valve

on

the

BOP

function

3.6.13

Pressure and Temperature

Gauges
on flOP Stack
to

Transducers
that the

are

available input to

for installation the

the

can

furnish

MUX
wet

system

for

transmittal

surface

These

require are

mate

electrical section

connector of

when
stack

transducers

mounted on

lower

BOP

Transducers with
the

can
tradeoff data

be

mounted
of be no

in the

CK
If

lines

in the

LMKP

wet

mate

electrical

connector
are

However

may

less

useful

sensors

mounted

1988

adlion

Mb

2000

Sppernsrt

Deepwetec

All

Control

OudaIino

3-29

599938844

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800439

Equipment
Deepwater Control Systems

in

the

LMRP
the

CK
and
the

lines

temperatures

are

largely unless

isolated fluid
is

from

BOP
through

become

moving
useful but
if

CK

CK
are riser

unrepresentative
line

Pressure

measurements well

are

valves during

open

during operations

control
valves

not

useful to

normal

with

the

closed

assess

cleaning

Breakaway from the

connections

LMRP MUX

Another
to

alternative

is

to

provide
to

breakaway
located

connections sensors Since

is

BOP

located sensors

from

the

LMRP
of unusual
for

MDX
the

BOP
and
this

disconnection
relatively

LMRP
event

hence

breakaway provide

would

BOP

measurements

most

occasions

36.14

How

Bottles

Are Marlifolded

Surfaceneed

Should
off

be manifclded
for

so

that

no

greater

than

25%

be shut

maintenance

of accumulators

Subsea-

Consideration
for

can

be

given

for

subsea

bottles

to

be
the

manifolded following

specific

requirements

including

Stack Shear

accumulators accumulators accumulators accumulators

Acoustic

Deadman Due
to to

space

requirements

and
for

limitations

it

may necessary

have

multiple manifolds

each

function

Manlfolding
in

is

important up

rslation

to

back

Mamfoldmg
back and up
also

is

particularly

important automatiu

when

considering
seal

systems

systems
acoustic

such

as

shear and

systems

systems

3.6.15

Back-up

Systems
describe the features

The following
of
several

sections

and

operation

back-up

systems

Back-up

systems

Electro-hydraulic

Acoustic

i9asEatieo

sitS

2000 $uppkmeit

DeepwerWeIJ

CortoIOthdeIine

599938845

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800440

Eqtpment
Deepwater Control Systems

3.6.l5J
Direct

E/ecfro-Jyauhc
electric dedicated solenoid pilot wires

no
in

logic

involved
umbili eat wired through to the

Uses pod

MUX

valves
functions such as shear

Operates disconnect Requires and

emergency

ram emergency

integrity of

MUX

umbilical

cable

surface

wiring

control

panel
andior stack the accumulator

Requires supply

integrity of surface

and

hydraulic

flow

through

pod

36.15.2
Dedicated

Acoustic system
electro-hydrau

back-up

system

includes
lie

subsea

accumulators module and

acoustic portable

botleLy

packs

control

communication
control Usually

transponders

tised

surface

and communications
operates

systems
to

seven

functions

include

pipe

ram

shear

ram C/K valves

Does
system not

LMRP
on

and

stack

connector

release stack control

depend

integrity of

normal

801

nor

marino

riser or

MIJX

umbilical

Accumulators
control

require

charging any

from normal
pressure loss
is

BOP

stack

system
valves

however
that

protected

by

check
It

if normal

BDP
back

stack

control

system fails
operators
still

must be
consider

noted

many

contractors

and

do

not

acoustic

up

systems

reliable

1598

Et1on

with

209C

Supplement

Doopwater

WeE

Control

CuldelInne

a-3

599938846

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800441

Equipment
Preventive Maintenance

37

Preventive

Maintenance

Considerations
3.7.1

Summary
for safe
in

Maintenance
critical to

subsea operation

stack

and

its

components
for

is

Considerations
are for general

maintenance only

provided Refer

the

tables

below
original

reference

to

the as

equipment source of

manufacturers guidance regarding

recommendations preventative

the

first

maintenance

3.72

Stack

3.72.1

80

BOP
For

each

well

Open

every

ram and

cavity top

and seals

visually

inspect

conditions

of

bores

ram packers
Test hydraulics

Perfomi Annually Inspect within Every years

function block to

welrbore

tests

based

on
to

MMS

requirements
that

rem

ram

cavity

clearances tolerances repair as

ensure

they

are

published

manufacturing dimensionalize

Disassemble
robber

needed

and

renew

all

goods

based

on

manufacturers

recommended

specifications Tsble 3-2 Preventive maintenaneer

BOP

.3

7.2.2

Annular

Annular Maintenance
For Interval

Task
Visually Test inspect annular

each

well

elements

hydraulics function

Perform

and

well

bore

tests

based

on

MMS

requirements
Drift teat

to insure

ability

to

pass
repair

fall

bore

tool

very3

years

Disassemble
rubber

dimensionalize

as

needed

and

renew

all

goods

based

on

manufacturers

recommended ________

specifications Table

33

Preventive

maintenance

annular

.--------.-------------1955
Ecttntn
vAtli

2009

SuppLement

Deeps/ate

Well

control

Guceones

-32

599938847

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800442

Equipment
Preventive Maintenance

3.72.3

Flex

jaiiiI/

ball joint

Flex

JointiBail

Joint Interval

Maintenance
For

Task Vually
inspect
flex joInt/ball

each

well years

jont

for

key
as

seat

damage
arid

Every

Disassemble
rubber

dirnersiona6ze

repair

needed

renew

all

goods

based

on

mar ufacturers

recommended

speciticatiors Table

34

Preventive

maintenance

flexjoint/baIt

joint

7.2.4

Conner/on

Cennecteis Maintenance
For Interval

Task Clean and

Test Inspect seal surfaces

each

well

and

lubricate

hydrauks
unction

Perform

end

well bore

tests

based

cc

MMS
all

requirements Every
years

DIsassemble
rubber

dirnensionalize1

repair

as Vs

needed

and renew

goods

based

on

manufacture

recommended

specifications
If

packages

are

broken

Clean/Inspect
Install

both

connector

and mandrel

new

gasket
3-5 Preventive

Teble

maintenance

connectors

72.5

Pods

Pods Maintenance
For Interval

Task
Perform
All

eacH

well

function

tests shuttle

based valves

on

MMS

requirements
should

Annually

pod valves

and

regulators

be

torn

down

inspected

rebuIlt/renewed Table

with

new/reworked

components pods

3-6 Preventive

maintenance

3.7.2.6

Wing

Valves

Wing Valves .MatenaneJnterya

For each
well

Task Perform
function

end

weilbore

tests

based

on

MMS

requirements
Annually

Tear

down

inspect

rebuild/renew

with

new/reworked

components

Table

3-7 PreventIve

nialatenance

wing

valves

1595

Edition

wIth

2000

Supplement

lDeepwats

Well

control

Gukielines

33

-j

599938848

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800443

Equipment
Preventive Maintenance

3.7.2.7

Tensioners

Tensloners Maintenance For each

well Interval

Task
Visually Slip inspect retermin ate

cut and

based

on

wire

rope

manufacturers

recommendatiorl
Quarterly Inspect
fluid

and
3-S Preventive

for

testing tensioners

Table

maintenance

7.2.8

Lrillstring-

Compensator

Drilistring

Compensetot
tnterval

Maintenance
For

Task

each

well

.19i
Visually inspect Table 3-9 Preventive

maintenance

drillstring

compensator

3.7.29 Riser Maintenance

For Interval

Riser

Ink
Visually attention inspect
to

--

each

well

each

joint

during material

ckup

end

laydown

paying

the

bouyancy

Pressure Every
yeats

test while

running

Non and

Destructive repair as

Examination needed
Table

NDE

dimensional

inspection

based
3-10

on manufacturers

recommendations
riser

Preventive

maintenance

It

should

be

remembered
and

that

the

above

guidelines

are

considered be necessary

minimums

more

frequent

maintenance

may

BOP
on

maintenance
rigs
is

time

DP

On
and

OP

greatly

rigs

time
to the
Jt

for

BOP

maintenance of
the

can

be

greatly to pull the to

reduced

reduced
run

due

elimination
is

requirement
the

anchors

imperative

that

operator give between

are wells

contractor

sufficient the stacl

amount
if

of

time

maintain suspended

even

other

operations

temporarily

1998 34

Edltiarr

WIll

2000

Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

Ccntrol

Guidelines

599938849

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800444

Equipment
Riser Recoil

3.8

Riser Recoil Considerations

3.8.1

Summary
locations requite riser ball

Dccpwater
the length at

tremendous

top and

tensions

due

to

of
the 21 lbs

the

mud weights
joint riser In

requirements
ft

of

angle

lower

6000
eftO

water

depth of

location

marine and wet

system

have lbs

mass

3000000

weight

of 300.000

top tensions

These

tremendous

top

tensions

pose rig

unique
In the

problem event

for

dynamically unplanned
stored instantly
in

positioned disconnect

drilling the

of

an

huge

amount

of

energy/force
is

the

riser

and
to

the
art

tensioning
acceleration

system

almost
to the

converted equation

according

elementary

F/rn

where

acceleration force

mass

Clearly
prior rotary result to

some
the

method
of

is

required
riser
is

to

dissipate

this

energy
the the

contact If the

the

telescoping
sufficiently

joint

with

table could

energy from
to

not

dissipated
the to rotary rotary

range

minor major
the riser

damage damage

to

table

and

substructure

and

substructure

and

loss

of

3.8.2 Three be

Unplanned

Disconnect

types

of

dissipated

energy to during an

rhe

three

types

ot

energy
are

that as

must be

dissipated

during

an

unplanned

disconnect

unplanned

disconnect

follows

the the the

energy
strain

ir

the

tensioner
in in

cylinders cables
riser itself

energy energy

the the

tensioner

strain

marine

In

6000
be up

ft

of water
to the ft

the

stretch stored

in

21
is

5/S

marine
to

riser

can

This

energy and

converted
accelerates

kinetic riser

energy upwards

at

point

of of

release the

the

independently

tensioning

system

1598

EdItIon

with

2000

Supplement

oeepwatsr

Well

Ocntro

Gotiefines

3-36

599938850

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800445

Equipment
Riser Recoil

Another
situation the
first

concern
is

related

to

the the

tensioner
riser

system

in

this

the

possibility

of
riser

not being

capwrecl
the

on
ship

attempt
in

by

the

hang-off and
the

system As
riser gets

Slack cables

in

tensionIng
large

heaves with

high sea conditions ship

there
is

out of sync
slack
in

may cause

the

likelihood slack

of

some
very

the

In pressure peaks tensioner cylinders

tensioning peaks
in the

cables

This

can

cause

large

pressure

tensioner

cylinders

Following
riser recoil

is

an

outline

for

consideration

when

designing

system

3.3.3

Reasons

for Riser

Recoil

System

Safety

Slip

joint

slams closed

and

drives

diverter/rotary

upward

Minimize damage
beating top of disconnect

to

BOF

Prevent event

LMRP

from

BOP

stack

in the

of an emergency

Minimize damage

to

riser

components

3.54

Types

of

Systems
must manually
valve

Passive
tensioners

Manual
and only Air

Operator
pressure

set

all

APV

to

be

used

Activates

from emergency

disconnect

sequencing

EDS
Passive
figured

signal

Automatic
based on

APY
sea

settings

are

automatically water

manual

input state

of

mud weight

depth and
from

automatic signal

sensing

Activates only

EDS

Active System

Manual
activates

input

of

mud weight
under

and
all

water

depth

automatically under

riser/LMRP

separations

currently

development

5958

Edtllon

with

2OO

suppiemeat

oeepwater

Wet

Ccntrol

Guldetnes

599938851

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800446

Equipment
Riser Recoil

3b8.5 Water
system

Other Considerations
depth
the deeper the

water

the

more

need

for

this

Mud

weight
Friction Propulsion forces

down

in

main

tube exiting
riser

forces

up from

mud

String

weight weight
weight

LMRP
Size

and
of

cross
riser

sectional

area

and

Number
Total

of oints
and

buoyed

tensioning

capacity size nitensioners

Number
Slip
--

joint

Automatic
Stroke

latching

device

to

prevent

bobbing

effect

length or

Set at midpoint Riser capture/hang-off

above

to allow

for vessel

excursions

Designing hang-off should design be and

proper system given

testing
is

riser

recoil

dampening
difficult experts

system

and

complex having
the

and

Consideration involved
in

to

outside

the

of

system

Full

scale

test

of

riser

recoil

dampening
controlled strongly

hen
given
to conditions

new

system
scale

is

deployed
of the

consideration system
the

should

be

system under conditions is

full

test to

under
operability

controlled of
the

in

order

ascertain

recommended

system

1998

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

DeepwtiWSI

Ccrtrol

Guidelines

599938852

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800447

Equipment
ROV
Interventions

3.9

ROY
3.9.1

Interventions
Summary

Considerations

The

ROV
it

system of
the

can
seafloor the

be

used
the

to

carry

out
the

visual

inspections addition

BOTh

riser

and

rig

in

performs

following

functions

ROV

Area

of Inspection

Features Topography
Obstructions Geologic conditions of

Seafloor

Recovery

dropped

object

SOP

Overall

inspection

Levelness

bullseye

Valve

override disconnect operations

Emergency Component

replacement

AX/VX

rings

DP beacons
Status indicators inspection
for

Riser

General Support where

replacement

inthvidual

BOP

control

hoses

appropriate of hull of debris Table thrusters intakes

Rig

Inspection

etc
intakes Iunctionr etc

Removal

from
3-11

thruster

cooling

ROY

inspection

3.9.2

Equipment Modifications
Support
Capabilities

to

Optimize

ROV

Proper

accessibility

to required

locations

Proper

docking/handholds and

al

specific

locations

Proper

marking

identification 1714

criteria

for

low

visibility

operations

see API and

and Deepstar
of the selected

Proper functions

design

orientation

ovenide

Reliability

oFAX/VX

ring

release

and

replacemoot

1095 aeson -38

eitP

2000

suppremont

Dsevwater

Welt

Corifrol

Ouidiines

599938853

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800448

Equipment
ROV
Interventions

3.93

Common BOP
and Welihead

Override

Functions

LMRI
have

Connector

Unlatch

both

can

and

been

done

All

Stabs

Retract

This could
for

is

an

LM.RP
at

function

in

which due
to

several the

functions

operate each

once

However
they
are stah release

volume
in

needed proper

function

and and

retract kill

sequence unlatch

The
and

functions acoustic

choke

mini

connectors

retract

LMRP
the

and

Welihead
ring

AX/VX

Ring Release on both LMRP or

connector rams have
this

wel
be failsafe

Release

and/or

lock

connectors function

Depending

on

the

can

dual

Some

ring

release

spring

lock

Methanol
the

Injection base
into

There With
these

are

half dozen piping lower

ports the the

around can of

connector methanol

appropriate
ports to

ROV
chance

inject freeze

up Rams
three
all

Pipe
to
all

nd
of

Shear Rams
rains Also be opened

Open and/or
install at the

close

from one
function

these

an

all

open
or

where

rains

can

samc

time

individually

199$

Edtlon

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Oiideine
a-.3e

599938854

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800449

Equipment
Index

CHArTER

EQuiMEwT
disconnect
3.5 3.9 3.7

INDEX

accumulator
bladder fisattype piston type type

bottles

3.24 324
3.24

emergency
external Failsafe

....

riser riser riser

analysis

........

3.17 3.14
3.11

pressure valves

loading

angle

indicator.......

oleaning.................

25

accumsttator acoustic back

rings

system up systems3

3.23 .31

facings flanges.......................... tlexjoint

3.10
3.6

rise collapse
riser riser riser riser

3.12
3.21

desis
gas margin mud/gas operations
rcr.oil

AX/SIX
hack up

3.16 efficiency
......

3.10
3.2

3.38

systems loads

331
3.6

Flotation

3.14
3.2

hang-off........................

separator

.3.21 3.31

bending bending
blind

moments
shear ram

lscave.................
3.3

3.15
3.1 3.8

oser
riser

holecicaning
3.1

dampening
3.37 system
36

bnnstline

3.12 times
3.22

hydrogen inspection LMIRPsplit

embrittlcmusst.
intervsle

system
riser riser recoil

BOO 300 BOO

FlOP

3.13

closing

elastomers height pressure

lines ratings

37
3.16 gauges

sUing
drilling

3.13 3.18

3.7

loop currents
3.2

riserless

low
3.8

pressure

310
3.15 3.14

ROY
shut-in

..............

3.83.t4

3.38 3.20 3.14

CK

inaxinsuni 3.16 3.3

3.5

otRet

casing

shear rams

moonpoul
mooring mooring cosstml
failure

slipjoieit slip joint

cheekvalve
choke/kill line

3.12 connectors 3.6

3.6 3.28

center.

315
3.15 3.16 3.19
3.5

packing
loss

3.2t

station telescopic Ti top

keeping
joint

3.14

connectors Deepetar disconnect

diverser diverter

MUX
oil outlet

systems

base

mud
lines

3t5 3.35

3.3$ tensioiss
...............................3.7

3.2

housing system

3.14
3.18

Overboard
pilot signal

3.9

torque

..........._.......

3.23
3.1

transducara
trip

3.29 3.10 capacity 3.24

5.27

tank

driftoff drilipipe driveoff Eleetro-bydraulic

3.14317
3.2 3.143.17 3.30

pipcrasn pod precharge

brides

3.22
.....................

3.28-29 3.25
3.26 3.4

volumetric
aster depth

Rare

location

1986
3-40

Edition

with

2000 Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Cuidellsaa

599938855

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800450

599938856

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800451

Emergency

Response

Chapter

Emergency Response
Emergency Response Subcommittee
lialliburton Wild

Don Shacks ford Chairman

David Larry Flak Heikarnp John Knowilon Greg Navorre
Steve

Company
Control

i3arnail

Well

Boots and Reeponse

Coats

IWC

Marine

Spill

Corporation

Diamond

Offshore

Drilling Drilling

Global Marine Pulkowski Todd

Murphy

EP Company
Well Control

Company Company

Regaladc

Wild

Curtis

Weddle

Cherokee

Engjneering

1990

Edition

vvlth

2000

Supplemert

OeepwaierWel

Cannot

Guidelines

4-r

599938857

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800452

BOP

Blowout

contingency

plan

BRA
BTF BU

Bottomhcle ftowout Business

Differential

assembly
force

task
unit

DOPS DOD
DP

global
of

positioning

satellite

Department
Dynamically Exploration Gulf of

Defense

positioned

EP
GOM GOR
OPS
IR

and

production

Mexico
ratio satellita

Gas/oil Global Infrared

positioning

LMRP MMS MODU

Lower
Minerals Mobile

marine

riser

package
Service
unit

Management
offshore
drilling

MWD
PR ROV

Measurement
Public

while

drilling

relations

Remotely
Spectral

operated

vehicle

SOWM

Ocean Wave

Model

599938858

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800453

Emergency Response
Table
of

Contents

CHAPTER

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1 INTRODUCTION OBJECT1VE LEVELS OF WELL CONTROL EMERGENCY RESPONSE
DRILLS

TO EMERGENCY RESPONSE

4-1

4.11
4.1.2 4.1.3

4-1

4-3 4-3 4-4

PURFOSE AND VALUE

4.1.3.1 4.1.32 4.1.33 4.13.4 4.1.3.5 4.1.3.6 4.1.3.7

OF EMERGENCY
about

RESPONSE

Testing assumptions

readiness

Operational communications
indoctrination for

networks

and

procedures

4.4 4-4 4_s

new

staff

Focus

on non-routine

problems
intentions
to

Clarifying plans and Demonstrating Improving and

regulatory

authorities

4-5

enhancing measures

competence and emergency response DRILL

..................

4-5
4-5

prevention

4.1.4

FEATURES
All

OF

PROPER

EMERGENCY RESPONSE
and agencies media

4-6 4-6

4.1.4.1 4.1.4.2 4.1.4.3

4.1.4.4

personnel

contractors to

Communication Time compressed

Testing

management
realistic

and public

4-7 4-7 4-S 4-8

scenario

communications feedback and

links

4.1.4.5

Debriefing

follow-up

4.2

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

PLANS PLANNiNG OF THE BLOWOUT CONTINOENCY PLAN

4-9 4-9

4.2.1

BLOWOUT CONTINOENCY
ORGANIZATIONAL ASPECTS

4.2.2

BCP 4-9
4-13 4-15 4-15 4-17

42.3
4.2.4

ThE BLOWOUT TASK WELL

SPECIFIC Well

FORCE

BTF
PLANS

BLOWOUT CONTIGENCY

BCPs

424.1
4.2.4.2

infomiation resources

Available

4.2.5

SoURCES

OF FLOWANO

SOURCE CONTROL

....

..

4-19

4.3

VERTICAL

PNTERVENTION INFLUENCING

4-21

4.3.1 4.3.2

FACTORS

VERTICAL

INTERVENTION

METI

1008

4-22 4-23

WATER DEPTH
WELL

43.3
4.3.4

CONTROL IMPACT or SURFACE/SUBSURFACE

CURRENTS

4-23 4-25 4-25 4-25

WEATHER CONSIDERATIONS
Ship obseTvations
studies

4.3.4.1 4.3.4.2

j4indcast

5%

EgliJon

with

200C

Supplement

Deepwaier

well

corU4

OudellflaS 4-ill

599938859

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800454

Emergency
Planning

Response

4.3.4.3

Measurement

4-25 4-27

4.3.5 4.3.6 4.3.7

VESSEL POSITIONING EQuIPMENT

AvAILABLrTY

AND EQUIPMENT

C0MPAI1BILLrY

4-26 4-29 4-29 4-30 4-31

BLcwCUT
SuRFACE

EFFLUENT
FIRES ............

43.8
4.3.9

BLOWOUT RATE
RCVCAPABILIIY

43.10
4.3.11

VERTICALINTERVENmINTOaS
Mechanical
Inflatable Stingers

.4-32
.4-32

4.3.11.1 4.3.11.2

packers packers

433
4-33 4-34 ScEr.LSRIOS

4.3.1L3
4.3.11.4

Knuckle

joints

43.12

VERTIcAL

INTERVENTION

4-35

4.4

ftc PosmoNINs AND SURVEtING

FOR

RELIEF

WELLS

4-44 4-45 4-47

4.4.1

OPS AND DGPS

RATE

SYSTEMS

4.4.2

GYROS

4.5

DYNAMIc

KILL

CONSIDERATIONS

4-49 4-51 4-54 4-54 4-55

4.5.1 4.5.2
4.5.3

RESTRIcTIONSTOFLOW FonMATION
RELIEF

DRAW DOWN

WELL INTERCEPT POINT

LEAKOFF

4.5.4

FoRMATION

4.6

SPILL

CONTROL PLuMEDISPERSION
Chemical Chemical and
physical

.. ..4-57
changes changes
subsurface
surface

4.6.1

4.6.11 4.6.1.2 4.6.2

and physical

...... ............46i
4-59 4-62 4-64

4-58

SURVEILLAIICEANDM0N1TORING RESPONSE STRATEGIES

4.6.3 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.6.6

RECOVERY
DISPOSAL

4-65
4-87 4-70

CONCLUSONS

029 Ed9n

wIth

2000

Supplement

Ueepwther

Well

cortccl

Gu4ellnes

4Iv

599938860

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800455

Emergency Response
Table of Contents

REFERENCES

4-71

INDEX

4-72

1998

Edison

wIth

2000

Supplement

JDeepwater

Wet

Control

GuideJtne

4-v

599938861

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800456

Emergency
Planning

Response

LIST OF TABLES
Table Table Table
4-1

Features

of

well-planned
participants useful for

emergency
in

response

drill

4-6
drill

4-2
4-3

Recommended
Well

emergency

response and

4-7 possible
control

information

evaluating

implementing

situations

4-17 preliminary blowout

controt

Table Table Table Table

4-4
4-S

Example scenario

plan procedures

4-38 4-40 4-40

Example scenario post-assessment Example

scenario procedures procedures
after tu

procedures
well
is

4-6 4-7

stabilized

Example scenario

disconnect

and

release

damaged

BOPs

.4-43

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
4-1

Risk

Identification strategy

Matrix decision
tree for

4-2 blowout
for

Figure 4-2 Corporate Figure 4-3 Generalized

recovery

organizational

scheme

deepwater

management Blowout Task

4-11 Force 4-14

BTF
Figure 4-4 Rig Figure 4-5 Figure 4-6 Figure 4-7 over gas
boil

4-21

Blowout Blowout Blowout

scenario scenario scenario

subsea

equipment

4-37 4-41

modified

HOP

re-entry

BOP
for

top

re-entry

442
4-45 with flowing
foot

Figure 4-8 Relief well

positioning

Figure 4-9 Fracture pressure Figure 4-tO Pressure

velocity

land and

offshore
psi

weilbore
for

gradient sonic gas

4-50

vs depth bed

trends

for 0.2

per

gas gradient

at sea

floor

4-53

1995
vi

EdilFon

ith

2000

SuppFement

Deepwaler

Wet

ccntrd

Guidelioes

599938862

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800457

Emergency

Response
Planning

4.1

Introduction

to

Emergency

Response
4.1.1

Objective we
to the reader

tn

this

section

propose

give

background

information

necessary

to
for drilling
iti

Protection

priorities

Generate

en

emergency
the success

response factors

plan
for

deepwater
response

People Environment Physical

Mineral plant

Understand
well planning

enisrgency

and
the

relief

wed

drilling in

Understand
operation

success

fsctors

dynamic

well

kill

resource Understand
Evaluate control the requirements ideas

and on

techniques

of

spill

control

speculative

vertical

intervention

for well

Of

the

many

tasks

involved

in

deepwater
requires
all

operations out
effort

prevention

of well

control

problems and be
testing

The

early

establishment response
control

of equal

well-orchestrated
attention
in

emergency event well

must

given

the

problems

arise

Early testing

establishment
of

and
It is

important

to

clearly

establish

the

priorities

of

well-orchestrated

emergency focus on

response problem

well solving on

ahead

of

any
take

potential

event over

emergency

response

should
picture
is

precedence

philosophical accepted

debate

big

issues

generally

ranking of

priorities

as

follows

Protection

of health

aad

safety

of people

Protection

nithe

environment
physical mineral plant
for

Protection

of the

source

control

Protectioo

of the

resource

Risk

assessment

Risk
the

identification goal

is

only

the

first

step

taken
is

to

accomplish process
to

of

risk

management
of
risk

This
plan

the action

of

generating
identified

and
risks

execution from high of

the risk

of

move
to the

and

low manageability
matrix

opposite
4-I

sides

identification

See

Figure

below

1598

Edition

wtlh

2D00

Supplement

Deepwatr

WsIl

Conirot

Gudetint

41

S..

599938863

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800458

Emergency
Planning

Response

Risks

may

be
in

general risk to

or

well/operation and

specific

One

conclusion
the decision

ideritifeation

management

may be

not

undertake

the

operation

Overreaction
escalation

and

de

vs and

deliberate

Often

operators

and then

contractors

make
their

it

practice rather

to

response
lost

possible

overreact
take

and

deesca1ate
deliberate

response and

than
risk

time

slower
to to

more

response
or

then

having

make up

for lost

ground

errors

Less
Figure

Manageable
Matrix

44

RisEc

tdentitieation

1998

Edition

with

2GW

42

suppienisnl

Deepwater

ViI Control

Guklelins

593938864

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800459

Emergency

Response
of
Drills

Benefits

4i2

Levels

of

Well Control Emergency

Response
For of
clarity

of

communication
incidents

and
is

organization
often

the

severity three

well

control

droken

into

categories

Level

Response
Severe EofrbI

Level

Response

Level

Response

Least
kibk

More Severe
Under j6urcd

Most Severe
MbrkFbiRi
the seafloor thi weti
it

bi66uF

or surface

Each

level

of

response

should

have and

its

own

appropriate assigned
for

sequence
to it

of pit-planned suggested
outline

responses of

resources and

materials

responses
is

each
in

of

the

three

levels

of emergency Plans

response

presented

Emergency Response

4.2

4.1.3

Purpose

and

Value

of

Emergency

Response
Well-conducted

DrIlls

emergency response
drIlls

Emergency
dramatic

response play-actrng response

drills

are

sometimes

viewed

as

provide

significant

However
provides necessary

well-conducted
significant far

value

emergency elements
require

drill

value

The
drill

and
careful

participants

successful

consideration

Emergency response
the

drills

provide

the

following

benefits

to

organization

Test

assumptions
that

about

readiness

Confirm working

communications
current

networks

and

procedures

are

and

Indoctrinate

new

staff

to

procedures

Focus

thinking

on
and

non-routine intentions to

problems
regulatory authorities

Clari plans
Demonstrate

competence
to

Guide improvements These

benefits

prevention

and emergency

response

are

discussed

further

below

iasa

Eddion

with

2000

supplament

Doopwcter

Well

Coetrol

Guideilnos

4-3

599938865

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800460

Emergency Response
Benefits of
Drills

4i3.i

Testing assumptions

about

readiness

We
and

often that

presume we have
all

fit-for-purpose

plans

in

place
are

of

tbc

parties

involved and needs and

in

plan execution
to

aware

of

the conditions conditions

that

related

each with

plan such

Howevei
frequency
or

needs

people

change forgotten

yesterdays

plan tony be

unknown

outdated

Conduct emergency
drills annually response or coincident with major

Testing

the

plan
in

on

periodic to

basis

provides

valuable response

adjustments

approach
drills

emergency be
the

changes

Emergency response
ooincidont

should
in

conducted operation

annually
regulatory

or

with
or

major

changes

expectations

personnel

4.1.3.2

Operational procedures

communications

networks

anal

The
Accurate

ability

to

act

swiftly

and fax

surely

depends and and

the risk

on
other

access
relevant

to

phone

and

fax

accurate

phone

numbers
channels plan
to

numbers

numbers

communication emergency

Maintenance

testing

of

the in

response

manages

of

failure

communications

down

more acceptable

level

4.1.3.3

Indoctrination

far

new

staff

An

emergency
In

response
the

plan

may

be of and

lorge

encompassing operations
the the

docLiment focus
plan help
is

normal of
the

course

busy

on

the

crisis

day

may
incident

not

consider
or

which
mitigate

may
the

have

prevented

the

which

oan

problem

The

SW

bill

test

$10

bill

was

placed

in

what
in

should
the to

have
Six

been months
inure to

eqnently later was

it

used
still

reference there

manual

library

perhaps
if there

due
is

honesty conceited

but

likely

due

to

inattention for

not

effort

review plans

plans

coping

with

non-routine

events

those

may be unlearned

or forgotten

lysa

Edaron

with

2003

Supplement

Deepwater

Wl

Conirol

Curdelines

4-4

599938866

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800461

Emergency Response
Benefits of
Drills

41.3.4

Focus on non-routine pro b/ems

and
to fortunate to

The competent
enough events involve following
crises

are expertise

not in

likely

experience high
risk

develop

handling

Coping managing

with

serious

well

control

problem
including

can
the

number of

difficulties

properly

planned
drill

and

Attempting
conflicting

to

diagnose baffling

probterns reports

based

on

excited

executed
practice

for

provides non-routine

and

Meeting
attention

demands

that everything

and

everyone

get

100%

tasks

inniediately

Prioritizing

and

delegating

tasks

properly practice for

planned
task

and
that

executed

drill

can

provide
will

some
never

deniands

expertise

many

develop

experience

in

41.3.5

CIarfying
authoridies

plans

and

intentions

to

regulatory

Involve

both operators
in drills

Conflicts to

and

in

authorities

expectations

of performance any
crisis

and

actions

need
arise

be

settled

before

Disagreements about be

may

during

an

emergency
jurisdictions the

but and
drills

disagreements methods involving can

primary

objectives beforehand
authorities

minimized and

by

use of

both

operators

136
Assurance
regulators to

Demortstraling

and enhancing
can

competence

The
public to

actions

of

the

operator

in

drdl the as

provide
sector

assurance
that the

shareholders sector

regulators
is

shareholders
to

and

public

industry

competent

pertbrm

required

13

improving response

prevention

measures

and emergency

Accommodating

change Because
conditions

change

the

plan and

must

accommodate
improve
debriefing

change

Furthennore response need

for

techniques
drills

technology follow-up

Emergency
identify the

and and

change

improvement

lags

Edaon

attn

WOO

SupiEemant

DeapWatar

Wait

Ceitel

GuWikie
4.5

599938867

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800462

Emergency Response
Drill

Features

4.1.4

Features

of

Proper Emergency

Response
Preparation time well-conducted involve
advisors
drill

Drill

emergency

response of

drill

may
by

initially staff

several

man
the

months
in

preparation

and

experienced have

planning

and

conducting

them

The

should

following

characteristics

Requirements
Involve
all

Comments
regulatory plan
real

stall

contractors
in

and

Include

operator

and

contractor

decision-

agencies

named

the
to

response respond
in

who

makers
for

who

provide

procedures response conferences and

and

plans

would be expected emergency

Test the information

the

emergency

system
to

for

upward
the

Hold

realistic

press

and

communication and Take

the public
in

management

media

interviews questions

with

pointed

probing

place scenario

time-compressed

realistic

Compress
first

the

drill

and

model
less

actions than

of the hours

12

to

24

hours

within

of Test
all

drill

time contacts
in

communications

links

Use

all

and communications Response

experience monitoring
in

tools Plan

named
Involve sign
ificant

the

Emergency
with

debriefing to correct

feedback problems

and

Deploy
planning out
of

observers

follow-up idenlified

action

conducting

and

close

drills

Table

4-

Features

of

well-planned

emergency

response

drilL

42 The

Al/personnel

contiactors

and agencies
and

drill

should
for

involve

operator

contractor

staff

responsible and plans

decision

making

and

providing

procedures

for

the eme.rgcncy

response

isee

Easer

wits

2000 supplement

Opwetrr

Well

control

Ouldelines

4-6

599938868

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800463

Emergency

Response
Drill

Features

Representatives of
their roles in

from an

the

following

eups

should

be

aware

emergency

response

drill

Administrative

Management Media
Relations

Human Resources
Accounting Regulatory
authorities

and

Purchasing

US Coast Guard
Minerals

Management
coal
fish

Services

MMS

State
Local State Spill control

and

game

government government

shore-based

Operator
Spill

environmental contractor

and

regulatory

departments

control

Source

oontrol

Operator
Contractor Well

drilling rig

management

and

engineering

management

control

contractor reservoir advisors

in

Geologic involved
FacJlities

and

the

event

facilities

are

and

production

operations

and

engineering

groups

Table

4-

Recommended

participants

in

emergency

response

drill

4.1.4.2

Communication

to

management
and

media and public

information
corrected or picas

Quality the

information
quantity

in

right

for the

The

public

vill

expect

accurate
will refuted

timely
tc

management
media

and

Conflicting clarified

information and rumors and

need with with

be

fact

Realistic

conferences
questions

interviews

pointed

and

probing
drill are

should those

be

part

of
for

the

emergency

response information of

When

responsible the
in

supplying
the

consumed
quality

with

operation
the the right

process up
to

providing

iritdrrnation

quantity
difficult

management
facing

and
the

the

media
icy

is

one

of

most

challenges

eniergei

response

organization

41 43
Realistic

Time

compressed

realistic

scenario

tension
Into

designed

scenario

Experts generate
the
drill

who

will

not

be

emergency

responders
also

should
in in

realistic to
to

scenario
the

They
as

should
conditions the drill

participate

update
actions

scenario

change

and

response

taken

during

The

drill

should

1995

Edtim

nith

2060

supplement

Deepwster

Well

Control

Guidelines

4.7

599938869

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800464

Emergency
Drill

Response

Features

be
to

time compressed 24 hours within

and
less

model than
to

actions

of about of
drill

the

first

12
will

hours

time and

This

challenge and
to

the

organization dimension of

move

quickly
tension to

confidently

add

realistic

the

process

4.1.44

Testing

coznmunwatwns
communications Plan should

links

All

contacts

and

tools

contained and

in

the

Emergency Response

be

called

tested

.1.4.5

Debriefing

feedback

and foUownp
should bc
for

Dedicated monitor

observers

to In
initial

drills as

as

much
spent
in

time

dedicated
the drill

to

the

drill

follow-up
this

was

preparation observers and

To do
in

requires

dedicated

with
close

experience out of
drills

plarniing conducting

monitoring

ime 4-s

Edition

vAtfl

2000

SuppIemnt

Oeepwier

II

Control

Guidefine

599938870

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800465

Emergency
Blowout

Response
Planning

Contingency

4.2

Emergency Response
Blowout Contingency
associated acUvitiss to the

Plans
Planning

4.21
Consequences ofa
sustained blowout dsoiwvathr
In

Well

control

events

with

deepwater

drilling technical service

production and

and workover
challenges

present unique operator and

lcgistical

company

personnel

The consequences
deepwacer conceivably have

which

result will

item be

sustained

blowout and

in

environment
lasting

fmreaching on
public

could

impact

perception

Environmental
regulatory

groups
History
regulatory

agencies

has

shown
are

that

onvuontuental
to

groups

and

and

Industry

agencies

quick

make

critical to

evaluations
mitigate the the

commitment

of

the

industrys
associated

commitment
with
potential

and

capability

damage

catastrophic

events and
the

Therefore

identification

0f

hazards

development an

of

systematic element
in

response sound

have

rightfully

become

essential

business

practice

The methodology
and response Blowout

associated

with

this
is

hazard

identification to as the

strategy

formulation Plan

often

referred

Contingency

HCP
discussed in
this

The following

topics

will

he

chapter

Organizational

aspects

of the

BCP

Well

specific

BCP

topics

4.2.2

of the OrganIzational Aspects Blowout Plan Contingency

BCP
emergency This
since the
is

Complex
logistical

technical

and

aspects

An

effectwe

coordinated

response
organizational to

to

any

requires especially technical

pro-determined
tone

structure

with

regard

deepwater
are

blowouts

the

and
in

logistical

aspects

among

most

complex

the industry

1998 EdiSon

with

2000

Supplement

Deapwatar

WI

Control

Guidelines

4-9

599938871

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800466

Emergency
Blowout

Response
Planning

Contingency

The

key

to

sound

effective

BCP

is

to

designate with
the

and
right

properly

organize of
technical

team and

of

individuals

combination

operational

capabilities

Organ

ized

team

with

necessary
operational

technical

and

There and and

have

been

many
were

instances

where due
to

blowout
lack

response
leadership

capabilities

intervention

impeded

of

adequate

organization even
vast

These though
the

difficulties

have

manifested
to the

themselves had

gioup of

responding and

incident

amount

technical

operational

experience

Leadership

There
for
all

is

no

single

organizational

scheme must

that

is

appropriate

operators
level

Each

company

make

art

evaluation corporate order

to

of

their

of and

experience operating

internal

resources
in

organization determine deepwater

the

philosophy
to

best

approach

managing

major

blowout

District

or business

unit

evaluations

An

evaluation
to

of

each

district

or

business
is

units

BU
this

ability

adequately This

manage
looking

crisis closely at

inherent

in

process
capabilities

means

the

resources

and

of each

BU
sufficient business to the
crisis

tao
and

the carry

P11

provide

personnel

manage

onwiih

ether

functions

how
often

will the

RU

handle

the

large

capital

outlays

that are

required

Does

partieulsr

EItJ

have

personnel
to

with

the

experience

and and

operational/technical

background

make

the decisions

implement Corporate support

the

solution

These
specific extent

BLfspeeihc
corporate

evaluations support of
the

often the

result

in

scheme
crisis will

for

of

BUs

during

he be and

and

nature

this

corporate

support framework

dependent

upon

organizational the

operating philosophy

of

operator

decision in

tree

approach

to

such

an

evaluation

is

illustrated

Figure 4-2

below

1998

EthtIon

wiih

200D

SuppInieni

DeepwaierWt

Central

Guideines

4-10

599938872

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800467

Emergency
Blowout

Response
Planning

Contingency

DMlnt
for

Coriiarsie

Strategy Recovery

Blowos

Ma.4e.oont

157Th
Cnnparaio Oparafaaiaa

ApyroN/
Final

Recaneay JtnoIay
/1

e----r

Lanai

Opannainna

iiaaiayaaaoaa

MgieI

Caraaraan

Maeae

by

Maaaa1
at
LI

\cffteTJTh

/iFLIfl
Coaporena

Peji

Mniaiger

L______i

Jo

Mooo5onant

Predetininad
SjnnioI

by

Organinino

the

STE

Prajana

biaeioqar

4-----/

Cheating

foe

inlnanbera

LeaI
Ceo-pci

ttoroyaanaaaa ale

BTF _________

---

Siyniaag Canaarnala

Kay

lnlanogcnaeaco

KIadonrLpILao\
Raapnaatbiiioiat rgon

at

Figure

4-2

Corporate

strategy

decision

tree for

blowout

recovery

management

1998

Edkon

with

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Cutdelioies

599938873

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800468

Emergency
Blowout

Response
Planning

Contingency

Experience
it

has
to

shown
overall
oil

that

the

BC
to natural

is

most
to

effective

when
of

is

linked

an

plan
splits civil

respond

emergencies

all

types

i.e

disasters

business

interruption terrorism

unrest

etc.

Effective overall

BCP
plan

is

part

of

There of

are

emergency
include

many reasons

for

developing
crisis

the

BC

as

subset

response

more comprehensive

management

plan

These

Standardized emergencies

format

for the

infl.iol

response

to

all

Decrease

duplication

of

effort

many

crises

requite

similar support Finance

from

Public

Relations

Legal

and

organizations

Coordination intervention
spill

of

simultaneous

emergency

response

and and

operations

i.e blowout

intervention

response

The
the

group blowout

of personnel recovery
include

charged
is

with
to

the

management many Team

Task

of

referred

by

names

Examples

Emergency
Force

Response and

ERT
Force

Emergency Task to name

ETF

Blowout

BTF
Naming
recovery
the

few

blowout

group

The name destgnated

should
specified

within
to

given
consistent

operators with

organization other

be
in

chosen
other this

be

names For
will the he

emergency

response
this

plans of people

purposes
referred

of
to

document
Blowout

group

as the

Task

Force

BTF

1998

EditIon

wilt

2000 Supplement

Oeoawaiar

Well

conirot

taoleelines

4-12

599938874

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800469

Emergency

Response
Force

Blowout Task

4.2.3

The Blowout
task staffed force

Task

Force

BTF
organized and

The

blowout

BTF

must

be and

well

adequately personnel
tasks

with

operator of

service the

company
following

who

are

capable

performing

Analyzing
aspects

the technical situation

operational

and

safety-related

of the

Making
precise

proper informed
plans

decisions

arid

formulating

Implementing manner

the

intervention

plans

in the

best

possible

Formulating
experience

alternative available

contingency
information

plans

based

on

and

Handling
relations

the

ancillary

aspects

of the

crisis

public

legal

financial

liaison

etc
solution not be
it is

Blowouts
are

do

not always
instances certain

have where

straightforward precise
is

many
until that

plans can

formulated important
strategies

information be capable and

obtained

Thus

the

BIF

of formulating

feasible

based

on experience

judgment

Strategies

based

on

adequate

inforrnatkni

When
viable

adequate
solution

information can

is

obtained without

then delay

the

most

be implemented

Adequate
the

experience and

allows
identify
in

the

BTP

to

constantly

monitor
Afternative

intervention

possible

problems
situation

plans

can be

be

developed with

case

the

changes

and

can

implemented

minimum

dciay

Direct

intervention

The

organizational blowout

structure

of

the for the

for

major of
well

deepwater
direct

should
activities

provide and

management
relief

intervention fin

simuhaneous

operations

addition

to the

other non-operational

duties

1598

etton

with

2090

$uppleriiit

Deepwtr

Well

Control

Gukiellnes

4-13

599938875

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800470

Emergency Response
Blowout

Task Force

If

direct

intervention

is

not feasible

the

BTF

complexity
will

can

be

reduced ooe

accordingly
to the

The
next

HTF
and
in

organization

vary from one flU

to

operator

some cases The schcmc

from
figure for

another

within

particular

company blowout

below

illustrates

generalized organizational

BTF

designed

to

manage

deepwater

---p-

ErvirRegilaosy

Feancc

Oil

Conliralr

AcccLnticr

AwSt

trail

Pi
Orilliitg

agitstcs

Cappi
Specialists

r-OtS
ScciaIisu

Fgure

4.3

CeaeralizS

orga aizational

srheeie

fr

deepwater

Thowsut

Task

Force

BTfl

-igge

EdSion

wlV

2000

Supplement

Otepwntesr

Woll

Control

Guidelines

4-H

599938876

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800471

Emergency
Well Specific

Response
Plan

Blow
Blowout

Contingency

4.2.4

Well Specific Plans

Contigency

BCPs
discuss
the to

The

preceding and

sections other resources

organization properly

of

personnel major
drilling often

designed
Critical

manage
such
as

deepwater production
the

blowout
and

operations in

workover of well

activities specific

deepwater

justil5i

development

BCPs

Well

specific

BCP

Concise
reference

accessibLe

The

well

specific

BCP
It

is

in

effect

an

addendum
in to

to

the

overall
that task
it

general

BCP

should

be developed source
deal

such
the

way

provides

ready

information
great in the

blowout necessary and

other

force

BTF
is

While

of

the

information

contained woli

drilling
is

program
to

documents
concise
crisis

the

specific

BC
be

designed

provide during

reference

that

can

quickly

accessed

The

information

that

is

typicafly

contained
into

in

the

well

specific

BC
and

is

broadly

separated

two

categories

Well

reservoir resources

information

Available

Supporting referenced

documents

should

be

clearly

identified

and

424
The
which
possible that
is

tYeU

Thjbrrnation

most

helpful the

information

during end

blowout

is

that the

allows
control required well

BTF

to

cvaluate This

implement
the

solutions
to

includes for

information
intervention

analyze

options

surface

and

relief

dcsign/impcmeritation

less

EdiSon

with

2000 aupplement

Depwa1er

Wall

Coetrol

Guidsilnos

4-i5

599938877

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800472

Emergency Response
Well Specific Blowout Contingency Plan

Examples implementing

of

welT

intbrmacion
control

useful

for

evaluating

and

possible

solutions

include

Information

needed
well control

to

information
Rig

Type
structure

DetaIls

develop
solutions

and/or

drawings
Detailed

drawings

of

wallhead system Depth

reference

BOP

system Azimuth

units

reference

Example

data

LJTM

true

flOdhr

local grid

grid

system Surveys on
relevant
if

convergence
available well date include

magnetic

sparng

wells

namnumber
of survey
tie-Jr

SHA used
borehole temperature
tool

surface

coordinates survey survey survey

interval

face

data information

QNQC
on
the

type

company

ta
model data

survey service

data

surveyofs
grid

name

company

uncertainty calibration

conversion ruining

magnetic
declination conversion

procedures surveyors notes

overlapped

surveys

running

gear

etc
potential surface adjacent
reflef

configuration

Surface

map showing
site

debris pipelines

wet

rig/structure relative

locations structures

to

water seabed

depths

and

ether

subsea
within

characteristics other

Hazards mile

one

seabed

or the
of

anchor
the
relief

hazards
shipping lanes

pattern well mile

located from

one

the well

Continued

on

next

page

1998

EdiUon

with

200C

Supplernertl

Deepwaler

Well

Control

Ouldelines

4-15

599938878

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800473

Emergency
Well Specific Blowout

Response
Plan

Contingency

1nforrnationfglipcfflfiCPconhiniwd
Surface

map plan
of the

average waves

prevailing

winds

view

arid

sea

currents

riglstructute

showing
Surface

map showing

latest

seismic

coverage
hazards

to include shallow

any

subsurface palaeochanflels Vbeilbore

e.g

gas

faults

etc
vctvss nipples plugs fracture gradients

schematic

casing

design tops

showing

as

cement packers

applicable

perforations Geological stratigraphic pore pressure gradients

cross-section

fracture

showing

overburden
potential

and temperature hazards

profile

note

any

drillin

Reservoir
fluid

and

reservoir

permeability productivity
static

properties

index pressure

reservoir

temperature

GOR
reservoir molecular extent composition of reservoir control
fluids

Table 4-3

Well

Information

useful

for evaluating

and

hnplenientlng

pessible

situations

42.4.2

Available

resources

The

well

specific

BCP
case

allows and

for

more

precise

determination
that will

of

the
in

equipment of

personnel

resources

be

utilized

blowout

Certain

individuals

within
participating functions

the

business

unit

Rapid

mobilization

BU
can be

organization Equipment/services resources

region with
In

and

service

companies Equal

chosen
the

for

specific

on

the

BIT
the

importance

should resources

he

placed within

on
the

evaluating region

equipmentservices planning
for rapid

and

mobilization

Detailed locally

evaluation ave
liable

of

The
event

equipment of

and major from and

services

likely

to

he

required
will not

in

the vary the the

equipment

and

aervices

deepwatet one
well to

blowout
the

significantly availability

next of
different

However
mobilizing

logistical

aspects

necessary

equipment

could

be

vastly

1958

EditIon

with

2000

Supplernant

Dsepwster

Well

Oontm

Ouldeitnes

4-17

599938879

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800474

Emergency Response
Well Specific Blowout Contingency Plan

The well
detailed

specific evaluati

flCP development of
the locally

process
available

should

include

equipment

and

services

Identify

locate and
for specialized

Those program

negotiate
well
in

services

which
that

are

not need

specified to

in

the

drilltng

control

aqulpment

or

might

be

supplemented
particular the

by

advance

additional

contractors

should be

receive for

attention

Agreements equipment place

should and

negotiated
for

provision
contract

of
is

all

services

which

no

standing

in

The

selection

of such

equipment
in

and
to

services

thorough
suitable factors
in

evaluation terms

order

determine

may which
price

require
is

most
other

of location

capabilities

and

general considered

list

of

equipment

and

services

that

should

be

includes

Relief

well

Well

control

well

control

engineering

and

relief well

engineering

services
drilling rig

Specialized and supplemental equipment

Relief

well

and

supplemental

riser/BOP

equipment Welihead Ranging

Specialized

equipment
services well

relief

well

relief control

well equipment surtdce and subsea

Casing

cementing

equipment

ROY

equipment equipment

Firefighting Seismic

pumps

vessels

etc

services handling vessels

Anchor High

pressure
fluid

low

pressure

pumping

Additional

slorage

1958

EdiUon

aith

2000

Supplement

ooepweler

Well

Cerdrol

GuldeUnoa

4-18

..-

-.--..

.....-----.--------..---------.---

599938880

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800475

Emergency Response
Sources of Flow and Source Control

4.2.5 Flow from welihead

or

Sources

of

Flow

and Source
subsea weilbead
will

Control

production

BOP

It

is

highly from
to

probable
either

that

any

blowout
or

will

be
It is

flowing
difficult that

production
that riser

130F

imagine
rig

system with of

remain

intact

or

drilling

associated in the

riser

system

could

remain

on

tocation

event

major flow

Well-defined flow Formation

as fluids

may be

exiting in

in the

well event
pictures the

defined of

path

such

circular

cross-section cameras can

well-defined can
to get

flow

ROY
to idea

provide on

which
stack

be

compared
better

known
cross

dimensions
sectional

HOP

of

area

High speed photographs

velocity for

flow

High using

speed

photographs or other

can

be used

to

estimate
in the

velocity

by and

estimates

bubbles

discontinuities

flow pictures

measuring

distance

traveled

between

successive

However
Mulliple

it

source

may
such

be
as

that side

flow

will

be from bonnet

multiple sources seals and other

flow

on

HOP

outlets
suffered

hardware

that

may have

damage

In

case

like

this that

the

wellhead by
In this

may

be

partially will

or

totally

obscured

so

inspectian

ROY
cast

nor

yield

any be

method of gauging
the best

flew

experience

may

source

for

an estimate of flow rate

Effects

of

backpressure Deepwater
rates wells the

may
flow

commonly

be

capable

of production of gas greater

well

on

order of 30.000

BOPD

or 60

MMSCF/d
be

Absolute Production blowout well

open

potentials

would

of course
for

capacity

of

this
in

magnitude collapse

land

would However

often in

result

and

bridging scenario

of

the the

deepwater
at

blowout
the

seawater have
rate the

column same

backprcssure
as

welihead
to limit

may

well

effect the

using of

choke
the

production

and prevent

collapse

well

The
flow

result for

of

seawater
the

baekpressure
control

could

be

sustained

which

only

method would

be

relief

sas cealon aim 2050

supiemGni

Deepwaier

Well

Control

2.uieeines

4-19

599938881

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800476

Emergency
Sources
of

Response
and Source Control

Flow

well
killing

One
the

positive

in this the

situation

would

the

assistance

in

flow

that

backpressure

would provide

In VIsual

exploratory
to

drilling assist in

there

may

not

he

reservoir

inspection

information
capability the actual

determining
visual yield

what

well
via

flow of of

might flew

be

so

that

inspection the best

ROY

itself

may

source

information

If the

well

head

is

obscured

it

Plume

developmant
visual inspection

may

be

possible

to

get

of

plume development

By

measuring within

upward
the

migration and

of

the

lighter or

formation
the

fluids

seawater
it

estimating
to calculate to sea the

gauging

plume

diameter
gas/liquid for

is

possible

volumetric estimated
in
arid

flow The
corrected get rate the

ratio

would
by

have
the as

be

pressure imposed gas

rate as

depth

order

to

estimated

well

formation

liquid

Seafloor broach
In
is

the

event

of

seafloor distance

broach from
to the

such

that

formation
it

fluid

exiting

some
or

wellhead flow which

will this are

probably
will

be

difficult

impossible

gauge
fines

as

be up

obscured by
the

from

mud and

bottom

stirred

flow

However
area the

this

event

may

allow

ro-entry

of place

the

welihead
inside

itself so

that

investigation to

can

take

from

flowing

weilbore

determine

the

amount and source of

damage

t998 20

Edithn

with

2001

sup1emsrn

Deepwat

wan

Control

Outdeflnes

599938882

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800477

Emergency Response
Factors
Influencing Vertical Intervention

4.3
This

Vertical

Intervention
possible the

section

addresses weilbore

means

to

vertically

re-enter

blowing

arid

factors

influencing

surface

and

subsea operations

The

following
relative

general to well

definitions

will

be

used

for

water

depths

control

Ccnwentional Decpwater
Ultra

L000ft
3.000 ft
ft

3000Th 6500
10000
Ii
Il

deepwatar
intervention to

6500
is

Vertical

one

of

soveral

techniques by

proposed
vessel to the

and

defined
at

handle
sea

subsea surface

blowouts These

means of
are

operations control centerline

the

operations

used

blowout of
the

from blowout

floating

vessel

operating over

see Figure 4-4 below

The

fundamentals

of

vertical

interveotion the

from

dynamically

positioned

vessel

and

techniques

employed

595

EdItion

with

2500

Suppiariiont

OeearWeilCodnea
4-21

599938883

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800478

Emergency Response
Factors Influencing
Vertical Intervention

to the

control

the

blowout sections

from

this

position

are

presented

in

following

4.1

Factors

Influencing

Vertical

Intervention

Methods
operations depths

Problems
the

existing
in

in

deepwater

may

not have

same impact

shallower
areas

water
in

Likewise water events

many
blowout

substantia
control

problem

shallower deepwater

have

minimum

impact

on

Problem deepwater
intervention

areas

for

vertical

Problems stem from

associated several

with

vertical

intervention

techniques

areas

Water

depth currents

Surface/subsurface

Weather
Vessel

considerations positioning

tiqulpment

and

compatibility

Blowout
Surface

affluents
fire

Blowout

rate

ROV

capability

isea

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

ooepwatat

Well

Control

Gulaslines

4-22

599938884

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800479

Emergency Response
Vertical

intervention

Currents

4.3.2

Water

Depth

See

also

Emergency Response

44

Spill

Con

frol

Water

depth

plays

role

in

shallow

water

well

control

operations

This
surface situation

is

due
the

to

hydrocarbons of boil
In

particularly

gas
well

reaching
control
at

in

fotm

deepwater from
release dispersion the

with
it is

release

of hydrocarbons
that rig the surface to

well

the

sea floor

expected from
the

would
and

be

some

distance

due

urretits

hcreased including

water
the

depth

impacts
benefits

blowouts and

in

several

areas

following

hazards

Seawater
affects

hydrostatic rates act as

creates

backpressure

on

the

well

that

flow

Seawater
Disperses operations

may

an

I-tS

scrubber away from

well control

welibore

effluent

May
Safer

aid

with

relief

well

operations for personnel associated with

working

environment

surface

operations intrusion defects into dilute intrusion the

Water
density radios

blowout

plume

resulting

frnm
boil

effluents into gas

and

increase
is

surface usually

Water

plumes

substantial Passive Well bridging

is

inhibited are

control

operations associated

hampered

by

the

distances

and

extreme

forces

with

decpwater

flow

4.3.3

Well

Control Impact

of

Surface/Subsurface

Currents

Surface from have seen

currents
to

associated

with of

drilling

operations

vary
not as

area the in

area

The

Chili

Mexico

GUM

does

problem

severity

of

tidal

surface

anomalies

Southeast

Asia

Mooring
the years

and due

user
to

problems adverse
affect

have

been

documented Surface wind

over and of

these also

conditions
the

wave
the

actions

can

station-keeping

ability

vessel

3iib

Edition

with

2000

supplement

fleapwnter

Wall

Control

Guidelines

4-23

599938885

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800480

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Currents

Intervention

Subsurface

currents

Subsurface greater
tool

currents stronger

may

increase

as

water

depths

become

The

currents

make
and

vertical

intervention stability

selection

more
blowing

complex well

demand

when

intersecting

Visibility

problems
isibihty conditions vertical

problems due
to

can

also

be

associated

with

current

pollution

effluent

hindering

ROV

and

intervention

operations

Effects currents

of

outward

radial

Outward may

radial

currents
It

associated has eurcents

if

with

the

boil

at

surface
cii

affect

mooriag
rigs These

particularly arc easily

adverse

effect

ship-shape

manageable techniques

with
arc

semi-submersible

vessels

proper

employed

1908

EdiSon

with

2000

Stplement

Oeepwatr

Well

Conirol

Guidelines

4-24

599938886

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800481

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Weather

Intervention

4.3.4

Weather Considerations
forecasts vessel are crucial in the

Weather
floating

planning hinge

stages

of

blowout

control working

Operations

on

good

weather

windows

for safe

operations

industry

utilizes

three

sources

to

obtain

weather

information

ship

observations studies

hhidcast

measurements

4.3.4

Ship observations weather and

Ship

observations

are

the

initial

source

fur

information temperature

They
every
six

record

wind

waves

current

hours

information having
jurisdiction
is

is

radioed over
that

and

mailed

into

the

agency

particular for

area

Summarized
This events

information
data set
is

put

into

tables

general publication due

to

occasionally

unreliable

unreported

and

overestimations

4.3.4.2

Hindcost

studies

Hindcast based on

studies past

are

similar

to

weather
that

forecasts teLm

They

are

information

rather

short

predictions

The

Spectral

Ocean
program
nt

Wave

Model
to

SOWM
calculate

is

Navy
weather

computer
conditions

developed
grid points are

designated These
data

coveting based on

the

northern and

hemisphere
past

calculations

current

weather

and

averaged

over

period of time

4.3.4.3

Measurement
but meters
least

Measurement means
to

is

the

most

reliable

available

forecast

weather

Currant

anemometers

1998

EdIson

with

2050

Supplenisnt

Dtepwata

Welt

Control

Guidsilnes

25

599938887

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800482

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Weather

Intervention

and

wave
in

rider

buoys

are

utilized

to

predict

weather

patterns

various geographical

locations

Good weather
for well control

winJow
During weather
intercept sensitive
is

phases factor

of

any

well

control

operation
relief

operations

Vertical

intervention
all

well good

or

crane
If

barge

operations
are

depend

on

weather
are

windows
in

compromises than
desirable

made and operations

conditions
injuries

conducted

less

or

structural

damage may

result

Weather
daily

forecasts basis All

should
the

he

plotted

and of
the plans

amended
welt
and/or to

on
control critical

during
vertical

duration

operation
operations

intervention weather

kill

need

clear

window

prior

initiating

operations

19SB 26

Edaunwuh2oDospirnera

oaepwaterWeflConiroiGukioline

599938888

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800483

Emergency
Vertical

Response

Intervention

Vessel Positioning

4.3.5
Methods
positioning for

Vessel Positioning
methods
exist for positioning

vessel Three
basic floating

vessel

chain chain/cable

dynamic Chain
or

positioning

DP
combination
drilling ft Ultra rigs currently

chain/cable

moors
in

majority depths

of up

the to

floating

operating

water
are

6500

dynamically

positioned

DP
the
drill

deepwater

vessels

The
vessel

basic
is

objective to

for

position-keeping pipe and

of

free-floating in near-

maintain over

riser

vertical

position

the

hole

The
task

environmental
are

forces

generally

associated

with

this

wind

ocean

currents

and

wave action

Wind forces

The
varies data

most with

significant

environmental
direction

force

is

wind
basis

Wmd
The

speed from

and
the

on

continual
is

gathered

monitoring

system
the

input of

in the the

DP

computer
and
the

These wind

calculations

utilize

shape rig

vessel forces

drag

characteristics arc the calculated thrusters

of

the the

Total

exerted

by

the
is

wind
sent to

and
for

required

power

distribution

station-keeping

Well

control
is

operations altered
station

may

be wind

suspended and
surface

if

vessel currents

positioning

High

demand

stringent

keeping

ability

Acoustic-based systems

DR
Acoustic-based water
If

DP
vessel

systems
is

do

not

function

in

gas-aerated
is

utilized

where
is

gas

boil

present
to the

Thruster reduced

efficiency
in

at

surface of
for

thruster the

efficiency

also

reduced have

due

gas

boil

aeration

water
engine

Some
salt

vessels

shallow systems

suction that will

headers
also

main

water

cooling

be

affected

1558

EdItion

aith

2DU0

auppiemant

Deepwatr

Well

control

Gulasilnes

4-27

599938889

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800484

Emergency Response
Vertical

Intervention

Equipment

Availability/Corn

patibility

4.3.6

Equipment Equipment
step
site

Availability Compatibility

and

The
the

first

after

any

blowout and
rig

is

site

evaluation

Once

initial

evaluation

inspection

if applicable
equipment

has and
riser locate

been

conducted

identification

of

useable
If the

compatibility

needs an

to

be

addressed search

HOPs

or to

were

lost

equipment

may

be

required

replacements

Extended schedules cleepwater

avaIlabIlity

delivery affect

Due

te

the

high

activity that

level

industry

has

extended such
as

equipment

delivery tarn

schedules

make

auxiliary

equipment

preventers

and

subsurface

equipment
rental

scarce

commodity may
not be

Mast
suitable

currently for

available event

equipment

deepwater

Few
the

18.75

in
of
an

14Dm

or

Sm HOPs
and

arc

readily with

available existing

in

event

emergency on
is

integratiolL pose with

BOP

control Riser

systems

the

rig

would

additional delivery

difficulties schedules

availability

even
waiting

scarcer

reaching

24 month

periods
issues

Equipment Manufacturers equipment stumbling handling equipment

delivery

compatibility currently

need not

immediate have prove

attention for

do

standards
to

compatibility block
in

This could

be

major
for

developing events by

sound Items such and

procedures
as

deepwater
are lead

welihead have long

unique

manufacturer

can

times

Primary
unrelated

kill

guidelines

to

GaPs

Proposed techniques approach

kill

guidelines to

should

be

focused on

initLally the

on This

unrelated

HOP

equipment

well

avoids

the

issues

of equipment

compatibility

Secondary guidelines

kill

existing

or

Secondary techniques

kill

guidelines existing or

can

focus

on

possible

control

new BOPs

with

new HOP equipment

waa

cellar

zaoa

supplement

Deepwter

Well

Conirtl

Guidelines

42R

599938890

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800485

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Effluent Fire

Intervention

Blowout

4.37
Flow
product
issue are as

Blowout

Effluent

product

types

affect

the

situation

If

gas

is

the

environmental
if it

impact
or

will

not be

such

pressing parameters

were

oil

condensate Section

Pollution

discussed

in detail

in the

4.6

Spill

Control

Pollution

parameters

Subsea

visibility
kill

may

be

factor

for

vertical

intervention
that require

As
little

result or

techniques
at the

should

be developed

no

visibility

mudline

Sour

fluids

Sour

fluids

should

be

considered have
in

and been

evaluated developed

on
that

case allow

by-case

basis

Techniques operations

safe working

high sour gas concentrations

4.3.8

Surface

Fires

Flit

suppression

and

Fire vessel

at the

waterline
the

adversely blowout could be

affects for

positioning

floating Fire

water

cooling systems

over

obvious
to

reasons
the
it

suppression under be
the rig that

systems
or in the fire

used

minimize

heat

moonpool area
or

However

may not
system almost

such he

suppression

water
the

cooling
fire is

could

used

reliably

Extinguishing

impossible

see EdiSon wnh

2000

suppiemeni

Deepweiar

Well

Conirol

CudeiLnea

4-29

599938891

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800486

Emergency Response
Blowout Rate

4.3.9k

Blowout

Rate

The

blowout
at

flow
the

rate

can

create

problems Stabbing
set

with
kill

vertical

intervention

point

of entry an
additional

assemblies

through

flow

can

create

of

problems

Subsea

plume

dynamics

Knowledge
develop
reentry viable will

of

subsea
reentry difficult

plume

dynamics Without

is

required foreplanruing

to

procedures

be

Computer
possible currents

modeling
boils

will

aid

with
at

estimations due
to

on

where

gas and
will

may

break wind key

surface

subsurface

surface serve or as

conditions
prior to

The
any

unknown

elements
for

points

site selection

relief

well

vertical

intervention

rig
the

These

systems type

must

be

developed on
the

independent

of

equipment

remaining

well

I99
30

Edition

wIth

2006

Supplement

DGGpwatr

Well

coneol

Gthdeflnee

599938892

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800487

Emergency

Response
ROY Capabiy

4.3.10

ROV

Capability

The

remote-operating

vehicle

ROV
with
tool

has
kits

limited suction currently

capabilities

Many
The
the

are

equipped
families

dredges cons
is

etc of

three

of

ROV

packages

iblluwing

10-20-40 75/1 00
lip less

hp

units

units

and
150

third
flutist

common

hp

unit

with

additional

payload

and

capability

ROV

intervention

may

aid

in

the

following

areas

Providing Replacing

visual ring

support/video

capabitity

gaskela conncetions/rocovcri guide wire

rig

Making

or breaking

dropped
post

ohj

acts

Detaching/re-establishing

or gidde

if

Typical

ROV

packages

draulic
Underwater Underwater weld

functions

with

hot stabs placement

inspeetionsiexpiosives repair/oxy-are

cutting

With have

technology not

changing

in

the

deepwater advances designs

arenas
to arc aid

ROVs
with
to

made

many

significant

floating additional

vessel blowout hcrsepower

control and
larger

New

limited

payload

capabilities

----------------998
EdiSon wfth

2000

Supplement

Deapwater

Wet

controt

Guldeilnee

4-al

599938893

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800488

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Tools

Intervention

4.3.11

Vertical

Intervention

Tools

Depending
different intervention

on
tool

the string

situation

and

BOP
be

condition
for

several vertical to

designs

may
the tool

required

operations while
or

Several

considerations string for

need easy

he

addressed
into the

designing welihead

access

BOP/s

assembly

Vertical tool

Intervention Vertical intervention tools

string

design fundamental areas

require

designs

for

three

Guidance
Recnrty Pipe

re.stntiy tool

systems

strings

conveyance design

mechanisms follows

Guidance

criteria

are

as

Universal

designs

regardless

of equipment
types decentralized

types

on

the wall

Designs Means

for specific

equipment

to handle

flow-related

forces

Reentry

tools or

strings

can

include

the

following

items run

individually

combined

Mechanical
Inflatable Stingers

packers

packers

Knuckle
Collars Float

joints or heavi-weiglit and/or pipe subs

valves

ported

4.3ff

Mcchonealpocksrs
set
if

Mechanical
intervention

packers
access to

may
die

play

role

in

vertical

well

can of

he

achieved energized

This by

packer
rotation

type

is

rigid

and

has two

sets

slips

Mechanical
limitations

packer

Ihe

tool

has

setting

limitations If

due has

to

size

and

weight

criteria

of

casing

strings or as

casing

not been
the

damaged

due

to

abrasive flow

mechanical plug
the to

means
stop
or

mechanical formation
relief

packer
fluid

may
flow

be used
exiting

reduce

from

HOPs

while

well

1008 -32

edIson

alit

200i

srppienlsnt

Dsepwster

Wet

Contrel

iaii

599938894

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800489

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Tools

Intervention

operations
is

are

ongoing

or

damaged

subsurface

equipment

being

repaired

MechanIcal
setting

packer Other
limitations
is

include

procedures Rotation
the for

setting

procedures cause rig

for the

packer on

required which
the seafloor
to

may
to the

damaging
the

actions

pipe from
the

Also

time required allow erosion

packer

elements from

fuiy expand
fluids

may

of ruhber elements

blowout

If the

vertical the

intervention

assembly can on be
the

is

capable
set

of passing

through
the thus

BOPs

and

successfully seafloor

downhole
retrievable

damaged
allowing

equipment
repair

may

he

and

re-use

4.3.11.2
External

Inflatable

packers

diameters and diameters

Some
packers

well
for

control controlling

running

operations

have on
in arid large

utilized

inflatable

wells
seat

offshore diameter

Some
sizes

inflatable

packers
inflatable capability

can

However
pressure

packers
the

have
are

reduced

differential

more

they

expanded

May

control sizes

several Vertical to control intervention several

methods casing

casing

may
in

utilize

inflatable

packers
lusting to

sizes

situation the

of

flOP
through
style the

small
the

diameter

tools

may
set
in

have casing
slip

ability this as

pass

BOPs

and any

be

Since

packer seen on on

does

not have

cxtcrnal the

assemblies

mechanical
cavities
is

type packers reduced

potential

of hanging-up

cam

Betting

speed

An advantage
can
the

to

an

inflatable

packer

is

the

setting

speed

It

be

activated

with
will

dropped minimize

ball which flow erosion

quickly

inflates

rubbec

This

4.3.11.3

Sttngcrs

Stinging

blowing

wells

has
in

been
the

common
fires

practice utilized

for this

many
well

years
control

Opcrations

Kuwait 225

method
on

to

control

over do

wells have

This method
substantial

can

be

utilized

wells

that

not

volumes

of

exiting

fluids

19138

Edition

with

2000

supplement

eepwaier

Well

ceitel

Guidelines

33

599938895

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800490

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Tools

Intervention

Restricted stingers

use due

of

For

deepwater

efforts

seawater

hydrostatic

may
scenarios

aid

in

to large

stinging

operations
large the

Since

many

deepwater
stinger

may
flow

casing

sizes

involve due path

to

casing

sizes use of
created

may be
stinger

restricted

upward

force

with

the

in the

4.3 IJ.4

Knuckle

Jo

frrts

Kmsckle
intervention

joiats
kill

can

be

utilized

as

part
in

of

the

verticai

string

They

assist

enabling

passage placed
entry

through

the

HOP
the the

opening

or welihead
these to joiots

Strategically

throughout and allow

drilistring
drillstririg

can

aid the

with

move
to

through
the rigid

passageway of
the

without assembly

being

hung

up

due

nature

Knuckle

joints

as
Vertical points intervention

kid

primary bending

strings in

may
the

have bottom

knuckle
bole

joints

as

primary

bending

pomts
may

assembly blowout

BHA
conditions

Each

BRA

chaitge

depending

on

the

at the

time of entry

1995 34

Edition

wIth

2000

Supplement

Doopwoler

Well

control

GuidaJInoo

599938896

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800491

Emergency
Vertical

Response

Intervention

Example Scenarios

4.3.12

Vertical

Intervention

Scenarios which
scenarios
are

Many
blowout

possible

scenarios

exist
list

in

deepwatcr
is

could

occur

This

of

reduced

substantially

when
land

practical
in

limits

established can be

Also
to

blowouts
further

on

and
the

shallower water of probable

reviewed

develop

list

deepwater

blowout

scenarios

partial

list

of

realistic

scenarios

is

as

follows

SOPs

are

open

and remain on
vertical leaks

the

stack

riser

disconnected

SOPs remaining SOPs closed with

Riser
listing riser anti

or listing
in

tower
with

flanges

or valves vertical or

disconnected

wellhead

Collapsed

fatlcn

In

mudlinc

Casing Blowout

rupture

blowout
the casing with/without cratering

around

and

with/without

listing

wetlhead/BOP
production

assembly
jacket
still intact

Blowout
Satellite

under
welt

deepwater
with the

blowout
with

flow

line

Modlioe
the

blowout

effluent

at

remote

distance

from

wellhead
with settling casing possible
difficulties

Blowout

POP

intact

allowing causing

ROV
in

intervention

Gas blowout

dynamic and

positioning

This

list

should of
areas

be
detailed

expanded
kilt

studied

to

allow plans

development
for
is

plans with scenario

the

contingency

problem
substantial

within well

each beyond

However
of
this

this

task

and

scope

current

project
to

Experienced
reliable

well
plans

control

specialists

arc

necessary

provide

for this

type of project

typical

blowout For
exist

scenario

has been purposes

developed assume flow of

for the

example

purposes
conditions

illustrative for

following

an uncontrolled

gas WInd 35mph

Water

Depth
ft

Formation

Ptessure
psi

Flow 35

Rate

Product Gas

Current Knots

4500

8800

mnicf/day

1998

Edthon

aft

2000

suplenent

Deepwater

Well

Oortrol

Gudelines

4-36

599938897

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800492

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Example Scenarios

Intervention

Disabled

rig

semisubmersible

can

be moved

from

location

The

riser

has

been

severcd

or disconnected

The

well

severed

riser

may he end

t1ovdng

through

the

BOPs

riser

joint

and

drilipipe

SOPs

are

listing

ROV
An
page

tether

damage

illustration

is

shown

in

Figure

45

on

the

following

--

1998

EdItion

asm

2050

supplement

Deepwater

Well

Cnntrol3uidelines

436

599938898

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800493

Emergency
Vertical

Response

Intervention

Expcenarios

SUBSEA

EQUIPMENT
RISER

SECTION

LMRP

GUIDELINES BOP STALK

CONNECTOR

TEMPORARY OumEBASE

JOINT INDUSTRY
fuf

PROGRAM BLOWOUT

FLOATING

VESSEL

CONTROL

Figure

45 Blowout

scenario

subsca

equinnen

1998

EditIon

with

2000

Suppluvert

Oeepwatur

Well

Control

Guidethes 37

599938899

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800494

Emergency Response
Vertical

Intervention

Example Scenarios

Preliminary

Control

Plan

This

scenario
vessel

will

implement control

procedures

associated

with

floating

blowout

Step
-I

Action
Initiate

emergency Task

response

olan Inidates mobilizes mobilizes

floating

Blowout

Force

vessel additional

control dive

plan with

Subsuriace

Team Leader

an

boat

replacement
for

RQV

additional

back

up

support

subsurface

investigation

Surface

team Leader

conducts assesses
mobilizes

rig rig

evaluation

damage
equipment
for

auxiliary

damaged

subsurface

equipment
Relief

Well

Team Loader
Log
ietlcs

procures

relief

well

rig

and

associated
for

equipment two months

Weither

addresses
plots data

weather

conditions

next

Team
Ensure been Hold

Leader
all

auxiliary

equipment

pie-determined

in

Floating

Vessel

Blowout

Conirol

Plan

has

mobilized review

meeting

for

all

Team Leaders

chart

and

plot

dolivery

schedules

for

auxiliary

LaLProL
Hold Spot Begin Spot
ib safety dive

meeting
boat

with

all

personnel

associated near

with

well control
rig
all

operation

with

ROV
driUing

equipment
with

damaged

subsurface dive boat

all

investigation near

ROVs

videotape

dives

location

CPS
and

coordinates
at
activity

Interpret direction

data

from videosrecord

chart

blowout

effluent

type

current

etc
4-4 Example
scenario preliminary blhwout csntrol plan pi-needures

Table

1998 4-

Editior

wiEb

2000

Supplenlent

Deepwatsi

Well

Oontrol

Guidelines

599938900

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800495

Emergency
Vertical

Response

Intervention

Example Scenarios

At

this

point have

of

the

operation

the

following

information

should

been

gathered

Surface

and

subsurface data Surface

assessment

Assessment
investigation

Rig
of
the rig

Surface tensioners

shows

damage

to

two

riser

seals damaged
and pool
-I-I.-

ROY
Lost

equipment
upper
to

and non

ffinciona1

package
i-noon

2000
from

of marine
riser

riser

Damage
operable Lost

beams

dragging

still

subsea
boil

camera
1.50 mile

Gas
oil

approximately

from

original

location

no

no

tire

Subaurfac.e flOPs Gas

Investigation

listing

@5-10
with on

degrees

traveling

currents up-current top side of

Visibility

good

flOPs
flow has reduced
oss

Well body

blowing
of

through rams

of flOPs and

bottom

No

surface
is

broaching holding

is

visible

We.llhead Riser

pressure are

and upper
with

package
sections

300

ft

from flOPs and

riser

lying

on

seafloor

of marine on
seafloor
to

intact

an

add

itional

30

joints are
lines

scattered
still

Control

connected

upper

package

laeSEditianwah2eeO

Supplement

OoopwalerllConcalGudslins 4-39

599938901

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800496

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Example Scenarios

intervention

AFTER

EVALUATING

ThE CURRENT

DATA

Step

ActIon

Repawdamageonrigaconlponents 2FtetrieveorraplaceLMRP
Move Make
Build
rig

over
vertical

original

well tools
install

up

intervenlkrn

RTTS
under

Packer moonpool

knucklejoints

heavy-weight

drillpipe

etc

ROV
Conduct

guide

arms and
operations

ROy
BOPs

to

ensure

blind/shear

rams and

bottom

pipe

rams

are

in

the

open

position
otter

Survey Check
Monitor
for

blirrdlshear after
fully

and bottom opening

all

pipe

rams

are

in

the

open

posihon

inoreased

flow with 4-5

cavities

well condition

subsea camera Example

scenario

and

ROV
procedures

Table

prat-asseasmeirl

AFTER

THE WELL HAS STABILIZED

Step

Action Secure
RH-I with
vertical

intervention intervention
pr-br

string

to guidelines

while

RIH

verfical

string to Initial

Survey Attempt
If

SOP
to

oondfion

stab

attempt
--

stab

assembly

tool

string
kilt

hangs assembly

up

use

ROV

guide

arms and

to

move

string to

See
flow

Figures

4-6

end

4-7

below

Lower Back

to desired

depth

packer

stop

off

from
to

packer and
modified
4-

POOH
to

Prepare

run

connector

disconnect

and

release
after

damaged
is

BOPs from

wellhoad

Table

Example

scetario

pracedures

wet

stabilized

Illustrations

of

re-ontry

procedures

arc

shown

in

Figures

4-

and

4-7 on

the

following

pages

1998 -40

EdItion

vAt

2000

supplement

Deepws1eflAll

Coetrot

Gudeiinee

593938902

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800497

Emergency
Vertical

Response

lntervention

Example Scenarios

RISER PIPE

TENSIONER

RING

FLEXIBLE CHECK

VALVE

DIVERTER

VALVE

SWIVEL JOINT

FLEX JOINT

POD RB-INSTALLED

MOD

IFI

DBOP

RE-ENTRY

DEANOJECT
JOINT INDUSTRY
for

NO.63

PROGRAM WOUT
CONTROl

VESSEL

FLU

Figure

4-6

Blowout

scenario

modified

flOP

re-entry

9$b

EditLoll

wIth

2000

SupFlemenI

Doopwaler

Well

conot

GuIdeIlne 4-41

599938903

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800498

Emergency
Vertical

Response
Example Scenarios

Intervention

TO DRILL FLOOR

RISER

TENSIONER

RING

HIGH PRESSURE
FLEXIBLE
PIPE

CHECK

VALVE

HYDRAULIC
STRESS JOINT

DIVERTER

VALVE

RTTS

PACKER

DRILL

COLLARS

FOR WEIGHT

DOE SLACK

BOP TOP RE-ENTRY

flEA

PROJECT

NO PROGRAM WOUT CONTROL

JO
FLOATING

INDUSTRY
FOE

VESSEL

CEO

Figure

4-7

Blowout

srenario

BOP

top

re-entry

1998

Edition

elth

2000 Supplement

Doopweter

Well

Control

Guideitnee

42

599938904

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800499

Emergency
Vertical

Response

Intervention

Example Scenarios

To DISCONNECT

AND RICLEASE

DAMAGED SOPS FROM

TIlE

WELLHEAD

SteplAction

DscnctsrnontcrweHpuILdaniagedBQPS
Repair

RH
Land RIH
Sting

with

damaged BOPs and 6OPs and marine

test

test riser

BOPs and
to

displace
into

seawaterwith
release scenario

kill

fluid

packer and
4-

circulate

gas

from
to

wellbore

Table

Example

procedures

disconnect

and

release

danaged

BOPs

This generic scenario shows

situation

basic

steps

for will the

controlling

the

Many
attempts
intervention

additional

operations during

be

requited of any

Several
vertical

may bc rcqaired method

course

058 Edlion

v.ith

2000

euppement

DesFwawr

\WeI

ContrS

auidelmoes

4.45

599938905

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800500

Emergency
Relief

Response

Well Positioning

4.4

Rig Positioning and Surveying

for Relief Wells

Relief

well

positioning

Any
will

relief

well

drilled

to

intercept surface

deepwater and

blowout subsurface well not

be

impacted
uncertainty

by
of

possible
the

positional

blowing

deepwater
arc

The
any

subsurface
different

welihore than shallow

uncertainty

concerns
land

water

or

wells

Surlace
positional

and subsurface The

uncertainty greatest difference
lies

in

positional

errois

cit

the

relative

surface locations

Accurate importantly required based survey on

measures
the

of

the

relative

distance the

and

more
is

direction

between method

two
in

wellbores deepwator

The

principal

surface global

used

is

differential

positioning sea

satellite

DGPS
direct

methods

applied

above 4-8

level

not

by

measurement

see Figure

on following

page

1998 -44

EdiSon

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

Control

Guidelines

599938906

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800501

Emergency
Retiet

Response

Well Positioning

Position Pellet Well

Noriti

ot

Ossing and

Lecstton at Vertical

Is

at

iii

Proximity

uncertainty

Due

2925
indicates Lduwool

TVD
closest

lrien9ipiaiion

approech

to

Fix

Position

or

Csll9

end

Uncertainty

Fix Fix PosItion

Position

of

Casing and

2Dm

Uncertainty

Path

ci Relief

Wail

145

Axirnutti

Fix

51
is

Posison

of

Uncertainty S-I

Casing and 2350 TVO

iii

50

ni

in

distance

Fix

Pusitcn

40

ci

Figure

4-8 Relief

well positioning

4.4t
Most
These

GPS and DGPS systems

drillin.g

floating

rgs on

have

OPS
the

and

DGPS
of
orbit

systems
signals

systems from

depend 24

timing placed

arrival earth

broadcast United pkans

to

satellites

in

by

the are

States increase

Department
this

of

Defense

DOD

There

number

1998

ditori

with

2011

Supplement

oaapwater

Well

Control

t3uidetnes

-45

599938907

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800502

Emergency Response
Relief

Well Positioning

method
receiver satellite

of

triangulation contains

can on
the

be

used

in

computing of
each

that

data

relative are

position

Handheld
typical

GPS GPS
places

devices accuracy
error in

now

common

and
10 that

provide meters
limits error

of
the

approximately
signal

The
civilian

DOD
UPS

broadcast

accuracy
error

The DOD-induced
sources
limit

systematic

and

other

natural

UPS

accuracy

Differential

GPS

survey

Differential liPS

device

UPS

operations receivers
signal receiver
is

survey
located

devices
at real

use

second reference
this the

or

multiple

known
time
to

stations
offsitc

The UPS

obtained
that
is is

from

nearby

used

calibrate

UPS
digital

survey
radio

receiver

This

typically

done

threugh

transmission

The

differential and the

between survey
to

the

calibration
is

stations

known
to the

position field

UPS
tool

position for

then

applied

UPS

survey and
the

correct

the set

systematic of
satellites

errors

both induced
be used horizon and

natural

The same
of
these

must
the

relative

angle equal

satellites

above

should

be

nearly

Deepwater accuracy

impacts

on Accuracy
station
is

impacted
the field

by survey

the

distance

the

reference into the

from water

station

As dnllLng moves
fixed

deeper dktance
increases

and
the

farther reference

from

nearby

platforms
field

from

stations

and

the

stations

positional

uncertainty

The

routine for

used
the

to

survey well

in

the

blowing

well

must

be

repeated with
the

relief

The operator must work

vendor
to

closely

differential

survey

minimize

error

DOPS

survey
for

report
relief

is

the

essential

well

operator

should
the

file

away
raw

detailed

flOPS
data

survey
in the

planning

report
well well
file

including
to

digital

DUPS
and

survey
calibration

allow post processing There

is

for relief the

planning
if

may be no
not

way

to

check

blowout

position

this data

saved

Horizontal

offset

The
to be

horizontal

offset

from

the

rotary

to

the

mudline

needs any
areas

reported on

Dynamic
Anchored

position

systems
in

seldom

have

offset

rig-up

systems

higher

current

1996

Ethieri

vAth

2QQI

St.trilerri

Depwater

Well

Cenirol

GuideIlne

4-46

599938908

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800503

Emergency
Relief

Response

Well Positioning

in

deepwater changes survey

can

have This

some

offset

due

to

anchoring
to the

position

offset

must be known

relative

DGPS
DGPS
riser
is

position

Secondary survey
after

run

As dnllmg
into

has

rarely

started

when

the

vessel

was

surveyed

position
as rig

large position

offsets

may
also

require after

secondary
riser
is

DOPS

survey

can

shift

run

common
North
as

source

of

corer

is

the

reference

system

used

for

indicated

below North
take

Common
error

source

of

MMS

uses suxvey

fluid

versus

True North
in magnetic

MWD
pole
is

tools

measurements

North North
to

Magnetic
to
drift

subject

The
varies

difference as

between
function

Magnetic of
location
is

North of
the

and

True

survey
as
is

the

magnetic

pole

This

difference the this

known

Magnetic
subj eel to

Declination
drift

Unfortunately
latitudes

magnetic
drift

pole

At

higher

can

impact

survey

accuracy

When
inspected

relief

well

is

drilled

all

blowout
are

survey
to

data the

is

and

accurate

declinations Historical

applied

raw

magnetic
data

survey be All

data

magnetic United

declinational t3enlogie

can

obtained surveys

from
are

the

States to

Survey using
the

then

corrected

True

North

best

known

declination

data

4.4.2

Rate Gyros
relief

It

is

common
built

in

welLs

to

use

rate

gyros gyro

These
in

gyros system

are that

with

accelerometers
true

and
the

second

measures
the

north from and

torque sensed
hot at

off

the

spin not

of

Earth accuracy

Sunspots Survey
than

magnetic
is

spots

do order

impact

accuracy

least

on

of

magnitude

better

MWD

magneties

at
It is

recommended
at

that

deepwater shoe
starting

operators at

plan

to

run

rate in

assists
relief

in

positioning

gyros

each

easing
relief

13-3/8
greatly

to

assist

well

positioning

well

This

would

assist

and

speed

relief

weLl

intervention

progtam

1998

Edition

with

2000

ScppleTnerl4

Dsepwater

Welt

Control

Ouidelines

-47

599938909

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800504

Emergency Response
Relief

Well Positioning

arid

commonly used relief well chases down the blowout

directional

plan

comes

behind

Thus
the

cumulative well
error

error

that

combines impacts

uncertainty intersection

in

both

relief

and are

blowout

well

The

sources

of

Surface Surface

location
to

error
offsets

mudline
survey

Downhole
Survey Iteterence

error

device

error concction error

system

Eleurroniagnetic

ranging
uncertainty

tools

are

used

to

overcome
the to the error get

the
is

cumulative
great

summarized
reference the

above
is

then

an uphole

or tie-in detection

needed of

the

two used

weUbores

within
for

range well

device
is

The
if

need
the

establishing

uphole
is

proximity

reduced

blowout

well path

known

accurately

Electromagnetic ranging

Electromagnetic magnetometers magnetic

the field

ranging
that present

ts

tool the

of

orientated or static

triangulate

induced

around The

steel

tubulars

located field

wiThin devices magnetic

blowout

wellbore
current the

induced
to

magnetic

use rlownholc
field better as to

injection

make
goods

stronger

around range

blowout

tubular

and

thus have
is

capability Targeting and

direction to the

information

then

given
to

distance
in

blowout referenced

dcpth

the

relief

well

Experts
record

in

relief successful

well

planning
well

that

have and

proven
kilts

track

of

relief

intercepts

should

be

used

1998 -48

Edieen

witS

20CC

Scpplement

Deapwater

VIeS

CerieroL

Guideiwea

599938910

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800505

Emergency
Dynamic
Kilt

Response
Considerations

45
Flow
path

Dynamic
or

Kill Considerations
the this potential section

As

in land the to

offshore
are

operations
In

flow

paths not but

from

well be

manifold
in likely

we

will

attempt only
to

exhaustive
the

our flow flow

path

descriptions

cover

more

situations

Open weilbore with no

tubulars

downhole

One possible
tubular the

flow

path

is

up

an

open here

wellbore

with

no on
is

goods
if

downhole any
of

Variances

would
the

depend
that

amount

open

hole versus

amount

cased

Downhole

tubulars

The second
well large parted

flow

path

would

be

if

there

were

tubulars

in the

and

flow

exits

the

formation can
tool

through be

these

tubulars such
as

number
drill

of

variables

encountered
or the

pipe washed out

pipe which

joints

possibility restrictions

of

corkscrewed
to

may

offer

significant

flow

Annulus beiween tubulars

cross

section

weilbore and

There path
is

are

combinations an annulus
the

which
cross

can

occur between

where

the

flow and can and

up

section

wellbore

tubulars

within up

weilbore
path

Additional
for

complications
distance

be

flow
into

multiple

some

limited

then

secondary could be flow

path up

of

different section

geometries
into

An
open and

example hole then

or into

tubular

an

flow open

up

both

an annulus

and

tubular

section

hole

Undery

round

flows Underground
receiving

flows
to

can
the

occur casing

with shoe

the

most
last

ftequent
string

zone one

be

of

the

of

pipe depth
the

if

examines

fbrrnation

fracture well as the

last

gradient

versus

and

superimposes
for will this

flowing
clear
at

pressure gradient
greatest

reason

becomes
he he
in

pressure

differential pressure typical figure

normally can

the

casing

shoe This
of
in

differential fracture

greater

offshore as
is

because

the the

gradient

dcepwater

shown

on

the

following

page

roa

Effition

Mlh

2000

Supplement

Denpwtr

wi

nonimi

Oudeiinaa

4-4g

599938911

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800506

Emergency
Dynamic
Kill

Response

Considerations

Fracture

Pressure

for

Land

and

Offshore

with Flowing

Well

Bore Gradient

tn

I-

Pressure

Increasing

----

Figure

4-9 Fracture

pressure

for

lend

end

offshore

with

flowing

welibore

gradient

1994 50

Edition

with

2000

Supplement

Deapwaler

Well

Confrol

GuEddnes

599938912

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800507

Emergency
Dynamic
Kill

Response
Considerations

4.5.1

Restrictions

to

Flow

Flow from
the

weilbore

will

be

restricted

by one

or

mere of

following

nseohanisrns

Rapid

draw

down

Low

The
itself

first

restriction

to

flow
in

can

be zone

within

the

formation
relatively to

permeability

formation Short ecposed formation

This

would
or

happen
limited the

which
of open from time
as

has

low

permeahilty In but
this will

length
initial

formation blowout
the

wefibore be
large

case
decline the

flow with
is

can

rapidly

formation

immediately

around

wellboro

drawn down

Minimal High

draw down
permeability

The

contrast

to or

this large there

situation

is

zone

of

very open
to In

high
the this

formation Lengthy exposed

permeability weilbore case flow such

amount
is little is

of formation or no
limited

that the

draw by
the

down

formation

from

formation

welibore

and

surface

mechanics

Surface

mechanical Surface mechanical

restrictions or

could

be head

restrictions

chokes flow
in the

lines

small diameter deepwater

leaks

seawater

event

of

uncontrolled

flow

welihore
ease

will

always

offer

some
or

resistance

to

flow
paths be

in the

of

very

long

weilbores areas
factor there

wellbore
resistance

flow can

with

small
will

cross

sectional limiting

this in

high and
well the

be

the

how
been

much
events
out

the
in

can
past large

produce where easing even

rates million

However
very
strings prolific

have

reservoirs

blow

through
In these

and
the

large

open
is

hole diameters
the restricting

cases flow of

though of

wellbore of

clement hundreds seen

thousands

barrels feet per

per

day

and been

standard

oubie

day have

Seawater

head
lit

stibsea to aid

environment
in

there

will

always

be

seawater head
will
in

head
effect

choking of

any

flow This seawater

backpressure

be
or cuts

choke out

constant

which

never

wears

Flow

velocity

Flow

velocity

when
and of
is

dealing
inversely

with

formation
to

liquids the that

is

straightforward
sectional

proportional

cross in

area

the

flow

path

This

means

1925

Edition

with

2000

Surement

Dsepwatei

Well

Conirol

3uiehnes 4-51

599938913

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800508

Emergency
Dynamic
Kill

Response

Considerations

constant
the

area

flow
the

path

the as

flowing
it is

velocity

is

as

high

at

bottom

of

weilbore

at the

top

Compressible have

tlulds

much higher
near weilbore

When
flowing

dealing
velocity

with
is is

compressible

fluids near the

however
top of

the the

velocity

much
near

htgher
the

top

wellbore

than gas of

it

bottom
at

The

theoretical pressure
is

maximum
the

velocity

exiting there

atmospheric
to

speed

sound

unless at this

happens

be

some

very

critical

nuzzle design

exit

Macho.atoMachl
acceleration

The
near

ma or
the

pmtioo
in

of

the

ictiorial cases as the

pressure
gas to

drop

occurs and
the

dIameters

surface increases specific 0.3

these

expands
tables

velocity

rapidly According
heat to ratio the in

gas

fur

gases from

of about pipe
length

1.4

gases pipe
0.5

will

accelerate

Mach

Mach
from

length to

equal

to
in

about pipe

diameters equal
to

and about

Mach

Mach

pipe diameter

Gas

entry

speeds

may

be low

However
exit vclocity

in

we
of and
at

of

significant

depth speeds

even

with

gas

Mach
entry

gas

entry

may be of very
order of 0.001 higher
in the for

low
or

amounts
less

Mach numbers of
considerable

the

Even
flow

distance

wellbore
relief the

velocities at

may
levels in

still

be

low This allows

higher than
the

welt

intercept
still

much

ID

of

well

which

results

successful

pumping attempt

Seawater

backpressure

The
chart sonic well

effects

of seawater shows
exits In the for

backpressure

are

significant

The
achieve
versus

below flow depth

maximum seawater
psi

depth

to

0.2

per well

foot

pore

pressures

designing
that the

control will as not

pumping
be
able to

job
lift

this

simply exhaust

means
the

gas flow
in liquids

and
the

pumped

readily

because

of

seawater

backpressure

i98 4-62

Edition

with

OOO

Supplement

OaBpwatec

Well

Oooi

Gwdetnes

599938914

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800509

Emergency Response
Dynamic
Pressure versus
for KiIF

Considerations

depth trends
sonic

for

0.2 at

psi

per foot

gas velocity

sea

gas gradient bed floor

FIgure

4-10 Pressure

vs

depth

trends

for

01

psi per
floe

foot

gas

gradient

for

sonic

gas

velocity

tt

sea

bed

1908

EOIflon

wttn

2000

Supplement

Depwater

Well

CoritrI

Guidelines

4-53

-...-

599938915

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800510

Emergency
Dynamic
Kill

Response

Considerations

4.5.2

Formation

Draw

Down
bottom
hole

Draw down zone

Often
are

during

blowout

the

flowing
the in

pressures pressure zone

will

considerably
the

lower than continues

into the

original

reservoir

As

well

flow

time

this

drawdown
depletion
in the

reaches

farther

out

reservoir

This reduction
in

sometimes flow
well

be

obvious
at
is

because times

of

formation ease of

rate flow

while

other

especially resttieted

which
at all

mechanically

this

will

not be

apparent

Depending
this

on
he

the

particulars

of
to

the

well

which when
for

is

flowing

can

advantageous

consider and
fluids

designing
relief

pumping flow rates horsepower kill The time it takes to complete

significantly

well
in
is

relief

well and

may
one

result

reduced
to

blowout This

flow

which

much
fluid

easier

control and

saves

rig-up

space

offshore

volumes

mobilization

complexity

4.5.3 One of the

todays by
the

Relief

Well Intercept which

most

Point

variables
is

is

easily

controlled the

with well

technology
relief

the

intercept

point

of

flowing

well

Intermediate depth
intercept point

As discussed
not at

previously
at the total

in

some cases
of
the

this

intercept

need
rather

be

made

depth

flowing

well

but

some
into

intermediate
this

position
is

Other nature which

hole the the of
is

factors the

which
in

may
the then

enter

decision
If
it

the

wellbore
drilled

flowing
there tubulars

well

is

well only

being with

will

likely

be

open
as in
in

perhaps

some

in this

open

hole such

bottom event
the

hole assembly of blowout

well

from
starring consists

drillstring

However
tubulars

with

no

the

well

flowing

only of open

hole

Blowouts
wells

in

producing
substantial wells

percentage
these

of

blowuuts

occur of

in

prochicing

and

may
Careful

have

variety

completion he given completion designed not

as

assemblies
to

in these

them
are as

consideration
as are

must of
the

where

intersected

some

concepts

such

gravel

packs

specifically

1995
54

Edtion

with

2C00

Supplemeni

Deepwaier

Wet

eentrei

Guidelines

599938916

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800511

Emergency
Dynamic
Kill

Response
Considerations

to

allow
or

formation completely
material

fines

to

enter the

the

wellbore of

and

will

restrict

eliminate from

introduction well into

particle

weighted production

relief

flowing

weliborc

The
will

offsetting

advantage magnetic
intercept

of mass
at

producing with which

the desired

well
to

is

that

there for there

be

large

range

on

casing4o-casing
will relief

point

Also

be
well of

reduced
into

number of
production hole
or

unknowns
as there either

when
will

drilling

well

not be
loss

the

amount
returns

open

which
the

could

cause

of

prematurely can
create

encountering problems

of

charged
the

zone
relief

which well

well

control

within

itself

Production
location of

wells
In

packers ends
of

production of

wells

the

location

of other

packers welibore

perforations
restrictions

perforations tubing

ends which

production play

tubing an

or

other welibore

could

important
kill

hydraulic
fluids in

role relief

should well have

there
it

be
is

restrictions

considered
desireable to

When
have

injecting the

most

vertical

height

and

to
if

the
is

most any

favorable
restriction

frictional

flow can

geometry
cause

Thus

which within
as

increased
these

frictional

pressure drops used

if

the flowing
will

wellbore
to

should
kill

be

possible

they

only help

make

easier

4.5.4
Relief well hydraulic

Formation

Leakoff

conduit

When pumping
there rate will

from

relief

well
the

into

flowing

weilbore

he

restrictions

on

maximum allowable pump

determined
in part

This

maximum rate
conduit
the

will relief

be

by

the

hydraulic be
for

of

the

well

whether

drill

pipe
or

in the

Examples here would well would he used relief

the

pumping used

purposes

whether

annulus

would

be

Pumping through
pipe

drill

and/or

annulus

In

some

cases for

it

may

he

requirement

that

both hole

paths

be

employed
measurement

relief

well

pumping

but bottom of
if

pressure of
the are fluid

and

subsequent be

analysis

the

effects

hampered pumping operation may used Additional considerations would be

within
the relief

both
the

strings

type of
is

wellbure

at

the

time

the

intercept

made

are

Edifier

with

2DOC

Supplemwit

Deepweter

Well

Corirol

Guidelines

4.55

599938917

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800512

Emergency Response
ynamic
Kill

Considerations

because could

if returns

are fluid

lost into

the the

fluid

within well

the

relief

well

be the

first

flowing

Potential

for lost

returns

second
gradient

limitation

on

pressure
at the point

will

be

the

fracture
ti

of

the

formation formation

of intercept

this

is

exceeded with
into the

then

leakoff liquid
all

could

become

excessive going

educed
flowing
is

amount of
well
In

pumped

in actually

pumping
will to

operations

where This
for

formation
leakoft relief

exposed
he
to

there

be

some

leakoff amounts

must
well
kill

contained

manageable

he successful

Cementforpermanent
plugging

The place
stcp

ultimate
fluid
all

end with

of

relief

well

pumping
into the

job

will

be

to to

sufficient the

density well

flowing

well

flow This
is

within

and

contain
for

formation

pore

pressure
If there

may include some separation more

must allow be
fluid

cement

permanent weilbores
in

plugging then
this

between

may

become

complicated present with

or

that

sufficient

permeability formation across

to

generated
particles to

within be

the

solid

pumped

Light

fluid

followed
or

by
In

weighted

mud

some

eases
as

it

will

be
to

an

advantage

to

pump
flow
drilling to as

light

cement

liquid

such

water
to

generate
the

increased with
not as

path

capabilities or

and

then

follow

water does

mud
of an path
will

cement
to

The water
actually for
kill

pump
the

rate

have long

be
the

amount
is

flowing

weU
of
require

generated
the

later

introduction

liquid

which

kill

flowing on be
the

well

This
as the the

would
rates

smaller

pumping
pressure

plants

surface

and

consequent
less

would

lower

with

end

resuh

being

horsepower

required

5098

Editon

wiTh

2000

Suppiomeni

Doapweter

Well

Control

Guidelines

4-56

599938918

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800513

Emergency

Response
Spill

Control

4.6
Oil

Spill Control
and one of production
in

exploration

deepwaters
to

present respond

many
to

challenges
spill

which

is

preparedness should veil

from
fail

deepwater
to control the

blowout produced

the fluids

preventive

measures

Historically

exploration experienced
well

production

EP
spills

around none

the

world

has

very

few major
Available of

and

from

rleepwater point to

blowout

worldwide deepwatcr

statistics

only

0214%

chance

blowout

DEA63
Few
incidents of

Study

significant

spills

The 1997

United
there

States

is

good

example
three

From

1962
spills

through of over
spills bbl

have gallons an

becn

only

EP
of

1.000000 nationwide
the coast

23800
offshore on

bbl
101167
well from

out of
spill

total

of 49

pipeline

160700
bbl

off

uf Louisiana from

28800
off

spilled

on

3/10/70

production
bbi spill

of

Venice

Louisiana
also

and
off the

53100
coast

production
Spill

platform

of

Louisiana

Oil

Intelligence

Report
paid
off spill

March
worldwide occurring

1998
as there

Preventalive well over

as in the

measares Gulf with

the

have
last

major

27

years

ago

When
surface

oil

from
is

subsurface governed Fhis well

or
is

oil

spill

reaches

the

surface

its

movement

by
the

combination

of
the

wind
oil

and

currents shallow
in

same whether
welt

comes
data
is

from
lacking

deepwater blowouts shallow

Historic

deepwater handful being

in

well of
the

and
water

in well

fact

there

have
the

been most

only
notable

blowouts
in

IXTOC
in to

blowout
in

the

Bay

of of

Campeche
blowout
little

about
the

50
oil

of water quickly
the

1979
the

This type
surface Th.e

allows
to

reach

with

time

interact

with

water
oil

column
the

IXTOC
that the

well

blowout

had

emulsified
to

reaching
oil

surface

quickly
stricken

dc-emulsified platform

block

few

miles

from

lflS

Edition

Wth

2000

Supplement

Deepwater

Well

Control

Ouidetnn -57

599938919

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800514

Emergency
Spil Control

Response
Plume Dispersion

4.6.1

Plume Dispersion
63
data

The
and
in as

DEA
with

study combines on
to actual get field

the

results

of

theoretical

work

experiences
picture

and

observations

an
oil

attempt from

clearer

on what might happen

rises to the

deepwater from
the

well
are

blowout discussed

surface

Key

points

study

below

Any

subsurface both
the the

release

of chemical
rises as

gas

and/or
biological

oil

release reactions

undergoes
that affect

physical
oil

and
well as

as

it

when

it

is

on

the

surface

of

seoweter

Shallow

water
to

release

shallow under
oil

water

release

of

oil

and

compared
release

deepwater high and

pressure

gas

rs

generally

released

and

high velocity and

as the the

resulting

in the

gas

water
to the

mixing
surface

mixture expands
is

being

carried

quickly decreasing deepwater

hydrostatic speculation

gas

under

ever by high
is

hydrostatic release

pressure where and

oil

This and

contrasted
is

the

oil

gas

under

pressure
that the

low and

ambient gas

temperature combine hydrates

rising

There with

could

the

water

to

form
the in

almost
effect

neutrally

buoyant expanding release

thereby gas
as

negating experienced

of

an

shallow water

Formation buoyant

of

neutrally If the driving the

oil

hydrates

buoyancy
droplets

of

the

expanding
neutrally

gas

is

eliminated
the

and

become

buoyant

following

questions arise

Does
Is

the
oil

oil

rise

to

the
in

surface

under gmvity
subrurthee before
in

forces

aione
and

the

captured mites
oil

the

many

cross

currents

ttanspoited

from

the

blowout buoyancy

surfacthg
of the
stratified

Does
layers

the
in

reach oceans

neutral

one

the

and

never

surface

All will

plume models
rise

currently

in

use assume column

is

that In

the

plume
the are

through

uniform

water

reality place

waters
often

where heavily

deepwater
stratified

exploration with varying

taking

salinity

temperature

and

current

layers

1998 58

Editan

wiTh

2000

Supplement

Deepwaier

Wet

Conirni

Gthdelinee

599938920

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800515

Emergency
Spill

Response

Control

Plume Dispersion

Some

research
effects

suggests on
the

that

cross

currents rising layers

will

have

minimum
other

behavior
that

of

plume while
of

research
sea in

suggests of

stratified salinity

warm

and

cold
result droplets the

water

varying of
the the

concentrations
separating

could small

shearing of
oil

rising that

plume
rise at

from of
the

plume

slower

rate

than

main body

plume

The

amount

of

oil

and
the

gas
rate

that

dissolves

into

the

water
or lack

column of

depends

on

of emulsion bubble of
is

thrmation surface
the

emulsion

formation

the

area and
the

and
its

physical/chemical surrounding and gas

oil

composition
It

beth

bubble whether

environment separate from

recent the as

uncertain rise
oil

gas
the
it

would

they

to

the

surface

and

surface

miles most

where
efforts

the to

surfaces

assuming some
of
these

does
issues

The

address of

comes

from

US

Department

the

Interiors

Minerals

Management

Service

MMS

4.6./I

Chemical

am/physical

changes subsurface

Oil emulsions

Components
emulsion

linked

to

formation asphaltines
probability of

As

in

the

IXTOC
the
data

spill

in

1979

deepwater water
to

releases

may

2%
low

interact

with

surrounding bank

form blowouts

oil/water

emulsions
that three

The

on shallow
are linked to

well

suggest

emulsion

25%
5%...lilgh emulsion

components resins on
that

emulsion

formation having
the that

asphaitenes
roost oils influence

and

waxes

with

asphaltenes Data not

emulsion

formation tend

suggests
to

with

less

2% 5%
is

asphaltisnes

emulsify than

between

2%

and

grey

area

and

greater

would tend towards

stable

emulsion

formation

Solution

In

addition

to

the

potential that

for abate

emulsion
the as

formation impact
rises

other

chemical dcepwater surface

changes wall

help
take

long term
the

of
to the

blowout

place

plume

The

first

of

these

processes hydrocarhons

is

the

dissolviag
the
oil

of
into

low
the

molecular

weight

from

1908

Edtion

with

2000

Suptiemant

Deepwat8i

Welt

Control

Cuidelines

4-59

599938921

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800516

Emergency
Spill

Response
Plume Dispersion

Control

seawater
dissolve

In into

addition
the

some of

the

non-oil include

components
the light light

also

seawater

These

alkanes

propane
including impact of

through

isopentane toluene crude

light oils

and

aromatics degree of
oil

beuzene
various

and
is

xylene
largely

The

of
the

result in the

percentage

of

these

aromaties contained

The
oH
part the the
it

dissolving

of

these

compounds
with seawater

bcgins and

as

soon

as

the

comes
in the

into

contact

may play
place

large since

various of
die

chemical
is

processes
greater in

taking

height

plume
the

deepwater
to the

increasing

amount of tme
the

oil

is

exposed

seawater

before

reaches

surface

Subsurface

Dispersion

Natural
is

subaurthec expected
rising to

dispersion be

in

deepwater due
to

well the

blowout
reaction

also the

more
with

significant the

of

plume

shearing

effects

of

multi
oil

layered

sub-surface remain trapped of

currents

The
the TI
in

naturally in

dispersed
these

may

below
water

surface
it

various
or

stratified

layers

so
the also

may

biode grade and

combine
settle

with

sedimentation

seawater
take

slowly

where biodegradation

will

place

Sedimentation

During
itself to

sedimentation sediment union of

is

the

hydrocarbon
iii

molecule seawator causes

the
it

attaches

particle

the that

and
to

the In

subsequent
the vicinity

of such

density

sink

the

deepwater
into

blowout
less in

sediment/oil active

mixture

will

settle

cooler be found

biologically

environment

than

would

shallow water

depth

The

oil/sediment

mixture

could slowly
tar

persist

there

for

years

as

anaerobic
explain

decomposition

occurs
are

This washed

could ashore

help by

why

occasionally
after
spill

mats

storms years

occurs

laSS

Edition

sOb

2000 Supplement

Oeepwater

Well

Control

Gudolinee

599938922

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800517

Emergency Response
Split

Control

Plume Dispersion

4.6.12

Chemical

ant/physical

changes surface
the

Once

the

hydrocarbon changes

reaches
to

surface

physical

and

chemical

continue

occur

Spreading

Once

on

the

surface
the density
is

the

oil

spreads

Initial

spreading
oil

is

controlled

by

difference

between

the

and

the

seawater currents
control in the the

which

influenced passes of
the

by

wind

waves
and

and

surface tension results to

As

time

viscosity surface

surface

spreading
spill

slick

Spreading

increased

surface

area which

increases physical

exposure

biochemical
that

biodegradation
further

and
the size

processes
slick

evaporation

reduce

of

the

However

spreading

has

the

following

disadvantages

It it

decreases increases

the the

effectiveness potential

of mechanical
the
spill

cleanup impacting

of

eventually

land
It

increases

the

potential

that aquatic

species

birds

and sea

going

marrnaals

might be impacted

Evaporation

Evaporation hydrocarbons atmosphere

the

occurs
in the

when
surface

low
slick this

to

medium
volatize

weight
into the

Spreading
the Larger

enhances
the

process

The warmer
will

climate

evaporation

component

be

This
starts

phenomena
almost
lighter

known

as

the as

weathering of crude
oil

oil

immediately
thc

the

reaches
the

the

surface of

The

crude

Cli

the

highcr

perccntage

evaporation

As

the

light

fractions

of

the

oil

are

lost
is

the

remaining
active in

oil

becomes
first

more viscous
days of
the
spill

Evaporation

most

the

few

and

as

it

progresses

over

several

days

emulsification

and

tar ball

formation
in the

may commence
specific oil gravity

This causes
that will result

corresponding
in the

increase

sinking

of

the

remaining

1998 canon

wth

2000

supplement

Deepwater

Well

Coctrol

Guidelines

4-61

599938923

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800518

Emergency Response
Spill

Control

Plume Dispersion

HIgh

volume

loss

In

first

Some research
erodes
this are lost

shows
to

that

upwards

of

30%

to

60% Up
to

of

most
of

12 hours

evaporation

during
to

spill in the

50%

loss

has and of

been

known

occur and on

first

12

hours

3rown
reduction
that are

Huffman
the
oil

1976

result the

in

substantial

remaining

surface

The

tar halls for

may remain in the marine of time end long periods Frequently they
created

environment up being

washed

up

on

shorelines

many

miles from

the

spill

Photnehemkal

Oxidation

Oil

can

interact

with

sunlight the the

and

photooxidize
oil

into

more
also

soluble aids

compounds

than of

original

This
oil

process
the

in the

reduction sheens can

amount of

on few

surface

Thin

slicks

decompose

in just

days

Microbial

Degradation

Bacterial

and

fungal

microorganisms
oil

capable
in
all

of

digesting

and

decomposing

are the

present

oceans
in the

This
oil

biodegradation
into to

converts

hydrocarbons

crude

soluble

oxidized and

byproducts water

which

eventually

convert

carbon

dioxide

The sjed of
bacteria the the the the the

this

process

is

controlled

by

factors

including

concentration

at

the

spill

outset the
oil

dissolution availability seawatcr

of
of

light

ends

from

into

the as

seawater

phosphorous

and

nitrogen

nutrients

temperature

concentration

of
oil

dissolved

oxygen

in

the

water

amount

of

spilled

typical
in

concentrations
10 there

of

bacteria

and

fungi

in

seawater
in

arc

the

per
are

liter

range
oil

hut can seeps

or

range frequent

higher
oil

areas

where

natural

spills

4.6.2 Daylight monitoring

fixed

Surveillance

and Monitoring
of
the

by

wing

aircraft

or

Once
tracked

the

oil

reaches

the

surlace

seawater daylight and

it

can

be
the

helicopter

by

number of methods
to

During

hours

primary

method used

maintain

surveillance

monitor

1995

nelson

with

2000

SippIement

DeepwteWeH

Control

Ouldalmes

4-82

599938924

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800519

Emergency
Spill

Response
and Monitoring

Control

Surveillance

the

movement
or

of

surface

oil

stick that

is

either

fixed

wing
release

aircraft
is

helicopter remote
said

The

fact

the

deepwater
the

typically

from

land

may

affect

logistical

support

of

surveillance

Large

fuel

capacity

for Jr

aircraft

and

deepwater an

surveillance
issue aircraft to for

ume

on

station

vs time wing
fuel
site

to

refuel

helicopters

becomes Fixed
will both

helicopters helicopters station as

and

fixed large
spill

aircraft

wing

and

with
at

capacity
to

be required
dispersant

maintain

the

guide

applications

well

as

mechanical

recovery

vessels

During
utilized

day and

night

operations of

severaL

governments
surveillance

have and

some

form

electronic

monitoring

instrumentation
to these

side
as to

scanning
as detect

radar
spills

infrared

JRJ
nations

cameras
utilize

monitor devices

well

Some

monitor barges

discharge and
fixed

activities

of

offshore

platforms

vessels

shoreside

facilities

Infrared

cameras
In the
oil spill

response of

the

JR camera
slicks

can

be

used

to

monitor

movement
be

surface and
to

when
night

visual

observation mechanical conjunction

cannot
operations

used
to

allow

time
units in

occur

Surface
air

infrared infrared

with

the

USCO
in the succcssful

eye 292

system breakup
oil

was
in

used

successfully to

Buffalo

barge

Galveston from

conduct

night

oporation

recovery

surface

vessels

using conventional

mechanical

skimmers

Both been

computer used of
to

and

manual

spill

trajectory

models

have and can of

enhance
slicks

electronic Spill

surveillance trajectory

monitoring
give air to

surfacc

models
better idoa

monitoring/surveillance
initiate after

efforts slick

where

searching
night

for the fallen the

with where
is

their
to

electronic

systems
additional trajectory

has

and

continue

flights

during
predict the

night
current

This and/cr

important
direction

when

models during

change

of

the

slick

night

issa

CdFflon

4ih

2000

suppiomeni

Deepeater

Well

Control

Guidatnes .83

599938925

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800520

Emergency
Spill

Response
Response
Strategies

Control

4.6.3

Response
Containment

Strategies

Mechanical
Mechanical and recovery expected containment

Booms
described of
the

Historically above

the

chemical
for the

and

physical

processes removal than

Low recovery

account
in

far greater

percent

oil

sometimes
rucauls

50

to

70

percent

range
in

mechanical success have

1-luwever demonstrated dedicated

oil

improvements
recently
spill

recovery Gulf of

been

in

the

Mexico
recovered Galveston

where

response barge

vessels in

33%

of

the

oil

spilled

from

breakup

Bay Texas

hi

open

sea

conditions and

it

is

doubtful

that

mechanical
will

containment
effective well
in

recovery and

techniques skimniing
oil

alone from

be

containing

deepwater

blowout

Static to

booms
to of current

useful

up
Floating oil
in

booms
the

the

primary
as

means of containtng
to

floating
oil

up

approximately

knot

spreadingsolid section specifically or

air

open sea act Most booms

filled

barriers

prevent

the section

from either
skirt are the

consist the

of

flotation

above
the

surface

of

the

water and booms

counteract open

below

water
in size

surface and
strength

Ocean
to

designed
arid

high

sea

wind open of

conditions ocean than

of

an
are

ocean
to

environment
function entrain greater
in

Most
currents

booms
one of
the

designed
the
oil

less

knot or

may
of

flow
than
the the oil

under
one going knot

the

skirt

boom
operators

Currents
to

require the the

boom
or so

either

boom
from

with of

current
current

boom
as to

hacking avoid

down
the
oil

directioo

entrainment

problem

Subsea
blowout 1977

colleetors/containment
in

The
Channel

1969
in the created tests

Union

Oil the

the

Santa
in the

Barbara North of

California 1979
Ixtoe

blowout
in the

Sea

and

blowout develop blowout

Bay

Campeche
and

impetus on

to

heifer

concepts

perform

subsea

containment
collar

devices recovered due

to

The
1.5

Ixtoc

Sombrero
barrels the

coritainnierit but in

million

per

day

water only

entrainment

mixing

with
efforts

gas

resulted

2%

oil

content

Additional

on

developing

9i6 e4

Edition

4th

cries

Supplement

Deepwater

Control

fluidsllnes

599938926

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800521

Emergency
Spill

Response
Strategies

Control

Response

subsea
recent

containment years due

and

collection

devices

have

lapsed

in

to the

absence

of severe

subsea blowouts

Most

subsea
either

collection/containment
as

devices
rigid-wail

have

been

designed or
flexible

bell-shaped devices
thai types

cylinders energy access

to

columns of
these

do not

require

any
to

external limit

source
the

AU

of designs
the

tend of

wellhead

and

prevent

ose

ether

types of

well

control

measures

DEA

63

stady

4.6.4

Recovery

Storage blowout devices

may
are

be

the

limiting

factor

in

any

deepwater and

well

where

mechanical

containment

recovery

used

Storage
limItIng

onslte factor

may be
for

Skimmers

deepwater

spill control

Open
generol

ocean

surface

skimmers weir
oleophilie

can

be

categorized

into

two

main groups
and

skimmers oil

which

are

very high hating

volume
belt/rope

loving/water

skimmers

Weir

skimmers

The
the

inherent

drawback
is

to Ia

the

weir
large

skimmers pool of
aiottg oil

is

that

unless will

skimmer

operating

the the

weir
oil to

recover volume of
the

large

volume

of

water could
be

with
as

Thc

of water
total

recovered This

as the

high

90%

95%
the

volume
can

restricts unless

amount of time
is

weir

skimmer
onsite

operate

there

sufficient

storage

capacity

for the

recovered

product

Olcophilk

skimmers
Oleophilic of

skimmers

on

the

other
oil

hand
most

have

the

advantage

skimming
the

80%

to

95%

in

sea conditions
the

The
of
oil

better

sea conditions This

is

the

higher

percentage
as

recovered

true

of wcir skimmers

well

Oleophilic ate thin

is

skimmers weir

operate
counterparts

at so

much
that
if

lower
sufficient the

skimming
storage

their

available

the

volume very
well

of

cii

recovered

by

two

types of

skimmers

may

be roughly

equal

1998

EditIon

with

2000

Supplement

Deapwie

Woll

Control

Guidelnes 4-es

593938927

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800522

Emergency
Spill

Response
Oil

Control

Recovery

All

surface the

skimmers
following

are

part

of

an

overall

system

thai

includes

components
vessel as the operating platform for the

an

oceantopen

seas

skimmer containment second

an

boom
type

to

concentrate to help to

the with

oil

ocean

vessel

oil

containment
process the

ocean-going

storage

bsrge

store

and

recovered

product

Typical
the

offshore
the

recovery

system and
the

con5gurations double 3-shaped

include

Jshaped

Ushaped

J-shaped
configuration

recovery

Thc

3-shaped

recovery
the

configuration

includes

the

oporating

platform
attached

vessel on one

skimmer
to the

sufficient vessel

ocean
to the create

boom
is

end

skimming
on one
to

3-

shaped vessel shaped

containment
the

area

side help

of

skimming
the 3the

second

ocean area

vessel

maintain barge
to

containment product

and

storage

store

recovered

Double recovery

J-sh aped system

The second
Js

double

3-shaped

configuration concept

simply
sc that

duplicates there are

contaiomentlrecovery and one

two
the

containing
side

skimming
on
the

simultaneously
side

one
the

on

port

and

starboard

of

operating

platform

vessel

li-shaped system

recovery
hi the

U-shaped by two

recovery ocean

system
going

the

contatnment and
the

boom

is

guided platform

vessels

operating of
the

skimmer
area inside
or

vessel

optrates from of

independently
inside
it

booming

configuration

either

the the

U-shaped

containment being placed

from

outside

with

skimmer

Newer
with

customized onboard
the

dedicated

skimmer
oily to

vessels

are

complete
to oil

storage
oil

onboard
oil

water
thin the

separators

concentrate

and

heaters

recovered

1995

adluon

wiTh

2000

suppiement

DUControl

Guidelines

4-86

599938928

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800523

Emergency Response
Spill

Control

Oil

Recovery

Storage

For

many years
the to

regulatory

agencies have and

around

the

world of

have

emphasized and skimmers

need
contain

to

sufficient

amounts
oil

boom

cleanup

the

Worst
spill

case

deepwater

Given

worse bbls/day of
to

case
in

insufficient

deepwater
certain

well

blowout deepwater
oil

of

30000

storage

40000

areas

of

EP
may
efforts
is

the

inventory
insufficient the early

dcdioated support of

spill

response
spill

storage

be
in

mechanical

response
surface

hours

response

when

the

slick

most

concentrated

and

more

easily

skimmabie

4S.5
Disposal
oil

Disposal
on
the

options

depend

condition

of

die

recovered

If the

product

is

relatively

fresh an
site

free onsite storage to

oil

of emulsification
oil-water separator

and
or
it

has been
gravity
is

processed dewatered
that this

through on an on can

tanker/barge shoreside
stocks

then

likely

oil

be taken crude

facility

and

directly

blended

into

other

and

processed

through

refinery

If

the

recovered
area but
is

oil

has

not been
fresh

dewatorod and
for

onsite

in

the
it

spill

still

relatively

not emulsified

may he taken

to

shoreside

facility

processing

major problem
the

then

becomes
miature
is

the

discharge/disposal the

01
facility

water

fracdon
the oil

of

die

by

shoreside
the

processing

which

beyond

scope

of

this

document

Dispersants

Chemical
that so are that

dispersants

are

surfactants the

surface
oil

active tiny

agents
droplets

used

to

break
disperse

down

crude
the

into

they

into

water

column

where

1998 EdaIon

with

200C

Stippienent

Deepwter

lI CentS

GodnIinas 87

599938929

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800524

Emergency Response
Spill

Control

Oil

Recovery

indigenous harmless

bacteria

can

biodegrade

the

droplets

into

by-products

Dispersants
for

are

now

more widely
Several

used

in

the

United
the

States

open

ocean

spills

areas

including

Gulf
in

of

Mexico

now

have of

dispersant

pie-approval can be

plans

place

Application
helicopters

dispersants

accomplished and
fixed

by vessels wing
aircraft

with slung spray buckets

DC.3 DC-4 C-flU

Disperse
at

dosage

The

largest

quickest
usual fixed surface
oil

coverage dosage wing acre of

is

provided part

by

fixed

wing
to

aircraft parts

with
oil

one

dispersant

20 of

of

aircraft

spraying
will

gallons this

dispersent ratio

per

of

oil

achieve

201

Emulsified
or

will

require

larger

dosage sometimes

101

5i
most
research indicates that oil slick the
is

While spray hours

open window
limited to 12 to

to

dispersants

on on

crude
the

24 of of

depending

type of and

crude

recent spraying
oil

nine day Africa thought

old weathered
the

emulsified

off

the

coast

implies

window

may

be

longer

than

first

Burning
In-situ

burning crude

normally

converts
portion of

Surface used
to

hydrocarbon
oil

burning help

in-situ

burning
the

is

another of by

tool surface the

that
oil

can

be

into

mitigate

impact
oil

spill

CO2 and water

Approximately blowout crude crude concern

release
oil

of burned
off

the
at

spilled

ixtox

well of
the

was

the the

surface

En-situ

burning cf
is

normally
into the

converts

hydrocarbon and

portion

oil

carbon

dioxide

water
of

There
the

some
will

that

non-hydrocarbon

portion

crude of
the

chemical

compouods

as

by-product

burn

process

Recent complete
released

air

monitoring combustion

studies

indicate less

that

there

is

more

with
than

chemical

compounds
In-situ contains thickness

to

the

atmosphere
relatively

originally
oil

thought
still

burning most of

requires the lighter

fresh
and

that

hydrocarbons

minimum

1998

EdItion

witS

2000

Supplement

Deepwter

Well

Control

Guidelines

4-88

599938930

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800525

Emergency
Spill

Response
Oil

Control

Recovery

10mm
will

or

greater
the

to

maintain

combustion
for the in-situ

Like burning
the

dispersants be
is

window
to as the in

of opportunity
early

limited

hours

of

spill

unless

spill

ongoing

deepwater

well

blowout

Boom towed
configuration

in

U-shape

between

To

maintain
in the

the

minimum

thickness

required between must two he

boom
vessels

is

two vessels

towed through
usually
is

u-sl1aped slick
ft

configuration
portion

of

the

boom

fireboom
the
oil

500

so

that
ft

the

hnnm wont
fire

burn up usually

when

ignited
ft

The
of
as

500

of

boom

is

accompanied of
the
fire

by 400

regular

boom

used

5guide

boom 200 ft on each boom along with the

side fire

boom

Ignition

sourCe from vessel

or

The

launched
helicopter

ignition

source

can

be

some form of burning fuel

of
the

flare

or gel

launched
gel

from dropped

one

two guide
an
for

boats

or

flaming

napalm helitorch While

is

frum designed
is

underslung open
in
all

helicopter

specially

ocean

burning
it

in-situ

burning
in the

not

feasible

circumstances can be used

one

more

tool

response from

arsenal

that

to

minimize

any

impacts

deepwater

subsea

blowout

Bioremediation

liseof indigenous
bacterial

Microbial
bacterial In recent

and

fungal

degradation and fungal

of

oil

slicks in

from
will

indigenous
take

populations

populations have speed

seawater
several

place
to

years enhance
the

there the

been of of
the

attempts

artificially either

degradation

process of

through and/or

introduction

additional

populations

miceobes

additional

nntrients

Passive

bioremediation of
or bacteria

relies in the the sea

on

using

the

indigenous enhancing
it

population through one

water

while

more of

following

additions

dispersanis droplets

increases

the

surface

area

by

creating

small

oil

enzymes

to
it

break
is

the

oil in

molecules the sea

into

smaller

fragments

oxygen if
addition

deficient

water
bacterial

of

nutrients

to

ineraase

uowth
of nonin

Colonies
bacteria

of

artIficial

Active
specific to

bioremediation colonies of

involves
bacteria to

the those

addition

hydrocarbons

indigenous

already present

008 Eaaion

wiih

2000

Suppiemeni

Deapwaler

Wei

eanirot

Gudse
60

599938931

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800526

Emergency
Spill

Response
Oil

Control

Recovery

the

seawater
to

These

colonies

of heavy

artificial

bacteria

are

specific

hydrocarbons
in the oil

the and

metals

and

aromatic
that as to will

compounds
help
as to

may
the

include

enzymes
in the oil

further

break

down

molecules and

well boost

necessary

vitamins

minerals

amino

acids

bacterial

growth

Aircraft

applications

of

this

mixture can
as

is

the

preferred as to

method

hut

vessel offers

application

be

used
tool

well help

Bioremediation combat

pmmise

another

deepwater

subsea well

blowout

4.6.6
control

Conclusions
the best well

Spill

strategy

combination
strategy to

of

the

combines

the

following minimize

following
the effects

operations of

offer

Mechanical containment recovery

Die

deepwater

and

blowout

persant

mechanical dispersant
in-sito

containment
application

and

reeoveiy

application In-sItu

burning

burning

Additional determine deepwater of

the

research

needs

to

be
to

conducted
oil

that

wilt

what

really

happens

released at the

from source

blowout The concept on

the

of

injection further

blowout

seabed

merits

study

1555

Editor

oAth

2000

Soppiemeni

Deapwator

Wail

control

Gukellna

4-70

593938932

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800527

Emergency

Response
References

References

Adams

N.J

Clernents

Hansen Case
History

Quiros

GA
Wild Venezuela

Stone Well on

A.D
the

Voisin

JA

of Underwater of

Capping

Successful

Implementation

New

Technology

SLB-5-4X

Blowout

Lake

Maracaibo

SI
We

16673

Adams

Control

N.J Kuhiman L.G ThemT Offshore

Deepwater Magazine

Blowouts October and

Pipe

Can

1989
Calculations Properties for 6th

API

Bulletin

SC
Tubing

Bulletin
Drill

on Pipe

Formulas and
Line

Casing

ad
API

API Washington

1994 24
and

cnmmended
Planning
Platforms

Practice

Recommended
Fixed

Practice

for

Designing 1915 end

Constructing

Offshore

cd

API Washington
1-fL Vol

1991
tn

Brown
1976

RA

Hufifean

Ocean

Waters Science pp 847-349

Study
Drilling

191

Jr Hydrocarbons No 4229 27

Open

February

DEA

63

Engineers Vessel

Asociation

Joint

Industry

Program
Section

for Floating

Blowout

Control

Section

62-

Summary
Study
Joint Industry
6.5

DEA

63

Program Plume

for

Floating

Vessel

Blowout Deep Water

Control

Section

Dynamics
o.f

Spill

Response

Assessment
Implications

Carrent

Knowledge and

gf_$pjjl

Behavior

for
11

Removal
Allen Chevron

Recommendations Cooper Department

Kicks and

for Further

Activities

Finnigan September 16 1997

Young

EP

Blowout Tulsa

Control

2d Edition
1994
Alteration

Pennwell

Publishing

Company
McAoliffc on

OK

May
and

CD
Water

Dispersa1 Surface
in

of

Oil

Discharged
Petroleum

Fate

and

Effects

of and

Hydrocarbons
Proceedings of

Marine

Ecosystems

Organisms

Symposium
19-3t

November

976

Seattle

Washington Milgram
of Fluid

pp

Mean
Mechanics

Flow Vol

in

Round
pages

Bubble

Plumes
1981

.iournal

133

345-376

National

Research
National

Council

Sea
Oil

Academy Press Washinglon

Reports

D.C

1989

Spill

Intelligence

White

Paper

Series

Vol

No

March

1998

1998

EdISon

wIth

2000

6upplennt

Doopwamer

Well

conical

Guidelines

4-71

599938933

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800528

Emergency
index

Response

CHAPTER
azimuth reference system.. 4.16

EnfRGENcY
fire

RESPONSE
4.22429
4.51

INDEX
relief

well

flow

velocity lealsoff

4.14.134.15-164.18 4.234.26
4.38
reservoir

BC
BCF

well

specific

.....4.15 P1st
4.9

formation
frictional boil entry velocity

4.56 drop 4.52

4.30

4.32

Blowout
blowout blowout blowout atE bonnet

Contingency

pressure

4.44

4.46-48

gas gas gas

427
speeds 4.52 4.52
ratio

recovery scenario
task

4.11-12 4.35

4.7
risk

4.15

4.17

4.20

identification

41-2

force
gas/liquid

4.20 4.38 4.45-46 4.46 4.31

ROY
4.18-20
seafloor

413
seal
nttit

OPS
horizontal offset

4.22

4.24

4.31

19 hot

broach backpressure

4.20 4.52 4.3 4.25 4.19

business

au

stabs

seawater
severity ship

it

change communications

4.4-5

4.7

inflatable jurisdictions
kill

packer

4.33
1.5

observations

43-4464.8
conspetence corporate
crisis current

assemblies

4.30 4.10

sideoutlet

leadership

4.3 support

4.5

sow
Spectral

fluids

.................

4.29

4.10 4.12

Magnetic

North

4.47 4.48 4.6-7 4.61 4.32 4.6-7 4.17 4.29 4.56

Ocean

Wave

Model
4.25

management 4.35

magnetometers..... management
mechanical 4.1-2 cleanup
....

spill

4.1

4.12

4.57 format

4.59-69 4.12 4.34

standardized
stinger.........................

4.3

4.24-25 4.46 4.48

4.38-40 mechanical

4.58 464
media mobilization

packer.....

.........................

stratigraphic

cross-section 4.17

cuiTeats

4.17 debriefing depth

422-244.274.30
oil 4.5 spill response.........

surface surveys time

map

4.16-17 4.16
4.8

reference

permanent systent4.16 t.4S-47 personnel

plugging

DOPS
direcl

compcesaed........
striog

intervention.

4.13-14 4.60 4.12

444.64.9-10
plume 4.20 plume

4.12-13

tool

designs

432 447

dispersion duplication

458
ofefforl ranging

True

North
intervention

423

4.30

4.58-59 4.20 4.6

4.8

vertical

development

4.1

4.21-22

4.24426
420
4.27
4.2

electromagnetic

4.48 emergency espouse

drill

preparation
press

4.29-30
visual

4.32-34

conferences
wellheact

4.6-7 4.t9

inspection..... aetioa

production 4.34.6-7 emulsion equipment equipment

availability..4.28 realistic

waVe

59

public readiness

4544.9
................

weather..................

5-26 4.17

43-4

wellboce

schematic.....

scenario
tool strings

47
432
4.5

wmd
4.23 4.61 4.25 4.64 4.27 4.30 4.57

compatibility 4111
re-entry

expectations

4.45

regulatory

authorities43

19911

Edtron

v4ttl

2000

supplement

Dsepwster

Well

Control

fluidainea

-72

599938934

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800529

599

38 935

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800530

Training

Chapter

Training

Well Control Training

Richard Delays

Subcommittee
Well use Control

Chairtnan
Keri-y

WCS

School

Giringho

Chevron
Drilling Drilling

USA
Inc Inc Inc Inc Inc bras Inc

Richard
Allen

Gra

ye

on

RD

Falcon

Kelly

Diamond
Exploration

Offi bore

Rogers

Lotiviere

Tenico

and Production
Offi bore Drilling Petrc Drilling

Dodo

Molkins

Transocean
Offi bore Lutz Santos

Glen Merrfieid

Diamond
Otto

Mickey

Welch

Diamond

Offshore

ica

Edition

wllh

2000

Supplement

Deepwaterll

Control

Guidelines

599938936

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800531

CK
DPP

Choke

and

kill

lines

Dynamically
Drill

positJoned

pipe

pressure circuleting
integilty test

ECO Fr LCM
LOT

Equivalent Formation Lost

density

circulation
test

malecial

Leak-off

LWD

Logging

while

drilling

MWD
OSM PWO ROV SBM $WF

Measurement
Oil-base Pressure

while

driling

mud
while driltng vehicle

Remotely

operated

Synthetic-base

mud
flow

Shallow water

599938937

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800532

Training
Table
of

Contents

CHAPTER

T1WNING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.1

DEEPWATER WELL CONTROL TRAINING

5.1.1

OVERvWW

5-1

SUMMARY
WELLCONTROLCLJRRICULUM CONTROL PRACTIcAL SIMULATOR CONSIDERATIONS

5-1

51.2
5.1.3 5.1.4

REQUIREMENTS
TRAINING

5-1

WELL CONTROL

GUIDELNES

...

...

5-1

5.2

DEERWATER

Wu

CoNTROl

CURRICULUM

CONSIDERATIONS

5-2 5-2

5.2.1

SUMMARY WELL CONTROL CURRICULUM

CONCLUSIONS CONSIDERATIONS

5.2.2

5-2 5-4

5.23

5.3

DEERWATER WELL CONTROL SUMMARY

EQUIPMENT

SIMULT0R

REQUIREMENTS

5-5 5-5

5.3.1

532
5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5

ENHANCEMENTS ENHANCEMENTS ENHANCEMENTS

5-5 5-6 5-7

SoTwRE
PROcEDuRAL
CONCLUSIONS

5.4

DPwATER

PRACTICAl

WELl.

CONTROL

TRAINING

GLInE

NFS

.5-9 5-9

5.41

SUMMARY
FRACTICAL
TRAINING

542 543
iNDEX

GUIDELINES/SLUDENr

SKILI.S

.........................

5-9

CorcLUsIOis

511
5-12

1998

9dILIon

ith

2000

8uppmtnt

Doepwale

WeIF

Control

Gudenes
5-IR

599938938

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800533

Training
Curriculum

5.1

Deepwater Overview
5.1.1

Welt

Control

Training

Summary
following
current guidelines are

The

designed
training to
is

with

the to

intent

to

enhance

welt

control

programs deepwater
into

include and

more timely information

well control This well

relative

drilling

discussion control

broken

curriculum upgrades operations

considerations and
practical

simulator
for

deepwater deepwoter

well

control

training

5.1.2

Well Control Curriculum

Considerations

The

curriculum
in

considerations control training

that

are

presented
are

for the

inclusion findings findings the

well
the

programs Well

based Task

ott

of

IADC
of
the

Deepwater

Control Section

Force

described

in earlier

chapters

5.2

addresses
guidelines

specifics

proposed

curriculum

addressing

deepwater

operations

5.1.3 Well
control

Well COntrol Simulator Requirements

control

simulators Well of simulators shallow

to are currently

currently training

address needs
to for land

addressing depths
to for

the thc

needs most

land but

and

medium
are

water needed

and shallow water depths

medium

part
well

additional

upgrades needs

meet

deepwater
include but not also

control sonic

training

These
to

upgrades
the

only

mechanical needs

upgrades compressible
e.g.1 excellent

simulators
It is

software
that

e.g

fluids
interactive

recognized
arc

emerging

technologies on

CD

being

developed
hut the

and may do comments

address
Section

job
to

in the

near future upgrades

full

pertaining the 5.3 current

equipment and

specifically

portable

scale

simulators
to

develops

needs

assessment

specific

simulators

aud

simulations

5.1.4

Practical

Well Control Training Guidelines

necessitate alteration resulting

Several

well for

control

procedures

and

adaptation

deepwater

operations

and

training

1998 Cation

wIth

2000

8uppemnnt

Depwatr

Well

Control

Guideline

599938939

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800534

Training
Curriculum

simulations
affected taught

Section water years

to in

5.4

lists

those

procedures

directly

by
for

depths well
they detail

These
control

procedures schools
but

have should

been be

reviewed operations
are specific

ensure
the

properly of

address of
those

decpwater procedures

Again
to

some
but
the

company

policy should

generic procedural
to

upgrades
trained

for

deepwater

be

taught

personnel

being

for

deepwater

well

control

5.2

Deepwater

Well Control

Curriculum

Considerations
5.2.1

Summary
following
to section

The

describes
well typical the

those

topics

that

relate

specifically

deepwater
to

control well

These

hems
topics-

should
In

be
the the

taught
topics

in addition are relatively

control materials

fact by be than
in

same but
Control
to

identified

IADC

Deepwater
Topics
that

Well
relate

Task

Force

should other

included
drilling

well

control
as

are

included through

as

reference
this

materials

contained

Chapters

of

document

5.2.2

Well Control Curriculum

Considerations

The

topics

listed

below and

relate

specifically

to

dccpwater
in the

drilling

operations Well provided

can

be

iocatc by

elsewhere using
the

Deepwnrer
references

Control

Guidelines

cross-

Suggested

Topics

for

Well

Control

Curriculum
Guidetnes

Shallow

Water

Flow

1.2

Shallow Water
Well Control Fluids

Flow

Control

2.8 Drilling Fluids 1.3

Prior to

BOP

lnstaiationfSWh

Dhlling Thin

Considerations

122.1
12.2.2 1.3.2.3 Drilling

Margins
Fracture Propagation

Losses
Ballooning

Fluids

coat

1.3.2.4

Eqthvaent

Circulation

Densities

.3.2
1.3.2.8 1.3.2.7

Gas LOT

.Solubllity

OEM SBM OEM SBM

OEM SEM

Fluid Compressibility

1996 Edaos
6-2

with

ZOOS

Supplement

Dsepwtor

SYoll

Contro Guidslaes

599938940

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800535

Training
un

Cu

urn

1.33
.3.3.0

Fluid

Storage Systems
for

Weighted

SVVF

Kill

1.3.37 13.3.5

Sante Storage/Mklng
Kill

Capacities

and

Rates

Weight

Mud

13.39
1.33.10

LCM
Gunk Mud LCM

Effectiveness SqueezeslBarrte

DBM SBM
Plugs

1355
13.5.6

Temperature
Properties

Stability

136.4
2.10.5

Formulations

RiserMargin
Hydrates

Hydrates

14
1.42 14.3
1.4.5 1.4.6

Requirements
Fre-Flenning
Inhibition

for

Hydrate
Prevention

Formation

and

Potential

Problems

1.41
1.4.5 1.4.9

Defense Heat Generation Systems

Remediation
Hydrate

Guidelines

a7
Kick Prevention DetectIon and
1.3.5.3 1.3.5.7 2.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.E Shut-in 2.2

Preventorr/Removal

Flow Checks
Kick Kick Detection Detection Density Viscosity Cuttings Drilling Fluids

Mud Mud
Drilled

Abnormal

Pressure

Detection

Environmental Siut-in Pre-kick

Effects

22.1
2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5

Preparation vs Soft vs Shut-in Shut-in

Hard

Shut-in

Annular
Shut-in Shut-in Shut-in Shut-in Shut-in

Shut-in while while while with while

of

Ram

Drilling

Tripping

226
2.2.7 2.2.5

Making
Bit

Connection

above

SOPs
Casing/Liner by High

Running

229
2.2.10

Masking

CK
Use Use

Casing

Pressure

Gel

Strength

in

Lines Guidelines

Hang-uff

of of

Dritlstring Drilist ring

Floats Safety
Drill

Valves

Reading

Shut-in

Pipe

Pressure

CirculatIng

to

KIll

2.3 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4

Circulating Drillers

to

Kill

Weilbore

Method Engineers

Wail

and Weight

Method

Sullheading

woe

Edttronwlo

2000

$uppwment

Oeepwater

WeO

Oontto Ouideflna
5.3

593938941

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800536

Ira

fling

Curriculum

2.3.5 2.3.0

Number

of

CK

Lines Effect

SOP

Separator

Volumetric
of

Method

5.3.3 5.3.4

Software Frocedural

Enhancements Enhancements

Well

Control

Dynamic Well

Volumetric

Control

Technique Preventing Returns and Lost

2.4 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5 Preventing Detection Lost of

Returns

and

Underground BkDwout
Drilling

Blowouts

an Underground Blowout Blowout Event

of while while

Underground Blowouts

Underground Underground
Actions
in

Working

Well

Over

the

an Underground

Blowout

SOP
Gas

Cleanout
in

2.5 2.6 2.6.2 2.6.3 2.6.3.1 2.6.3.2 2.6.4 3.5 3.5.2

BOP
Gas

Cleanout
in

Trapped

Gas
Riser

Riser/Riser

Riser
to

biverter

When

Apply

Gas
for

in

Procedures

Considerations Alternatives Riser Timing Riser

Fill-up for

Handling

Gas

in

Riser

Handling

Riser

Gas

Valve

Operation

of Riser

Circulation

Gas
of

Considerations

Danger

Free

Gas

in

Riser Considerations

Emergency
Disconnect

2.11

DR Emergency

Disconnect

GOP
for

Arrangements

3.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.2.2 3.2.3

Deepwater

SOP Arrangements Number of Rams in

Placement Choke

for

Deepwster

Operations Stack

Deepwatar

Operations

of RanisiOutlets

Manifold Lines

Overboard MnkTtip

Tanks Gauges Gas

Considerations Considerations

32.4

bow

Pressure
for

325
Riser Diverter Diverter

Set-up

Riser Riser

System System _______ System

3.3 3.4 3.5.3

Deepwater Oeepwater
Diverter

Owerting

System Design

Design Control Systems

3.6

Deepwater

Control

System

Considerations

ROV

Interventions

39
3.93

ROV

Interventions

Common

SOP

Override

Functions

5.2.3

Conclusions

The

above

is

not intended
to
is

to

be

an

exhaustive
pestinont this listing to

curriculum deepwater along

will

outline but only

well

emphasize intended

topios that

control

It

with

practical

training

considerations control training

listed

below map

together

provide personnel

well using

road

for

dcepwater

state-of-the-art

knowledge

1055
5.4

EdItion

with

2000

Supplement

Oeepweter

Well

control

Ouldelines

593938942

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-I

NV-00800537

Training
Simulator Requirements

5.3

Deepwater

Well Control Simulator

Requirements
5.34
More
flexibility

Summary
state

and needed
ultra

capability

are

The
ft

of

the

art

drtIhng software

well

control

simulators
current

deepwatcr deepwater
are to

and

hardware
regulatoty

based body
are

and

driven and
as

meet

simulations
the of

requirements required
in to

such

no
well

major
control

meet

modifications
certifications that

meet standard However

are
it

challenge
realistic training

provIding

presenth
flexibility if

place

is

recognized
for these arc

well control

scenarios

more

and

capability ultra

needed

simulators to

deepwater challenge

and of

deepwater

sinmiattons

meet

the

providing personnel

realistic

wel

control

training

scenarios

for drilling

This

section in

will

address of simulator
as
it

deepwater

simulator software
for

considerations

terms

equipment

and

procedural well being

enhancements
control

identified
is

necessary
that

deepwater
simulators the

training

recognized already have

some

manufactured being

may

some of
has been well
is

enhancements
to identify

discussed of
intent

No
of

attempt

made
control identify for

capabilities

various
this

marketed

simulators equipment
training
list

but and

the

document

to

procedural

requirements
for

necessary well

properly

drilling

personnel

deepwater
is

control

of

equipment

enhancements

provided

below

5.32

Equipment Enhancemants
equipment enhancements
are

The following

recommended

Pressure

gauge
line for

at

the

HOP

stack

Booster

the

riser

system addition the

Kill drill

or

monitor

line

gauge

in

to

choke

and

pipe

gauges
use

Ability during Diverter

riser

to

second

fluid

pump

to

circulate

boostar

line

circulation/riser

sweeping
valving

system with to

and flow

lines for diverting

flow

i$b

edftionMih

2000

suppiement

nepwter

Conimi

flt5detnea s-s

599938943

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800538

Trnlng
Training Enhancements

either

trip

tank

or shale

shaker
arid

riser

mud/gas of two
top

separator

either

opposite

overboard

flaw

lines

Ability

lo use

drive

equipment
the

Ability
riser

to

isolate

both the

choke

and for

kill

lines

from

the

system
the

and

welibore
kill

cross

circulating

through

choke

and on

lines

Ability

to

hang-off

ram

Fill-up

valve

in

riser

10
it

Ability

to use

cement

pump
the

for circulating

Ability

La

circulate

choke

and

kill

lines

in

parallel

flow
effect

including

proper

modeling

of

the

HOP

separator

5.3.3

Software

Enhancements
are

The following

software enhancements

recommended

Ability fluids

handle inclusive to

either

water

base

or syntheticloii

base

of

fluid for

compressibility short period

which of
time

may
after

allow flow
shutting

continue

off the

pumps
emulate gas in the long

Ability
lines

to
is

realistically

choke

as

found

in

deepwater
viscosity

operations

Ability
for

to

simulate

changes
are

and

gel

strengths

deepwater
kill tines

where
are long as

temperatures

cold

and

choke

and

Note
well

This

requires

temperature

modeiiag
Ability to

capabi/ity

as viscosity formation trends to

modeling
type scenarios
for

emulate

ballooning allowing relying

due
kick

to

high

ECDs
in lieu

be monitored
or
pit

detection

on

well

flow of

gain

Ability closed

to

predict

size

and

pressure

trapped

gas

under

HOP
to simulate function
in

Ability blocking well

gas

hydrate stack

complications thereby inducing

by

BOP

control

complication solution of solution

Ability

to

program
out

gas
in

undergoing

phase

change
in riser

coming
or
choice/kill

either

OEM

or

SEM

lines

I98
5-6

Edalon

aith

20t0

Supplement

neapwater

wet

control

GuidelInes

59993944

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800539

Training
Training Enhancements

Incorporate tools

kicks drillers as

indicated data

by

MWD/LWI
monitor setup

and

PWD
Nore
would
is

on

display software
in

display options
firM

Alarm need
to
to

settings be

well as

incorporated

the

.t

stem

if

function

be

utilized emulate

Ability

to

stripping

operations flow in the

10

Ability

to

handle

two

phase

choke method

line

when
well lines using

implementing
control while

dynamic
cross gas

volumetric the

of
kill

Le
allowing

circulating
to

choke

and

migrate

up

the

welibore

and

shuhin 11 Support
within

drillpipe pressure stack stack

for Bl-IP

control ef

cleaning

inclusive

u-tubing

gas

from

the

12

LOT

or

PIT

option

5.3.4

Procedural

Enhancements
are

The following

procedural enhancements

recommended

Perform
set

well

control versus stack control

operations instructor clearing

start

to

stop

from one of of

exercise

dependent
riser

resetting are part

exercises the

i.e
well

and

killing

same

exercise
to circulation lines paths
at

include choke/kill Provide

friction

snore

flexibility

SOP

level

lines

booster

etc
choke and
kill

three

methods

to

determine

line

prcssurcs

Standard

circulating
rates

friction

test

i.e
the

at

different

slow

circulating as

pinup the

down
risen

string with

and an

take

returns

normal
and

up
tire at

Then
kilt

upper open
siring
series

SOP
repeat

closed

choke same

and/or rates

lines
the
drill first

circulating the

down

and
of

up

choke
pressure to

and/or values

kill

lires The
subtracted

pump
set

are

lions

the

second when
should the
kill

detersninc

frictional

values
line friction
if

In addition the student

circulating be able or
to

up
read

the

choke
line

choke
line

directly are

on
set

monitor

gauge

valves

properly

With

SOPs open and

slow while
is

welibore rates

isolated

circulate and/or riser

at kill

different

pump
taking as the

down
up

choke
the

lines
pressure

returns
frictional

Pump

used

loss

value

lees

edraon

Wth

2000

pptement

Oeepwetn

Wet

control

Gthdeflnee

599938945

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800540

Training
Training Enhancements

With
lower

BOP
pipe

stack tans

isolated

e.g

upper

BC

closed one

closed
smother gives

circulate choke/kill

down
line

choke/kill

and up by
or

Dividing
for

pump

pressure

the

frictional

loss value

single

choke

kill

line

Ability

in

sweep

from
with

isolated
lighter

BC

gas

horn
stack

BC
cavity

stack

after

well

kill

eg
line

displace sizc/pressure

choke/kill

density

reducing

of

trapped

gas
Ability well
kill

to

open

upper

HO
via

to

flush

riser/BC

stack

after

Ability killing

to

kill

the

riser

booster

line

prior

to

or

after

the

wellbore

Ability off

to

demonstrate given

on

simulator

procrdvre stack

BC
on
drop

space

out

and

hang
to

configuration

and

heights

various

components
demonstrate simulator pipe an close

Ability disconnect to

to

emergency
well
in

i.e

cut

and

and

prinr

disconnecting
procedural the

Provide circulate getting

and and
kill

operational tines also

kill

flexibility

to to

choke

to break prior

the to

gel

prior

shut-in
tine

values during

and
the

bringing

the

pump on

well

thereby

minimizing

ECD
10

during

start-up

Ability

to

implement

dynamic

volumetric

well

control

method 11
Ability
to

perform

LOT

or

FIT on

simulator

5.3.5

Conclusions
to

Due

extreme
drilling the

depth

and

lower
all

temperatures manufacturers

in

tite

deepwater
validate

environment

should

accuracy

of simulation operations and

software responses

for

deepwater
the

and

ultra

deepwater

including

following
choke/kill additional response
friction

and

circulating for viscosity

friction

responses gel considerations

calculations times
for

and

choke/pressure responses

changes due
to

volume

and

pressure

gas

expansion

iesa

Edmian

Wmh

saoO

Supplement

Oeepweter

Well

Octc

Guidelines

599938946

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800541

Training
Well Control Training Guidelines

5.4

Decpwater
Training
5.4.1

Practical

Well Control

Guidelines

Summary
training as

Practical

accomplished
but other

today

involves being

the

use of

physical

simulators

options following

are

developed
is

e.g
written

interactive

CDs
the intent

The
of
to

discussion
the

not the in

with

precluding address
the

use

of

emerging use
the to

technologies while

but

technologies concerning developing

day

providing of

guiding

assistance for the

direction

development

technologies

The

practical level

guidelines

stated

are to

intended
eliminate

to

enhance
is

the

current

of

training

and
are in

not

what of

being type

taught
training areas for

The
being focus
It is

guidelines

representative

the

completed
as pertaining

some
to

eases

but provide
drilling practical the

new
well

deepwater of
the

and

control

recognized be
in the

that

part

training

may
since

have
all

te the

form valving

of

describing equipment

procedure

necessary

and

may not be

on

the

simulator

equipment

542
Students

Practical

Training GuicielineslStudent
demonstrate proficiency
in the

Skills

should
listed

skills

and

procedures

below

Ability

to

line-up

equipment

to

accomplish

the

following

To determine To To lo
circulate

choke
the well

line

friction

methods
riser

through through
with

the

circulate

the

well

the

choke

line

circulate the

the use

riser

welibore line

isolated

with

and

without

of

booster

To

circulate

the the

choke
riser

and

kill

line

isotated

from

the

wellbore

and

1955

EdEtlon

attn

2000

Supplement

Deepweter

Well

Control

Oulelinee
5.9

599938947

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800542

Training
Well Control Training Guidelines

To

set-up

the

choke up
the

manifold

to

do

the

folowing
lines

Take

returns

the

choke

end
the

kill

Pump down
Take
friction

choke

line

kill

lines

returns

thtnugh

the

bypass

line for

choke

line

To
trip lines

engage tank

the the

diverter

system

and

divert

either

to

the

riser

mud-gas

separator

or the

overboard

lb
not

accurately to close

spot

the

tool joint tool joint

within

the

90

so

as

ram on
for

To

prepare

and implement

an emergency

disconnect

Ability

to

complete

or

identify

the following

Bring
using

the

pump on

line

and

obtain or

choke

line

friction

choke

pump and

kill

line

monitor
using the

line pressures

Prepare

and implement
ability

well
kill

kill

choke
line

gauge

and

the

to

use

the

line

or

monitor

gauge
with

implement eonsidemtiw

well given
drill

kill ro

using

noimal
line friction

circulation

choke up

ic
line

circulate

down

the

pipe

and

the

choke

for

MI

circulation

Break

the

well

into
kilt

its

components up
the
to

and

kill

independently isolated the

Bring and
kill

fluid
kill

the

130
stack

kill

the
kill

choke

lines

130

and

isolated

riser the
to

Line

up

and

kill

well

using

the

bullheading

method

also

know when

do

thIs

method Method
Wait-and-Weight method
of welt

Perform

Drillers

Engineers
control

method

and

concurrent

Peinnn
Circulate

riser

disconnect

the

riser

with

diverter

prcperly

aligned

Spnce-out

drill

string

prior to closing-ic with

at

10

Hang-off keep
pipe into

drill in

string

proper

tensioning of

at

surface

to

tension

stack

for ease

cutting

II

Strip

the

hole

12 Perform
dynamic

volumetric volumetric

method
control

of

well

control cross

inclusive

of

i.e

circulate

choke

sea
5-10

Ediaon

win

2000

supplement

Leepwater

Weil

Control

Guleesnea

599938949

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800543

Training
Well Control Training Guidelines

and
while

kill

lines

while

allowing drilipipe the

gas

to

migrate
to

up

the

hole

using

shut-in

pressure

control

BHP

13 14 15

Be

able

to

cross

circulate

kill

and choke blowout

fluid

lines

Recognise
Control

underground
with

flow

or

choke
lag

compressible

in

the

hole

excessive 16 Take
hole

times
readings with compressible

shurin

fluids

in the

17 Recognize
compressible trends use

the

signs fluids

of

kick

for signs

both of

water kicks

based plus use

and
of

normal
tools

of

PWD

etc
float in

18 19

Determine Compensate due

to

shut-in

DPP

with

string the

for increased

gel

strengths

in

choke

line

temperature

thanges
through the

20

Identify feasible

when

circulation

choke

tine

is

not

5.4.3

Conclusions

Practical

well

control

training

is

critically

important

in

deepwater compressible extreme they

because
fluids

of
arid

the gel

lag

times
strengths

associated
resulting issues
is

with from

temperatures
to the

Knowledge
fracture

of

these

and
vital

how
to the the

relate

reduced
kill best

equivalents and

successful

well
skills to are

Knowledge
reinforced the

comfort

with

needed
individual

with practicc
results

allowing

expericncc
that

of

actions

taken

fbllowed

by options

may have

proved

more

effective

Those
in

responsible must

lot

supervising working
for

well

control

operations of concepts
Practice
is

deepwatei procedures

have

knowledge

and with must

necessary inclusive people

proper well emerging

that

control

simulators
lot these

of
so

technologies welL

dcepwatcr second nature

control

concepts

and

procedures

become

1528

Etitfion

wilts

200C

Scppenent

Deepwater

wet

control

Guidotnes
5.11

599938949

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800544

Training
index

____________________________________________

CHAPTERS

TmJNJNG INDEX
59
5.5 5.2 5.9

emerging equipment

technologies enhancements

manutieturers
practical

trasn1g enhancements

pmeedural

pm5ciency
sunulatois software well enhaneements
training cccii artis

5.9

5.1

5.5 5.6 5.5

control

1908

Etittlon

DeepwMer

Well

Ceotcd

Oudelunez

5l

599938950

CONFIDENTIAL

TRN-INV-00800545